Tass ce es a5! . th —-—_ en A AI Ls Pe fect oe a bs =a Lo yn Remar ko neie het atte’ op frontier frser pt. 6S _/&8e 1830 THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. VOL, NV: From 1832---1834. EDITED BY N. A. VIGORS, Ese., D.C.L., F.R., L., G.S., & M.R.ILA, WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF THOMAS BELL, Esq., F.R.&L.S. | Major-Gen. THOS. HARDWICKE E. T. BENNETT, Esq., F.L.S., Sec.Z.S,|_F-R«& LS. J.B, BICHENO,Esq,, FR. & LS. T. HORSFIELD, M.D., F.R. &L.S. Rev. W. KIRBY, A.M., F.R. &L.S. W. J. BRODERIP, Esq., F.R.S., &e.| 5 kid C. SOWERBY, Esq, F.LS. V.P.G.S, G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S. J. G, CHILDREN, Esq., Sec. R.S., &c.| W. YARRELL, Esq., F.L.S. “i 7, 4 “ Yi AL 4 Wonvdon: Printed by E. J. Stirling, 29, Addle Street, Wood Street, Cheapside ; AND PUBLISHED BY G. B. SOWERBY, 50, GREAT RUSSELL STREET, BLOOMSBURY. 1835, Lalla. £4 pet a dat t A - ¥ ne 208 dM irk ST vn Plea x Boyes! iagendd eae ao vents a | a ibd: ea neh” ; Disa thon it dugeelie TARE 09 CONTRIBUTORS TO THE FIFTH VOLUME OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Armin, W. O., Esq. Bancrort, E. N., M.D., Corr. Memb. Z.S., &c. Bett, THomas, Esq., F.R., L. & GS. Bennett, E. T., Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S., &c. Benson, W. H., Esq., Bengal C.S. BERKELEY, Rev. M. J., A.M. BLACKWALL, JouN, Esq., F.L.S., &c. Bootn, Mr, W. B. BRIGHTWELL, T., Esq., F.L.S. Broverip, W. J., Esq., V.P.G. & Z.S., F.R. & L.S., &e. Brooke, Henry James, Esq., F.L. & G.S. BuckLanD, Rev. W., F.R., L. & G.S., Professor of Geology, &c. in the University of Oxford, Couuik, A,, Esq., FL.S. Davies, Mr. Jonn HENRY Gaprer, Dr. Goutp, Mr. Joun, F.L.S., &c. Grant, J., M.D. GuiLpiINnG, Rey. Lanspown, B.A., F.L., G. & W.S. Hauipay, A. H., Esq. HEINEKEN, C., M.D., &c. Horrman, G. H., Esq. Hoxzerton, T. H., Esq., M.R.C.S., &c. HorsFie.p, Toomas, M.D., F.R., & L.S., &e. Kine, Pari P., Capt. R.N., F.R.S., &e. Krrsy, Rev. W., M.A., F.R., L. & ZS. Lay, J. TRADESCANT, Esq. _ Lowe, Rev. R. T., B.A. Lyon, Capt., R.N. MacLeay, W.S., Esq., A.M., F.L.S., &e. SHore, Hon»!e- Captain Sowersy, G.B., F.L.S., &e. Strurcusury, Mr. Samuet, A.L.S. TEMPLETON, ROBERT, Esq. Verany, M. Vicons, N. A., Esq., D.C.L., FR. L. & G.S., &e. Werstwoop, J.0O., Esq., F.LS., &c. Woops, Henry, Esq., A.L.S., &c. YARRELL, WILLIAM, Esq., F.L. & Z.S. CONTENTS. No. XVII. May, 1829—February, 18530. Art. I. Extract of a Letter from Capt. Lyon, R.N., Corr. Member Z.S., §c., to a Friend in England, dated Gongo Soco, Brazil, 17th March, 1829 . RTC ONES, THES. Art. II. On a new Species of Antelope. at Henry Woops, Esq., A.L.S., F.Z.8., §e. Be ‘ 3 J Art. III. The Characters of Clinidium, a new genus of Tnaesee'é in the Order Coleoptera, with a Description of Clinidium Guildingii. By the Rev. Witu1aM Kirey, M..4., E.R., L., and Z.8., &c. Art. IV. Extracts from a Zoological wbatia! hept at Cappel Hall, near Manchester. ee JoHn BuackwaLL, Eszq., F.L.S., &c. Art. V. Notes on the faeces appearance of pen Animals examined after Death, in the Collection of the Zoological Society. By T. H. Hotserton, Esq., M.R.C.S., §c., and Wiiu1aM YArRELL, Esq., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Se. Art. VI. On the Céstrus of Mr. Bracy Clark. By w. s. MacLeay, Esq., 4.M., F.L.S., §c. In a Letter to the Editor aes heat aR Arr. VII. pabecahs on the Chitonide, “By the Rev. LANs- pown Guitpine, B.A., F.L.S., M.G. and W.S., fe. . Arr. VIII. Descriptions of a new genus of Hemiptera, and of a species of Hegeter. By C. Heineken, M.D., fc. Ina seit to the Editor Sede vik Art. IX. On Cermatia. By C. Head M. D. be ge. ; Arr. X. Description of two new Species of Buccinum from the English and Irish Seas. By W. J. BRODERIP, Esq., F.R.S., §c., Sec. GS, > wees shy Page 10 14 18 25 35 4] 44 CONTENTS. Art. XI. Observations on new or interesting Mollusca, contained, for the most part, in the Museum of the Zoological Society. By W.J. Broperip, Esq., F.R.S., §c., Sec. G.S., and G. B. POWEREY, P.fno., Be. ee ete wae et he. Se ie Art. XII. Observations upon Volvox Globator. Communicated by W. J. Bropertp, Esq., F.R.S., §c., Sec. GS. . Art, XIII. Observations upon the Genus of Coleopterous Insects, Ctenostoma of Klug, and its Species. By J,O. Westwoop, ‘Esq., F.LS., Ge «+ wasp eee ae Art. XIV. Observations upon the M pile a Family of Cole- opterous Insects, with Characters of two new British Genera, separated therein. By J.O. Westwoop, Esq., F-L.S., Sc. Art. XV. Characters of the genus of Coleopterous Insects, Amydetes of Hoffmansegg, belonging to the Family Lampyri- de and Descriptions of two Species. By J. O. Westwoop, Esq.; F:L.S., Ge. =. aM Z : ‘ee Art. XVI. Descriptions of rietil Oriental Tailliacen ous In- sects, By THomas Horsrietp, M.D., F.R. and L.S., §¢ Art. XVII. Observations on the Fringilla Canaria, Sylvia Atri- capilla, and other Birds of Madeira. By C. HEINEKEN, M.D., §¢. pete eT hey aera er Art. XVIII. Remarks on some Miciicle sent Pinks Jamaica. By E. N. Bancrort, M.D., Corr. Mem. Z.S., §c.. . + - Notes on the Fishes referred to in the preceding Paper. By E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., §e. Art. XIX. Post Mortem Examination of a Female Orang Ou- tang. Ina Letter addressed by J. Grant, M.D., to the Se- cretary of the Zoological Society. . . . RNs Art, XX. On two new Genera of Testaceous Mialinats and ‘ei new species of the Genus Anatina, lately discovered at Port Jackson, New South Wales; in a Letter from Mr. SAMUEL Srurcupury, 4.L.S. . .. . : site Art. XXI. Notice of the Habits of Bulinus Lnatinesig By Mr. W. B. Bootu, communicated a W. J. BRoDERIP, sia Be E.R.S., §c., Sec. G.S. : ‘4 Art. XXIl. On the occurrence of anew "British Warbler. “By Mr. Jonn Goutp. In a Letter to N, A. Vicors, Esq. Page 46 51 53 57 62 62 91 95 « 11 - 102 CONTENTS. Page Arr. XXIII. Analytical Notices of Books. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Lepidopterous In- sects contained in the Museum of the Honourable East India Company, illustrated by coloured Figures of new Species, and of the Metamorphosis of Indian Lepido- ptera, &c. By Tuomas HorsFietp, M.D., F.R.S., L.S., and G.S., §c. Parts I. and II. sauce 7a . 104 British Entomology, or Illustrations and tae, tions of the Genera of Insects found in Great Britain and Ireland. By Jonn Curtis, F.L.S. Vol. V. Aas, SE aE} ack ciet, F, yeh 8 eG, Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes, avec rs Bone originales coloriées, dessinées d’ apres des Animaux vivans. Par MM. Grorrroy-SainT-HILAIRE et FREDERIC Cuvier. Livraison 59é@me. . . «2 2 - 114 Voyage autour du Monde, pendant les Années 1822, 1823, 1824, et 1825, faite par la corvette La Coquille. Partie Zoologique. Par MM. Lesson et GaRnor. Livraisonsi.—ati. » . . AME Aes RAO A Systematic Cataloque of Br atish Insects; being an Attempt to arrange all the hitherto discovered Indigenous Insects in accordance with their natural affinities. By J. F. Srepwens, FL. and Z.S., fc. . . . « + + 124 Art. XXIV. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects con- nected with Zoology. Seopa MOBY We Mg cnet: nd a? oy, ae see e Le Tannen Societys. .o2 0 0 0 00) wie. sv 180 Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. . . . 131 Art. XXV. Scientific Notices. Notice respecting some species of Mammalia referred to by Mr. Vicors and Dr. HorsFietp in the XITIth No. of this Journal . . sirie - « 134 Mutations of colour in cpl sat Con, i By J. TRADESCANT Lay, Esq. . . . . . . 141 Instinct of Lepidopterous Insects. By Mr. Iisa Rm DAV UMM no oi ice fe, wee de wien, BAR Fauna of Madeira . . «s+ 2,0 \+ «+.» 148 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Page PLATE J[.—Antilope personata . . i Se eee a PiaTE IIl.—Fig. 1, 2, 3, 4. Clinidium Guildingii. haa Wis 5 5. Cerascopus marginatus . . . .. .- . 40 G6. Germatin.s 6.4.5: 21 ee Pence ee Pee PuatE III.—-Fig. 1, 2. Buccinumacuminatum . . . . . . 495 3. -- fusiforme . . SVR TPS ee 4, 5, 6. Chelyosoma Nocera sia, pecan PuaTe IV.—Fig.1. 1.a. Aconthea Apaturina . . . . . - 68 2. PontiaThyria . . . nine ea Ase 3. 3.4. Aconthea Cinytidl Ce, ALeete th. eee: CONTENTS. No. XVIII. February,—June, 1830. Page Arr. XXVI. Explanation of the Comparative Anatomy of the Thorax in Winged Insects, with a Review of the present state of the Nomenclature of its parts. By W. S. MacLeay, Esq., A.M., F.LS., ge... 2 . 145 Arr. XXVIII. Additional Notice on the Gnas Cipiomys of am marest. By W.S. MacLeay, Esq., A.M., F.L.S., §c. . 179 Arr. XXVIII. On the manner in which the Geometric Spiders construct their Nets. By Joun Buackwaut, Esq., ELS. ate eR eas en Oe. BR Art. XXIX. Observations on a newly-described Species of Swan. By Joun Brackwat., Esq., F.L.S., §e. 2 6. - « 189 Arr. XXX. ikaccedeny Notices. By the late C, Henennen, PD Gti 5 2 . 191 Art. XXXI. tpiabeditio on rr Cucagiede foes in “the District of Upper Canada extending between York and Lake Simcoe, with the view of illustrating their geographical distribution, as well as of describing some Species hitherto unnoticed. By Dr. GAPPER.. . . . 201 Art. XXXII. On Conchology, regarded as a , distinet brash of Science. By Henry James Brooke, Esq., F.L.S., M.G.S., ee emer Aa Ween ols) My be. Go tbe Art. XXXIII. On the Affinities of the Genus Clinidium of Krrey. By J.O. Westwoon, EFsq., F.LS., &ce. . . . 218 CONTENTS. Page ArT. XXXIV. On some particulars connected with the Natural History of the Kangaroo. By A. Cote, Esq., F.L.S., Corr. Memb. Z.S. In a Letter to N. A. Vicors, Esq., PRS: FES. ee ZS. | ss sy) 2 ko 8) ea Art. XXXV. Analytical Notices of Books. Untersuchungen weber die Bildung und Entwick- elung des Flusshrebses: von HEINRICH RATHKE. Researches on the Formation and Developement of the Crawfish . . . . ‘ SP Ae) se) Transactions of the hiikisin Society of London. Volume XVI. Part the Second. . . . . . « « 206 ArT. XXXVI. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects con- nected with Zoology. : Linneen SOcioty 5 asic es ech tyoentAl at each. 200 Art. XXXVII. Scientific Wotices. Note on the British Species of Caryophyllia. . . 268 Notice on the Rev, L. Guinpine’s description of Ancylus. By the Rev, M.G. BERKELEY. . . . 269 Notice relating to Mustela flaviqula, Bodd. By the Hon. Capt. SHORE. . . . . : , a Notice on some new Species of Birds By N. A. Vicors, Esq. . . sey sip Note on. Estrus, ‘By W. S. Migcaase ‘ian «oe 276 Tas. Tas. Tas. TAB. TAB. Tas. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Page V. and VI.—Figs. I. to X. Various parts of the Thorax of Polistes Billardieri, particularly re- Serre 00 Wt cache fen itis, 179 XI. Nest of Polistes Billardiert V11.—Sorex Forsiert, Gapper .....-2-.e+e204., 201 VIIl.—Sorex Talpoides, Gapper .....-++++ eee 202 IX.—Arvicola Gapperi, nobis .. +. +. eee sevens 204 X.—Cricetus Myoides, Gapper... 122+ eee seers 204 XI.—Sciurus Leucotis, Gapper ose eee @ es oe @ oer ee 206 ‘y Pa aioe Bees .) i . 2 Mec) ) Tata ; A a oF . PF ars. a Gane mm ; yen tgs ‘4 rt, “oe oe iti anny Sei hag sk Rel ne er bee F | ae ae aaah E., Nladik Wee ‘se ae seyret ih id eae Jar : , ; bial +. stg el Ve Se a OR ye ee a ? 2th dex Pine igeorn og Mipsate, pa ee Heddy i RRS aie? eat Fe RB. . ehinch eae , yy. Teatras wie. pe eda Lokal pts jg mn 6 Pot tak Sage nee . Srorberlehyeo mer ane eit ae B fF ae Red oy i «12 a re 4 < sei Bt eke Pe Me cha ‘A wer, ng re Pb Ee & ? Nips i ’ i\} U ' | , { CONTENTS. July, 1830.—September, 1831. Page Art. XXXVIII. Notice of anew Species of Herring. By W11- LIAM YARRELL, Esq., F.L. and Z.S. . . . - 277 Arr. XXXIX. On the Genera Melampus, Pedipes dna " ae tella: with Experiments tending to demonstrate the real nature of the Respiratory Organs in these Mollusca. By the Rev. Rey Lew E,wBids Noa Ay Pre, . 280 Arr. XL. On the internal structure of Haticoliis (Vitrina) Lamarchii. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY... . . 305 Art. XLI. On the Vitality of Toads enclosed in Stone asi. Wood. By the Rev. W. Buckuann, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., and Professor of Geology and papas in the University of i . 314 Art. XLII. Descriptions of two species of Spviieatile: Natives of Madeira. In a Letter to the Editor, by the Rev. R. T. Lowe, B.A. TT ee es nite Ss) es eee Arr. XLIII. Note on the Miticlaciet eaviel, tL Faleo cinera~ rius, Mont.). By W, O. Aixin, Esq., in a Letter to the Bditer.- » « « Bidets! st 7 cay se « O23 Arr. XLIV. Notice sur la Rains et dsription, Par M. VeRAMNY ... Sie . 325 Art. XLV. Meairoctions upon the Eighteenth eaten: of the Zoological Journal. By J. O. Wesrwoon, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . * . . . . 326 CONTENTS. Page Art. XLVI. Description of a new Cowry and other Testacea, brought to England by the Rev. Archdeacon Scott. By W. J. Broperip, Esq., F.RS., F.LS., §c. V.P.G.S. . . 330 Art. XLVII. Description of the Cirrhipeda, Conchifera and Mollusca, in a collection formed by the Officers of H.M.S. Adventure and Beagle employed between the years 1826 and 1830 in surveying the Southern Coasis of South America, including the Straits of Magalhuens and the Coast of Tierra del Fuego. By Captain Puiuup P. Kine, RWV., F.R.S. §c. assisted by W. J. Broperip, Esq., F.RS., Fc... . 332 Art. XLVIII. The characters of two new Dipterous Genera, with Indications of some generic subdivisions and several undescribed species of Dolichopide, By A. H. Hauipay, Esq. . . . 350 Art. XLIX. Analytical Notices of Books Nova Acta Physico Medica Academie Cesaree Leopoldino-Caroline Nature Curiosorum. Tomus XIV. «. Bonne 1828) uh scishnet AeiMas.) So. se British Oology, being Illustrations of the Eggs of British Birds, with figures of each species. By W.C. Hewitson of Newcastle. 1831. Nos, 1.to6. . . 381 Art. L. Scientific Notices. Appendix to the Notice of the Herring. . . . . « 382 On the Metamorphosis of Decapodous Crustacea . . 383 Note on Procellaria Anginho, Hein. and Proc. Bulverit, Selby and Sard... 2. +, 0, ey shcas a+ o> oy See EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Page PLATE XII.—Clupea Leachii . . . . oder ee ale : PiaTE XIII.—Fig. 1. to 5. Melampus acielia lar Ut Ant. ees 6, 7. —m—exiguus . . . .. . 29] 8. to 12. Pedipess Afra... . . 9. . . + 296 13. to 18. Truncatellatruncatula . . . . 302 PLATE XIV.—Cyprea Scottii . . . on Melies? KAmmme Fao Pirate XV.—Fig. 1. to 9. Orphnephila feta do ate ba et 3. OO 10. Metatarsus of Plectropus . . . . . ib. 11. and 12, Macherium Maritime. . . ib. 13. Claw of the Larva of Common Lobster 382 N.B. Part IV. of the Supplementary Plates is published at the same time as this XIXth Number of the Zoological Journal. Awe SLA Baterivvica of a nee Lopyon ae a Belen? 1 ethene Bacall Sp the Alogi lahaiws, aiyith hash, | Jd i ON in Pi he 5. = 1 ie weve "het pices aif the Vere ccty aay PP pitino > waledeem Soro oid ie) “; ty wei Teves Mf OS STATI: SD at Nerd ae V2, HOD Capa Aap, 70a bint hee eportnhy! + éndeebemnd a, F OL TWN. t ts lath Salen Meese 5 weaihlig os Sorat hat Silage ge ps GaCoan of os : cad 7 has’ Le PRS; ge. Fees Ventas af Dapiepons Grane 4 Serrot peters sans CONTENTS. No. XX. 1832—1834. Page Art. LI. Remarks on the nature of the Respiratory Organs in certain littoral Mollusca of Madera. By the Rev. R. T. gear ANT, ce Sa alee abate elt he ee . 485 Art. LII. Description of a Genus of Reptilia of the family of Amphisbenide. By Tuomas Bett, Esq, F.R. § LS. 391 Art. LIII. Description of a new Genus of Reptilia of the family Scincide. By Tuomas Bett, Esq., F.R. & L.S., §c. . . 393 Art. LIV. On the Food and Habits of certain Insects. By T. BRIGHTWELL, Esq., F.L.S. 1.000 c2eeees oe Art.LV. On the Spiders of the Genus Dysdera, Latr., with the Description of anew allied Genus. By RopeRT TEMPLETON, Esq. Ina Letter to the Editor... 1... +. eee - « 400 Art. LVI. Account of several Fishes and other Animals of Jamaica. By E.N. Bancrort, M.D. In a Letter to the DPNOR soa o-6 vie a Mareys Liaptte Ay aeabpeat ta! 3 eoeee se 409 Art. LVII. Observations upon the Dentalium subulatum of Deshayes. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, 4. M. .... . 424 Art. LVIII. Description of the Animals of Voluta denticulata, Mont., and Assiminia Grayana, Leach, By the Rev. M. J. SUR EEEN: Asbo rar ois beh ansvsiienenene Kine é, sie letememe 427 Arr. LIX. A description of the anatomical structure of Cerithium Telescopium, Brug. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, 4.M., and G. Ti, HowwMan, Eqs oes 51 se at es + suse See CONTENTS. Page Art. LX. Insectorum Arachnoidumque novorum Decades duo, Auctore J.O. Westwoon, F.L.S., §c. .. 1.2.26.» 440 ArT. LXI. On a remarkable sexual peculiarity exhibited by the Ear-wig, (Forficula auricularia, Linn.) By J. O. West- aed RG. POLLS, GOs vem erat sce le wee 8 te 454 Art. LXII. On Pentatrematites orbicularis, acuta, and pentan- gularis, By G.B.Sowersy, F.L.S., §c. ......-. 456 Art. LXIII. Conchological Notices ; chiefly relating to the Land and Fresh-water Shells of the Gangetic Provinces of Hin- doostan. By W. H. Benson, Eszq., of the Bengal Civ RUNES Elin ce 5 ain 5. ue Sew oO tapas Site eaei Jake (a: a) ieeeRenS Art. LXIV. Analytical Notices of Books. Naturgeschichte der Stiugethiere von Paraguay, Fe. The Natural History of the Mammalia of Paraguay. By Dr, J.R. RenecEr. Basel, 1830, 8vo. pp. xvi, and 394. 467 Nova Acta Physico-medica Academie Casaree Leopoldi- no-Caroline Nature Curiosorum. Tomus xv.—Vratislavize 6 ST SMA be arenes ape tle 7 chee . 472 ART. LXV. Woitice of some recent Publications on the Chinchil- lide. By E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S..... 491 ArT. LXVI. Scientific Notices... .... BR Nerina sa ne em 495 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Page PratE XVI.—Fig. 1. Anops Kingii . 391 2. Lerista lineata A . 393 Prate XVII.—Fig. 1—9. Dysdera Templetoni . . . . . 402 10—18. Oonops pulcher . . . . . . 404 PLATE XVIII.—Echeneis lunata . . . oe : PuraTE XIX.—Fig. 1. Larva of Corethra Slumicorete a. natu- ral size; 6. highly magnified 2. Ditrupa subulata See 3. Voluta dentieulata® yo) 0 .- va ene 4, Assiminia Grayana . 413 . 397 . 427 428 . 429 . 430 5. Rissoa subumbilicata . . . . . Pirates XX, & XX[.—Details of Cerithium Telescopium . . . 437 PrateE XXII.—Fig. 1. Metallyticus splendidus . . 442 2. Strongyloderus serraticollis . 444 3. Antenna of Tripetalocera ferruginea. . 444 4, Cheilopogonus punctiger . . . . . 441 5. Antenna of Ozocera interrupta . 449 6. Deroploa parva... 2°... 2's Se 7. Pentatoma verrucosa ° - 446 8. Platydius subpurpurascens. . . . . 446 9. Opistoplaytis Australasie . . . . . 447 10—11. Gynoplistes nervosa . . . . 448 12. Antenna ¢ of Gyn. variegata . . . 445 13, Antenna 9 of Gyn. variegata . . . 448 14—15. Ptilogyna marginalis . . . . . 449 16—17. Hemicteina gracilis . . . . . 450 18. Antenna of Acronolepia . . . . 451 19. Phoroncidia aculeala . . . .. . 453 N.B. Part V. of the Supplementary Plates to this Journal is published at the same time as this 20' Part, ss stun’ i ry onal +S ; a os ene LL OR 11 oa cae if yes: oe 4 . , ti eee a A * ’ = if WO oe niger his: kes: 7 = Hivesd ~f. De ice og teamistanls parla (yt oni yuesaaeesl qh i) de iV aag if be - 4 . : 7 : is . \ pr, Wye aul r Senhs, alt AF : 5 ” +. cae - fe y F wee 7 CONTENTS OF THE THIRD PART OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES TO THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Tas. XVI. bis. 1. Bulinus hemastomus, young. 2. Head of the animal of a full grown specimen of the same 3. Egg of the same. 4. Egg broken to show the perfectly formed Shell within. Vide Vol. I. pp. 131, 566, and Vol. II. p. 440. Tas. XVII. bes. Fig. 1, 2. Succinea Cuvierii. Vol. II. p. 443. 3. The same with the animal magnified. 4, A young Shell of the same, with its apparently stercoreous covering. 5. Form of the under side of the foot. 6. Helicina variabilis, with its animal, magnified. Vol. II. p, 443. 7. Upper side of the front of the head. 8. Under side of the foot. 9. Operculum. 10, 11, and 14. Three varieties of the natural size. 12, 13. Two varieties, magnified. Tas. XVIII. Fig. 1. Modiola rhombea. Vol. III. p. 229. 2. Animal of Serpula Arundo, Vol. III. p. 229. 3. Animal of Serpula Filograna. Vol. III. p. 230. CONTENTS. Tas. XIX. Fig. 1. Voluta antiqua. Vol. II. p. 234. 2. Cast of the same. Tas. XXI. Phyllostoma Jamaicense. Vol. III. p. 238, Tas. XXIII. Testudo Actinodes. Vol, III. p. 419. Tas. XXIV. Testudo Tentoria. Vol. III. p. 420. Tas. XXV. Testudo Pardalis. Vol. III. p. 420. Tas. XXVI. Fig. 1. to 6. Ancylus irroratus. Vol. III. p. 535. Fig. 7. to 9. radiatus. Vol. III. p. 536. Tas. XXVII. Fig. 1. Stenopus lividus, with its animal. Vol. III. p. 528. 2. Length and diameter of the Shell. 3. Shell magnified. 4, Succinea Barbadensis. Vol. III. p. 532. 5. and 6. Two views of the Shell, magnified. 7.and 8. Ampullaria dubia, two views, with the animal. a. the operculum. Vol. III. p. 539. Tas. XXVIII. Fig. 1, 2,3. Paludina parvula. Vol. III. p. 537. 4,5, 6,7. Ceratodes fasciatus. Vol. III. p. 539. CONTENTS. Tas. XXXI. Bulinus Labeo. Vol. IV. p. 222. Tas. XXXIV. Illustrations of the anatomical structure of the animal of Cy- clostoma elegans. Vol. IV. p. 278. Tas. XXXIX. Felis Nepalensis. Vol. IV. p. 382. Tas. XL. Fig. 1, 2. Bulinus bilabiatus. Vol. V. p. 49. Venus decorata. Vol. V. p. 49. Conus Solandri. Vol. V. p. 50. Conus cylindraceus. Vol. V. p. 51. Se st Tas. XLI. Fig. 1. Amydetes apicalis. Vol. V. p. 63. 2. Vigorsii. Vol. V. p. 64. 3. Ctenostoma Ichneumoneum. Vol. V. p. 56. 4. Aderus Boleti. Vol. V. p. 61. 5, 6. Euglenes oculatus g et 9. Vol. V. p. 61. 7 a 4 > i * ‘ i frog ( ' a) Pl he OF hie | » H =i i z td . ae; 7 5 ’ ei “ i by { re PPA te |, Tax BY yen Petite Peobinrgy bret en oe 20 a 7 Ne oF. / anats peri am a BS 0K ee > dowel | " Bn de: Arenas Veneliaibeonie, heat, Ng an 5 Maa hy a ty el M. aT a ee koe. Meo 5 Fe peptone TOL TT pS EN His, %, 4. Payaiinn poeta. Vola. gi Ge oe a Se aa CONTENTS OF THE FOURTH PART OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES TO THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Tas. XVI. Fig. 1. Chiton spiniferus. Vol. IIJ. p. 196. Coquimbensis. Vol. III. p. 197. Cumingii. Vol. III. p. 198. olivaceus. Vol. III. p. 199. pep Tas. XVIL. Fig. 1. Chiton granosus. Vol. III. p. 200. glauco-cinctus. Vol. III. p. 201. granulosus. Vol. III. p. 201. Peruvianus. Vol. III. p. 202. ——disjunctus. Vol. III. p. 203. ———elegans. Vol. III. p. 203. —lineolatus. Vol. IIT. p. 204. ——Chilensis. Vol. III. p. 204. ad SNAASw Tas. XXIX. Anas Rafflesii. Vol. IV. p, 99. Tas. XXXV. Paradoxurus leucopus. Vol, IV. p. 304. CONTENTS. Tas. XXXVI. Osphromenus Olfax, or Goramy. Vol. IV. p. 310- Tas. XXXVIIT. Fig. 1. to 5. Helicolimax Lamarckii. Vol. IV. p. 343. Tas. XLII. Fig. 1. to 4. Myochama anomioides. Vol, V. p. 97. Tas. XLII. bis. , Sy Fig. 5, 6, 7 and 8. Cleidotherus Chamoides. Vol. V. p. 98. Tas. XLIV. Mustela flavigula.: Vol. V. p. 272. Tas. XLV. Carinaria Mediterranea. Vol. V. p. 325. Tas. XLVI. Fig. 1. Rhysodes exaratus. Vol. V. p. 215. 2. Catogenus rufus. Vol. V. p. 221. For all the other references to this plate see Vol. V. p. p. 234, 235: TAB. XLVII. Fig. 1. Cucujus piceus? Vol. V. p. 225. 2. unifasciatus ? Vol. V. p. 225. For all the other references to this plate see Vol. V. p. p. 235, 236. N.B. The XIXth Number of the Zoological Journal appears at the same time as this [Vth part of Supplementary plates. THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. January— May, 1829. Art. I. Extract of a Letter from Capt. Lyon, R.N., Corr. Member Z.S8., §c., to a Friend in England, dated Gongo Soco, Brazil, 17th March, 1829. I am too closely confined here, and too constantly occupied to attend much to Natural History, or any thing except the mines; but it may interest you to have an account of some young Humming Birds whose hatching and education I studiously attended, as the nest was made in a little orange bush by the side of a frequented walk in my garden. It was composed of the silky down of a plant, and covered with small flat pieces of yellow lichen. The first egg was laid January 26th, the * second on the 28th, and two little creatures like bees made their appear- ance on the morning of February 14th. As the young encreased in size, the mother built her nest higher and higher, ‘so that from having at first the form of figure 1, it became ultimately like figure 2 Ly YAW “Y“nyip i Pp The old bird sat very close during a continuance of the heavy rain for several days and nights. The young remained blind until February 28th, Vou, V. 4 74 pies ‘Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. and flew on the morning of March 7th without previous practice, as strong and swiftly as the mother, taking their first dart from the nest to a tree about 20 yards distant. Art. II. On a new Species of Antelope. By Henry Woops, Esq., 4.L.8., F.Z.8., &c. Antilope personata. Ant. cornibus acutis, sublunatis: corpore fuseo variato ; natibus disco albo ; facie fascia cana. Bompré-sox, Cape Colonists. [Tas. I.J Tue Antelope, of which a more detailed description was promised in the last number of the Journal, unfortunately died a few days after the accompanying figure was taken, which was within a week of its posses- sion by Mr. Cross, so that no opportunity has occurred either of studying its habits, or of correcting the drawing. Since its death it has, by the liberality of John Morgan, Esq., passed into the Museum of the Zoologi- cal Society; but for the reasons hereafter mentioned, little additional accuracy could be derived from the stuffed skin. This animal, which I have ventured to name Antilope personata, from the unusual marking of the face, is in appearance intermediate between the Genera Antilope and Capra, and might therefore appropriately be associated with the Chamois. It possesses the thick short body, and large head of the Goat, with all the influential characters of the true Antelope : the individual under consideration, however, it must be borne in mind, was very young, and how far its form, and even its colours and markings might alter when arrived at its full stature, which was reported by the person who brought it to this country to be little inferior to that of a Red Deer, we have yet to learn, as the species does not appear, as far as I have been able to discover, to be known to Zoologists. Having placed my drawing in the hands of Mr. Gray, I am happy to say that I have had my opinion of its novelty confirmed by Major H, Smith, to whose inspection that gentleman submitted it. *y Ar < me j “40% on A oological Vournal Vol. V,P1.1. TW Woads, delin al Journal Vol.V,P1.1. gic 4 Zoolo Lipp Ye VEZ i Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. 3 The native country of this Antelope is the vicinity of the Cape of Good Hope, where we may conclude that it is exceedingly rare, from its having escaped the notice of Barrow, Lichtenstein, Burchell, and other South African travellers: hence I have been able to gather no information re- specting its mode of life ; but it has evidently been seen sufficiently often to be recognized by the Dutch colonists, as they have given it an appel- lation. The following description is a precise transcript of notes taken during two visits to the animal whilst alive. Its size was that of a Goat, the body being about 2 feet anda half in length ; the head large; the neck (for an Antelope) short; the body thick-set, being very deep at the shoulders, between which was situated a small but well-defined hump, from which, no doubt, its vernacular name has been derived ; the legs long, slender, graceful, and deer-like. The head was much elongated from the horns to the muzzle; very wide from the frontal bone to the angle of the jaw, and suddenly tapering from the latter to the face, which becomes, in profile, narrow to the muz- zle; the frontal bone projected considerably ; the upper part of the nasal bones was concave ; they were then convex to their termination. The top and sides of the head, forehead, and round the eyes, were of a fulvous brown, a white crescent-formed streak extending from under each eye to the ear. . The horns were short, not exceeding 6 inches in length, round, black, smooth, excepting one annulus at the base, diverging laterally, and again converging slightly at their tips; in a profile view they were nearly straight, slanting backwards, their points being again slightly inclined forwards. The ears were very large, six inches and a half long, and pro- portionably broad ; on the outside they were of a dark dun or mouse~ colour, with the margins white, and the extreme tips black ; in the in- side grey, crossed by two broad black bands. The eyes were large, and of a chesnut-brown, their expression soft and ‘ gazelle-like :’ the suborbital sinuses were very small, but distinct. The singular marking of the face suggested the specific title, which I have imposed upon the animal. From between the horns arose a dark grey stripe, which was continued to the muzzle, its grey colour being pro- duced bya mottling of short black and white hair: at first it was nar- A2 4 Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. row; then expanded in a trifling degree ; again contracted, and, when level with the eyes, widened suddenly and proceeded, as a broad mask, to the nose, extending to the cheeks considerably, and on each side of the centre of the face: throughout its whole extent it was margined with deep brown ; a brown shade also mingled with the grey across the mid- dle of the mask, The nose was broad and dark grey, nearly black ; the muzzle hairy ; the lips brown, furnished with a few grey hairs. The neck and back were dull dark fawn-colour, a little freckled with yellowish brown ; the throat, chest, and abdomen, and the insides of the arms and thighs, of a very light Isabella, as were also the knees and el- bows. An indistinct grey stripe, caused by the presence of a few white hairs thinly scattered amongst the fawn-coloured fur, occupied the situa- tion of a dorsal line, on the lumbar regions. The sides were of a deep rich and glossy brown, which commenced at the breast, and passed, in an oblique line at its upper boundary, to the crupper, where it almost deepened to black : its lower margin extended half way down the upper arms, along the side of the belly, and down the outside of the thighs, nearly to the hocks. On the buttocks was situated a white oval disk, (similar to that of many of the American Deer,) which included the upper part of the tail: below the disk the tail terminated in long, coarse, scanty, black hairs, being altogether about 8 inches in length. ; The legs were of a beautiful pale reddish fawn-colour. The fur on the neck and shoulders was rough and long, but smooth and close on all other parts. The nearest similitude to the figure and general appearance of this species is possessed by the Vlacte Steenbok, nt. rufescens, Burchell, also a very rare animal having the same habitat, of which a specimen was presented to the British Museum, and figured and described in.Grif- fith’s Translation of the Régne Animal ;* but the two Antelopes differ in the following particulars. Although the direction of the horns, in profile, is similar in both, those of the 4nt. rufescens are parallel, and without the annulus; the mask on the face, and the hump on the shoulders, are * Griffith, Vol. LV, p. 249, and Synopsis, Sp. 839. Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. 5 wanting in that species ; the disk on the buttocks is not so circumscribed or so well defined as in Ant. personata ; the tail isa mere rudiment; and the general colour of the superior parts is bright fulvous red, with a cast of crimson. Upon seeing the preserved skin of the Bompté-bok, I was much struck with the alteration which had taken place in its appearance since its death, which brought forcibly to my mind Mr. Waterton’s humourous illustra- tion of the effect which stuffing usually has upon the skins of quadrupeds. I do not mention this circumstance as calling in question the ability of the operator at the Museum of the Zoological Society, whose reputation is well deserved, but with the hope of usefully supplying a hint to those who might be inclined to derive from such specimens generic or specific characters. In all cases some considerable distortions by partial shrink- ing and expansion will inevitably take place, and, unless a living specimen of the same species exist as a model, it is utterly impossible to preserve the true figure of an animal : for how can a correct form be assumed, the type of which is totally unknown ? This observation will be well borne out by the subjoined enumeration of the principal points of difference between the preserved skin and the living animal. The head in the former is much shortened ; the ears shrivelled to two-thirds of their original size, the internal black bars having lost the greater part of their colour ; the mask has likewise shrunk and become so pale as scarcely to present a prominent character. From the adoles- cence of the specimen, and the consequent great vascularity of the nuclei of the horns, their direction has so far changed, during the process of drying, that their tips do not at all incline forwards, and the horns them- selves, being very thin at their bases, have in shrinking nearly lost the annulus ; the neck is too long; the humeral hump has entirely dis- appeared; and the body is very much too thin, the skin either having shrunk, or been stuffed to the model of some other Antelope; finally, the whole of the colours are infinitely lighter and more obscure, having totally lost their richness and the evanescent purple hue, which so often and so beautifully appears on the fur of Ruminant animals, when seen in the vivid freshness of animation. 6 Rev. W. Kirby on Clinidium. Art. HI. The Characters of Clinidium, a new genus of Insects in the Order Coleoptera, with a Description of Clinidium Guildingii. By the Rev. Witttam Kiresy, M.A., F.R., L., and Z.S., &c. THE remarkable insect, of which I now offer a description to the Editors of the Zoological Journal, inhabits St. Vincent’s, and was taken in a rotten tree, in the woods of Mount St. Andrew’s in that island, by the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, and sent me witha valuable collection of insects, by that indefatigable collector, accurate painter, and learned describer of the zoological treasures of the Caribbean Islands and Ocean. This insect, like the Pseudomorpha excrucians,* presents characters of several different and distant tribes, so that after a very close inspec tion, and diligent comparative investigation of its characters, I feel un- certain to what modern group, larger or smaller, to refer it. As the specimen received from Mr. Guilding was somewhat mutilated, and gummed down upon a piece of card so that Icould not examine the under side of it, I drew up as accurate a description of it as I could, and sent it to that gentleman under the name here given, requesting him to make a figure of it from his own specimens, and to furnish such fur- ther characters as they might supply him with. His observations, which I have now received, though they throw some further light upon the subject, do not yet enable me to decide upon the exact station of the insect. I shall begin by laying down the characters of the genus as far as I am, at present, enabled to ascertain them. Genus. CLINIDIUM.T Labrum punctiforme, minutum. Mandibule subforcipate. Mazille nondum investigate. * Kirby in Linn. Trans. xiv. 98,—t. iii. f. 3. + From c\udt07’, a couch, from its form. ~I Clinidium Guildingii described. Palpi articulo extimo elongato, acuto. maxillares labiales }nondum investigati. Labium nondum investigatum. Mentum latum, utrinque tumidum. Antenne moniliformes, undecim articulate : articulo primo basi subat- tenuato, apice sequentibus crassiori, reliquis subglobosis, extimo sub- acuminato. Corpus apterum. Caput pedunculatum, ex oblongo-subquadratum. Oculireticulati nulli. Spatium laterale, levigatum, nitidum, subquad- ratum pone antennas oculos representare videtur.* Prothorar ex oblongo subquadratus, marginatus, lateribus rotundatis, angulis ob- tusiusculis ; supra medio longitudinaliter profunde et laté canaliculatus, basi utrinqué longitudinaliter foveatus, ut in Harpalidis plurimis. Co- leoptra oblonga. Pedes breves, longitudine fere wquales: cubitis apice intus subemarginatis ; sinu pectinato, utrinque calcarato ?+ tibiis apice calcari triplici ;t tarsis brevibus, pentameris, unguiculatis : un- guiculis brevissimis simplicibus. Sterna complanata: prosterno anticé constricto posticé emarginato-bifido ;_ mesosterno posticé bilobo, lobis divaricatis ; metasterno quinquelatero, angulo umbilicum mesostethii spectante. From its pentamerous tarsi, the sculpture of its prothorax, its neck, and the tendency to a notch at the inner side of the extremity of the cubitus, one is led to suspect some approximation in the insect before us to some of the Harpalide, or some other group of Linné’s genus Cara- bus, but as Mr. Guilding has not yet been able to investigate the maxille * Mr. Guilding used a powerful Dollond’s achromatic microscope in the ex- amination of this insect, but even with this aid he could discover no lenses or reticulations in the space here supposed to represent the eyes. + From Mr, Guilding’s figure, it seems as if the lower part of the pectinated notch terminated in a spur, as in the Harpalide, &ec. 1 cannot discover the pecten in my specimen, but there is something like the spur; being gummed down, however, I cannot speak with confidence. } I can see nothing of a triple spur in my specimen, but the gum may have obliterated it, Mr. Guilding thinks that the pecten and the spurs are used by the animal to make its way out of the tree it passed its first states in. 8 Rev. W. Kirby on Clinidiuim. and ascertain whether the lower lobe is unguiform, and the upper palpi- form, which would decide the question, andas the other characters lead to other groups, it would be rash to affirm that it belongs to any of these tribes. Indeed its short, rather thick, legs, and its short tarsiare quite un- like these limbs in the predaceous Beetles, and shew that it is not swift of foot; if it has any eyes, likewise, which seems very doubtful, they are not prominent, as in the Eutrechina, and the antenne are quite dis- similar. Its aspect is that of a heteromerous beetle, belonging either to Latreille’s Melasoma, or his Taxicornes, but we soon discover a neck which would lead us to the Trachelides, of which, however, it exhibits no other cha- racter; and indeed when we examine the structure of its antenne, the terminal joint of its palpi, and its prothorax, we see clearly that it can belong to no tribe of that, as it now stands, artificial section. It exhibits also some general resemblance to the Rhynchophorous genus Brentus, which, I believe, isalsoa timber devourer, but it seems to me still nearer to Cucujus, Fab., as, for instance, Cuc. rufus, which has a pedun- culated head, and another North American species, which, like Clinidium, is pentamerous. It has not, however, the depressed body of Cucujus ; its head, prothorax, and antenne, differ, and no other coleopterous in- sect yet known, agrees with it in the absence of reticulated eyes : so that it is the only known individual that strictly verifies the old proverb, ‘ As “* blind as a beetle.”’ Till we know how itis circumstanced with respect to its maxille and palpi we cannot decide with confidence upon its natural station. CLINIDIUM GUILDINGII. Long. Corp. Lin. 3. Hab. in Insula Caribbea St. Vincent, in arbore putrescenti. Desc. Corpus lineare, supra partibus elevatis glaberrimis nitidissi mis, aterrimis ; depressis vero plerumque subtomentosis, opacis, sub- cinereis. Caput facie plagis elevatis septem ; intermedia rhomboidea, vel ex rhomboideo lanceolata, cum aliis duabus parvis triangularibus anterius ordinata ; lateralibus internis quadrato-oblongis, externis oculos simulan- " - es ya, "i o nat Me fag a i By ee "poet . aoe? ‘ r5 dt A oe 4 a on 2 sy ” AG Vagus ai i ' Vass CAM A ¥ i “a ve) ware Ar? ‘ th TRA. wg Ls 4 . , 4] i yer y WM Wt. < . e ’ vy 3 wit pe + ir Ad \y Zoological Journal Volsy, Pl, Clinidium Guiluingii described. 9 tibus ?* trapezatis. Mentum latum, utrinqué tumidum. Gula tumida. Collum capite dimidio angustius.¢ Antenne robuste capite longiores : articulis transverso-subglobosis, coronula setularum cinctis. Prothorax oyalis, quasi pulvinatus. Elytra profundé suleata, vel porcata : porcis sex elevatis ; intermediis abbreviatis, duabus longioribus : apice connatis. Apex ipse et basis coleoptrorum apud suturam in foveam magnam et profundam excavati. Tarsi reliquo corpore minus nigri, subsetacei, subtds haud pulvillati, hirsutuli. .4bdomen ventre medio longitudinali- prominulo: segmento ultimo tuberculo nitido armato. SecA 0 ar. 3. Atro-castaneum, calcaribus minoribus. An idem nuper decla- ratum ? f wy ie : + | Pehl ve Fig. 1 48 aerate A a nue se in ij > git very highly magnified. _ i i a, The space supposed to represent the eye. ‘4 b. The pecten of the Cubitus. 1} ery Fis c. One of the triple spurs that arm the tibi a. ap Res Fig. 2. The under side of ditto. iy Si a. The prosternum. b. The mesosternum, c. The metasternum. d. The umbilicus. e. The eye-space. Fig. 3. The space supposed to represent the eye, very highly magnified. Fig. 4. The neck and part of the head as exhibited by the specimen sent to Barham. a. Part of the head, b. The neck. * It seems to me very doubtful whether this space, which occupies the sides of the head, both above and below, does really represent the eyes, its quadran- gular shape and levigated surface do not favour that idea, and it is too near the occiput. See Plate II, Fig. 2. e. and 3. + Mr. Guilding, in the particulars he has added to my original description, and of which I have, in most cases, availed myself, describes the neck by the term latum, and his figure so represents it; but in my specimen it is not so wide, and rather longer in proportion, (Fig. 4.)so that it must either be a dis- tinct species, or perhaps the other sex. 10 Mr. Blackwall’s Extracts from his Zoological Journal. Art. IV. Extracts from a Zoological Journal, kept at Crumpsall Hall, near Manchester. By Joun BLackwatt, Esq., F.L.S., &. Crumpsall Hall, July 1st, 1829. Sir, Not having any thing of greater interest to communicate at present, I transmit to you a few extracts from my journal ; requesting, that if they should be considered too trifling or unconnected to appear in your valua- ble publication, you will, without hesitation, commit them to the flames. Iam, Sir, with much respect, Your obedient Servant, Joun BLACKWALL. To N. A. Vigors, Esq., &c. §c. NIDIFICATION OF BIRDS. BirDs sometimes construct their nests in unusual situations, and occa- sionally modify their structure in order to adapt them to peculiar circum- stances. The following examples exhibit instances of departure from the ordinary rule, in these particulars. In the month of April, 1821, three pairs of Rooks built in some low Black Italian Poplars, growing in the back-yard attached to the residence of the late Miss Hall, situated in King-street, in a central part of the town of Manchester. Considering that they had to collect all their ma- terials in the country, the rapidity with which these birds proceeded in their undertaking was truly surprising: their nests were speedily com- pleted ; they deposited their eggs in them ; and, though they were fre- quently much disturbed by the eager curiosity of idle people who crowded about the premises, desirous to witness so extraordinary a sight, they ul- timately succeeded in rearing their young, and conveying them to a place of greater security. Inthe ensuing spring, the Rooks again visited their nest-trees, and began to repair their former habitations with great dili- Nidification of Birds. 11 gence ; but the Jackdaws, which had commenced building in the steeples of St. Ann’s and St. Mary’s, two churches in the vicinity, pilfered the sticks they brought as fast as they were supplied, till, at last, the Rooks, wearied with fruitless exertions, deserted the spot, and sought a locality better adapted to their purposes, In the summer of 1823, a pair of Spotted Flycatchers built a nest ina sird-cage, which had been left, with the door open, suspended from the branch of an apple-tree, in the garden belonging to E. Turner, Esq., situated in the township of Crumpsall. In this nest the female laid three eggs, but forsook them in consequence of the repeated alarms she expe- rienved from the frequent visits of the younger branches of Mr. Turner’s family, who were attracted to the spot by the novelty and singularity of the occurrence. A pair of Chimney Swallows, in the summer of 1824, built a nest ina hole, from which a brick had fallen, under the eaves of a house at Crab- lane, in the chapelry of Blakeley. It consisted of a breastwork of mud, erected about two inches within the aperture, leaving a space for entrance, and the interior was lined with hay and feathers. The female deposited and incubated her eggs in this nest, and the nestlings, when about half grown, by their pressure against the breastwork of mud, broke it down entirely. The parent birds, without attempting to re-build the breast- work thus injured, immediately began to construct another, rather lower than the former one, quite at the entrance of the hole ; affording their young, by this sagacious proceeding, a more ample space than they en- joyed before, combined with a much greater degree of security. The familiarity of the Redbreast is a matter of almost daily observation to those who are engaged in rural pursuits. In the month of June, 1825, a pair of these birds built a nest in a small saw-pit, situated in Crumpsall. Soon after the female had begun to sit, the sawing of timber was com- menced at this pit, and, though the persons employed continued their noisy occupation close to the nest every day during the hatching of the eggs and the rearing of the young, yet the old birds performed their seve- ral parental offices to their progeny without interruption, and apparently without alarm. Ornithologists are aware that House Sparrows frequently deprive the House Martins of their nests, and, fitting up the interior after their own 12 Mr. Blackwall’s Extracis from his Zoological Journal. manner, retain possession of them; but perhaps it is not so generally known, that they sometimes expel the Sand Martins from their subterra- neous retreats, at the farther extremities of which they construct nests, meagre in dimensions, and scanty in materials, when compared with the bulky fabrics which they build in trees, and under the eaves of houses, where they are less restricted in room. House Martins, before they retire in autumn, are sometimes observed to repair their nests ; and I have ascertained, by marking birds of this species, that they regularly return to their accustomed breeding haunts. It may be remarked also, that they occasionally assist each other in con- structing their nests, as I have had several opportunities of witnessing. The intelligence manifested by this species will amply repay the observer for the attention he may bestow upon its manners and economy. It is well known that the Yellow Bunting generally makes a very sub- stantial nest, yet, from some internal defect, (for there did not appear to be any in its external configuration,) a female of this species, in June last, deposited its eggs on the bare ground ; in which situation it sat upon them till they were hatched. It is evident that birds of the same species possess the constructive powers in very different degrees of perfection ; for, though the same style of architecture is usually adhered to, the nests of some individuals are finished in a manner greatly superior to those of others. In the instance before us, the requisite instinctive capacity ap- pears to have been wanting altogether, as it is known to be in the Goat- sucker, Cuckoo, Cow-pen bird, and some species of water-fowl. THE ROOSTING OF FIELDFARES. In the spring of the year 1812, which was cold and wet, being on a visit at a friend’s house, near Tamworth, in Staffordshire, I remarked that great numbers of Fieldfares prolonged their stay in that part of the country till the second week in May, which is considerably beyond their usual time of departure. At the close of day, they regularly assembled in an extensive wood in the neighbourhood, and roosted on the ground, among the withered grass and fern, under the trees and bushes. This fact tends to confirm the observation made by Mr. White, (Nat. Hist. of Selborne, Letter XX VII, addressed to T. Pennant, Esq.,) that Fieldfares, though they frequently perch during the day, always appear to roost on Made of Falcons taking their Prey. 13 the ground : but a near relation of mine, to whom this species is familiarly known, assures me, that on moon-light nights, he has shot individuals with his air-gun, as they sat at roost on the naked branches of lofty trees. The practice of roosting on the ground, therefore, is not so invariable as Mr. White supposed it to be. FALCON AND PIGEON. Some of the larger species of Falcon may occasionally be seen flying over Manchester in pursuit of the Pigeons which are kept in that town. Several years since, I saw a fine Peregrine Falcon, so occupied, stoop at a Pigeon, which adroitly avoided the deadly blow by a dexterous turn; in a second attempt, however, the Falcon proved more fortunate, as it succeeded in carrying off its prey. Perceiving that it bore away its booty in the direction which I was pursuing, I kept a sharp look-out for it, and, at the distance of about a mile from the town, I observed it amusing itself with the quarry, by repeatedly rising with it toa great height in the air, letting it drop from this lofty elevation, and descending after it with asto- nishing velocity. Approaching as cautiously as I could, and seizing a favourable opportunity, I succeeded in frightening away the Falcon and securing the Pigeon, which was much mutilated; the head being sepa- rated from the body, which had been deeply pierced, in many places, by the sharp talons of the Falcon. Now, asthe manner in which birds of the Falcon tribe take their prey on the wing, has long been a subject of controversy among naturalists and sportsmen, who have variously conjec- tured that they inflict the fatal stroke with the beak, the breast, the wings, and the talons, my principal object in introducing the above anecdote is the explanation of this difficulty. In the present instance, it is evident, from the peculiarity of the situation, that the Falcon could not descend with its victim to the ground, as is usually the case, and this circumstance enabled me to ascertain with precision, the manner in which it effected its purpose. Stooping impetuously, it struck the Pigeon with great vio- lence on the neck with its beak, and keeping its hold, it raised its feet, and so transferred the prize to its talons, in order that it might impede its flight as little as possible, and, consequently, be more readily conveyed to a distance. Should it be objected, that the circumstances under which this Falcon seized its prey, might induce it to change its usual mode of 14 Mr. Holberten’s and Mr. Yarrell’s attack ; I would reply, that it performed the feat with wonderful prompt- ness and dexterity, not at all in a manner to be expected from a novice. In short, there can scarcely be a doubt that the means employed were those to which it was impelled by its natural instinct. Art. V. Notes on the internal appearance of several Animals examined after Death, in the Collection of the Zoological Society. By'T. H. Hotserton, Esg., M.R.C.S., §c., and WittraM YarRRELL, Esq., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c. {Continued from Vol. IV, page 322.] Active Gipson. Hylobates agilis, F. Cuv. THE skeleton presented seven true, and six false ribs on each side, the last three floating. The upper and lower extremities incapable of the same degree of extension as in man, either at the elbows or knees, owing to strong fascial expansions of the flexor tendons passing in front of the elbow, and behind the knee joints, to be attached to the upper halves of the respective bones below these parts. The stomach was placed more longitudinally than in the human sub- ject, particularly from the cardiac orifice, the first two-thirds passing straight down the left side; the other third portion crossed directly over to the right, terminating in the duodenum, which soon passed again to- wards the spine, (not being placed so far to the right as in the human subject,) and enclosed the head of the pancreas. The coats of the sto- mach were remarkably and uniformly thick; the great omentum quite devoid of fat; no valvule conniventes, nor appendices epiploice. The large intestines were thrown into folds by three longitudinal bands, as in the human subject. A long glandular body of 2 inches and 2 in length and nearly + of an inch wide, placed in the folds of the mesentery, ap- peared to perform the office of the mesenteric glands. The attachments Notes in Comparative Anatomy. 15 of the mesentery were much higher up than in the human subject. .The kidnies in situation, and the ureters in their passage, resembled the hu- man, the latter terminating in the upper part of each side of the blad- der. The spleen was situated like that of the human subject, and very similar in appearance. The vessels in Glisson’s capsule laid also simi- larly to those of the human subject. The Pancreas and Liver presented nothing remarkable, the small lobes of the latter were not quite so well defined as in man. Small intestines 5 feet 6 inches in length; appendix ceci vermiformis 2 inches; large intestines 18 inches, The rectum di- lated in the pelvis forming a pouch. Two bodies having the appearance of vesicule seminales, but very minute, the animal being young, occu- pied the usual situation, as did also the vasa deferentia. Diana Monkey. Simia Diana, Linn. Cercopithecus Diana, Geoff. Length from the mouth to the root of the tail 17 inches; of the tail itself 24 inches. Stomach a single cavity, small intestines 4 feet; no cecum ; large intestines 2 feet in length. This Monkey had appeared unusually dull and drowsy some days before death; the intestines were generally of large volume, the colon and rectum distended with the re- mains of food. A considerable quantity of water pervaded the cellular tissue of the lower extremities. WereEPER Monkey. Cebus Apella, Desm. Length from the nose to the root of the tail 10 inches, tail 11 inches; length of the whole intestinal canal 6 feet 10 inches. Kidnies inflamed, particularly that on the left side; lungs, liver, and intestines generally healthy. Bones of the extremities irregular in form, quite cartilaginous, and devoid of earthy deposition; those of the head perfectly soft and flexible, inferior maxillary bone the same. The cerebral and spinal nerves, when in a relaxed state, exhibited a spiral filament passing along their substance, which disappeared on tension. P. P. Mollinelli, who described this appearance, in 1775, seems to be the first anatomist who mentions this arrangement of the nervous filaments of the human sub- ject within their covering of the pia mater: they form small transverse, 16 Mr. Holberton’s and Mr. Yarrell’s folds more or less obliquely angular, and were not inaptly compared, originally, to the rug of earth-worms, or the rings of the aspera arteria. See Elliotson’s Translation of Blumenbach’s Physiology, Section 212. Mexican Doe, young. Canis familiaris, var. Mericanus. Length from mouth to anus 13 inches; whole length of intestines 5 feet 4 inches; cecum 2 inches, of the ordinary form. Dentition irre- gular and imperfect; no apparent cause of death. JerBoa. Dipus Sagitta, Gmel. When divested of its skin, the form of the head in this animal is peculiar. The upper surface of the cranium is nearly square; the mas- toid processes are unusually large, excavated, and their parietes diapha- nous. They occupy the whole space behind the zygomatic arch on either side, and extend beyond the occipital bones backwards, and even with the surface of each parietal bone upwards. From the anterior portion of the nasal bones to the occipital ridge was 1 inch ,°;; from the anterior surface of the malar bone to the back of the mastoid process of the same side 1,4;; the width of the head between the edges of each zygoma 1,%;; behind the zygomatic arches % of an inch; across the mastoid processes 1 inch; mastoid cells projecting backwards beyond the occipital surface 4 of an inch. The meatus aes directed backwards; the malar bones so deep in front that vision is confined to the lateral and backward directions. The masseter muscle, large, arising from the under edge of the zygoma and orbit, passes downwards and backwards to be inserted into the base, angle, and ascending plate of the inferior mazilla; raising, bringing forwards, and also giving a limited degree of lateral motion to the lower jaw. The muscle analogous to the temporal arising from the fossa in front of the orbit, passing under the zygoma, is inserted on the fore part and side of the lower jaw. The portio dura passed outside the muscle elevating the jaw, under the edge of the zygoma to the angle of the mouth to be distributed over both lips. The branches of the infra-orbital nerve were distributed in the usual manner. The reason for noticing these nerves was on account of their unusually large size. Notes in Comparative Anatomy. 17 The flexors of the legs were not inserted by single tendons, but ended in a broad thin tendinous expansion which enveloped on either side the head of the gastrocnemius and all the flexors of the foot and toes, to be afterwards inserted into the whole length of the tibia, giving additional power to its own muscles as also to those covered by this fascia in its course. The capsules of the joints admitted great extension. Descrip- tions of two species of this genus having been given by Pallas in his “« Nove species quadrupedum e glirium ordine’’ with representations of a skeleton, stomach and cecum, it may be only necessary to add, that, the Jungs appeared of a more dense structure than usual; the stomach simple; liver of large size; small intestines 26 inches long; cecum 6 inches, curved spirally; large intestines 18 inches: the animal measured from mouth to anus 6 inches. It was a female with very long uterine cornua. The ensiform cartilage terminated in a broad flattened extre- mity similar in shape to the same part in the Bobac, which comes next under consideration. Bosac. Arctomys Bobac, Gmel. Died from the effect of a very large abscess which formed between the skin and pectoral muscles, confined principally to the right side. The ensiform cartilage, united to the sternum by a narrow neck, had a thin expanded heart-shaped termination, to both lateral edges of which muscular fibres were attached. The heart had a glandular substance lying upon its sternal surface, which surrounded its base and the primitive vessels. Two portions then passed backwards in the thorax attached to each side of the dorsal verte- bre. There was an ossification of the thoracic aorta to the extent of an inch anda half. Length of the animal from the mouth to the root of the tail 15 inches. Stomach a single cavity; liver formed of two principal lobes, that on the right side subdivided into three minor ones; the form of the gall-bladder nearly circular; small intestines 5 feet 6 inches in length; cecum large, filled with faecal matter ; large intestines 2 feet 10 inches. ‘The fibres of the pubic surface of the bladder had a longitudi- nal and somewhat curved direction ; upon the sacral surface the fibres of the upper half were transverse, on the inferior half they were curved similarly to those of the opposite side. Vou, V. B 18 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Cistrus of Ur. B. Clark. MALABAR SQUIRREL. Sciurus maximus, Gmel. Length from mouth to anus 14 inches ; intestinal canal 13 feet. Sto- mach large in proportion to the size of the animal, triangular in shape, somewhat contracted at the cardiac extremity with a broad surface opposed to the right side ; the spleen very small, of the size of a goose-quill, and only 1 inchand a half long. y CRESTED PorcuPINE. Hystrix cristata, Linn. Extreme length from nose to anus 2 feet 4 inches. Small intestines, 17 feet ; cecum, 18 inches ; large intestines, 4 feet. This animal was very fat. The cause of death was not ascertained. ALPINE Hare. Lepus variabilis, Pall. Length from mouth to anus 17 inches; the stomach showed an appa- rent division externally; internally the two different lining surfaces de- scribed by Sir E, Home were distinctly observable, that of the cardiac portion being the most vascular. Small intestines 7 feet in length; ce@- cum 16 inches; /arge intestines 3 feet 8 inches. General form and du- plicatures of the different viscera very similar to those of our common Hare, Lep. timidus. The animal appeared to have died from the effects of hydatids, which in considerable numbers pervaded the whole abdomi- nal cavity. Arr. VI. On the Uistrus of Mr. Bracy Clark. By W.S. MacLeay, Esq., 4.M., F.LS., &c. In a Letter to the Editor. My dear Vigors, Two reasons have hitherto prevented me from taking notice of Mr. B. Clark’s singular paper on Qistrus, independently of the con- sideration that for my part I confess I have little more to say on the subject. The first of these reasons is, that, from the difficulty of know- ing the particular conclusion at which he wishes to arrive, the paper in itself unanswerable. The second is, that Mr. Clark has most sapiently laid down the following law in the Linnean Transactions, viz. ‘ that identi- “« fying the descriptions of the ancients with the modern species of ** natural history, should be avoided in the volumes of the Society.” Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Estrus of Mr. B. Clark. 19 My crime in attempting to make out the ancient Cistrus is no doubt ac- cording to this rule very great; but I trust that I shall meet with some little mercy, as Mr. Clark himself led the way, by attempting in his first paper to identify the modern C&strus with that of the ancients, and as I have only followed, at a humble distance, the footsteps of this lawgiver. ; The argument indeed by which Mr. Clark quenches for ever any attempt to identify the animals described by the ancients, namely, that it leads to much unsatisfactory discussion, is most conclusive; and I really think, that as the identification of the species of modern authors likewise leads very often to unsatisfactory discussion, the council of the Linnean Society oughttoextend the bright idea which they have adopted,* and to prohibit the identification of all species whatsoever. The argu- ment holds equally good in both cases. ~ Inorder to do full justice to what Mr. Clark calls his Reply, it may perhaps be necessary to repeat the statement to which he replies. Now the object of my unfortunate paper was to shew, first, that the Gistrus of the ancients, as described by them, was not a modern (strus; and secondly, that “ it is not indeed unlikely that some of the ancients should ** have seen the perfect insects of the modern (Estrus flying about cattle, © and that they should have witnessed the extraordinary effects which ** they produce, but, however this may be, they certainly appear to ** have confounded such insects with the more common Tabani, for it is ** the modern Tabanus, or some genus extremely near to it, that they “ haye always described as the Wstrus.” Such are my words. Now let us see how they are replied to. When I heard that Mr. Clark had read a paper to prove me in the wrong, I rather foolishly imagined, that, as the question under discussion was the @strus of the ancient Greeks, I should be overwhelmed with a host of new passages from ancient authors. But Mr. Clark holds such weapons in sovereign contempt, and annihilates my paper with only three * We must here observe, that we do not acquiesce in the conclusion apparently drawn above, that the editors of a paper “ adopt the ideas” of the authour. For our own parts, we consider the authour alone responsible for the opinions or expressions contained in the papers which we publish. Ed. B2 20 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Estrus of Mr. B. Clark. passages, and those all from modern writers,* viz. one from Shakspeare, who therein says, that the brize annoys the herd more than the tiger ; one from Thomson, who says that when thus annoyed, they scour the plain and cut various other unseemly capers; and lastly one from an old play, the author of which proposes to plant a brize, by way of spur, into some nameless part of some inactive and nameless gentleman. These three English passages form a main body of evidence, that, according to Mr. Clark, most decidedly prove the (Estrus of Aristotle to be that of Lin- nus. I may, therefore, take less notice of the light skirmishers which appear on the field to support the same cause, in the shape of passages from the Lachesis Lapponica of Linneus, one of which says, that in Lapland the (Estrus of the Reindeer has an egg like a white mustard seed, and another that the Reindeer stop short and remain motionless on the sight of their peculiar tormentor. The appositeness of these quotations to the subject in question is not very manifest, but I suppose the mode of reasoning from them is as follows: if the egg of the Lapland Cistrus be like a white mustard seed, and if the Reindeer in Lapland stop short, ergo the (Estrus of Aristotle must be that of Bracy Clark, and the Oxen in Greece on being tormented by their (istrus do not stop short. Mr. Clark says that Linneus, Vallisneri, Reaumur, and, though last, not least, Bracy Clark, hold the opinion that the Gistrus of the ancients is the Cistrus bovis of Linneus; and he therefore pronounces Ray, Olivier, Latreille, and Kirby to be heretics, nay, even Aristotle, Alian, and Pliny themselves to know nothing about the matter, if they have dared to write otherwise than as he would have them. It is right, however, for Mr. Clark’s glory, to assign him the full force of this argumentum ad verecundiam, for Linneus having changed his opinion once with respect to the ancient (Estrus, might, if he had lived, have changed it again. * Itis true Mr. Clark repeats the hackneyed passage from Virgil, but it is for the sole purpose of unfolding from it the following “ curious discovery,” which is thus solemnly imparted to the Public, through the medium of the Linnean Transactions. Alluding ‘to the words “ Cui nomen Asilo Roma- “num est, (stron Graii vertere vocantes;” Mr. Clark says, ‘“* From “¢ this admirable description, it is clearly manifest that Asilus was the Roman « name for the fly which agitates the cattle; and it is equally clear, that @sétrus “ was the Greek name for it,” Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the @strus of Mr. B. Clark. 23 As for Vallisneri, he knew about as much of entomology as he did of steam-boats; and Reaumur* expresses himself in doubt as to the Greek (Estrus. Consequently, the only opinion that remains at once valuable and decisive on the subject is that of Mr. Clark. It is, in short, Bracy Clark solus, versus Ray, Olivier, Latreille, and Kirby; nay, even versus the ancients themselves, if they have the impudence to contradict-him. The question indeed is concerning the ’O:spoc of the ancients; but this -is of the very slightest consequence, for says this diffident logician, “ if *« Aristotle, Alian or Pliny described the insect which they called istrus ** with spotted wings, or with a trunk or proboscis, they knew nothing “* at all about the true Cistrus bovis.’ I beg leave to inform Mr. Clark that he has most thoroughly convicted these ancients of ignorance, for although they have not audaciously proceeded so far in their guilt as to verify quite his worst suspicions, and to describe their (Estrus as having spotted wings, these ignorant philosophers, to their shame be it said, nay, -even AEschylus himself, although he is one of those poets whom Mr. Clark considers as better authority on a scientific question than any philo- sopher, have all, as I have shewn, described their Gistrus as having a proboscis. What follows then? Why, that although we wish to ascer- tain what Aristotle, Elian, Pliny, and Aischylus, considered an (Estrus, those ignorant philosophers, and that still more inexcusable poet, knew nothing at all about their own insect, the accurate knowledge of which is the snug and sole property of Mr. Bracy Clark. His “ practical ** pursuits’’ and his “ curious discoveries,’’ entitle him, and him alone, to decide the question as to the true Gistrus of the ancients. Indeed, upon Mr. Clark’s profession depends a great deal of the argument; for if, says he, ‘‘ MacLeay or Latreille had been as much among ** cattle on the heaths, as my pursuits have led me, they would have ** long since obtained a practical acquaintance with the effects produced “ by these insects, and would not have been led to suppose that the * Reaumur mentions the subject as a doubtful one, Vol. 1V, p.540. He seems to make a distinction between the Qstrus and Asilus of the ancients, and merely appropriates the latter name to the G?strus bovis, because Vallisneri had done it before him. ‘*M. Vallisneri veut que ce nom soit donné a notre “‘mouche. Aussi l’ appellerai-je volontiers en Frangois.” Such are his words. 22 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Hstrus of Mr. B. Clark. * Tabani, Conopses,* or Culices, were the object of poetic description.’’ M. Latreille, I dare say, has witnessed these practical effects, that is, a Cow dancing a hornpipe witha Gadfly, and I am sure, so have I; but no matter, I shall only hint, that as the “ practical pursuits” of Aristotle and other ancients did not much lead them among cattle on the heaths, this may have probably been also the cause of their being so shamefully igno- rant of their own meaning. Mr. Clark talks of his “ curious discoveries’”’ on this singular tribe of insects. Now, the reason why I committed the heinous fault of over- looking this gentleman in my paper, was, that I conceived these “ disco- veries,’”” when correct, to have been already discovered by others, and found these ‘ discoveries,”” when his own, to be almost always in direct opposition to the fact. In the paper before us, there are, however, some truly curious and original discoveries, and I shall state them at length, in order that Mr. Clark may no longer complain of my overlooking him.+ First Discovery.—Mr. Clark finds that there is a scoundrelly set of * As to “ Conopses,” I never heard of their existence before, and certainly never mentioned the names in my paper either of these new animals, or of Culices, as being the Gstri of the ancients. I ought to plead guilty, however, to the accusation that I have been led to suppose that a Culex has been the object of poetic description. If Mr. Clark be not too old to go toschool, he will find so too. + By far the most accurate and laborious work that has yet appeared on the genus Csirus, is that of Johannes Leonardus Fischer, published at Leipsic, in 1787. This gentleman gives a Synopsis Specierum, and a correct and detailed account of the natural history and anatomy of @str. ovis, Gistr. bovis, and their respective larve. And yet this Mr. Bracy Clark, who talks of his curious discoveries, published many years afterwards a work on Gstrus, wherein he describes two or three new species with such abominable names as veterinus and salutiferus ; pirates from Monuffet and Reaumur, the history of (strus equi ; describes the pupa of @strus for its larva, which it appears that he does not even yet know; gives an anatomy of both pupa and perfect insect that would equally answer for that of a Whale; and finally makes a new genus, of which to this day he does not know the true character, and names it in direct defiance of every Linnean rule. Such is Mr. Clark’s paper on the Bots of Horses, and yet it is indisputably the best paper that the old Linnean School ever published on Zoology in England. IT allude not of course to Mr. Kirby’s papers, because he belongs to an infinitely superior class of Naturalists. Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Gstrus of Mr. B. Clark. 23 flies composed of Tabani, “ Conopses,’’ Asili, and Culices, which have all spotted wings, and of which the three first have lately taken to the filthy habit of “ sweat sucking.’ Our worthy “ Naturalist,’’ however, is still in doubt whether Culices suck.* Second Discovery.—A new tribe of animals called ‘ Conopses,” which, having so classical a name, were no doubt also known to the ancients, and I hope when Mr. Clark describes them in the next volume of the Linnean Transactions, he will also identify them. So far as I am concerned, I assure him there will be no disagreeable discussion on the subject, although some ignorant innovators are very likely to change the name as being too near to kwyw7ec. Third Discovery. —‘‘ (Estri are like ichneumon flies, which deposit “< their eggs on the sides of caterpillars of Lepidoptera, and then hatch- “‘ ing, perforate their skins and live on the parenchyma.’’ Now, I do say, that of all this gentleman’s “curious discoveries,’’ this is the most curious, that ichneumon flies, in order to perforate caterpillars, walk out of the eggs which they themselves have laid. Fourth Discovery.—The testimonies of the ancients with respect to CEstrus militate against each other, according to Mr, Clark. I only trust that, when the members of that Linnean Council which so acutely distinguished the merits of Mr. Clark’s paper, are re-elected, they will allow him to shew how, Fifth Discovery.—The greater part of Mr. Clark’s paper is taken up with shewing that the presence of an strus bovis has a greater influence on an Ox than that of a Tabanus.t Iam not aware of any * What in the nameof heaven has put “‘ Conopses,’’ Asili, and Culices, into this learned Theban’s head? The ancients knew but too well the Culices to take them for QGistri. The Asili are insectivorous insects, and the Conopes, which I suppose he means, are, in their larva state, parasitical upon Humble Bees, and, in their perfect state, perfectly harmless. The Conops calcitrans of Linneus, is, indeed, an insect that sucks blood, (not sweat, as I know by sad experience both here and in Europe,) but this species was some fifty years ago separated from the genus by Geoffroy and Degeer under the name of Stomorys. + I have already said that the ancients as well as the moderns, such for instance as the author quoted by Archdeacon Nares, may all have confounded the Brize with the (2strus when flying. The fact is, we inherit this confusion 24 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the CEstrus of Mr. B. Clark. person having ever disputed this; but the contrary assertion is here to my mind most valiantly combated, upon the principle, I suppose, that the truth cannot be too often told. Sixth Discovery.—Mr. Clark had in his first paper stated that the (Estr. bovis, according to his own experience, makes no noise; but not- withstanding one might have thought that his “ practical pursuits on ‘* heaths” entitled him to decide this weighty matter, it appears that a farm-yard friend of his has still more ‘ practical pursuits,” for he by standing among dung once heard some noise, and Mr. Clark accordingly discovers the truth and abandons his own experience. Hence we learn, on Mr. Clark’s own authority, that his friend in the farm-yard is still a better judge of poetic description than himself. Virgil’s words “ asper, “© acerba sonans”’ are certainly rather difficult to surmount if the insect be a silent one. Seventh Discovery.—Mr. Clark has just discovered that “ Gstrus “< bovis has no aculeus or weapon of infliction in the abdomen.’’ Very new and ingenious indeed! He appears to have formerly thought it hymenopterous. But as of all Diptera it is the least provided witha sting in the mouth, some people will perhaps fancy that Mr. Clark is here arguing against himself, since if he be right, and the @strus have no sting; and if the (Zstrus of the ancients be described by the poets as oévsopoc and be said by the philosophers éyeuv cevrpov ioxupdy jornpévov rov séparoc, why then the innocent Gistrus of Mr. Clark cannot be their insect. However, the cream of consistency is to come. In p. 404, Mr. Clark comes to the conclusion that the fly of Aristotle, Elian, and Pliny, “© may have been a Tabanus or an Asilus, a Conops, or a Culex, or any ‘ other with spotted wings;”’* and in p. 409 he arrives without any new argument, but with equal confidence, at the diametrically opposite con- clusion, “ that the G¥strus of the ancients could have been no Tabanus.”’ as to the name from the Saxons; the Germans still confounding the Bremse and the Breme. But in the time of Mouffet the Brize was the Hematopota pluvialis, and the Burrell-flye or Whame was the @strus equi. * How precise and scientific! particularly when not one of the ancients makes mention of spotted wings. Rey. L. Guilding’s Observations on the Chitonide. 25 Ohe! jam satis! His arguments and his mode of using them are, I will admit, of such an extraordinary nature, as fully to entitle him to come not only to the two extreme conclusions, but also to five hundred intermediate ones. Still, as it is rather puzzling to guess Mr. Clark’s real decision, I trust the Council of the Linnean Society will either allow him to append a supplement, stating which of the two opposite conclusions is his final opinion, or that they will have the condescension to state, for the good of the Society at large, what they conceived to be his real sentiments when they ordered the paper to be printed. I repeat that the paper is so truly original in natural history, classical lore, style, and orthography, that I find it impossible to answer it. I may humbly venture to deny, however, the accuracy of Mr. Clark’s assertion, that I ever expressed or even enter- tained a wish to change the name of the genus Mstrus. I would here ask a question, most important to the future interests of the Linnean Society. Is it not advisable for the Council to alter their present plan, and to insist upon the person to whom a paper is referred, making a written report upon the manner in which any opinion is supported ? Similar reports are made on all papers given in to the French Institute. The critic’s personal reputation being then at stake, the Council at large might be sure that no paper would be unjustly condemned or stupidly lauded. Eyer, my dear Vigors, most truly your’s W. S, MacLzay. Arr. VII. Observations on the Chitonide. By the Rev. Lanspown Guitpine, B.A., F.L.S., IG. & WS, &e. Tribus. PoLYPLAKIPHORA, Blainv.* Fam. Chitonide, Gray, Guilding. Animalia ceca, hermaphrodita? plantivora ? Corpus ovato-elongatum ; apicibus equalibus, rotundatis: disci ver- tice nunc longitudinaliter subcarinato, nunc rotundato-subdepresso. * Locum melius demonstravit Cuvierius, 26 Rev. L. Guilding’s Observations Lorica dorsalis, caleareo-testacea, in globum convolvenda (animali avulso) : cujus Scuta (vel tequle) octo, seepius denudata, raro minutissima, nonnun- quam obtecta, (in monstrosis 6 vel 7 ? ?): sepius transversa, marginibus omnibus vel plerisque deorsum imbricatis, lateribus declivatis. Scutum primum sepius semicirculare, margine antico symmetricé crenato, postico simplici: scufa intermedia contracta, plerumque transversa, margine antico immerso, lobato-alato, alis sepe medio fissis; margine postico subtus subcostato, lateribus alarumque sinu sepe fissurato-denticulatis : scutum extremum posticé crenatum, aleque integre: scuta omnia infra levia, lineis puncturarum notata propter insertionem musculorum innume- rabilium. Areola dorsalis angulato-transversa, nunc distincta nunc obsoleta: peripheriz stria impressa. teste incrementum nonnunquam demonstrat. Zona (vel cingulum) continua, carnosa, sepius crassa, cartilagineo- muscularis, corpus totum obtegens, latitudine et vestura multum varians, margine ipso ciliato, subtus planato, ossiculis creberrimis scabriuscula ad arctiorem adhesionem. Sepe in canales zona contrahitur ad aque receptionem, et stercoris ejectionem. Palhiwm (verum) indistinctum, continuum, tenue, agglutinatum, con- tractum, vix ac ne vix quidem margine liberum, branchia pedem et caput omnino circumdans. Pes maximus carnosus, fere longitudine corporis. Solea complanata adheesiva. Caput sessile magnum, cecum, pileo latissimo obvelatum, margine tenui libero, et posticé in angulos extenso loco tentaculorum. Tentacula nulla. ; Os infra, extensile, /abris plicatilibus crassis, carnosis. Lingua brevissima, apice lobata. Velum tenue, extensile, loco mandibule superioris. Trachyderma* (organum edendi et manducandi) tracheeforme, denti- culatum, membranaceum, fere longitudine abdominis, posticé in @so- phagum tubo-canaliformem semiclausum productum, anticé in alas duas extensum, que apices Stagoniorum+ vesiciformium arcté tegunt. Mem- * A rpaxic asper, et déppa cutis. + Siagonia, a ovaydévioy pars maxille, on the Chitonide. 27 brana tota interné serie duplici dentium molarium minutorum, innume- rabilium, transyersorum, oppositorum, munita: seriebus ad palatum denticulatum recedentibus, postice gradatim mollibus : dentibus omnibus tendinibus obliquis parallelis impulsis. bdominis viscera profundé immersa, loricaque defensa. Intestinum gracile,, corpore multoties longius, miré convolutum. Ovarium maximum, dorsale. Ventriculus magnus. Anus posticus, supra pedis extremitatem, sepe tubiformis. Branchie nude, lineares, elongate, utrinque in medio fossule pro- fundee lateris site : sepius longitudine pedis, nonnunquam abbreviate. Lobi acuminato-digitiformes, line’ media lineolisque transversis crebris signate, apice seepe decumbentes. Structuram Poli et Cuvierius (nomina veneranda) bene demonstra- yerunt. Vide Cuv. Mem., &c., sur les Mollusques. SYNOPSIS GENERUM. 1. Chiton, Linn. (a greca voce yirev tunica). Lorica scutis maxi- mis imbricatis transversis nudis. Zona (vel ligamentum continuum peri- pheriz) tenuior, coriacea, lata, squamulosa, vel squamis conformibus subovatis distinctis alternatim (ut in piscibus) dimidiato-imbricatis vestita. * Zonda distincté squamosa. + Disco subcarinato: areola transverso-marginali distincta. Exemp. Chiton squamosus, Sowerb., Gen. f. 2. Ch. Capensis, Gray, &c. ++ Disco subrotundato, levi: areola angulata obsoleté. Ex. Chiton marmoratus, Blainv. ** Zona exillimé reticulata. Ch. levis, Lowe, Zool. Journ. ***7ona levigata. Ch. marginatus, Linn. Trans, VIII, p. 21, t. 1, f. 2. Ch. latus, Lowe. 2. Acanthopleura, Guild. (Etym. cxcavOa spina, et mAevpdy latus.) Lorica precedentis. Zona crassa, carnosa, spinosa, spinulosa, crinita, 28 Rev. L. Guilding’s Observations vel scabra: spinis laxé insertis; nunc varie longitudinis raris, nunc confertis. Pagina inferior ossiculis distincté scabra. Peripheria ciliata. * Zona spinosa. Chiton spinosus, Sow., Gen. f. 1. ** Zona spinulosa. Ch. Carmichaelis, Gray, Spicil. *** Zona granulosa. Ch. asellus, Lowe, Zool. Jour. **** Zona rugoso-granulosa. Ch. aselloides, Lowe. ***** Zona crinita. Ch. crinitus, Wood, Ind. *##*** Zona villosi. Ch. Peruvianus, Frembly. ¥**#x*** Zona farinosa. Ch. cinereus, Lowe. 3. Phakellopleura, Guild. (a pdxedXoc fasciculus, et rAsvpdy latus.) Lorice scuta minora. Zona crassa, carnosa, lata, serie unica fasciculorum elongatorum spiculorum ornata: spicula sericeo-vitrea, acuformia, nunc conferta, mox expanso-radiantia, urentia. Peripheria distincté ciliata, Pes latus. Ex. Ch. fascicularis, Sow., gen. f. 3. 4, Chitonellus, Lam. (Chitonis diminutivum.) Lorice scuta mini- ma, contracta, feré abscondita: ale magne nonnunquam sagittate. Zona valdé crassa, carnosa, fere denudata, vel scabriuscula, peripheria& ciliata. Pleura punctis spiraculiformibus perforata. * Animal larviforme. Scuta szepius disjuncta, branchie abbreviate, pes contracta ? Ch. levis, Blainv. Ch. larviformis, Burrow. Ch. striatus, Sow. ** Animal brevius, subovatum. Scuta approximata, pes latus. Pori zone valdé distincti spinulis cincti. Chitonellus latus, Guilding. Ch. scutis cretaceis, disco lateribusque fusco fasciatis: lateribus gra- nulato-scabris : zona sordidé flavida ? peripheria pallida. Long. corporis 1 unc. Vidi mortuum at illesum. Habitat in brevibus Antillarum rarus. 5. Cryptoconchus, Blainy., Burrow, (Nunquam vidi,). (a cpirrw occulto, et «éyxn concha.) Lorice scuta mediocria, utrinque dentata, on the Chitonide. 29 zona tomentosa obyelata, omnino tecta. Zona (in utroque scuto) fissura porisque duobus tubulosis lateralibus signata: supra scutum anticum poriquatuor. Branchie abbreviate. Ex. Ch. porosus, Burrow. Has divisiones subgenericas non omnes egomet vidi, at lubenter recepi. Squame et sculptura semper oculis armatis examinande. These animals frequent the rocks and stones of the sea-coast, and are distributed nearly over the whole globe. Many of the species are con- stantly under water, while others ascend above low or even high water- mark, spending the day exposed to the hottest sun, or selecting a rest- ing-place which is only occasionally moistened by the rude and restless surf, In Chitonellus and Cryptoconchus there are certain minute organs on the zone, which bear a strong resemblance to the spiracula of the annulose animals. From their habit of quitting the watery element, like many of the Turbinide, I once supposed that the organs for the aeration of the circulating fluid might be of a compound nature, (pulmono-bran- chiati.) It is, however, far more probable (as in the case of some Crus- taceous* genera which I am now investigating,) that this process is capa- ble of a diurnal or a temporary interruption, or that the branchie, so long as they are kept moist, and shielded from atmospheric influence, may perform their functions, though much more slowly. The species are very numerous, but involved in the greatest confusion. As De Blainville has remarked, ‘* Leur séparation en petits groupes na- ** turels est assez difficile, nous ne doutons cependant pas qu’on y paryi- ** enne, si l’on peut réussir a étudier a la fois et compiétement les ani- «* maux et les coquilles.” From the great variation in their colouring, and the liability of the older shells to become corroded and decorticated by atmospheric exposure, the action of salt water, or the blows of roll- ing stones, while the spines and other appendages of the zone, are worn * In the decapod short-tailed Crustacea which reside at the bottom of the ocean, the foramina which admit the water to the branchie are very large: in the genera which dwell long on land they are contracted. These curious open- ings, seated at the base of the arms, and closed with a moveable operculiform ciliated janua, 1 have termed portule. 30 Rey. L. Guilding’s Observations down or lost, the species are not easily described. There can be no doubt of the necessity of always giving magnified figures and careful de- tails of these animals. An uncoloured outline is also desirable, to shew . the peculiar carving of the valves. We might add, with advantage, a profile of the back, and highly magnified figures of the scales, spines, and countless ossicula which beset the inferior adhering surface of the zone, which, added to atmospheric pressure, protect them so effectually from the violent washing of the surf, and the attacks of their countless enemies. The smaller species in particular, without careful line engrav- ings (made with the specimens in sight), it will be difficult to distinguish. Where it is necessary to avoid expense, one half only of the figure might be coloured, while the other might be left to shew the striz and verruce with which the valves are commonly adorned. It would be of great ad- vantage if outlines of the valves, deprived of their connecting ligament, could be also given: the teeth, fissures, and punctures for muscular in- sertion vary much in the different species, and should be always noticed. Two specimens of each should be sacrificed for this purpose. If left to putrefy in water, or if boiled sufficiently, the fleshy parts are easily se- parated, and the valves, well cleaned and scraped, may then be gummed in their proper order, with a small interval, on card either white or par- tially blackened : one of the sets being reversed. With these should be preserved a portion of the detached scales or spines, with a thin slice from the inferior surface of the zone, that they may be submitted to the microscope. They seem to feed entirely by night. Though they remain stationary during the day, when disturbed they will often creep away with a slow and equal pace, often sliding side-ways, and creeping under the rocks and stones for concealment. If accidentally reversed, they soon recover their position, by violently contorting and undulating the zone; and for defence they sometimes (when detached) roll themselves up like the wood- lice. Some of the larger kinds, especially of Acanthopleura, are eagerly devoured by the lower orders in the West Indies, who have the folly to call them beef: the thick fleshy foot is cut away from the living animal, and swallowed raw, while the viscera are rejected. We have here a large pale Chiton, which is said to be poisonous. The zone of the Acanthopleure is often beset with fuci, while the on the Chitonide. 31 scales of Chiton, from their more constant motion, rarely afford a rest- ing-place to the Serpule and other bodies which are so often dispersed over the broad and solid scuta. The Zoologist, while he takes the size and leading characters of the species from full-grown specimens, will do well to colour from young ones, which are commonly free from any incrustations or injuries. I have observed that some species, of which it is commonly impossible to find specimens not corroded and spoiled, are in certain localities beautifully perfect, and that many species are altoge= ther local, and confined to particular coasts and reefs. In the 10th number of the Zoological Journal, p. 193, Mr. Frembly has given some of the most interesting observations which have ever been made on these animals. His mode of killing them, however, is very faulty, and would lead to the loss of the greater part of the specimens. Their beauty will in all cases depend on the mode in which they are cap- tured and killed. The finest specimens will of course be those which are preserved in spirit, and exhibit no contraction of the zone. I have, however, been able to dry the whole animal with so great success, that specimens long preserved can scarcely be distinguished from living ones. The capture of them, from the violence of the surf, I have sometimes found a dangerous occupation, the waves having nearly carried me from the rocks, The Naturalist should choose the hour of lowest tide on a calm day, and go prepared with a blunt, round-pointed dinner-kmife, a few negro calabashes, or a small keg with a smooth interior, and sus- pended bya string. These should be half filled with sea-water. Speci- mens found on smooth stones may, with little force, be slided off into the keg to the sides of which they will immediately attach themselves in their natural position. If they are found on rough coral, or uneven rock, the knife must be suddenly inserted under the zone, and the animal turned up: or if the coral be soft, asmall chisel may be forced under the spot occupied, and the animal secured without injury. The adhesion, which is slight when they are undisturbed, on the slightest alarm becomes so great, that they cannot, when on hard rocks, be secured without lacerating the sides. By the time they are carried home, all will have attached themselves to the wooden vessel, and the cold water having been poured out, scalding water must be suddenly dashed on them, and not poured gently through a tea-kettle, Few will fall or bend their bodies : as soon 32 Rev. L. Guilding’s Observations as the water cools they are to be thrown into strong clear spirit for a few days. The flesh is on no account to be removed ; but before being placed to dry, the animals are to be for a moment immersed in spirit, saturated with corrosive sublimate, which insures their safety. They are now to be placed in rows according to their height, and boards or weights of any kind placed on them till they are dry: or they may be pressed be- tween the leaves of an old useless folio volume, the bent specimens being laid in the central groove, which, as it is closed, will restore the natural attitude : when freed from extraneous bodies, they may be gummed on card of various colors, and the natural tints are easily brought out bya brush moistened with pure oil. Nothing can exceed the simplicity of this plan, or the beauty of the specimens which are thus prepared and secured from the attacks of insect enemies and air. Mr. Frembly’s plan of suffering them to die gradually in a covered box is subject to great objec- tions. Even in this sultry climate they will live many days, and will require to be often watched : they crowd on the backs of each other for the sake of moisture and coolness, and putridity at last often advances before the animals can be secured. There is another plan of destroying the Mollusca, to which I must call the attention of Zoologists. The examination of Bivalves is attended with the greatest difticulty, from the impossibility, in many cases, of open- ing the valves without rudely cutting asunder the adductorial muscles or breaking the shell at the risk of injuring the inhabitant, or waiting till its death, when it is commonly in a state unfit for examination. I have found that many Acephala, which in a damp cellar would survive for weeks, die in a single night if left in stale sea-water, with their valves open, and the animal well extended. Sea-water, when exposed to the sun and stale, in a very short time is fatal to the Mollusca, Crustacea, and other marine creatures: while it has the advantages of not causing them to throw off their limbs in the agonies of death, or to shorten their retractile organs. Of course the observer will not omit to keep them for a time in water perfectly fresh, and carefully attend to their habits while they con- tinue in health and vigour. Another plan I have long practised with great success for Land Mollusca, and Mr. Gray informs me he has followed it at the British Museum, A glass, or other vessel, with a ground or perfectly even on the Chitonide. 33 top, is to be filled with fresh water to overflowing, and the animals thrown into it: they are to be covered over with flat even glass, and in this prison-house they are suffocated and destroyed, the organs remaining extended in their natural attitudes. It is better to use separate glasses, as the animals,* if placed together, by crawling over each other, often in fright retract their organs; and they are to be kept as still as possible. When quite dead, they are to be thrown, without loss of time, into weak, and afterwards stronger spirit: some are to be preserved naked, while the shells of others may be retained, the spire being perforated or cracked, for the admission of the antiseptic fluid to the spiral turns of the abdomen. It does not, however, so well answer for the Ampullariade, and those genera which possess branchiz as well as a respiratory cavity (Respiratorium.) On these it would be advisable to try the shock of an electric battery. Veritine are destroyed with great difficulty: some which were even kept close in salt water seemed to have the power of purifying it, and rendering it fit for respiration, while many large air- bubbles were generated in the glass. Some power of this kind would be very valuable to those species which inhabit maritime ponds, the wa- ters of which, nearly dried up at certain seasons, must be stagnant and unwholesome. The marine univalves, if kept still in separate vessels thus covered, will die in their natural attitudes, though not without some exceptions, which the zoologist will be taught by experience. All, however, are liable to deceive the operator. Although lying reversed, and apparently lifeless, many, when thrown into spirit, will possess sufficient muscular power to withdraw within the shell, when suddenly stimulated by the ardent spirit. It would be safer to pour off gently the stale sea-water, and to have bviling water dashed on them, to secure the success of the operation. Many of the minuter shells, as soon as the animal has been described, are to be thrown into spirit, and the operculum in situ may be observed * In warm countries, if the smaller Land Mollusca are captured at a distance from home, they should be placed in tin boxes, with only damp leaves, and all water carefully poured out: without this precaution, the steam generated during the night will be fatal to the captives, Vou. V. c 34 Rev. L. Guilding’s Observations on the Chitonide. at leisure. If the existence of the operculum is doubiful, or the animal has withdrawn itself from sight, a specimen may be fractured and suf- fered to rot m spring water, when the putrid mass must be carefully washed and examined in a watch-glass. By these means I have detected the spurious operculum in species which I believed possessed it, but in which it could not, in the common way, be detected after the most pa- tient examination. In Colombella it is sometimes so minute as to require a sharp eye, or even a magnifier, before it can be found. In such cases itis indeed spurious, or only the rudiment of the organ, which may be more perfectly developed in other species, or in kindred genera, which from their economy require an ampler shield against the attacks of enemies. We are apt, however, to make use of this word spurious without suffi- cient consideration. We should recollect, when wondering at the small- ness or weakness of the horny opercula of some Mollusca, that the spe- cies which possess such either live under the sand, reside in safety on the coasts, or quit the waters when they are not feeding, the shell being held down close to the rocks by a dried mucous secretion, as in some Turb?- nide, or by the mere adhesion of the foot, as in Purpura, &c. The operculum, which in many cases would not close the expanded aperture, is only brought into use in cases of great peril, when the hold of the adhesive foot is loosened, the’ vessels are emptied of mucus, the various secretions, or the poisonous or coloured fluidsby which the enemy is to be driven back or baffled, and the animal retires into the narrower whorls, for which alone the operculum is fitted. When the operculum is per- fectly solid and testaceous, we may be sure that its possessor commonly resides in places where it is subject to the sudden attacks of dangerous pursuers. Here it will be of ample size, and capable of closing the larger and exterior whorl. The structure and composition of this organ indicates the habits of the inhabitant in so many cases, that its value in generic characters is far greater than many are willing to allow. Before concluding these notes on the Chitonide, I cannot refrain from again referring to the complex and wonderful organs of the mouth for com- minuting the food. The Palato-cesophagal membrane, when the animal is plunged into boiling water, is easily detached, and forms a beautiful and in- teresting object for the microscope. The anterior termination is expanded Dr. Heineken’s Description of Cerascopus. 35 into a denticulate palate, while the broad naked ale are reflected over the singular organs which supply the place of the under jaw of the Mamma- lia. The inferior portion is folded into a haif-closed tube, resembling the trachea of birds, from the two lines of external sloping parallel ten- - dons, which give motion to each molar tooth-like process, as they are set in action to grind the food and pass it into the stomach. The tongue is minute, lobate at the tip, and terminates this singular organ, to which the name of Trachyderma is now given. We easily see why the termi- nation is not closed into a perfect tube, as this structure would have in- terfered with the necessary degree of motion required for the teeth. In other Mollusca the organs I have called Siagonia, from their use, are often quadrate cartilaginous bodies; here they are represented by two large elongate bladders, composed of a white tough skin, and most tightly distended with a transparent fluid, so as to give them almost the strength of cartilage. Their bases are distant, while the apices are brought toge- ther under the alate processes of the palate, and set in motion by an ap- paratus of strong and numerous muscles, as we see in the very satisfactory outlines given by Cuvier. I hope soon to have opportunities of publishing, in some work or other, figures of the many beautiful species which inhabit the Caribean Sea. St. Vincent, May 1, 1829. Anv. VIL. Descriptions of anew genus of Hemiptera, and of a species of Hegeter. By C. Huinuxen, M.D., &c. Ina Letter to the Editor. To THE EprTor OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL, Sir, Tue first of the two following insects appears to me to have been hitherto undescribed, and to constitute an intermediate genus between Ploiaria and the section Ploteres of the “Genera, &c.’’ of Latreille; and the second to be a new species of his genus Hegeter. As, however, c 2 36 Dr. Heineken’s Description of Cerascopus. my means of reference are very limited, and as it is several years since I have seen any collection of insects, excepting a very small and local one of my own, I may be deceived; in that case the details which I have given, will, perhaps, compensate for the failure of my attempt to con- tribute something new. Tam, Sir, Your obedient Servant, Funchal, Madeira, C,. HEINEKEN, M. D. 25th April, 1829. Order. Hemiptera. Section. Heteroptera, (Kirby, Leach.) Family. Geocorise, (Latreille.) Tribe. Nudicolles, (Latreille.) Genus. Cerascopus, (nobis.) Corpus elongato-clavatum, membranaceum. Elyira aleque nulle. Caput elongato-ovatum, bilobatum. Ocelli nulli. Antenne cor- poris saltem longitudine, geniculate, filiformes (articulo 1mo aliis longiore et arcuato) ante oculos, et supra lineam ab iis usque ad rostri originem ductam, inserte. Rostrum articulo secundo mediove aliis plané breviore, Thorax elongatus, inzqualis, bipartitus. Pedes antici raptorii coxis elongatis, intermedii et postici (quorum hi longiores) longissimi, graciles, filiformes. 4bdomen clavatum, depressum, segmentis falsis. Genitalia exserta. Cerascopus marginatus. ' Length about four lines. Colour dingy yellowish brown, interspersed with umber, Legs and antenne of the latter colour with pallid articula- tions. Thighs and tibie of raptorious legs spotted with umber, and two in- terrupted central and one marginal line of the same on the abdomen, which is depressed above with an elevated margin and six false segments; smooth, entire, slightly convex, and of a pale yellow colour, beneath. Eyes black. Head divided into two unequal lobes, by a transverse de- pression between the eyes. First joint of antenne as long (or nearly) as the two next, and bowed forwards; fourth somewhat the shortest, and suddenly tapering toa fine conical point. Thorax unequally divided by Dr. Heineken’s Description of Cerascopus. 37 a constriction and depression just before the second pair of legs: posterior division elongate and irregular in figure and surface, im conse- quence of the articulations of the legs; anterior rather linear and giving origin to the raptorious legs at its anterior extremity. Tarsi of the latter gradually and finely pointed, and slightly curved inwards, and together with the tibie received into a groove between two rows of spines and a strong prominent curved spur at their termination on the thighs. Second joint of the tarsi of the other legs shortest, and third longest. Three joints in all, with two curved, simple, exserted terminal claws. Genitalia 2 in statu quiescente adeo compressa ut vix investigari queant ; nec in coitu observare contigit. Genitalia 3 distincta, extantia, antrorsum sursumque flexa. Penis membranaceus, pellucidus, truncatus, inter crura prehensorum (quorum duo laterales appositi, alter inferior posticus) exsertus. De cottu, semel tantum viso, tam ob brevissimum spatium temporis quo peractum est, quam ob difficilem observandi rationem (insectis vase vitreo inclusis), hee tantum quoad partes observata sunt: scilicet, cruribus prehensorum expansis vel divaricantibus, penem deinde extensum fuisse; interea, pedi- bus raptoriis feminze utrisque ab alterutro maris comprehensis, thoracem ejus amplexus corpusque incurvans, coitur. Alio tempore fefellit marem spes pedes raptorios femine comprehendendi; illa itaque evasit. Illaquidem semper invita, idcirco nonnihil periculirespicere marem videtur; quippe post coitum sese invicem vitant, nec (ut semel ambobus in vase relictis) aliquando femina marem necare recusat. Coitum cum femina gravida semel a mare inceptum vidi, sed infelici casu: ex hoc patet, marem nisi experiendo femine affectus nescire. Quarta circiter hebdo- mada post coitum, 2 ponit ova, ovalia, albida, pellucida, vasi adhereéntia, dispersa, numero incerta, larvis decimam post diem exclusis: impregna- tione una ad tres quatuorve ovorum depositiones sufficiente. Meta- morphosis nulla aut valdé indistincta. The insect is found from March to December (seldom if ever during the intermediate months) stalking on the walls of rooms, and almost invariably after dusk; those in confinement are more or less torpid during the day. The motion when the pace is quickened, or when about to take prey, is more elastic and librating (if the term be allowable) than tremulous and vibratory, so that it cannot be strictly called tipulous; it 38 Dr. Heineken’s Description of Cerascopus. resembles the poising motion of a rope-dancer more than any thing else. The antenne are invariably used (bent to a certain angle) for touching the prey, and measuring its distance apparently, before it is seized. 1 never Saw a fly taken by it without this previous operation, and once, when one was dropped close to the insect, they were bent at a more acute angle than usual, and the stroke failed; retreating alittle, the angle was in- creased, and the fly taken. They are always ina state of slow up and down motion, and are used as tactors and explorers upon all occasions ; touching either another animal or one uf the same species with a leg accidentally seems to be hardly perceived, but the imstant an antenna comes in contact with any thing, the insect suddenly darts back. They seem ina great degree too to supply the place of sight, which I suspect, although the eyes are of proportionate size, to be but limited, for after remaining quietly within a moderate sphere of vision from one of its own species, it starts off as though suddenly alarmed, upon the slightest contact. I have removed both from several individuals, and never saw them attempt to seize any thing afterwards. They invariably died, and I should say not from the mutilation, but the privation of food. When only one is removed, in some instances that which remains is clumsily made use of, but seldom efficaciously. Death sooner or later is the con- sequence, the abdomen is shrivelled and collapsed from lack of nourish- ment, the animal continuing as active as one with entire antenne, but either deprived of, or refusing food. The legs are not deciduous, and I have never seen a limb reproduced; this however, has not been fairly tried. It is the most unsparing and indiscriminate destroyer and devourer of its own species that I have ever met with. Spiders will kill, but rarely if ever suck, one another and their mates; but I have never succeeded by keeping all other food from them, (and the trial has been made frequently and for long periods) in inducing them to kill their own offspring, or indeed the very young of another of their own species; but a female Cerascopus killed and sucked a companion of the same sex, her own mate, and, after only a few days’ fast, her own young, andsucked her own eggs!~ They generally appear early in March, and I have now (April) one begin- ning to lay. Two summers ago one receiyed the male in July, laid four batches of eggs at nearly eyual periods between that time and November, and died, although used to confinement and well fed, early in December. Dr. Heineken’s Deseripiion of Cerascopus. 39 The only family of Latreille’s “« Genera, &c.”” which will admit this insect isthe second, Cimicides. From the section Ploteres it is excluded by its habits (which are strictly those.of a land and in-door animal), its claws, antenne and rostrum. From the section /canthille, every thing is exclusive : and it can only be admitted within that of Reduwvinz by a little accommodation. This section contains four genera, viz. Vabis, Reduvius, Zelus and Ploiaria, In Nabis the body is “conico-ovate,”’ the legs “ not “* long,” the core “ short,’’ the insertion of the antenne is “ beneath,”’ and the first joint of the rostrum is “ not longer than the second.” — In Reduvius there are the additional discrepancies of the second joini of the rostrum “the longest,’ and the presence of “ ocedli.”” Of Zelus and Ploiaria, no generic characters are given; I therefore conclude that they are amenable to those of their predecessor Reduwus, but in the “ His- ** toire Naturelle, &c.’’ the distinguishing character of Zelus is ‘ pattes * simples, ni ravisseuses, ni trés-courtes,’’ and the Ploiaria there have * le corps long et étroit,’’ ‘de petits yeux lisses,’’ and ‘le corselet ** assez plat en dessus se rétrécissant et diminuant d’ épaisseur de son ** bord postérieur a celui de devant.’” When therefore, in addition to all this, it is excluded for equally good reasons from the numerous genera, either invented or adopted by Leach, which Samouelle has given; and possesses the peculiarities of not even the rudiments (as far as I can ascertain) of elytra or wings, of a bowed first joint to the antenne, of using these members as tactors, measurers and explorers, of the second joint of the rostrum being palpably the shortest, and of exserted and com- plicated organs of generation ; I hope, that even in this genus-making age, I shall be held justified in offering my small “‘ sum of more, to that which * had too much.” Two genera (Holoptile and Pétalocheire) are given in the “ Familles Nat. &c.”” with which I am perfectly unacquainted ; should our insect belong to either of them, the name which I have intended as a generic, may easily be converted into a specific one. The details which I have added can in neither case do harm. * * Dr. Heineken’s insect cannot be an Holvptilus, Lepel. and Serv., the antenne in that genus being only three-jointed, with the last two joints fea- thered with long hairs ; nor a Petalocheirus, Pal. de Beauvoir, in which the body is not linear, the legs of only moderate length, and the anterior tibie dilated into the form of a shield. Its nearest relation is to Ploiaria, in which 40 Dr. Heineken’s Description of Hegeter Webbianus. Tas. II. Fig.5. A Female. It is somewhat magnified, and the thighs are proportionally rather too short. The Male has a narrower abdomen, and the sexual organs bent upwards and for- wards. The Young differ only in being more linear, smaller, lighter in colour and less distinctly marked. The false segments are also obsolete, or nearly so. HeGeETER. (Latreille, Genera, &c. vol. 2, p. 156.) Heg. Webbianus. (nob.) Ater, obscurus ; labro, palporum maxillarium antennarumque apicibus fuscis; capite thoraceque leevibus impunctatis ; thorace postice subsinwato et ad latera posticéque eviter marginato, angulis acutis; scutello lineari transverso ; elytris basi et externé marginatis, obsoletissimé subsulcatis. Longitudine 44 lineis. Habitat in Insula Nivaria. The above insect was sent to me a few weeks back from Teneriffe, by my friend Mr. Webb, (after whom I propose, should it prove new, to name it), but | have not yet learnt any particulars of its habits. It is so precisely in every respect a Hegeter of Latreille, that it would be useless either to figure or minutely describe it. Indeed excepting in size (44 instead of 84 lines), in having the grooves of the elytra but just dis- cernible, in the e/ytra diminishing more gradually in width towards the thorax, and in the latter being subsinuated behind, and less palpably marginated, it approximates so nearly to his Heg. striatus, that, with the addition of the few words in italics, the specific character given above is verbatim that of the striatus in the “Genera, &c.’”’ And as I conclude the latter, both from its having led to the formation of the genus, and from Lamarck designating it “ Akis Hegeter,”’ to be the only known hic I have ventured ours in addition. genus the Rev. Mr. Kirby, to whom the description and figure have been submitted, is disposed to place it. ‘If you examine,” he says “the true “« Ploiaria vagabunda, you will find that it has a bilobed head as in fig. 5. @. “and that the antenne, rostrum, and fore legs, are precisely similar. In fact “ there is no prominent difference except that the Madeira species is apterous.” Ed. Dr. Heineken on Cermatia. 4] Note on the Hegeter Webbianus. By the Rev. W. Kirsy. I have great doubts whether this insect is distinct from Heg. striatus. Latreille gives Teneriffe as its habitat, and describes the elytra as subsulcata, which indicates that they are slightly furrowed. I have a specimen from Madeira only six lines long, which brings it near Mr. Webb’s specimens, and the thorax is subsinuated behind ; so that there remains scarcely any distinction except that of size, now reduced, and that the elytra instead of subsulcata are obsoletissimé subsulcata, which may be casual. Art. 1X. On Cermalia. By C. Heineken, 44.D., &c. LATREILLE cautions the entomological aspirant against making even a species (“‘méme une espéce’’), “‘ sans y avoir mirement refléchi ;”? but as I am not aware that equal forbearance is either expected or requisite in the unmaking process, I may perhaps be allowed the attempt, even though itshould appear that I have not “ maturely”’ considered the subject : a condition much more easily fulfilled to our own content, than tothe satis- faction of others. In the third volume of the Zoological Miscellany, page 38, is a de- scription of the Cermatia livida, and No. 136 is the plate of the same. Madeira is given for its habitat, and as in the course of several years, and amongst some dozens of specimens either seen or preserved by me, (they are common in our houses,) not even a variety has occurred, I think I need not hesitate in saying that we have only one species of Cermatia, and consequently that the Cermatia livida of Dr. Leach is that one. Fig. a of the accompanying Plate [Tas. II. fig. 6.] is our Cermatia when alive, and it will readily be conceived that I was nota little puzzled to recon- cile it with either the description or figure in the Miscellany. However, upon examining some which had been for a length of time preserved in spirits, and then exposed to the air for a few hours, as suppose Dr. Leach’s tohave been before the drawing was made, I found them as represented by Fig. b ; and as they then agreed with the description, and corresponded 42 Dr. Heincken on Cermatia. with the figure (which I suspect to be far from an accurate one) at least as well as that description did, I felt perfectly satisfied ; and although Dr. Leach hinted a suspicion that his Cerm. livida and the Scolopendra cole- optrata of Linnzus might be the same, yet as he appeared unable to de- termine the matter, I thought it by no means probable that I should suc- ceed, and therefore took the negative for granted. Happening, however, a short time since to meet with a new species in Risso’s “‘ Histoire Natu- * relle,’”? &c. Vol. V. p. 153, which he had named Cermatia vartegata, and finding that ours answered to its description, I was led to prosecute the inquiry ; and the result is, (as T hope to prove,) that the Scolopendra coleoptrata of Linneus,—the Seutigera longipes and coleoptrata of Lamarck,—the Scut. araneoides of Latreille,—the Cermatia livida of Leach, and the Cerm. variegata of Risso, are one and the same, and identical with ours. As Ihave not any of the works referred to by Lamarck and Latreille, I am obliged to adopt one of their species as a standard, and by identify- ing ours with that species, to assume its correspondence with the syno- nyms. I shall take Latreille’s Seut. araneordes. In his “‘ Histoire Naturelle,’? &c. Vol. VII, p. 86, &c. he says, “ Les ** palpes maxillaires sunt longs et épineux’”’—“ le corps a, outre les pe- << tits anneaux dont je viens de parler, sept autres recouverts chacun en “< dessus d’une plaque bien terminée dans les contours, comme un petit ‘* bouclier, presque carrée, avec le bord postérieur arrondi aux angles, “ échancré au milieu, et ayant dans ce sinus une petite fissure, dont les ** bords étant un peu relevés semblent representer une espéce de stigmate,”” &e. &c, &c.—* Les trois premiéres plaques, a commencer par la téte, ** sont un peu plus courtes et la quatriéme est la plus longue. Linneus “< et Pallas en comptent huit. Je crois que la huitiéme doit étre censée « faire partie de l’espéce de petite queue qui resulte des segments termi- ‘¢ naux sans pattes.””—“* Les pattes sont beaucoup plus longues que dans “< ces insectes (les Scolopendres) et par la figure de leurs articles se rap- « prochent de celles des Faucheurs, &c. &c. Les six derniéres paires, et “ surtout les terminales, sont plus longues que les huit premiéres, &c. «* Les tarses sont fort longs, composés d’une infinite d’articles se roulant <* sur eux-mémes a leur extrémité,”’? &c. &e.—** On trouve la S. arane- “* oide dans Jes maisons.’’—This I am aware is his generic description, Dr. Heineken on Cermatiu. 43 -but as it appears to have been taken from a single species, (the Scol. co- ‘leoptrata of Linneus), and is so minute, I have selected such parts as more especially elucidate the species, of which his essential characters are the following—* 14 paires de pattes ; corps jaune roussatre, avec trois “© lignes d’un noir bleuatre le long du dos, et des fascies de la méme cou- ‘* leur sur les cuisses.”” In the ‘* Genera Crustac.,’’ &c. Vol. I, p. 77, published subsequently to the Histoire, he says, “* Pedibus triginta ; cor- * pore rufo-flavescente, lineis longitudinalibus pedumque fasciis cceru- *€ Jeo-nigris :’” and whoever compares these descriptions with Fig. a, will at once, I think, agree that ours is the Seut. araneoides of Latreille. The following is the list of synonyms in the “ Genera: “ Scutigére “ araneoide Lat., Hist. Vol. VII, p. 88.—Scolopendra coleoptrata, “ Linn., Syst. Nat. ed. 13, Vol. I, pars 2, pag. 3015.—La Scolopendre “ 4 28 pattes, Geoff., Hist. des insect. Vol. Il, p. 675.—Jvlus araneoi- *« des, Pall., Spic. Zool. fase. 9, tab. 4, fig. 16.—Scolopendra coleop- “ trata, Fab., Entom. Syst. Vol. If, p. 389, and Panz., Faun. insect. * Germ. fasc. 50, fig. 12.”” The synonyms given by Lamarck (Ani- maux sans Vertébres, Vol. V, p. 29,) of his Seut. longipes, are, Scolo- pendre a 28 pattes, Geoff., Vol. II, p. 675, No. 2, and Julus araneoi- des ? Pall., Spic. Zool. 9, p. 85, t. 4, f. 16: and of his Scut. coleop- trata, Scolopendra coleoptrata, Panz., fasc. 50, i. 12, clearly identifying his two species with Latreille’s araneotdes. Dr. Leach’s essential cha- racters ate, “* Corpore livido ; pedibus luteis:”’ ‘ few, and far between,”’ it is true, but sufficient when backed by the habitat, to leave no doubt as to its being our Fig. b. ‘ Corpore flavescente, glauco ; dorso lineis ** tribus longitudinalibus purpureo-nigris, una centrali, duabus lateralibus ** e maculis constantibus ; antennis croceis, pallidis ; pedibus flavescenti- ** glaucis, violascenti annulatis; oculis atris,’’ are the very words in which I should have thought that I had happily described our Fig. a. They are Risso’s description of his Cerm. variegata. 1 should perhaps have added, incisuris (scutellorum marginibus) pallidis; but as Dr. Leach has not noticed them in his description, although they are shewn in the figure, and as Latreille only says in the generic characters, “les bords semblent “ representer une espéce de stigmate,’’ I conclude, either that Risso overlooked them in his species, or considered them of no consequence ; that they really are immaterial, or that they are strictly generic marks. 44 Mr. Broderip’s Description of two That Lamarck’s Scut. longipes and coleoptrata and Latreille’s Scut. araneoides are the same, is evident from the correspondence of their sy- nonyms. Liatreille himself considers his Scut. araneoides and Linnzeus’s Scol. coleoptrata as identical, and adopts araneoides, “le nom spécifique «« de Linneus rentrant dans celui du genre ;’’ and a comparison of the different descriptions with the figures, cannot fail to shew that ours is the Scut. araneoides, livida, and variegata of their respective authors. I suspect, from its omission in the ‘ Genera,” that Latreille considers the longicornis of his “ Histoire,’ synonymous with the araneoides ; and as Lamarck says of his longicornis, “est elle vraiment distincte de «* la précédente ?’’ (the longipes/ it may perhaps turn out, after all, that there is only one well-known and established species of Scutigera, namely, the Scolopendra coleoptrata of Linnzus. Funchal, Madeira, Feb. 10, 1829. P.S. Iam indebted to a friend for the drawings, and I mention this because, in addition to their being better than my own would have been, he is not interested either in the branch of science to which they refer, or the subject of discussion which they are intended to elucidate ; his pencil is therefore more likely to have been unprejudiced. Fig. 6. was sketched from the same animal as Fig. a., but coloured from one which had been long in spirits and afterwards exposed to the air for two or three hours. \ Art. X. Description of two new Species of Buccinum from the English and Irish Seas. By W. J. Broperip, Esq, F.RS., §c., Sec. G.S. BuccINUM ACUMINATUM. B. testa conico-subulatd, albd, anfractibus 10, ultimo angulato, striis elevatis intermediisque minoribus annulosis et granulosis ; epider- mide fuscd ; columella uniplicatd ; sulco basali et canali_magnis ; long. unc. 4775, lat. 2. . , Hab. in Oceano Britannico. Mus. Sowerby. ’ j Tei a 9 \ ? F . i sh S AA al ‘ ; alt! OT ane \ Ny Miva cal Jowmnal VoL.V, Pi. Bs i S) Wer t\ q Gas e MEAL N \ i new species of Buccinum. A! Tas. Ill. fig. 1, 2 Shell white, or brownish-white, of a conical-subulate shape, tapering gradually from the angle of the body-whorl to the acuminated apex. The whole of the ten whorls are ringed with elevated strie, which, toge- ther with those which are intermediate and less elevated, have a granular appearance. The epidermis is brown. The mouth is milk-white, with the edge of the lip a little reflected, and the pillar strongly marked with one plait in the advanced stage of growth. ‘The basal furrow is deep, and the canal large. This fine and interesting addition to our British Mollusca was dredged off Torquay by a fisherman, in a boat wherein was Viscount Kilcoursie, the late proprietor of the shell. In its outline it approaches to Terebra. It is very different from B. glaciale, with which species it was con- founded by some of those who had an opportunity of seeing the shell in Lord Kilcoursie’s cabinet. The animal was alive when it was brought into the boat, and it is very much to be regretted that it was not pre- served with the operculum. I have seen two other specimens of this shell, One much younger, in which the angle of the body-whorl is not yet developed, and the plait on the pillar is only just beginning to appear; though the other charac- ters are as clearly marked as they are in the figured specimen. The other, a very young shell, is much distorted by a mal-formation of the whorls at the suture ; but the general contour and character of the spe- cies is preserved. BuCcCINUM FUSIFORME. B. testd ovato-oblongd, fusiformi, albd, anfractibus 7 ventricosis, lon- gitudinaliter creberrimé costatis et transversim striatis, costis sub- granulosis ; columellé levi; long. 14, lat. 2, une. Hab. in Mari Hibernico. Mus. Bennett, J. Sowerby. ; Tas. Ill. fig. 3. “" ‘Shell ovate-oblong, fusiform, white: whorls seven, venttipon, with numerous Jongitudinal subgranulose ribs, crossed by frequent transverse striae. The ribs cease upon the lower part of the body-whorl, leaving the base simply striated transversely. The pillar is smooth. The speci- men from which the description was taken was found by Mr, J, Hum- 46 Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusca. phreys, near Cork. 1 have before me another individual of larger size (one inch Z long. and about Z of an inch broad), but it is very much worn. This last came from the collection of Mr. Bennett. The species approaches in general appearance to some of those Fusi which have a short canal. Art. XI. Observations on new or interesting Mollusca, con- tained, for the most part, in the Museum of the Zoological Society. By W.J.Broperip, Esg., F.R.S., &e., Sec. G.S., and G. B. Sowxrsy, F.L.S., &c. (Continued from Vol. IY. p. 379.) Group. Tunicata. Family. Genus. CHELYOSOMA. Corpus sessile, fixum testa coriaced superné diviso-laminatd indutum. Orificia conica, utrumque valvulis 6 trigonis clausum. Specific Character. Cuetyosoma MacLEAyYANum. Ch. elongato-ovatum, basi afficum, superné planum, octopartitum, laminis striatis, ovifictis prominentibus. Hab. in Oceano Arctico, saxis adherens. Taz. III. fig. 4, 5, 6. This extraordinary inhabitant of the Arctic Seas appears to differ from any of the Tunicata already described. It comes nearest to those Mol- lusca which form Mr. MacLezay’s group Tethya, but there are no traces of tentacula surrounding the branchial orifice. From the Thalida it differs, inasmuch as the mantle seems to adhere to the orifices only, and, instead of a simple valvule, each orifice of Chelyosoma is furnished with a complicated one. From the Ascidide, the only simple and fixed fa- mily of the Tethya, according to MacLeay, it differs, inasmuch as both its orifices are surrounded by six valves, instead of being quadrifid. Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusca. 47 Having thus endeavoured to shew the necessity of establishing a new genus at least, if not a new family, let us proceed to describe the animal. There were four specimens, one of which was sacrificed to the inquiry ; but decomposition was so far advanced that the ovaries and other viscera were nearly reduced to a shapeless pulp, and we could only trace those parts of the internal structure, which we proceed to lay before our readers.* The mantle appears to adhere only to the orifices, each of which consists of six triangular valvules. Each valvule is furnished with a set of muscular fibres, adhering at one end to the inner surface of the tunic (not of the mantle) and at the other ‘extremity to a small. pa- pillary process on the valvule. These muscles appear to be the agents for opening and shutting the valvules. Besides this set of muscular fibres and within them there is another set, which passes laterally from one papilla to another, forming a sphincter, the base of which is hexagonal. [Tas. Ill. fig. 6.] There are other strong subcutaneous muscular fibres, passing from the edge of the upper part of the tunic to that of the lower, and also from the edge of each of the coriaceous plates which form the upper surface. These appear to be intended to give the animal the power of dilatation and contraction. Externally, the animal is of an oblong cup-shape, adhering by coriaceous processes from the lower part of the cup. The upper surface, which is flat, consists of eight coriaceous, somewhat horny, angular plates. One of these is placed between the two orifices, and, in four specimens which were examined, this was of an hexagonal shape, the sides coming in contact with the orificial valvules being lunated. The plates are so disposed that the branchial orifice is surrounded by three plates, and the anal orifice by four, besides that which is intermediate and abuts upon both. The three plates near the branchial orifice are much larger than the four which are near to the anal orifice. Each of the plates is marked with three or four elevated strie, parallel to the sides of the plate, and near to them, leaving an area in * The decomposition, which prevented any thing like an accurate demon- stration of the ovaries and other viscera, was, apparently, occasioned by the spirit in which the specimen was preserved not having sufficiently penetrated to the internal parts. This is mentioned, in order to draw the attention of col- lectors to the necessity of puncturing the external integuments, muscular coats, &e. of such animals as are plunged entire into spirit, in order that it may reach and preserve the viscera. 48 Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusca. the centre, and bearing a striking general resemblance to the external plates of a Land-tortoise’s shell. The orifices are very small, and are surrounded by six triangular valvules, each transversely striated, and when shut, rising from the surrounding surface in the form of a cone. The lower or cup-like part is formed of a coriaceous substance, with slight traces of separation into plates, but without internal muscular fibre. In one specimen only there were two irregular somewhat horny plates at the external base of the cup, but not so strongly marked as the upper plates. These lower plates were not to be observed in another specimen which was removed for the purpose of examination from the stone to which it was fixed. The learned and accurate anatomical observations on the natural group of Tunicata, by William Sharpe MacLeay, Esq., (Linn. Trans. Vol. XIV. p. 527.) have done so much in elucidation of the hitherto obscure structure of many of these animals, that the specific name above recorded is but a small tribute to the author of such a valuable memoir. DENTALIUM FILOSUM. D. testd gracili, tenuz, albd, filis octo longitudinalibus, striis transversis ereberrimis ; long. 2,5; poll. lat. =%; poll. Hab. ad littora maris ad Tennasserim. Distinguished from D. octogonwm, by its much more slender shape, and its thinner shell ; instead of the eight angles of that species, it has eight distinct, raised, longitudinal threads, Three specimens of this fine species were lately brought to England by Mr. Hay, who himself picked them up on the coast of Tennasserim. CyYTHEREA PLANULATA. C. testa trigond, depressiusculd, subequilaterali ; angulis inferioribus rotundatis ; pallidée flavicante, radiis numerosis fuscescentibus ; intus albidd, fusco-violaceo varid ; dente postico remoto ; long. 15°F poll. lat. 7; poll. alt. 1,5 poll. Hab. in littoribus Oceani Pacifici, prope Mazatlan. A pretty species of Cytherea, which has so much of the general ap- Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusoa. 49 pearance of a Mactra, that it might at first sight be easily mistaken for one. In form it is triangular, nearly equilateral, and somewhat de- pressed; its base and lower angles are rounded ; it is of a pale yellowish colour, with many diverging fuscous rays: within it is white, varied with brownish violet, and its posterior cardinal tooth is unusually remote. VENUS DECORATA. [Tas. Supp. xu. f. 3.] V.. testd cordato-trigond, latere postico productiore, albd, liris longt- tudinalibus crenulatis sulcisque radiantibus decussatis granulosd, margine crenulato. Habitat ? This highly decorated shell (the only specimen we have seen) bears some resemblance in its outward ornament to Arca gradata. It was brought home in the Blossom. In Mr. Sowerby’s collection. BULINUS BILABIATUS. [Tas. Supe. xu. f. 1, 2.] B. testd acuminato-ovali, anfractibus 5, (ultimo ad basin angulato) costis elevatis obliquis distantibus, pallide fuscd ; aperturd auricu- lari, peristomate reflexo, sinuoso, pone labium lamellifero ; colu- melld obtuse uniplicata. Hab. in Brasilia. We have placed this extraordinary shell under the genus Bulinus, being unwilling to add to the list of generic names till we are compelled todoso. But the species is so intermediate in its character between the Auricule and the Bulini, that it might be referred to either with little violence. The mouth of the shell, as well as its general appearance, is unlike that of any of the Testacea which we have seen. Ata little distance behind the reflected lip rises a shelly plate, which in an earlier state of its existence appears to have formed the right side of the aper- ture. We have only seen two specimens; but both of these have the same formation which does not seem to be accidental. In the collections of Mr. Bland and Mr. Sowerby. Both specimens appear to have suffered by exposure to the weather. Vou. V. D 50 Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusca. CycLosToMA RAFFLESII. C. testd spird depressiusculd, anfractibus quatuor rotundatis, superné striatis, carinis 4 ad 6; umbilico magno; aperturd orbiculari, peristomate reflexo; long. 1,85 poll. lat. 2 poll. Hab. in Sumatra. The first specimens we saw of this fine Cyclostoma were brought to England by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, in honour of whom we have named the species. Its upper side is of a fine chestnut colour, prettily varied with white. In its very young state it is quite destitute of the keels, but has only close-set transverse strie: the reflected lip is some- times of a light orange brown colour. CycLOSTOMA PERDIX. C. testé spird depressiusculd, acuminata, anfractibus quatuor, leviter striatis ; carind. medid, etate obliteratd ; aperturd ampld, peristo- mate reflexo ; wmbilico mediocri ; long. 3%; poll. lat. 13%; poll. Hab. in Tennasserim. A very elegant species, of which a single specimen was brought to England by Mr. Hay, who found it alive in Tennasserim, not far from the shore. It is of a dark chestnut colour, mottled with white, and there isa sutural band of chestnut articulated with white. We have met with other specimens which show that the keel, which is always sharper in the young shell than when at its full growth, is sometimes not deve- loped at an early period. Conus SOLANDRI. [Tas. Supp. XL. f. 4.] C. testa cylindraceo-turbinatd, subcoronatd, striis transversis frequen- tibus, basalibus granulosis, fulvd, fascid mediéd albd, castaneo maculatd et punctatd ; spird mediocri, striatd. Hab, ad Taheite. The specimens of this pretty Cone, which were brought home in the Endeavour, are in a very bad state, the points of the spires being ground off, apparently for the purpose of stringing them. They are labelled, « Otaheite,”’ in Dr. Solander’s hand-writing. Our specimen, which is in high perfection, was brought home in the Blossom ; but we know not where it was found. In Mr. Sowerby’s collection. Mr. Stokes’ Observations on Volvor Glohator. 451 CoNnUS CYLINDRACEUS.* [Tas. Supp. xu. f. 5.] C. testa cylindraceo-fusiformi, levigatd, transversim leviter striatd, striis inferioribus fortioribus, granulosis ; spird rotundato-pyra- midatd, mucronatd ; colore pallidé fulvo, albo vario. Habitat ? A single specimen of this curious Cone has come to our hands ; it was brought by the Blossom. In its outline it approaches nearest to C. mi- tratus of Lam., and bears a great resemblance toa Terebellum. It is of a pale fulvous colour, having two transverse rows of very irregular white blotches, and several distant and irregular longitudinal white stripes. (To be continued.) ~ Arr. XII. Observations upon Volvox Globator. Communi- cated by W. J. Broveriv, Esq, F.R.S., &c., Sec. G.S. I have received from Mr. Stokes the following remarks upon Volvox Globator, which will, I think, be interesting to Naturalists. On the 10th of August, 1828, while observing some aquatic animalcules under a microscope, his attention was particularly attracted by a specimen of Volyox Globator of larger size than usual, and remark- able’ as containing four distinct green globules within it. These, on examination, appeared to be young ones, perfectly formed and quite in contact with each other. * In reference toa shell, named by us Conus interruptus, in the 4th volume of this Journal, page 379, we have to observe, that soon after the publi- cation of that number we found a very different shel! figured under the same name, but without any description, in the Supplement to Mr, Wood’s Index Testaceologicus. Upon examining an individual furnished by Mrs. Mawe (from whose cabinet the shell figured by Mr. Wood is said to have been taken) we have no hesitation in stating our opinion that it is only a variety of Conus nebulosus of Solander and Lamarck, Our Conus interruptus may, therefore, as it appears to us, retain its name. D2 §2 Mr. Stokes’ Observations on Volvox Globator. Their spines were clearly developed, and appeared more closely set than in the specimens usually met with; and this circumstance, connected with their darker colour, suggests the idea, that the outer membrane or integument of the animal is distended as it increases in size. The parent animal was unusually large and transparent, and almost colourless, as if by distention, and the spines were proportionately more distant so as to confirm this supposition : its motion was much more languid than usual. After a time the glass, containing this individual, was removed in order to place other objects under the microscope. It was soon however remarked, that two of the small ones were separated and moving about in the glass, which was in consequence immediately replaced for observation, The larger Volvox now shewed an opening or laceration on one side, which was always hindmost as the animalcule moved; and its shape was as here represented. NO The other two small ones soon passed through the opening, when they immediately moved freely in the usual manner of these animalcules, and with a rapidity strongly contrasted to the languid motion of the parent, which continued to move as before, and its transparency was such, that it was not possible to definethe edge of the lacerated part between the spines. The closest attention and variation of the light did not detect any appearance whatever of internal organization. After an hour had elapsed the observations were discontinued, but during that period the motion was uninterrupted, and there did not appear any tendency in the lacerated part to collapse or alter its form. On examining many individuals which contained young ones of different sizes, it appeared that the young pro- ceeded from points on the internal surface, to which, as in other gemmiparous animals, they remained attached while continuing to grow. The number of young varied in different individuals, from two to five. W. J.B. Mr. Westwood on the Genus Ctenostoma. 53 Arr. XIII. Observations upon the Genus of Coleopterous Insects, Ctenostoma of Klug, and its Species. By J. O. Westwoop, Bsq., I’. L.S., §¢. Order. COLEOPTERA. Fam. CIcINDELIDZ. Genus. Ctenostoma. Klug, Latr., Dej. Caris. Fischer. Collyris, p. Fabr. Tue principal generic characters of this group have been detailed by Dejean, in his Species General, &c., Vol. I. p. 152, and by Klug in the Berlin Transactions. The following observations principally suggested by the possession of the sexes of one of the species may however be added. The upper lip (labrum) of the female is more advanced in front than that of the male, and is furnished with a small tooth at each side, and three in front, the centre one of which is almost obliterated in the male. ‘he figure of the upper lip of Ct. trinotatum, given by Fischer in his Genera, Tab,1, f. 8, is very incorrect. Fischer and Latreille describe these insects as apterous, and Klug as being furnished with moderate sized wings. Dejean (haying only a sin- gle specimen of each of the three species) states his unwillingness to sacrifice them to verify the fact. Without, however, injuring my speci- mens, I have discovered that the the males are furnished with wings, about two-thirds of the size of the elytra, unfolded, and with two diagonal nerves, and that the wings of the female are not above half the size of those of the male, The legs of the male are rather longer and larger than those of the female, In both sexes the four posterior femora and tibie are com- pressed (especially the hinder pair), so that when seen sideways they appear much stronger and thicker than when seen from above. The anterior tarsi of the male have the first three joints dilated and thickly clothed beneath with short hairs; the third joint being produced obliquely and flatly on the inside. The tarsi of the female are quite simple. Jn the Iconographie des Coléoptéres d’ Europe, t. I. f. 2, the penultimate joint of the four posterior tarsi of Ct, trinotatum 2 is represented bilobed. Klug’s figure of Ct, rugosum (which is drawn from a female) represents 54 Mr. Westwood on the Genus Ctenostome. the penultimate joint of the anterior, as well as of one of the intermediate, and of one of the posterior, tarsi, as bilobed. This joint, however, in all the legs is simple in both sexes of Ct. ichneumoneum; and also, f imagine, in all theotherspecies, else Dejean would doubtless have noticed it. The elytra of the male are elongated and rounded at the tips, whilst those of the female are less elongated, and truncated so as nearly to form three slight teeth. This character therefore, in this species at least, is a sexual and not a specific one. The penultimate segment of the abdomen of the male is emarginated beneath; the last segment in the females is long and pointed at the tip, and there are two lateral lobes above, united apparently on their inner surface. With reference to the geographical distribution of insects, it may be: mentioned that the genus Ctenostoma appears to represent in South America (of which all the species are natives) the Asiatic genus Colliuris. I am happy in having come to the possession of the sexes of one of the species of this rare and interesting genus, and in being consequently enabled to illustrate it with the sexual characters given above, and to correct the specific characters of the same species given by Dejean. Ct. ichneumoneum. Dej., Species General, &c. v. 2. Suppl. p. 436. 2 , Guerin, Iconogr. du Régne Animal, Insectes. pl. 3. fig. 3. Ct. nigro-subeneum, nitidum, elytris punctatis basi subtransversim rugosis, macula media transversa apiceque flavis. Long. Corp. g et 9, lin. 53. Habitat in Brasilia. In Mus. Dejean, nostr. g et 9. This is a very distinct species. The sexes are of equal size, and their general specific characters are precisely similar, except as before and after mentioned. The antenne are brownish black, with the first three joints yellowish brown, their upper surface being black. The surface of the head is nearly flat in front, and punctured, especially between and behind the eyes, and has upon its surface several rugosities forming two longitudinal channels between the eyes, and terminating behind them in a semicircular transverse ridge, behind which the head is narrower, smooth, and shining. The colour of the head, trophi and thorax is shining black, slightly bronzed ; the latter is highly polished and impune tate, and formed as in Ct. trinotatum, as described by Dejean; the elytra Mr. Westwood on the Genus Ctenostoma. DD are long, very narrow at the base, and increasing nearly to the tip. Dejean says of the elytra of his insect, “leur extrémité est échancrée et ‘< n’est pas prolongée,”’ evidently from an inspection of the female. The variation in the formation of the elytra of the sexes I have detailed above. They are of the same colour as the head, and covered with punc- tures, especially at the base, where these occasionally unite together and form a few transverse ridges. These have one transverse, pale yellow fascia behind the centre, slightly interrupted at the suture, and the apex is of a more obscure yellow colour ; the slender margin of the elytra is pale brown. The legs are black bronzed, with the base of the four posterior femora pale yellowish brown. All the parts of the body have long delicate hairs scattered sparingly over them. The sexes of this species now in my collection were the only two. individuals contained in a large collection of Brazilian insects lately arrived in England. “ Trouvée’’ according to Dejean “< dans les environs «© de Rio Janeiro, dans un bois trés-touffu. Elle se tient sur les branches des * arbres et court avec beaucoup d’agilité.’’ The species differs from Ct. formicarium, Colliuris formicarium, Fab., in having the apex of the elytra pale ; and from Ct. trinotatum in wanting the pale spot at the base of the elytra. Its situation in the genus may be seen by the following Synopsis Specierum. 1. Ct. formicarium, elytris macula media transversa flava. 2. Ct. ichneumoneum, elytris macula media transversa apiceque flavis. 3. Ct. bifasciatum, elytris posticé levigatis, fascia anticd medidque transversa flavis.* 4. Ct. trinotatum, elytris macula baseos, mediaque transversa apice- que flavis. * This new species of M. Dejean (Icon. des Col. d’Eur., 2d Edit., Vol. I. p. 55, pl. 6,f. 5.) might, from the coloured figures, be regarded as the insect figured under the name of C, formicarium in the first edition of the Co- leoptéres d’Europe (there being, as I have observed below, some doubt as to the identity of that species and the insect described by the German and Russian entomologists under the name of trinototum), As, however, Dejean himself gives this asa new species, without any reference to former figures and descrip- tions, it must doubtless be considered as distinct, and the above question still remains unsettled, 56 Mr. Westwood on the Genus ‘Ctenostomus. 5. Ct. rugosum, elytris posticé levigatis, macula baseos apiceque laté pallidis. From Sturm’s figure and Dejean’s description of this last insect, it is evident that the central fascia and the apical spot are united. It may also be noticed that Klug’s specific character of Ct. trinotatum, is not sufficiently explicit, as it will also apply to Ct. ichneumoneum. Dejean, however, has corrected it and indeed Klug’s specific detailed description appears exact. From the variation in the description of the markings of Ct. trinotatum in the different authors, I think it not improbable (if the descriptions and figures be faithful) that two distinct species are confounded; since, from Klug’s description, and Fischer’s figure, it appears that the base itself of the elytra is pale yellow, while Dejean’s description and figure in the Iconographie des Coléoptéres, t. 2, f. 1, represent the basal spot as a distinct fascia « pres de la base.’ If my supposition, which is not an improbable one, be correct, Fischer and Klug’s insect will retain the name of trinotatum, and it will be specifically characterized as above by its * macula baseos;”” and it will be necessary to give a new name to the insect described and figured in the French works, Description of the Figures, (all more or less magnified. ) Tas. SUPP. XLI. Fig. 3. Ctenostoma ichneumoneum, Dej., 3 a. .Labrum of the male. 6. Ditto of the female. e. Apex of the elytra of the male. d. Ditto of the female. e. Underside of the terminal joints of the abdomen of the male. f. Ditto ditto of the female. g- Anterior tarsus of the male. h. Ditto of the female. i. Posterior part of the thorax and its appendages, and abdo- men of the male, with one of the elytra opened to shew the size of the wing. k. Head of either sex, shewing the relative size of the palpi Mr. Westwood on the Notoride. 57 Arr. XIV. Observations upon the Notoxide, a Family of Coleopterous Insects, with Characters of two new British Genera separated therein. By J. O. Wesrwoop, Esq., PLS Ges Order. COLEOPTERA, Fam. Notoxip#,* mihi. (Heteromera, Div. Trachelides, Fam. Anthicites, Latr.) Ir has already been thought necessary to separate several insects from the extensive genus Votorus, established by Geoffroy and Olivier, /_An- thicus, Payk., Fabr., Gyll, &c., Cucullus, Latr., Régne Animal), and ac- cordingly the name of Anthicus has been generically restricted to those species which in form resemble the true Notoxt (Not. Monoceros, &c.) but do not possess the cornuted thorax of those species. Anthicus po- pulneus (figured by Panzer) has been formed into the genus Xylophilus, and Latreille (Fam. Nat. 383.) observes that it has the appearance of the Bruchide, having the posterior thighs incrassated, the second joint of the antenne small, the third long and thickened at the tip, and the remainder shorter than the preceding, and thick. In the Régne Animal another genus, Steropes,t is established in the family, in which the an- tenn terminate in three very long joints. In addition to these I have thought it expedient to propose the two others characterized below, founded upon species varying very considerably in form and characters from the other groups. Genus. ADERUS,t mihi, G. N. Char. Gen. Corpus subovatum. Caput transversum, inflexum, thorace latius, posticé in collun: non productum, ocu/is magnis prominulis lateralibus. * My reasons for forming the family name from Notowus, are stated in the fourth volume of this work, p.4. + Had Latreille forgotten that at p, 240 there is also a genus Sterope ? t From a, privativum, Acpy, collum; in consequence of the head not being produced behind into a neck, 58 Mr. Westwood on the Notoxide. Antenne corporedimidio breviores, articulo 1mo. magno, 2do. 3oque minoribus, 4to. et reliquis magnitudine et longitu- dine articuli primi, ultimo acuto. Palpi maxillares articulo ultimo magno securiformi (majo- res quam in Anthico.) Palpi \abiales clavati. Thorax feré quadratus subdepressus. Scutellum minutum rotundatum. Elytra elongata, posticé dilatata, subdepressa, thorace la- tiora. Femora et tibie simplices. Tarsi articulo penultimo bilobato, The type of the present genus, which was described by Marsham as a. Lytta, and which is the only species in the genus, departs considerably from the appearance of the Anthici, especially in the shape of the head and thorax and the simple thighs, although its principal characters will bring it near those insects. The smallness of the second and third joints. of the antenne appears to be a striking character. Sp.un. Boleti. Ad. testaceo-ferrugineus, subtilissimé punctulatissimus tenuissimé sericeo-pubescens, capite obscuriori, oculis nigris , abdomine fusco, elytris in quibusdam partibus quasi fric- tione denudatis, thorace posticé transversim impresso. Tas. Supp. XLt. fig. 4. 9 ? Syn. Lytta Boleti, Marsham, Ent. Brit. p. 486. Aderus Boleti, Steph., Catal. Habitat in foliis Quercis. Captus, Septembre ineunti, 1826, prope Ensham, Oxoniz. In Mus. Curtis, Kirby, Stephens, nostr. Long Corp. lin. 14. This species is undoubtedly the Lytta Boleti of Marsham: my friend Mr. Stephens having allowed me to compare it with the identical specimen described by that author, with which it perfectly agrees. This exami- nation enables me to correct his description of the colour of the head, which he states to be black, The head of the insect is, however, dark ferruginous brown, with large black eyes. It does not appear to be no- ticed by the continental writers, since Marsham’s reference to the Wotoxus Euglenes pygmeus. 59 calycinus of Panzer is decidedly incorrect, that species being (according to Schonherr, and confirmed by Panzer’s figure) merely a variety of An- thicus floralis, which is a true Anthicus, and congenerous with Anth. an- therinus, which I take to be the type of that group. The Aderus Boleti may perhaps be the Wotoxus melanocephalus of Panzer,* notwithstanding Gyllenhal gives that insect as the female of Anthicus (Euglenes mihi) pygmeus as after mentioned, considering also the Anthicus ferrugineus of Paykull to be synonymous with the Wot. melanocephalus. It is certainly not the Anthicus ( Xylophilus) populneus (with which it agrees in colour), that species differing essentially from the Aderus Boleti in its generic characters, especially in those of the antenne and hind legs. Marsham says of his Lytta Boleti, ‘* Habitat in Boleto velutino. Larva ** et Imago simul semper adsunt.’’ I beat two specimens of this interesting insect in the month: of September, 1826, from the oak near Ensham, in Oxfordshire; they ran about quickly, although not with the vivacity of the Anthici, having, indeed, somewhat the appearance of an Anobium. Mr. Stephens has since met with several specimens at Ripley, all agreeing in colour and geueral appearance, although I noticed that the legs and antenne of one of the smallest specimens were longer than in the others ; the basal joints of the latter organs were however similarly shaped, and I think it there- fore not improbable that this might be the male, and the others females. Genus. EuGLEenes,t mihi, G. N. Char. Gen, Corpus elongatum subdepressum. Caput magnum, transversum, deflexum, thorace latius, ocu/is masculis maximis in fronte fere conniventibus, profundé punctatis ; femineis mediocribus lateralibus, “Antenne subtus oculos insert; mascule fere longitudine corporis, filiformes, subtus seu intus subserrate, articulo * This is very doubtful, since, I think, that if it were the case, Gyllenhal would not have omitted all notice of the peculiar formation of the basal joints of the antennz in his description of that insect, and which he states to agree with the ferale of oculatus. + From Ed, bene, and yAnvy, pupilla, oculus; from the singularly large eyes in the males, 60 Mr. Westwood on the Notowide. Imo. crasso, 2do, brevi, ultimo elongato subcylindrico, apice obliqué truncato; feminez crassiuscule vix dimidio corporis longioribus, ad apicem crassioribus, articulis mo. et 2do. crassis, ultimo magno cylindrico. Palpi articulo ultimo dilatato subsecuriformi. Thorax brevis fere quadratus, posticé paullo latior. Elytrathorace latiora,depressa, elongata (preesertim mascula.) Pedes simplices longiusculi, femoribus posticis (presertim feemineis) paullo crassioribus. Tars? articulo penultimo bilobato. The above characters are drawn from insects receding still farther from the true type of this family than the Jderus, more especially in the singular structure of the eyes and antenne which vary in the sexes; in fact, the peculiar formation of the latter organs gives the males of these insects, when magnified, somewhat the appearance of Calo- pus serraticornis, between which and Euglenes, it is, indeed, probable thata nearer than analogical resemblance may exist. Gyllenhal gives the two following species, (which from the similarity in formation are referable to the same subgenus,) although it may per- haps be doubted whether, as that author has indeed surmised, they may not eventually prove identical. Species 1. Cerambya pygmeus, De Geer, (Anthicus pygmeus, Gyl- lenhal); the female of which, according to the latter author, is the Vo- toxus melanocephalus of Panzer. Species 2. Anthicus oculatus, Paykull, the female of which is without a doubt the Lytta nigricollis of Marsham, a name which must sink into a synonym, Paykull’s name having the priority. Marsham’s Lytta nigricollis was, I believe, unique as British in Mr. Kirby’s cabinet until last July, when numerous specimens of both sexes were beaten out of a whitethorn bush at Windsor, by Messrs, Griesbach and Waterhouse; thereby confirming the correctness of Gyllenhal’s views as to the identity of the sexes, and also that the female is the Lytta nigricollis of Marsham; its specific character, which is applicable to both sexes, is Euglenes oculatus, Eugl. niger punctatissimus, tenuiter pubescens, antennis pedibus elytrisque testaceo-fuscis, his interdum ad apicem obscu- rioribus; thorace posticé transyersim impresso, Euglenes pygmaeus. 61 Long. Corp. g lin. 13. 9 lin. |. Tas. Supp. x11. fig. 5. g fig. 6. 2. My specimen of the male is rather larger than the female. Description of the Figures. Fig. 4. Aderus Boleti, magnified. a. The head, seen infront. a. Antenna magnified. Fig. 5. Euglenes oculatus. ¢ a. Head seen in front to shew the size of the eyes, and inser~ tion of the antenne. Fig. 6. Idem. 2 a. Head seen in front, shewing the smaller eyes. a. Antenne. P.S. Latreille, in the new Edition of the Régne Animal, t. v, p. 73, has removed the genera Rhaebus and Xylophilus from the Notoxide, and has placed them immediately after Bruchus, with the observations, « Les Rhébes (Rhaebus) de Fischer se distinguent des Bruches par leurs «« elytres flexibles, et les crochets bifides de leurs tarses. « Les Xylophiles (Xylophilus) de Bonelli s’en éloignent par leurs «* palpes terminés en massue.”” The Anthici populneus, oculatus and pygmeus of Gyllenhal are all stated (but incorrectly, vide supra) to be the types of the latter genus, which I cannot but think has much more affinity with Anthicus than with Bruchus. 62 Mr. Westwood’s Characters of Amyietes. Arr. XV. Characters of the genus of Coleopterous Insects, Amydetes of Hoffmansegg, belonging to the Family Lampy- ride, and Descriptions of two Species. By J.O.Wustwoon, Esq., F.E.S., &c. Order. COLEOPTERA. Fam. LAMPYRID®. (Pentamera, Div. Serricornes, Fam. Sternoxi, Latr.) Genus. AMYDETES, Hoff. Char. Gen. Corpus elongatum, depressum. Caput parvum, sub thorace omnino absconditum, oculis magnis lateralibus. ' Antenne \ongiores articulis 37, articulo Imo. majori, 2do brevi, 3tio. et reliquis brevibus, singulo (in maribustantum?) ramulum elongatum apice compressum intus emittente. Palpi breves articulo ultimo subsecuriformi. , Thorax semiorbicularis marginibus reflexis, angulis posticis acutis. Scutellum mediocre postic? rotundatum. Elytra lineari-elongata depressa mollia, (lineis 4 aut 5 elevatis fere obsoletis,) abdomine longiora. Pedes breves inermes. Tarsi articulo 4to minuto bilobato. The establishment of genera which appear more closely to connect families already nearly allied, (although not of so great interest as the establishment of such as Wycteribia, Stylops, &c. connecting groups apparently more distant) cannot but be regarded with attention by the entomologist, as, tending to confirm the remark of Linneus, that ** Natura non facit saltus.”’ The two insects, which] am about to describe, would, were the an- tenne broken off, be placed with the elongated Lampyrides, such as Lamp. noctiluca, &c., to the general habit of which they very nearly approach. The antenne, however, of such exotic Lampyrides as I have examined, are not above eleven jointed, and in each joint there is only one point from which the flabella arise; for, in those species, Lamp. Latreillii Mr. Westwood’s Characters of Amydetes. 63 Kirby, &c. the antenne of which are biflabellate, the flabella on each side arise from the same part of the joint, and not (as in the dipterous genus Ctenophora) from various distances from the base of various jomts. In the two species of my new genus, however, the antenne have upwards of thirty-five joints, the first and second alone being without pectinations, thus pointing the way tothe genus Rhipicera, one species of which, from New Holland, Mr. Kirby describes as having upwards of thirty pectina- tions in the antenne. The genus has doubtless a near affinity with Phengodes, and was separated by Hoffmansegg from the Lampyrides in the same paper in which he established that group. The generic cha- racters given by him were by no means sufficiently detailed, and I have therefore attempted to supply the deficiency. And indeed in regarding the following insects as belonging to this genus, it is proper to state, that Illiger describes the antenne as having ‘ mehr als vierzig Gliedern.”’ We may presume that the female when discovered will be found to possess simple antenne. The student will find some interesting observations upon the singular anomaly of certain insects possessing more or less than the usual number of joints in the antenne, in Dalman’s Analecta Entomologica, under the genus Polytomus, and also in Kirby and Spence, Vol. III. 321 and 519. Sp. 1. Apicalis. Am. testaceus crebré punctulatus subpubescens, elytrorum apice fusco. Amydetes apicalis, Germar, Insect Sp. nov. p. 67. _ Tas. Supp. x11. fig. 1. Long. Corp. lin. 4. Habitat in Brasilia. In Mus. Dom. Haworth, nostr. Descr. Caput fuscum, oculis nigris, ore fulvo. Antenne articulis 1mo. 2doque flavis, reliquis fusco-testaceis. Thorax flavo-testaceus disco elevato obscuriori, Scutellum testaceum. Elytra tenuiter pubescen- tia, in utroque lineis 4 elevatis longitudinalibus, fere obsoletis. Corpus subtis fuscum; abdomen segmentis ultimis let? flavis. Pedes diluté fuscescentes. The only two specimens which I have yet seen of this insect are males, one is in Mr. Haworth’s cabinet, and the other in my own. I had originally named the insect in my MSS. after that gentleman as a slight return for the many entomological favours which I have received from him, and through whose kindness my own collection has been enriched 64 Mr. Westwood’s Characters of Amydetes. with this interesting insect; but I find it has since been described by Germar, Species 2. Vigorsiiz. Am. fuscus crebre punctulatus pubescens, thoracis elytrorumque marginibus testaceis. Tas. Supp. x1. fig. 2. Long. Corp. lin. 6. Habitat in America meridionali. Peru. Humboldt. In Mus. Dom. Vigors. Desc. Caput fuscum oculis magnis nigris, antenne pedesque fuscescentes. Thorax fuscus marginibus testaceis. Scutellum testaceum. Elytra pubescentia, lineis 4 ut in priori, fusca marginibus suturaque testaceis. Corpus subtus ut in priori. This insect is considerably larger than 4m. apicalis, and is differently coloured. Tam informed that it was brought from Peru by the celebrated Humboldt ; it is now in the Cabinet of Mr. Vigors, who has kindly allowed me to give it as an accompaniment to my own species. Mr. Vigors also possesses a specirsen brought from Brazil by Wm. Swainson, Esq. It appears to me that this species differs materially from the Lampyris plumicornis, Latr., (Humb. Voy. 1, 156, pl. xvi. f. 4,) not only in the more obscure colouring of the latter species, but also in its habitat, Latreille’s specimen having been taken by Humboldt near Valladolid, in Mexico. Description of the Figures. Fig. 1. Amydetes apicalis, magn. 2. Amydetes Vigorsti, magn. A. Head seen in front. a. One of the flabella of the antenne seen sideways. 6. Maxillary palpus. B. Anterior tarsus. Dr. Horsfield’s Descriptions, &c. 65 Arr. XVI. Descriptions of several Oriental Lepidopterous Insects. By Tuomas Horsriero, W.D., F.R. and L.S., Se. Genus AconTuEa, Horsf. Descr. Cat. of the Lepidopterous Insects in the Museum of the East India Company. Part II. PapiLionis species, Linn. Papuim® species, Fabr. Nympuatis species, Latr. Character of the Genus. Larva chilopodomorphous, linear, lengthened, provided on each side with ten long, attenuated, spreading, brachiform appendages of nearly equal length, consisting of a mid-rib and lateral beards, decreasing in length towards the extremity, and imitating the struc- ture of a very delicate plume, being armed with a terminal spike, composed of dense whorls of short robust spines. Feet agreeing in number with those of the other larve of this tribe; short minute and entirely concealed by the lateral appendages. ~ Chrysalis short, angular, attenuated at both ends, with two sides even, and the third gently swelled and rounded; consisting of two unequal pyramidal portions, the terminal being longest, and provided with two points, while the angles are armed with a few short spines, which are more robust at the union of the two pyramids: the longitudinal and transverse ridges ornamented with a delicate golden streak. Perfect Insect: Antenne of very great length, slender, filiform at the base, beyond the middle very gradually incrassated to a long cylindrical abruptly terminated, slightly curved capitulum. Palpi of moderate length, slightly projecting beyond the head; second joint greatly lengthened and increasing in breadth exteriorly ; third joint minute. Proboscis of moderate length, robust, compressed towards the ex- tremity and provided with delicate lateral, spreading ciliz. Wings: anterior pair somewhat triangular, with a lengthened boldly curved costal and somewhat excavated posterior margin; hinder pair rounded, very slightly attenuated, obtuse, repand or slightly notched. Vor. V. E 66 Dr. Horsfield’s Descriptions of Feet: anterior with tarsi differently constructed in the sexes; in the male consisting of a single elongated, attenuated joint, covered with a dense uniform down; in the female with five joints of equal dimensions as to breadth, but diversified in length, the first greatly lengthened, the three remaining short, the last abruptly terminated, with several spines along the edge of the three extreme joints. OBsERVATION. The detailed description of this genus being reserved for the third part of my Catalogue of the Lepidopterous Insects contained in the Museum of the East India Company, I have in this place merely enumerated the essential peculiarities. The larva and chrysalis of 4con- thea primaria, one of the typical species, are figured on the eighth plate in the second part of the same work, where also the antenna, palpi, proboscis and feet are represented in detail; and in referring the reader to the illustrations which I have given of the larva and chrysalis of this very singular genus, it is very satisfactory to me to be enabled to state, that it has also been observed by General Hardwicke on the Continent of India. This accurate observer has confirmed the details I have given, in all points; and he has, with his accustomed liberality, communicated to me his drawings. These exhibit the larva in three different points of view; that of the under side is particularly interesting, as it supplies a deficiency in my own series. The feet, although very minute, are distinctly exhibited ; they agree in number and disposition with all other diurnal Lepidoptera. The pupa likewise, figured by General Hardwicke, resembles in every peculiarity that which I observed in Java. In the second part of the work above cited, two species of ACONTHEA are figured on plate v.; the Aconthea Lubentina, being the Papilio Lubentina of Cramer, and a new species from Java, named Aconthea Alankara, My immediate object in this communication, is, to add the description of a new species, the Aconthea Apaturina, which, though not part of my collection, is, as far as has been ascertained, an oriental species, departing slightly from the typical form; and to illustrate an obscure species, the 4conth. cocytina indicated indeed by Fabricius, but not sufficiently discriminated from its neighbours in the series. The metamorphosis of ACONTHEA is very remarkable, and strikingly illustrates the analogy which exists between the forms of the individuals of the class of Ametabola, and the larve of diurnal Lepidoptera. The Oriental Lepidopterous Insects. 67 nearest representative of our genus, among the Ametabola, with which I am acquainted is Scutigera. This annulose animal, although disposed in the Chilopodomorphous, is close to its union with the Thysanuriform stirps: and Aconthea, in the series of Lepidoptera, follows immediately after Biblis and Limenitis, leading gradually to Apatura. These state- ments, which will be more fully illustrated in another place, accord with the arrangement of the series given in the Synoptic table of the stirpes of the first tribe of the Lepidoptera. See Horsf. Descr. Cat. &c. 61. ACONTHEA COCYTINA. Tas. iv, fig. 3, 3, a. Ale supri nigricanti-fusce nitore obsoleto eneo lavate, ared costali pallidiore Iituris transversis dimidiatis variegatd ; antice fascia marginali latd ad apicem sensim attenuatd, postice dimidio apicali omni cerulescenti-griseis argenteo pulverulentis strigd extimd atrd niveo fimbriatd cinctis: subtus dilute corticine limbis saturatior?- bus ochraceis; antice in regione anali basin versus striolis quinque atris interiortbus brevioribus rectis exterioribus flecuosis. (Exp. alar. unc. 24.) Papilio N. Cocyta. Fab., Ent. Syst. em. tom, 3. pars. 1. p. 127. No. 388. . Nymphalis? Cocyta. MM. Latr. et Godt., Enc. Méth, Hist. Nat. IX. 382. In selecting this insect for the present memoir, my principal object has been to contribute, as far as Iam able, to the illustration of a doubtful Fabrician species. A few explanatory remarks are therefore required. The first indication of our insect isin the Mantissa Insectorum, vol. 2, p. 29. After describing a lepidopterous insect found in Siam, from the Banksian Museum, with the name of Cocytus among the Papiliones Danai festivi, Fabricius adds the following note: ‘ Simillimum ex India Orientali * misit Dom, Lund: at alis dentatis margineque alarum postico cceru- * lescente, vix tamen distinctum.’’ In the Entomologia Syst. emend. &c. vol. 3, p. 127, we find an insect from the Museum of M. Lund, agreeing with the individual concisely indicated in the note of the Mantissa ; but it is there raised to the rank of a species arranged among the Nymphales, and gE 2 68 Dr. Horsfield’s Descriptions of referred to Jones’s drawings with the name of Papilio Cocyta: the very concise specific character has nothing but the following remark for its illustration : “affinis certe P. Bella at differt alis haud falcatis, — et dentatis.” Now it appears from the preceding details that our insec should have rather been compared with P. Coc, ytus, with which it its originally associated. ‘This oversight of Fabricius has called forth a very severe censure from the authors of the Encyclopédie. ary The description of the P. Wymphalis Cocyta of Fabricius, itch 3 is now offered with the name of Aconthea Cocytina, has been made from individuals brought by Sir Stamford Raffles from Sumatra. The name has been modified in order to prevent a collision with the insect disco- vered in Siam, to which the name Cocytus was applied among the Danai festivi. The Banksian cabinet of insects, so frequently cited by Fabricius, and now deposited in the Museum of the Linnean Society, still contains the individual from which the description of the P..Cocytus appears to have been made. The specimen, although in an indifferent state of preservation, exhibits the peculiarities of this species, the most promi- nent of which are the falcate wings, and the posterior brown band on the under surface of the fore wings: but my object is not at present to illustrate the Papilio Cocytus of Fabricius; I trust however, that the preceding details, with the figure accompanying them, will procure a place for the Aconthea Cocytina in the systematic catalogues. ACONTHEA APATURINA. Tas. tv, fig. 1; l,a Ale supra nigre, antice serie duplici marginali arcuque costali pune= torum alborum, lunulis insuper duabus anguli apicalis interioris punctoque solitario ad medium cost@ sito corulescentibus; postice faseid laté saturaté azured versus angulum @nalem exteriorem attenuatd, strigisque duabus macularibus: margin po arallelis, alterd exteriore ex striolis albis alterd. intertore ex lis oblongis atris conflatd: subtis fusce, antice notis marginalibus paging superioris signate, fasctisque insuper duabus parallelis abbreviatis in area mediana dispositis ; postice strigé requlari nived limbate, maculisque atris pagine superiorts inscripte anali didymd reliquis Zoological Jounal VolsV.PLIV, Oriental Lepidopterous Insects. 69 oblongis; serie insuper interiore punctorum minutorum, arcu denique obsoleto discoidali fusco cano adnato. (Exp. alar. unc. 25.) The native place of this species, is, as far as I have ascertained, the Island of Java, but itdoes not form part of my own collection, The peculiarities of our insect, as far as regards habit and outline, are indicated by the name: according to my views, it stands in the series near the confines of the genus Apatura, The antenne agree in form with Aconthea, but they are slightly abbreviated. The external character is likewise intermediate; the colouring imitates that of Apatura Lasinassa, while the abbreviated transverse bands are more peculiarly a charac- teristic of the individuals of Aconthea. I have endeavoured, in the description, to represent every essential particular of its markings. PontiA THYRIA. Tas. Iv, fig. 2. Ale integerrime subconcolores dilute rubre, nervis fuscis: antice elongato-trigone ; postice rotundate. (Exp. alar. 2 unc. 7.) Pieris Thyria, MM. Latr. et Godt., Enc. Méth. Hist. Nat. IX. p. 147. With the preceding concise character this species is noticed for the first time in the Encyclopédie. Its native place is the Island of Java. Three specimens have come under my observation; two of these, a male and a female, form part of the Museum at the India House; a third was presented to my private collection, by Mr. G. B. Sowerby. In the prosecution of my Descriptive Catalogue it will be disposed in a separate section, with several other Javanese and Asiatic species. The anterior ‘wings in the individuals of this section are elongate-triangular, somewhat acuminate, with an uniform posterior margin, giving a decided aie to the wing. The male, in our insect, is distinguished by a more rich and saturated colour above, by very prominent blackish nervures, and by a very faint posterior border. In the female, both wings have a distinct broad black- ish posterior border, and the anterior pair has besides a band of the same colour near the outer apical angle, passing obliquely from the middle of the costa towards the margin, being succeeded by several indistinct ares. 70 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, fe. The tint in the female is less brilliant, Underneath, both pairs have a saturated sulphureous-orange colour, which assumes an obscure vermil- lion tint in the medial and basal areas of the forewings. In the female, the surface is variegated by the transmission of the marks of the upper side, and by grayish irrorations towards the margins. The thorax in both sexes is clothed above with a greenish, and underneath with a yellowish down: the body is blackish above, and gray underneath, a ae ee dle TE Se te Arr. XVII. Observations on the Fringilla Canaria, Syl- via Atricapilla, and other Birds of Madeira. By C. He1- NEKEN, M.D., &c. HAPPENING to meet with “ Starke’s Elements of Natural History” a short time ago, I observed that his specific character of the Fringilla Canaria was, word for word, the erroneous* one of the 12th Edition of Linnzus’s Systema Nature ; and, as I suppose, from Mr. Starke’s work being very recent, and professedly a compilation, that the best authorities are had recourse to, I conclude that a more accurate description is not to be met with, and therefore offer the following :— Fringilla, (Ulig.) Sect. 1. Laticones, (Temm.) Fring. Canaria, Fring. butyracea, (Linn,) $ Adult male.—Irides dark brown. Upper mandible fuscous, sides and tip darker ; lower livid flesh-colour. Legs brownish flesh-colour. Front, brows, line below the eyes, chin, throat, (extending backwards and forming an indistinct, imperfect collar with the slight shade on the nu- cha, ) breast, rump, and lesser wing-coverts greenish-yellow : scapulars, and larger coverts deeply shaded with the same ; nucha and back (a tinge * I say “erroneous,” because never having heard a doubt about our bird being the true Fring. Canaria, I assume that it is so, and consequently that “ F. rostro corporeque albo-flavicante, rectricibus remigibusque virescentibus, * rostro albido,” (Linn, 12¢h Ed. Vol. I. p. 321.) can only apply to one of its numerous varieties, Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, §c. 71 only on the latter) similarly, but very slightly shaded. ° Abdomen, as far as the legs, golden-yellow: vent, under tail-coverts, thighs, and sides, dirty white, the latter with large longitudinal brown spots. Vertex, oc- ciput, cheeks, back, larger wing-coverts, scapulars, and upper tail- coverts brown-ash, with a longitudinal brown spot down each feather ; indistinct, small, and light-coloured on the head, &c., large, dark, and defined on the other parts. Remiges, tertiaries, and tail-feathers brown- black, with pale brown-ash edges: the external margin of the first four or five remiges white, of the rest pale greenish-yellow. Length 5}, breadth 9 inches. Bill about 4 lines. Weight about 40z. Tail (which is forked) 2 inches 4 lines. Tarsus about 8 lines. Adult female.—General plumage more dingy and indistinct ; rump only greenish-yellow, with a tinge of the same round the eyes, and on the throat, breast, and wing-coverts. Variety $ (¢?) General plumage more grey ; colouring more in- clining to green: somewhat larger; song the same, Its produce with the tame bird stronger. Young male.—Like the female, but with the legs brown-black, and the lower mandible darker. Young female.—No yellowish or greenish colouring. Habitat. Universal.* It builds in thick bushy high shrubs and trees, with roots, moss, feathers, hair, &c.; pairs in February; lays from 4 to 6 pale blue eggs, and hatches five times (not unfrequently six) in a season. It is very familiar, haunting and breeding in gardens about the city. It is a delightful songster, with, beyond doubt, much of the night- ingale’s and sky-lark’s, but none of the wood-lark’s song, although three or four sky-larks in confinement in Funchal are the only examples of any of these three birds in the island, and notwithstanding the general opi- nion, that such notes are the result of education in the Canary: it is in full song about nine months in the year. I have heard one sing on the wing and passing from one tree to another at some distance, and am told * Wherever this is stated, I wish it to be understood as applying to the south side of the island only, although in most instances (I believe in this) it might be extended to the north. Of the latter, in consequence of ill health, I know little or nothing from personal observation, 72 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, sc. that during the pairing season this is very common. Each flock has its own song, and from individuals in the same garden differing considerably, I suspect that of each nest varies more or less. After the breeding season they flock along with linnets, goldfinches, &c. and are then seldom seen in gardens. The moult takes place in August and September... An old bird caught and put into a cage will sometimes sing almost immediately, but seldom lives longer than the second year in confinement. The young from the nest are difficult to rear, dying generally at the first moult. They cross readily with the domesticated variety, and the progeny are larger, stronger, better breeders, and, to my taste, better songsters also than the latter ; but a pure wild song from an island Canary at liberty, in full throat, and in a part of the country so distant from the haunts of men that it is quite unsophisticated, is unequalled, in its kind, by any thing I have ever heard in the way of bird-music. In the 12th Edition of Linneus (Holmie, 1766.) Vol. I. p. 321, I find, ‘¢ Fringilla butyracea. F. virens, superciliis pectore abdomineque flavis, remigibus primori- bus margine exteriore albis.—Chloris indica, Edw. av. 84, t. 84. Briss. av. 3, p. 195. Habitat in Madera: Similis Loxie butyracee, sed rostrum minus,”’ and as it appears to me to be clearly the same bird, although I acknow- ledge that I should not by choice call ours “ virens,”’ I have adopted it as a synonym, to the exclusion of his Fring. Canaria, and its numerous progeny, which must be spurious if ours be true. The reasons for ven- turing on such a liberty are, that ‘¢ virens’’ is not less applicable to it, than ‘* grisea’ at the next page is to Fring. Petronia, or ‘ testacea’” a little further forwards to Motacilla Atricapilla; that in other respects his description answers precisely ; that he gives “* Madera’’ as its sole and decided habitat ; that we have no other bird either at all approaching to green,* or answering in the most distant manner to his description ; and * The Fring. Chloris is only blown to us occasionally and accidentally, and then only by twos and threes, and is never known to remain or build on the island. Two which a friend tricd to rear died, and in the course of several years I have met with only one specimen. Were I to enumerate all the birds common in Europe which are seen but seldom, if ever, here, a tolerably long Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, ¥c. 73 that his having made a distinct species of it is so readily accounted for, by his having no doubt about the legitimacy of its representative. If ‘those « of authority” in such matters admit that I have established my point, it follows that the Linnean Fring. Canaria must be expunged, and the Fring. butyracea ‘substituted for it. If they do not, I shall only mutter for my inward satisfaction, “‘ bastards and else,’’ over their Catalogue, and rest perfectly satisfied with having at all events unmade a Fring. Canaria by converting it into a Fring. butyracea; for the identity of the two species, call them by what name you will, is quite beyond all cavil. That the error has existed so long is owing partly to the injudicious preference too frequently given to bulky, faithless “¢ trans- lations,’ “* compilations,” and ‘improvements,’ forsooth! over ori- ginal works, Gmelin’s 13th Edition of Linnzus, as it is called, I have had the good fortune never to be burdened with, but in an evil hour a kind friend bestowed upon me the seven ponderous tomes of that kindred spirit, Turton. In this work, Vol. I, p. 559, the habitat is altered from «© Madeira’’ to “ India,’ and it is added, ‘* Bill and legs brown, 44 “ inches long, sings finely.’’ All this is done without one word in explanation. Anact of forgery* on an illustrious name, is, in fact, list might be made; the following, however, almost as extensively spread as man himself, are unknown to us :---the Raven, Crow, Cuckoo, Daw, Magpie, Sparrow (both house and hedge), Pheasant, Thrush, Sky-lark, and Nightingale. There are several others which do not occur to me at the moment, * Whoever translates or revises an original work, and does not honestly point out every deviation from the text; and whatever compiler introduces, or alters, a word in a sentence marked as a quotation; is guilty of a literary fraud. In the last Number (XVI.) of the Zoological Journal, Mr. Bennett has restored a Linnean species (Mus Barbarus), which either Gmelin’s conceit or his in- stinctive propensity towards the erroneous (an obliquity by no means unusual with this sort of gentry) had for years excluded. The first time I opened Mr. Starke’s work, was at the Anobium pertinaa, which he gives as Latreille’s, putting at the end of the description (which is between inverted commas) “ Lat, Gen. 1, 276.”” Now the “ Genera” (Ed. 1806.) does not contain a description of the Anob. pertinaw: neither, to prevent all _ subterfuge, is it a correct quotation of any description of any Anobium, in any of Latreille’s works. In birds too, (these occurred accidentally, for I have not examined half a dozen in the two volumes,) that of the Anthus rufescens, 74 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. committed, and one of deliberate deceit on the reader. Whether Gmelin has lent his aid in this instance Iam ignorant: it is most probable that he has : I trust that the sin rests with him and not with one whose original works of late have gone far to secure him from the obloquy which would attach to a mere compiler.* The synonyms given by Linneus haye, although professing by the usual signs to be a quotation from Temminck, is not only abridged, but garbled as far as it goes. It is really high time that such things were put a stop to, and the remedy is one of easy and universal application. Only let societies, bodies, and individuals of weight in science, make and abide by a determination to quote and admit as authorities, original works alone, or well-established faithful translations, and our grocers and cheesemongers will soon know as much of “ Natural History” as many of its would-be expounders. Pretenders are a pest in every thing: in science a curse secondary only to the food which nourishes them in the shape of ‘‘ Catechisms,” « Pocket-books,” ‘‘ Conversations,’ and, when a great name is to be shewn up, “a butterfly on a wheel,” for their edification, volumes of nameless bulk. I have objected to the alteration of a “ single word,” and I do so because such an alteration in one of Latreille’s descriptions, that of the Calosoma sericeum, for example, would convert it (there are other differences, but not in the identical description to which I refer) into the Cal. Madere: the one abundant, the other, as far as I know, never found here. I would even go so far asa letter, and however much it may remind the reader of “ In the name of the prophet “ figs!” when he sees “ Elophilus Lat., Helophilus Leach,” in all the circum- stance of generic pomp in “‘ Samouelle’s Useful Compendium,” yet if the one has thought it worth his while to make so insignificant an addition as an aspi- rate, a mere “ windy suspiration of forced breath,” establishing what may be called, without offence I hope, “‘ Leach’s genus H.”, the other was quite right in marking the distinction. Fabricius has called a butterfly, peculiar to this island I believe, Xiphia: were my classical sensitiveness so far to get the bet- ter of my common sense, as to induce me to add an s to it, I might be pitied ; but if I then quote it as his, I state the thing which is not, and deserve blame: besides, too, as ‘‘ to write and read comes by nature,’’ according to honest Dogberry, it is but a pitiful thing, after all, to make a display of a natural gift at another’s expence. * Dr. Heineken is right in his conjecture. Gmelin is answerable for this deviation from the original authority,and Dr. Turton, who placed too implicit a reliance on one who did not deserve it, has here translated faithfully the so called thirteenth edition of the Systema Nature, omitting only the Cape of Good Hope as an additional habitat of the Fringilla butyracea.—Ed. Variety of the Sylvia atricapilla. 75 I suspect, also had their influence in obscuring the species, and if it were not too adventurous, I would almost doubt, either their accuracy, or that of the habitat given by Edwards and Brisson ; for it is highly im- probable that the Canary should have existed so long as a native of India without being recognized. Of course, any person having access to the identical birds figured or described by these writers, or possessing a spe- cimen of the Chloris indica, actually found in India, can easily set this question at rest : it being clearly understood that I only pretend to iden- tify our bird with Linneus’s description, declining all responsibility re- specting either the individual from which it was taken, or the synonyms to which it is referred ; and that nothing short of a direct comparison between his specimen and my description, will satisfy me of their being distinct species. We have a male variety of the Sylvia atricapilla, Lath. (Black-cap : Tinto negro*) which I have never met with before, or seen described. It is called “ Tinto negro de capello”’ (Black-cap, with a hood or cowl), is a somewhat larger, and coarser bird than the common one; its gene- ral plumage more sombre and olivaceous ; and the black, instead of be- ing confined to the head, extends as low as the shoulders behind, and loses itself gradually on the breast before (see Fig. 2). In habit, ceco- nomy, and song, it is precisely similar. Satisfied with the universal opi- nion, that it was merely a variety, I took no trouble to proye the fact, but as a friend visiting here last winter seemed much inclined to doubt it, I have taken some pains to investigate the matter, and the following are the results. It is rare, for although the ordinary one is as common in our gardens (even in the midst of the town) as the hedge-sparrow in those of Eng- * Bowdich, under the name of “ Intinegro,” (“ Tontinegra,” from “ Ton- “ tigo,” occiput, and “ negro” black, is the original name,) calls this (our com- mon one, not the variety) “anew species of nightingale; but whoever reads his description will perceive that he is describing, as far as he goes, the Mot. and Sylv, Atricapilla of authors, To set the matter at rest, however, without waste of words, my sketch (1) of our common g T. negro, is copied from Bewick’s figure of that found in England, It is by no means one of his hap- piest efforts, but will answer the purpose of identifying the two birds, 76 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. land, I have never seen above a dozen either at large or in confinement. I have never seen or heard of a female example, and it is universally asserted that such never occurs. A friend who keeps and pays a good deal of attention to birds, once saw a Capello cock and common hen tending the same nest, but as he had no object in doing so at the time, he did not take the trouble of ascertaining the contents of the nest, or of pursuing the matter further. Two years ago I had a bird of this variety, which I have since ascertained was bought by the person from whom I obtained it of a country boy, in the nest, along with a common cock: nothing was known of the parents, or the rest of the young, if there were any. A short time back, hearing that a neighbour had one, I sent for it to look at; he being aware that I had no intention of becoming a purchaser, and indeed having no desire to dispose of the bird, being also rather too knowing in such matters to be easily deceived, may, I think, be thoroughly depended upon. He states that last year (1828), a common cock and hen Tinto negro built a nest in his garden ; that four young ones were hatched, one of which died so young that nothing could be ascertained, another proved a common hen, a third acommon cock, and this of the Capello variety. Ido not hesitate, therefore, to give it as a variety pe- euliar to the male. This is the only warbler worth noticing for its song which we have, and it amply makes amends for the absence of most of the others. I suspect that in this genial climate it is much superior to any of its own species in a northerly latitude, and inferior only to the Nightingale; and if ‘ the wild sweetness of its note’? used to bring to the placid mind of the enviable old naturalist of Selbourne, lines which he has almost im- proved by slightly mis-quoting, how often has it not here Lad spoke “ Of a dear quiet home afar,” to those whose only home has been the grave. Humboldt mentions in his ‘* Personal Narrative,”’ a bird at Teneriffe, called ‘* Capirdte,”’ stat- ing that he ‘ had never seen it sufficiently near to know to what family ‘© it belongs,” and adding (from hearsay, of course) that “ no effort has “* been able to tame it,”? and that, ‘ it is unknown in Europe.’ Now, from ‘ Capirdte” in Portuguese (although probably a Spanish word also) meaning “a hood,” and from the kind of impression which its Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. 77 melody made upon the traveller, I have very little doubt about its iden- tity with our Tinto negro, and consequently with the European Black- cap; for of course the assertion that he knew it not, even of a Humboldt, when following the confession that he ‘had never seen it near,’’ is worth nothing. Here it is most easily tamed, and becomes more docile than any other cage-bird; but seldom attains to the melody which it pours out when at large, and is always unhealthy in confinement. The Jatter arises from the custom of feeding it (an insectivorous bird) entirely on fruit, and bread and milk; and it is for this matter o’fact reason, I fear, and not the more elevated one of “ liberty bemg sacred to his soul !’” (‘Personal Narrative’) that it dies at Teneriffe. The Woodcock, /Scolopar rusticola, Linn.,) which is admitted by all not even to be a variety of the European species, is permanent, and breeds here; and had not the latter fact, like that of the variety of the Tinto negro, been occasionally called in question, I should have rested satisfied with its notoriety. Two years ago I sawa bird just fledged, which Twas told had been taken from a Woodcock’s nest. It answered to all the essential characters of the species, but as I never before saw so-young a bird of any of the genus, and as the only reason given for the identity of the nest was simply “‘ because it was so,” the valeat quantum of this evidence will not, perhaps, amount to much, ‘although it more than sa- tisfied me. Woodcocks are brought about for sale as commonly in July as in December.* There is no sudden increase or decrease in their num- bers. Forty years ago they were unknown here. One was then acci- dentally met with in the South, and afterwards abundance in the North of the island, where they were for many years plentiful, and since that time have never disappeared. But the best evidence is that of an old sportsman, who has in several instances found nests with three eggs (the * There areno game laws, All descriptions of animals not domesticated are looked upon by the cultivators as “ fruges consumere nati,’’? and knocked on the head in all ways, and at all seasons, without ceremony: the wonder therefore is, not that we have:so few, but that any should remain in sucha purgatory. Nightingales were attempted to be introduced’some thirty years ago, and heavenly they would have been in such a climate: it is said not to have suited them, but I shrewdly suspect they were all made into pies. 78 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. colour blueish, spotted with dark grey, size that of Pigeons’), and says that a boy once brought him one with five young ones, which he replaced in the nest, that they soon began to call, and that the old one immedi- ately made her appearance ; that in shooting he has frequently raised the old bird, and heard the young ones among the brushwood call to her ; and that he believes they hatch twice, if not thrice, in the course of the season. Whether the first visit of these birds to the island was accidental or voluntary, and whether their remaining stationary be from choice or necessity, it equally proves that migration is not the result of such a blind, brute instinct as some would have it to be; for allowing in this instance both the first arrival and subsequent detention to be the result of necessity, the same cannot be the case with the Swift, which is equally a fixture, with its more than ample requisites for the most extensive trans- portation. The Swallow and Snipe are said to be periodical visitors, and the reason both for the stationary habits of the former bird, and the mi- gratory of the latter two, is very readily to be found, I suspect, in one common cause, namely, food. The Woodcock finds its food about spring-heads, the margins of little mountain-rills, water-courses, &c. These are neither dried up here during our hottest summers, nor frozen in the severest winters. The Swift preys on insects universally, but throughout the summer on a moth which abounds so on our most parched and sterile sierras, that what with the insects and the birds the place seems all alive. The Snipe requires a tolerable quantity of poachy, moist, decomposing soil, for the production of its food, and this, even in the winter, is both scarce and very local, while at other times there is not a square yard in the whole island; and the Swallow requires insects which are found only over streams, and something approaching to rivers, which we make but a sorry figure in at the wettest of seasons, and are en- tirely without six months in the twelve. The Quail (Perdix Coturnix, Lath.,) isthe identical European spe- cies. It is stationary and not polygamous ; it pairs like the Partridge ; lays from fourteen to sixteen eggs ; has three or four broods in the sea- son ; and is found in bevies of a dozen or more, until the young are well Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. 79 able to shift for themselves. A single pair will, in a favorable season, sometimes hatch above forty young ones. Buffon says that the Fringilla Petronia “ has no habitin common with ** the House-sparrow.”” Here it completely supplies the place of the latter, builds under eaves, frequents corn and poultry-yards, keeps the whole place alive with its chirping, and is frequently met with in gar- dens in the city and towns, though seldom, if ever, seen in the public streets. It at the same time flocks and partially removes periodically, and numbers are always to be found living and breeding in trees, rocks, &c., far from all habitations. Funchal, Madeira, 6th September, 1829. Explanation of the Plate. Fiz.1. Tinto negro—— g. 2. Tinto negro de Capello 3. 80 Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. Art. XVIII. Remarks on some Animals sent from Jamaica. By E.N. Bancrorr, M.D., Corr. Mem. Z.S., &c. TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. July 30th, 1829. Sir, I HAVE already written to you on the 27th inst., to acknowledge the receipt of your two letters, dated the 23d August last, and to acquaint you that the Jamaica Society had shipped on board the brig Mars, Hoseason, a small barrel containing the genital organs of a second Manta, (vide Zool, Journ. IV, 449.) alluded to in my letter of the 13th October, which I have since been led to suspect was a male, and not a female, as had then been supposed.* I was obliged to close my letter on Monday last, in very great haste, and omitted to inclose the drawings of the parts of that Manta; but I shall inclose them in this, with some sketches of my own, to be presently noticed. I now beg leave to acquaint you that I send you, for the Zoological Society, a chip box, a small flat oval keg, and a small phial, by the Barque Highbury, Capt. Pearce, and that these pack- ages contain, inter alia, the following objects of Natural History, viz. 1. Aspecies of Procellaria (not your Thalassidroma), which is per- * In the letter here referred to, Dr. Bancroft states, ‘ I had been led to sup- pose that the Manta we sent last year was a male, and the second a female, a a ~ in consequence of the accounts given to me by some of our surgical practi- tioners here, who had taken the trouble of opening both subjects. I was, a . a however, soon after led to doubt of their knowledge of comparative anatomy, « and to suspect that they must have mistaken the sexes: ocherwise there would ~ be a singular deviation in the Mantas from the structure believed to be com- ” ~ mon throughout the Ray family, in which the males alone are furnished with “« a sub-cylindrical process from the side of each ventral fin next to the tail, a n ~ deviation that I consider as most improbable. But, to show that the error “* was not originally mine, and that I was led into it, Iinclose two drawings of the parts in the second Manta, made by the gentlemen to whom I have alluded, in which is represented what they thought was the vagina. a “ Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 81 haps new, as J find no description in the books we have here that agrees with its characters. I had drawn up an account of these to be read at one of our meetings here; but as I send you the original (in but sorry preservation, yet as I received it) I do not presume to transmit my paper to your Society, knowing how much better the subject will be treated and illustrated by your home naturalists. 2. It is accompanied in the box, by a specimen of Scyllarus occiden- talis, Fab., which here and elsewhere is accounted rare, and may not be in your Society’s collection. Iam very sorry that this too is in an imper- fect state. I originally rubbed it thoroughly with arsenical soap ; and afterwards, in endeavouring to wash this off, and to diminish a part of its dirty or muddy look (which however is its natural appearance) I broke off one of its legs, and one of its antenne. These I secured at the time, and they are sent along with it in the box. But I find that an ignorant careless servant has since broken off another leg (which is also sent), and done some other slight damage. I can therefore only say that I will endeavour to send you a more perfect specimen, both of this and of the Procellaria. In regard to the latter, I may state that, although not rare, it is with difficulty found, since it burrows only in crevices on the tops of our highest mountains, scarcely accessible. The individual now sent was hunted by a terrier dog from a hole on the summit of the Blue Moun- tain Peak, on the 17th of March last, and, as I am told, uttered the most piteous cries, like those of a child, while being dragged forth. These birds are found in some number on that spot, and individuals have sometimes gone thither to hunt them, They probably resort thither chiefly in their breeding season, and are very seldom seen flying except in the evening, when it is supposed that they proceed to sea. As they frequent this island, and have not been observed elsewhere, the species, if new, might be called Proc. Jamaicensis. 3. A species of Lamarck’s genus Loligo, which is doubtless the Sepra mentioned with unpardonable looseness by Dr. Brown, in his Natura History of Jamaica, p. 386, so as to forbid all subsequent notice of it by naturalists. He says that it is “* furnished with a great number of ten- * tacula of different sizes and forms,’* and this he deemed sufficient ! It differs in its form and in certain characters from all the species described in Lamarck’s Animaux sans vertébres, and other recent works, and seems Vor. V. F 82 Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. to be strictly a nondescript, except quoad Dom, Brown ut supra. Here it is called ‘* Quib,’’ and is seldom met with or eaten; but I learn that it is esteemed a great luxury at the Havafia, where they call it Calamar. It seems to me to be the more interesting as connecting Loligo with La- marck’s genus Sepia, having its “* nageoire’’ nearly the whole length of the sac, as in Sepia, but not the opake calcareous bone of the latter ; being furnished with a delicate transparent cartilage in its stead, a sample of which is sent in the box. Ikept it in brine for a good while, which has caused it to shrink, and has somewhat altered the shape and size of its fin. .I therefore send you a memorandum I drew in pencil of its out- ward form, which is quite correct as to its dimensions, being drawn of the natural size. The salt, and the inky fluid of the animal together, have changed its greyish hue to a purplish one. 4. A species of Shark, which some of our fishermen call Nurse, and which is said to grow to the length of seven or eight fect. ‘This is the only individual of the kind I have met with. Believing it to differ from every species I could find any description of, and considering it as the link between Cuvier’s sub-genera Carcharias and Scyllium, I had made drawings of it, and a statement of its characters, also for our Society. But I gladly avail myself of the present opportunity of sending the spe- cimen to your Zoological Society, as lindulge the hope that Mr. Ben- nett will be induced to bestow his attention on it, and do it a degree of justice which it could not receive from me, with means too so limited as to information. Were the title of Squalus ocellatus not pre-occupied, this might suit it: Squal. Argus may answer in its stead. 5. A-small specimen of Squalus Zygena, which I venture to send, because individuals of this size may not readily be found in European Musea ; and because, if Mr. Bennett should have derived his knowledge of the species only from books or from dried specimens, he may per- ceive how very incorrectly its features have been represented, especially as to the shape of its head, which has been always represented at right angles with the body, and the situation of the eyes, always drawn as protruding greatly from the side of the lateral processes. It has, besides, been incorrectly described, e. g. by Gmelin (in Turton’s edition of Lin- nus) and the writer of the article Squalus, in Rees’s Cyclopedia, who have assigned to it temporal orifices, which it has not. I consider that a good Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 83 figure and an exact description of this fish are desiderata, which I hope now to see supplied in the Zoological Journal ; and I trust that the liberty I take will be excused, when I suggest that, with a creature of this ex- traordinary formation, a front view, and a side view, would be very useful in order to convey a just idea of its peculiarities. In the Sharks, too, I consider that a representation of the under surface is not less in- structive than in the Rays. I inclose a memorandum I took in pencil, of the form of the head, and position and appearance of the eyes, while the fish was quite fresh: it is of the natural size, and may assist in the draw- ing to be made. 6. A series of ovarian sacculi, connected by a membranous cord, that was found not long ago near one of the wharfs of this city. I have not yet been able to ascertain by what animal it was deposited. J had a similar specimen lately, but shorter and rather smaller, which I kept for several weeks in water, without its exhibiting the slightest tendency to putrefaction. During my short absence in May last, the sacculi sepa- rated at their edges, and the ova escaped, and appear afterwards to have become decomposed into particles so minute as to have eluded observa- tion when the water was occasionally changed. To prevent a similar accident with the present specimen, I put it into rum. 7. The tail of a small specimen of Rata Sloanii (Cuvier) which I send, because it has its sting perfect, and this the fishermen are not easily prevailed on to allow to remain. This species is here called the ‘¢ Sting- ray,’’ and, when so small as the specimen to which this tail belonged, “* Maid.” I had the fish put into water to macerate previously to its being put into spirit; but the servant neglected it, and, notwithstanding his assertions of its not being putrid, when at last I ordered it to be brought to me, the body was quite gone. I will send you another spe-~ cimen as soon as I can, and in the mean time I inclose an unfinished sketch I took (of the natural size), showing its form and features. Com- pare this with the figure of Sloane, pl. 246, f. 1, and you will see the excessive distortion represented in the latter, which I know not how to account for, except by supposing that it was drawn by a careless ignorant artist, from a dried specimen, in which all the softer parts had shrivelled up, and to which he thought it necessary to add all the monstrosity of feature in the head that his fancy could invent. Ina paper in the box F 2 84 Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. you will find the curious membranaceous coverings of its upper and lower lip; as I could detect nothing like teeth in the fish (notwithstanding the ** dents menues, serrées en quinconce’’ assigned by Cuvier to his sub- genus Pastenague) I regard the hard granulations on them as its substitutes for teeth, 8. A fish (about nine inches long) called here Butter-fish, but not noticed by Brown, nor described by any Ichthyologist, so far as I can discover, It falls under Cuvier’s sub-genus Serranus of the Percoid family. I wish it may preserve a portion of its colours, which, particu- larly over the head, opercuda, and middle of the body, are of a full bright scarlet, changing into a rose-colour over the abdomen. Its con- trast with the black dots, especially with those of them that are ocellated, give ita very handsome, alniost splendid, appearance. 9. A specimen of Brown’s Gar-fish (p. 443.), which both he and other naturalists have chosen to refer to Hsox Belone, though it is differ- ent from that species, Its teeth are not black; its back not black (but dark green) ; the inside of the mouth not purple ; belly not flat ; dor- sal and anal fins very different in form from those represented in Shaw’s and Bonnaterre’s figures, and the caudal still moré so. Eyes also not round, as to iris and pupils, as in these two figures, but ovate; and there is a peculiarity in the form of the iris, which sends forth a rounded pro- cess covering a part of the upper circle of the pupil, a8 if this were emarginate. I consider this species therefore as almost a nondescript. 10. A small specimen of Brown’s Piper, Esoxr Brasiliensis, in which, if it preserve its characters through the voyage, you will perceive two marked features, unnoticed by Brown, first, in the bright flame-colour which tips the apex of its lower jaw; and secondly, in the full-bodied silver stripe extending horizontally along the ‘middle of the body, from the operculum to the tail, one-tenth of an inch broad. 11. A specimen of a Salmo that I cannot find described any where, but which has a good deal of relation to the Smelt, in its sub-semitrans- parency, and some of its other characters, and still more to Salmo fe- tens, except that its head is the reverse of ** truncated.” 12. Aspecimen of our White Grunt, Bloch’s Anthias formosus. If it keep its colours, you will see how very differently it is striped from the representations in Shaw, Vol. IV. of Gen. Zoology, pl. 64, p. 439, and in other works. ae Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 85 - [come now to another class of animals, for which I hope that I may invoke the aid of Mr. Bell: I mean, that of Reptiles. Dr. Brown has mentioned only three kinds of Snake here, but there are more in the island than he knew of. I have been endeavouring to obtain some of each kind, and I now send three sorts, all I have yet succeeded in getting. They are as follow :— 13. Two specimens of Brown’s Coluber, No. 2. He has spoken of itas “‘yery slender,’’ but this is wrong; itis the tail only that is so, and itis remarkably long, as compared with its body. Brown’s description being imperfect, a new one is much wanted, and if it come from Mr. Bell, and if a figure may accompany it (and the other Snakes I now send), drawn with the accuracy, elegance, and mastery of hand that mark the figure of Dryinus auratus, in the 2d Vol. of the Zoological Journal, I shall be most happy in having sent the specimens where such justice shall be done to them. I send in a small paper, here inclosed, some of its scales; near the apex of each of the dorsal ones will be ob- served a faint minute dot, a peculiarity I do not recollect to have seen noticed by any naturalist as to the scales of Ophidia. 14. Two specimens also of our Whip-snake, which, I presume, will come under Mr. Bell’s sub-genus Leptophis.. I cannot but think that it is yet undescribed, and there is another peculiarity in its dorsal scales, that they are likewise dotted near their apices; but bi-punctated. Some of the loose scales are in a paper in the box. As both Dryinus and Leptophis have been separated from the Colubres, there seems wanting some explanation concerning the caudal scutella, which in the figure just mentioned of Dryinus auratus, are drawn as single, instead of double, as usual among the Colubres. My Whip-snake has its scutella double. _ The specimens come from St. Mary’s Parish. 15. A specimen of a Snake caught in the woods not long ago, and accounted to be very rare here, and very poisonous also ; but this is an error, as I have examined its mouth, and besides the usual structure as to the palatine and maxillary ranges of innocuous teeth, I have extracted three of those which, were it poisonous, would be fangs, and they are imperforate. These teeth are inclosed in a paper within the box. This Snake seems to fall under Daudin and Cuvier’s sub-genus Eryx. ~ 16. A specimen of Anolius, not uncommon about Kingston. It is 86 Mr. Bennett on some lishes from Jamaica. neither Brown’s Lacerta, No. 7, nor his No. 8, as I conceive. Three of its eggs, as I suppose them to be, are sent in the phial. 17. In the phial are some specimens of a native Leech of this island, clearly nondescript. They are slightly shrunk from the action of the spirit, but they never, I believe, grow larger than the present ones were originally. 1 put into spirit some individuals bearing ova on their abdo- men ; and some others in which, there having been no moisture, the young were adhering to the belly, which they continued to do for some days. This species appears to be destitute of teeth, since none have ever incised my skin, in any trial J made with them. 18, Three specimens of Brown’s Cancer, No. 1, taken from some Mangrove Oysters, There are besides, in the phial, some of our Wood- Ants, and other things not worth particular mention. As I have proceeded with this letter (currente calamo) I have felt almost vexed at the length to which it was extending; and therefore I will not now add to it, except to say that I have no hesitation in acceding to the offer you have made to me of giving my paper on the Manta a place in your Journal, but I wish to have a few alterations previously made, and these I will send you very shortly. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your very obedient and humble Servant, E. N. BANCROFT. Notes on the Fishes referred to in the preceding Paper. By E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.8., §c. Tue Shark, numbered 4, evidently belongs to the aberrant section distinguished by M. Cuvier in his genus Scyllium, as having the anal fin placed farther back than the second dorsal, the temporal orifices very small, the fifth branchial opening frequently concealed in the fourth, and the lobules of the nostrils generally so prolonged as to resemble beards. All of these characters, except the latter, are possessed by the specimen transmitted with Dr. Bancroft’s communication. The length of it is about one foot, and its colour (in spirit) is brownish above, and some=. what fawn-coloured beneath, marked on both surfaces, over the whole Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica. 87 of the body and the fins, by small black rounded spots, not closely set, and somewhat regular in their distribution. It agrees well with the figure given by Parra, t. xxxiv., f. 2., on which was founded Schneider’s Squa- lus punctatus, Syst. Ichth. p. 134, erroneously placed in his section * B. Foraminibus temporum carentes,”’ &c. The only differences worthy of notice are, that in Parra’s figure the branchial openings are placed wholly in front of, and not partly above, the pectoral fins ; and that these openings are all exhibited as distinct, whereas the fifth is partially con- cealed in the fourth. Parra’s specimen appears to have been even smaller than that of Dr. Bancroft, “tan pequefio como que se sacé del vientre ** desu madre ;”’ and he states that he describes so young an individual because he could not obtain any of larger growth. According to him, ** El color de todo el es cenicento, sembrado de varias machas negras ** redondas que lo hermosean mucho.’ It is called Gata by the Spani- ards of Havaiia. A remark made by M. Broussonnet will account for the apparent diffi- culty, but more probably the absolute impossibility, of procuring indivi- duals possessing the characters of the Squalus punctatus, Schn., of larger size than those obtained by Parra and by Dr. Bancroft. M. Cuvier regards this species as identical with the Barbillon of Broussonnet ; and this opi- nion is almost unquestionably correct. Now Broussonnet states expressly that in his species, the young, while not exceeding one foot in length, exhibit small, round, black spots, which are not found on the larger individuals, some of which attain the length of five feet. On the des- cription of the Barbillon given by Broussonnet is founded the Squalus eirratus, Gmel., which is properly placed by Schneider in the section possessing temporal orifices. The location by the latter of the Sq. punc- ~tatus among those Sharks in which these openings are wanting, may readily be accounted for by the extreme minuteness of the orifices, which in our specimen could not be detected without mach difficulty, and. into which the point of an anatomical blowpipe could not be introduced. By some oversight M. Cuvier refers the Barbillon of Broussonnet to the Squalus barbatus, Gmel., instead of the Sq. cirratus, Ej. The Sq. barbatus is founded on the description of the Barbu of Broussonnet, a very distinct species from a totally different locality. To the same species with the one under consideration, for which the 88 Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica. name of Scyllium cirratum will of course be used, M. Cuvier also refers the Squale pointillé of Lacépéde. Such an association would have been impossible to any one who did not enjoy the opportunity of ex- amining the specimen described and figured by M. Lacépéde, The words of that authour, at variance even with his figure, are diametrically opposed in every particular, except the relative position of the fins, to the appearances exhibited by perfect specimens of the fish, which, according to M. Cuvier, formed the subject of his description. 5. Is the Zygena Malleus of M. Valenciennes, to whom we are indebted for an excellent Monograph of the genus, published in the Memoires du Museum d’ Histoire Naturelle. M. Valenciennes has pointed out four well defined species, which he has carefully described, He has also given representations of the upper and under surfaces of the head in each species. We have therefore here a standard production to which recourse may be had. In the Zyg. Malleus the head is more produced on the sides than in the other species; its front is nearly straight, with a notch on each side near the nostrils; and the nostrils are situated very near the outer angle of the head. M. Valen- ciennes mentions as its habitats, the coasts of France, the Mediterranean, and Brasil; to these may now be added the West Indian Seas. 8. is the Serranus Ouatalibi, Cuv. and Val., recently described in the Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, II, 381. It was figured by Parra, t. v. f. 2, and with f. 1. of the same plate, constituted in Schneider’s System aspecies of Bodianus, under the name of Guativere. The fish repre- sentedinthe latter figure, is distinguished by MM. Cuvier and Valenciennes as the Serranus Guativere, solely on the authority of Parra, no speci- men of it having yet reached them. 9. isthe Belone Carribea of M. Le Sueur, by whom it and several other species were first distinguished from the common European Belone, in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, ii. 127. It is known by the equality of its mandibles; the greater prolon- gation backwards of its dorsal than of its anal fin ; the greater length of the lower lobe of its caudal fin; the flattened form of some of the rays of the fins; and several other peculiarities which distinguish it from the rest of the genus. 10. Notwithstanding the assistance afforded to us by M. Le Sueur, in Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica. 89 his description of several species of Hemirhamphus, Cuv., forming part of the paper just quoted, there is some difficulty in determining the pre- sent fish. It can be neither of the West Indian species there mentioned, for, with a body four times the length of the lower mandible, it has dor- sal and anal fins of equal length. In these particulars, in the silvery band along the side, and in the relative length of the pectoral fins (one half) to the lower jaw, it agrees with the Hem. erythrorhynchus, Le S.; the name of which, although no mention is made of such a marking, would appear to indicate the existence of some red on the beak, perhaps confined to the tip, as pointed out by Dr. Bancroft. But the upper mandible in our fish is certainly not ‘ about the length of the diameter ** of the eye,”’ scarcely exceeding one half of that diameter ; the num- ber of fin-rays is somewhat different, being D. 15, A. 16, instead of D. 16, A. 18; and the locality is perfectly distinct, M. Le Sueur’s Hem. erythrorhynchus having been obtained by him and M. Péron, in the East Indian Seas. These differences induce me to regard Dr. Bancroft’s fish as distinct from all those of M. Le Sueur. It is evidently the “‘ Orphie *« de Rio-Janeiro, Esox dorso monopterygio, rostro apice coccineo, ** linea laterali lata, argentea,’? &c. of Commerson’s MSS. as quoted by Lacépéde ; in whose Histoire Naturelle des Poissons it forms part of his Esoxr Gambarur, a medley composed of this western species, of the Hem. marginatus from the Red Sea, and perhaps of a third. With it, however, is not associated by M. Lacépéde the Esox Brasiliensis, Linn., as stated by M, Le Sueur ; who must also be in error in regarding one of his West Indian species as the Esox marginatus, Forsk. I trust that Dr. Bancroft’s exertions will enable him to procure speci- mens of the other western Hemiramphi for comparison ; and should the present prove to be distinct, as I apprehend it will, I would propose for it the trivial name of apicalis. ll. This fish is referable to the sub-genus Saurus, Cuv., and is cer- tainly nearly related to the Salmo fetens, Linn. Without extensively consulting specimens, it would be impossible to determine any species of a group so comparatively numerous, and mostly differing from each other only in particulars requiring close examination. 12. Tothe species figured by Bloch, t»b. cccxxutt (copied in Shaw’s General Zoology), the fish transmitted by Dr. Bancroft cannot be referred. It differs in its markings totally, as that gentleman remarks, from Bloch’s 90 Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica. Anthias formosus, the Hemulon elegans, Cuy. MSS., for, instead of the longitudinal vitte we have here numerous oblique lines. This cha- racter distinguishes it equally from every other described species with which I am acquainted of the genus Hemulon, recently proposed among the Sparide by M. Cuvier, with the single exception of his Hem. hete- rodon, the Diabase rayé de jaune of M. Desmarest. In this latter there are, however, three vitte along each side of the back, which are wanting in our fish, the oblique lines being continued in it to the base of the dorsal fin. I would therefore propose to characterize it as a new species. Diasasis oBLiquatus. Diab. flavescens, capite vittis ceruleis duo- decim, corpore linets ceruleis obliquis numerosis. D. 42. P15. Via. As. 16. On a yellowish, somewhat fuscous, ground, (perhaps altered by the spirit in which the specimen has been immersed for about three months, ) the markings are pale blue, in numerous wtte: those on the head and opercula, which are somewhat broader, and more deeply coloured than those of the body, are nearly longitudinal, about twelve in number : those of the body are oblique, directed upwards and backwards. The latter are formed by lines passing across the middle of each scale, and are con- sequently numerous, not less than sixteen or seventeen being crossed by a line drawn from the junction of the spinous and soft portions of the dorsal fin to the belly in front of the anus. On the tail, behind the dor- sal and anal fins, the markings become longitudinal, in about nine rows. The fins, especially in their scaly soft portions, are more fuscous than the body : into these the markings do not extend. The lateral line, deflected opposite to the extremity of the dorsal fin, is yellow, and is accompanied below by a blue line; a similar line, but more indistinct, passes along its upper edge. The caudal fin is forked; the spines of the dorsal are filamentous. The front and the extreme teeth in each jaw, especially in the upper, are longer and stronger than the others, and are somewhat hooked ; a variance from the generic mark ‘dents en velours’’ indicated by M. Cuvier. His characters may perhaps be erroneous in this respect, or the structure may be peculiar to the present species, the only one of the genus I have yet examined. In this description I have omitted several points which form part of the generic marks indicated by M. Cuvier, whose name’ for the genus’ (/He- QU ES = Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang. 91° mtulon ) should give way to the prior claim of that of Diabasis proposed by M. Desmarest. Itisto be feared, however, that in sucha case the weight of M. Cuvier’s authority will bear down all opposition, and that even the principles of nomenclature, if he persists in retaining the ap- pellation he has proposed, will in vain be urged against one who has engaged in his favour the gratitude of every ichthyologist. E.) T...Ba Art, XIX. Post Mortem Examination of a Female Orang Outang. In a Letter addressed by J. Grant, M.D., to the Secretary of the Zoological Society. Sir, In the latter part of the year 1828, an Orang Outang that passed for a female and was supposed to be about three years of age, was pre- sented to Mr. Swinton, of Calcutta. She was sent from Singapore, where she had lived for some time, and was, in all probability, a native of Borneo. She was of a mild, docile, and melancholy disposition, and had been taught to walk in the erect posture, which she was very fond of assum- ing of her own accord. Although reputed a female, some doubts arose respecting the sex of the animal. At length, after as careful an examination as the restlessness and timidity of the creature would permit of, the great probability of her being a female was generally concurred in. There was no appearance of either vulva or labia, and at the first glance it was not surprising that the animal should be by some mistaken for a male, for a small flaccid pents-like body, about an inch in length, was visible under the pubes. This being found imperforate, and devoid of any appearance of scrotum, or testes, was pronounced a clitoris. On raising it, or pushing it to one side, a small aperture was observed near its root, capable of admitting the end of a crow-quill, and through which the urine passed, but whether this aperture was the urethra itself, or a common passage behind which was the proper urethra and vagina, 92 Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang. could not be determined while the animal was alive. But the impression was, that this animal was a proper female, with her genital parts imper- fectly developed. Having premised so much, I come now to the illness and death of the animal, In January last, the creature became much emaciated, appeared to suffer considerably, and to be very sensible of cold. Accordingly, about the end of that month, it was sent for medical treatment to my friend Mr. Breton, with whom she remained about three weeks, until she died, on the 14th of February. I have been favoured by Mr. Breton with the following particulars of her illness. ‘‘ On my first examining the “* animal, it appeared to me that its lungs were affected ; since it had acough ‘«* which was sometimes violent, difficulty of breathing, fever attended “* with a very quick pulse, loss of appetite, and costiveness. The cough “* at night was generally violent at intervals, but during the day it was less ‘so. The animal coughed and moaned at times like a human being. It “* never expectorated in the smallest degree. It seemed to feel the effects “ of cold air, and it remained in a recumbent posture under a blanket in “* a room in the early part of the mornings, and in the evenings. Every ** now and then it would of itself go out in the sun, remain there a little ‘«* while, and then return to its bed and cover itself with the blanket. “* Every day, till within a day or two of its death, it partook of plantain, “* milk, and some plain sweet cakes. It never at any time seemed op- “« pressed by thirst. Its skin, whilst the fever continued, was hot, but ** the heat was not very considerable. The fever intermitted, but the ‘* intermissions were never at regular periods. At times the animal re- *« mained without fever a whole day, at other times the fever continued ** two or three days without intermission. No cold fit was ever observed. ‘* The paroxysms came on invariably with heat, and while under its ** effects, the poor animal manifested anxiety and uneasiness. It sel- ** dom had a natural motion. Stools were procured by enemas given ** every other day. Purges were attempted to be given, but a sufficient ‘* quantity could not be forced down the throat so as to produce any sen- «* sible effect. Doses of half a grain of tartar emetic were mixed with “* milk, and this the animal drank of itself, but without any effect. ‘* Sometimes it appeared lively, at other times very dull and languid, and’ ** in this state it continued and languished until it died.”’ Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang. 93 Mr. Breton, Dr. Adam, and myself examined the body a few hours after death, and as there was an anxious wish to preserve the remains as much as circumstances would permit, for the purpose of being sent to the Zoological Society, a minute dissection would have been inconsistent with this object. The examination that took place was therefore cursory, and had more particular reference to the discovery of the cause of death and the solution of doubts respecting the generative system of the animal. .\ In opening the cavity of the abdomen, the parietes were found much thinner than in the human species; the colour of the skin in the line of incision was of a rather deep blue, and the skin itself was strong and thick compared with that of other varieties of Simie. The stomach, liver, caput cecum coli, and bowels generally bore a strong resemblance to the human, both individually and in relative position. A serous effusion had taken place in the peritoneal sac, and the stomach was dis- tended with air. The caput cecum was filled with indurated foeces, and attached to the caput was, as in man, an appendicula vermiformis about four inches long. The pylorus was remarkably well defined, with the same strong resemblance to the human as that possessed by other organs. The duodenum also was formed as in man. In his valuable work on Comparative Anatomy, Sir Everard Home states, that, in a long-tailed Monkey the intestines were very nearly the same as in man, and that thére was an appendicula ceci of a pyramidal form, and about half an inch long. In another Monkey, the appendi- cula ceci, it is stated in the same work, was entirely wanting ; in a large black Monkey (quere Gibbon) it was found three inches long ; and in the Baboon it was wanting. Dr. Adam a few days before had exa- mined a Lungoor (Simia Entellus, Dufresne,) which had no vermiform appendicle to the caput cecum nor proper pylorus. In the animal under consideration, as already mentioned, the pylorus was well marked, and there was an appendicula vermiformis. The whole of the abdominal viscera were more or less in a morbid state, there being tuberculous macula on the liver, and tubercles in the spleen, stomach, omentum, mesentery, &c.: the tubercles when cut into exhibited a whitish cheesy structure. The spleen was one mass of tu- berculous disease, and was found strongly adhering to the stomach and parietes of the abdomen. Near the inferior part of the stomach, point- 94 Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang. ing more to the right, a very small supplementary spleen existed. The liver, though covered with tuberculous macule, when cut into exhibited in its interior no tubercles. The mesenteric glands were also filled with the same cheesy substance mentioned above, and one large mass was in a state of partial suppuration. The cavity of the thorax, generally speaking, was in an equally dis- eased state with that of the abdomen. A purulent serous effusion had taken place, with adhesion of the lungs, more especially the left lobe, to the thoracic parietes. On cutting into the left lobe, it was found con- verted into a mass of cheesy tubercles, but no suppuration had taken place ; the appearance of the right lobe was similar, but the disorgani- zation was less in degree. The heart was sound, On the whole, from the appearances manifested on examination, it was obvious that the Orang Outang had died from the effects of general inflammation of the thoracic and abdominal viscera, but whether this had commenced with the abdominal or thoracic is not easy to determine. The brain was not examined. On examination of the sexual organs of the Orang Outang, some dif- ficulty arose in duly ascertaining them, on account of the minuteness of some of the parts. On introducing a director into the external meatus beneath the root of the clitoris (which, as already stated, was only large enough to admit the end of a crow-quill) an incision was carefully made down the perineum. On thus laying open the external meatus, two ori- fices or canals were discovered, the upper one of which quite under the root of the clitoris was found to be the urethra, and was large enough to admit a small bougie or probe into the bladder. The lower aperture or orifice of the vagina was large enough to admit a common-sized pen- cil. The canal was about an inch and a half long, evidently dilatable, and of the diameter (undilated) of a common pencil-case. A blunt probe introduced into it was felt with the finger in the pelvis, where it met resistance from the os tince of a small uterus, which it required minute search to find; but the existence of which, with its fallopian tubes and ovaries was satisfactorily demonstrated ; thus the question of the creature’s sex was set at rest. The pectoral air-sacs or membranous bags peculiar to the Orang spe- cies, and communicating with the larynx, were found very distinct, but —— Oe Mr. S. Stutchbury on two new genera of Mollusca. 95 these have already been so accurately described by other observers that it is unnecessary further to notice them. _ L would suggest to the Zoological Society a careful dissection of the right arm, as it appeared to us, upon the hurried examination made of the left arm of the animal, that it possesses a sterno-hwmeral muscle not to be found in man. The pectoro-laryngeal sacs and this muscle were the only striking instances of departure from the human model which we observed. The muscle in question appeared to rise fleshy from the upper part of the sternum, proceeding in a straight line to be inserted into the humerus upon its external surface, and a little below the neck of the bone. Its action would seem to be, to roll the humerus, and to bring the arms across the body, thus helping the animal to take hold in climbing, &c. J. GRANT. Calcutta, March 1829. Arr. XX. On two new Genera of Testaceous Mollusca, and five new Species of the Genus Anatina, lately dis- covered at Port Jackson, New South Wales ; in a Letter Jrom Mr. Samvuxt Sturcasury, A.L.S. TO THE CONDUCTORS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Gentlemen, Amonc a parcel of shells just received from Port Jackson, New South Wales, two, which appear to have been hitherto undescribed, have particularly interested me. ‘Their peculiar characters prevent their admission into any of the genera yet known, without giving greater lati- tude to established limits than would, I think, be consistent with the true interests of science. Although they both possess an internal testaceous appendage to the hinge, characteristic of the shells placed by Lamarck in his genus Anatina, (though not mentioned by him,) it will surely be allowed that the habits and economy of an animal having the power of locomotion must differ so widely from those which have not, that the 96 Mr. S. Stutchbury on two new genera of Mollusca. fact of the shells under notice being constantly attached, did there exist no other difference, would itself be a sufficient reason for regarding them as distinct from Anatina. Under these circumstances, I have thrown to- gether such observations as will point out their distinguishing peculiarities until further information may confirm the propriety of continuing them as genera, or enable us to ascertain their true affinities, and correct situation in the system. The first I propose to call Myocnama.* Testa inequivalvis adherens. Valva affixa dentibus duobus margi- nalibus, divaricatis, ad umbonem disjunctis, foveold trigond interme- did alteram testacee appendicis extremitatem, cartilagine corned con- nexam, excipiente. Valva libera dentibus duobus inequalibus, parvis, divaricatis, alterd appendicis extremitate foveole intermedia ansertd. Umbones valve libere interne, alterius externée, recurvi. Impressiones musculares due, orbiculares, distantes, laterales. Impressio muscularis pallit sinu brevi, lato. Ligamentum tenue, externum. At first sight this shell might be passed over as an Anomia, but it may readily be distinguished by examining the attached valve, which will be found to be destitute of the foramen; from Cleidotherus it differs in wanting the conical tooth of the hinge, as well as in the shape of the muscular impressions, in having a sinus in the muscular impression of the mantle, and in the attached valve being the smaller. The following characters will at once distinguish it from every other genus. Shell inz-_ quivalve, adhering ; the attached valve with two unequal diverging mar- ginal teeth, separated at the umbo bya triangular pit, in which one end of a testaceous appendage is inserted and connected by a horny cartilage ; the free valve with two unequal, small diverging teeth, close under the umbo, in which is inserted the other end of the testaceous appendage. The umbo of the free valve is curved inwards, that of the fixed valve outwards. Muscular impressions two, nearly orbicular, distant, lateral. There is a short broad sinus in the muscular impression of the mantle. * From the circumstance of the Shell thus named connecting in itself some of the characters of the Myarie and Chamacee, Myochama.—Cleidotherus. 97 MyocHAMA ANOMIOIDES. Tas. Supp. xt. f. 1, 2, 3, 4. M. testd rosed, tenui, fragili, costis prominentibus radiantibus dichoto- mis ; valvd liberd valde converd ; wmbone extra apicem valve altere producto ; epidermide tenut, pellucidd ; long. 13, lat. , alt. 3. Shell rose-coloured, thin, fragile, ornamented by prominent radiating dichotomous ribs. Free valve extremely convex, the umbo projecting beyond the apex of the other. Epidermis thin and transparent. The shell described above adheres to a smooth species of Pectunculus ; some specimens are attached to Trigonia* pectinata, in which case the natural ribs are crossed by others still more prominent, corresponding with those of the shell on which they have grown, CLEIDOTHERUS.t Testa sulmargaritacea, inequivalvis, adherens. Cardo, dente conico in valvd liberd, in fossulam alterius valve inserto, claviculd testaced elongatd recurvd, cartilagine connexd, et in cicatrict profundd infra utrumque umbonem insertd. Impressiones musculares, in utrdque valvd due, laterales, antica prelonga, postica sub-orbicularis. Im- pressio muscularis palliz integra. Ligamentum externum. Shell somewhat pearly, inequivalve, adhering. Hinge with a small conical tooth in the free valve, fitting into a corresponding pit in the attached valve. A testaceous, elongated, curved clavicle, connected by cartilage, is inserted in a deep cicatrix under each umbo. Muscular impressions two, lateral, the anterior lingulate, the posterior suborbicu- lar. Muscular impression of the mantle entire. Ligament external.t * It may not be thought irrelevant to mention that Trigonia must be re- moved from the situation Lamarck has given it, between the Arcacee and Naiades, to the Cardiacee ; having seen the living animal, I am convinced it bears the nearest affinity to that family. + From the Clavicle in the hinge. t Since this Article was sent to press, it has been ascertained that De Roissy has named and characterized this remarkable genus, though evidently from incomplete specimens, He has called it in French “ Camostrée’’ a name so Vou. V. G 98 Mr. S. Stutehbury on two new generu of Mollusca. In general contour, this shell has so greata similitude to Chama, that without opening it there would be no hesitation in pronouncing it of that genus, belonging to Lamarck’s division, ‘‘ Crochets tournant de droit a ** gauche.’’ Its internal differences.are given in the generic description. The species I characterise as follows :— CLEIDOTHZRUS CHAMOIDES. Tas. Supp. xxi. f. 5, 6,7, 8. C. testd involutd, rufa, interne subviridi sub-margaritaced ; valvd dextrd majore profundd, latere antico adherente; latere convexo clavicule sulcato. Shell involute, brownish red, internally of a greenish pearly lustre, attached by the anterior side of the right valve, which is of great depth; left valve but slightly convex ; the clavicular appendage with a groove on the convex side. My specimens being destitute of colour, the figure has been taken by G. B. Sowerby, jun., from one in his father’s collection, which he found among the stores of thelate Mr. Humphreys, but which, not having the clavi- cular appendage, had been laid aside, until more perfect specimens should decide its true characters. Mine were found attached to sand-stone rocks by T. Young, Esq., R. N., together with an Aspergillum (perhaps agglu- timans of Lamarck), some Chame, &c. while searching near the entrance of Port Jackson, pointed out to him as the spot where I discovered, in 1286, the first living Clavagelle. The five following shells bear so close an analogy to Myochama, that believing the four last'to be inedited, I am induced to give specific de- scriptions of them, adding them to the genus Anatina. I must, however, premise, that the spoon-shaped teeth mentioned by Lamarck are absent in each, but they possess the moveable appendage to the hinge, found in most, if not all the shells placed in that genus by him. entirely inapplicable that I hesitate not to retain the appellation of Cleido- therus, by which I had designated it. There is nothing in the shell to con- nect it with Ostreu. New Species of Anatina. 99 ANATINA BREVIS. Tas. Supp. xurm. f. 1, 2. A. testé plano-converd, sub-triangulari, transversim striatd, valvd dex- ird convexd, costis duabus depressis, transversim lamellosis, supra extremitatem posticam positis ; valvd alterd subconcavd, margine dorsali inflexo et in sulcwm alterius valve inserto: cardine cartila- gine internd trigond et appendice testaced intermedia : umbonibus postice reflexis: impressionibus muscularibus distantibus, laterali- bus: impressione pallii sinu lunari; long. +8, lat. #5, alt. $$. Shell plano-convex, subtriangular, transversely striated. Right valve conyex, with two depressed transversely lamellated ribs upon the posterior extremity. Left valve slightly concave, dorsal margin inflected, and in- serted into asulcus in the opposite valve. Hinge with an internal trian- gular cartilage, and a supervening small shelly piece. Umbo reflected posteriorly.* Two distant muscular impressions ; a lunate sinus in the impression of the mantle. A figure of this shell was given by Mr. G. B’ Sowerby, in his Appen- dix to my Sale Catalogue as Pandora brevis, the cardinal appendage being overlooked by him, or (which is more probable) it was lost before he had the shell. ANATINA PANDORIFORMIS. Tas. Supp. xuitt. f. 3, 4. A. testé plano-converd, subovatd, striis transversis distantibus ; valvd dextré convexd, extremitate posticd carinatd truncatd ; valvd alterd subconcavd : cardine appendice pland fossulis cardinalibus cartila- gine adherente; lined depressd subobsoletd, internd, ab umbone ' versus marginem inferiorem oblique decurrente ; long. 3%, lat. 5, alt. zy. : Shell plano-convex, subovate, with transverse distant strie. Right valve convex, the posterior extremity carinated and truncated ; left valve slightly concave. Hinge with a flat testaceous piece attached by cartilage * Contrary to every other genus examined, applying the term posterior to the side where the siphons are situated. a 2 100 Mr. S. Stutchbury on two new genera of Mollusca. to the cardinal pits: a nearly obsolete depressed line obliquely crossing the internal disk of each valve, from the umbones to the inferior margin. ANATINA CRASSA, Tas. Supp. xxim. f. 5, 6. A. testd crassd, subtrigond, inequivalvi, transversim costatd; valvd sinistrd convexiusculd, latere postico utriusque valve carinato ; de- pressione levi, cordatd, ad latus posticum umbonum ; impressioni- bus muscularibus profundis ; long. =8;, lat. 3,, alt. 755. Shell thick, subtriangular, inzequivalve, transversely ribbed ; left valve but slightly convex, posterior side of both valves carinated, with a smooth cordate depression on the same side of the umbones ; muscular impressions deep. Although the smallest species we have seen, it is probably the thickest of the genus. ANATINA OVALIS. Tas. Supp. xu. f. 7, 8. A. testd inequivalvi, tenui, pellucida ; latere postico brevi, truncato ; valvd dextrd convexd, margine superiore sulcatd, marginem inflecum alterius valve recipiente ; valvd sinistrd convexiusculd ; cartilagine cardinis internd, obliqud, elongatd : impressione pallii sinu magno ; long. 5, lat. 3,, alt. +8,. - Shell inzequivalve, thin, pellucid, posterior side truncated ; right valve convex, superior margin sulcated, receiving the inflected edge of the other valve ; left valve slightly convex. Hinge with an oblique elon- gate internal cartilage. Sinus of the impression of the mantle large. Now in the cabinet of Michael Bland, Esq. ANATINA ELONGATA. Tas. Supp. xi. f. 9, 10. A. testd transversim elongatd, inequivalvi, pellucidd ; sinu impressio- ms muscularis pallit versus latus anticum elongato; long. ;°, lat. ty alt. 3. Shell transversely elongate, inequivalve, pellucid, sinus of the im- | Habits of Bulinus hemastomus. 101 pression of the mantle elongated towards the anterior side. In Mr. Sowerby’s possession. Should the foregoing notices be deemed of sufficient interest to deserve a place in the Zoological Journal, I shall feel honoured by their inser- tion, and remain, ‘ Gentlemen, With great respect, Your obedient Servant, SAMUEL STUTCHBURY. 33, Theobald’s Road. Art. XXI. Notice of the Habits of Bulinus hemastomus. By Mr. W.B. Boovrn, communicated by W. J. Broperir, Esq., F.R.S., &c.,Sec. GS. I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Sabine, Secretary of the Horti- cultural Society, for the following interesting Note on the habits of a specimen of Bulinus hemastomus,* which lived for more than a year in a hot-house in the Society’s garden at Chiswick. The soft parts had suffered materially from the cause which occasioned the death of the ani- mal; but the general condition of those parts, and of the shell, indi- cated the best health at the time when an unfortunate accident deprived it of life. The specimen, which was of the usual full-grown size, has been presented to the Zoological Society by the hands of Mr. Sabine. The Note was written at Chiswick, by Mr. W. B. Booth. W. J. BRODERIP, London, Dec. 1829. Nore.—It was brought from Rio, in October, 1828, by Mr. William McCulloch, then gardener to the Right Honourable Robert Gordon, and * Bulimus hemastomus, Scopoli. Bulimus oblongus, Brug. Bulla oblonga, Chemn, Helix oblonga, Mull., Gmel., and Daudeb, Turbo hemastomus, Gmel. 102 Mr. Gould on a new British Warbler. presented by him to the Horticultural Society. At first it appeared rather sickly, but after it had been kept in the hot-house for some time, it re- covered, and began to move about. It cannot now be correctly ascer- tained when it produced the first egg, but it was very shortly after its: arrival. I should think about the beginning of November. This egg was sent, by the desire of Mr. Sabine, to the Zoological Society. About the same time this year, it produced a second egg, and three weeks after- wards, a third ;* the latter was unfortunately broken by the animal itself, but the former is still in preservation. It fed upon lettuces and the tender leaves of cabbages ; the former seemed to be its favourite food. Sometimes it would devour two large lettuces, and then remain for days afterwards without touching food, or moving from its place, except when cold water was sprinkled upon it. During the day it was usually in a dormant state, in the shade : but towards the evening, when the house was moist and warm, it would spread itself out, and move from one part to another. It seemed to like moisture, and I haye no doubt that it might have been preserved for years, if it had not been accidentally killed. On Satur- day last it was at the end of the house where the fire comes in, and ventured too far upon the hot bricks after they had been watered. In the morning it was found fixed to them, and quite dead. W. B. Boots. Art. XXII. On the occurrence of a new British Warbler. By Mx. Joun Gourn. In a Letter to N. A. Vicors, Esq. Sir, I HOPE to be excused the liberty I have taken in thus addressing to you, in the form of a letter, the following short account of the occur- rence of a European bird, which, as far as I am acquainted, is new to the British Fauna. When we consider that European ornithologists have enumerated in * These eggs were as large, and appeared to be as fully developed, as those produced by the animal in its native country. Two representations of these eggs are given in Tab. Suppl. xv, bis. f. 3, 4. Wis ae \ | : Mr. Gould on a new British Warbler. 103 their systematic catalogues more than one hundred birds unknown to our own shores, it may appear surprising that researches in this class are not more frequently rewarded with new objects, their power of flight, and extent of migration being duly appreciated. Many rare birds pro- bably escape unnoticed, others unknown, and some unrecorded. The foliage of our extensive woods and thick hedgerows affords imper- vious shelter to the smaller summer ‘visitors, and it is to one of the nu- merous family of the Warblers, whose habits confine them to such localities, that I now refer. This bird was shot at Kilburn, on the 25th of October, by my friend, Mr. Frederick Bond, who has kindly allowed me to make any comment I may think proper. It was at first believed to be a variety of the Red- ‘start; but on closer investigation a comparison was instituted by which the real difference was ascertained ; the individual proving to be the black Redtail of Latham’s Synopsis, Vol. IV., page 486, Sp. 16; the Sylvia Tithys of the same author’s Ind. Orn., Voi. II, page 512, Sp. 16; and the Bec-fin rouge-queue of M. Temminck’s Manuel d’Ornithologie, Vol. I, p. 218. It is correctly figured (under the latter name, though with the wrong Latin appellation of Sylvia suecica) in Werner’s Atlas des Oiseaux d’ Europe, which is intended as an illustration of the Manuel just quoted. The length of this bird is 52 inches. Its beak black ; the head, back, and neck dusky slate-colour ; the chin and abdomen somewhat lighter ; the upper and under tail-coverts chestnut ; the wing-primaries dusky, their edges ash-colour, and shafts black ; the two middle tail-feathers dusky black, and all the others chestnut. Adult males of this species have the general plumage of the body darker, and the chestnut-coloured parts more bright. This bird appears to be found over an extensive portion of the north of Europe, but according to M. Temminck is only occasionally seen in Holland. It is at once distinguished from our Redstart by its dark breast and under parts, the whole of which in our well-known Sylvia Pheni- curus are of a bright chestnut. I avail myself of this opportunity to notice the occurrence of a third specimen of the Plectrophanes Lapponica, a species described by Mr. Selby, in the 15th volume of the Transactions of the Linnean Society 104 Analytical Notices of Books. of London. This fresh example of the Emberiza calcarata of M. Tem- minck was taken by a bird-catcher, in September, 1828, in the vicinity of London, and its plumage so nearly corresponds with the description given by Mr. Selby, at page 158 of the volume of the Transactions re- ferred to, as to make any additional remarks unnecessary. I have the honour to be, Your obedient humble Servant, Joun GouLp. 33, Bruton Street. Art. XXIII. Analytical Notices of Books. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Lepidopterous Insects contained in the ° Museum of the Honourable East India Company, illustrated by co- loured Figures of new Species, and of the Metamorphosis of Indian Lepidoptera, §c. By Tuomas Horsrretp, M.D., F.R.S., L.S., and G.S., §c. Ato., Parts I. and II. In a previous notice of this important Work, in which we confined ourselves to an analytical exposition of the views advanced by Dr. Hors- field in his Introductory Remarks, we gave an outline of the general arrangement of the Lepidoptera propounded by the authour, enume- rated the tribes into which he regarded the order as naturally divisibie, and explained the characters of each of the stirpes composing the first tribe, that of Papilionide. Having been induced by the novel and in- teresting nature of the views which we had then to notice to extend our analysis to a greater length than usual, we were compelled to defer that portion of it which contained the commencement of the descriptions of the genera and species of Lepidopterous Insects deposited in the East India Company’s Collection. The Second Part of the Descriptive Ca- talogue having now appeared, we resume our analysis at the point where our previous notice terminated. Dr. Horsfield’s Lepidopterous Insects of India. 105 After giving a character of the order, accompanied by some observa- tions on the important assistance to be derived in arrangement from the study of the metamorphosis, Dr. Horsfield thus characterises the Papi- lionide: “ Larva pedibus sedecim, elongata, cylindrica, tarda ; capite “< globoso retractili ; exserto, a corpore disjuncto. Chrysalis nuda, an- “* gulata, posticé alligata, sed vario modo suspensa ; in Stirpe Anopluri- “* formi subfolliculata levis, et Lepidopterorum aliquorum nocturnorum “chrysalidi similis. Imago: Antenne multiarticulate, basi graciles, * apice crassiores plerumque capitulate aut clavate, in paucis filiformes “« vel subsetacee vel apice graciliore uncinato. Ale insecto sedente erecte, ** inferiores retinaculo nullo. In Stirpe Anopluriformi ale postice tantim “ erecte vel suberecte. Tibia postice plerumque apice solo calcarato. * Volatus diurnus.’”? This character is succeeded bya Synoptic Table ot the stirpes of the Papilionide, which exhibits at one view, with refer- ence to each stirps, 1. the analogies borne by it to the genera of Ametabola, MacL.; 2. its characters as derived from the metamorphosis ; 3. its characters as derived from the perfect insect; 4. its synonyms; and 5. the genera comprehended in it, these latter being distinguished into normal and aberrant. ‘The characters of the stirpes here given corres- ponding essentially with those contained in the Introduction, it is un- necessary for us to repeat the outline of them which we formerly gave at pages 122, 123, and 124, of our fourth volume. Commencing his descriptions with the Vermiform stirps, Dr. Horsfield again characterises its Jarva and pupa. Owing to the want of sufficient materials, he expresses his inability to proceed to the subdivision of this group into families so as clearly to define them. He states, however, that the genera Petavia, Polyommatus, Lycena, Thecla, and Myrina, are respectively representatives of so many families, the precise limits of which can only be determined by accurate and extensive investigation. Examples of each of the genera above enumerated, and of two others belonging to this stirps, are contained in the collection. In the genus Polyommatus, a new subgenus is distinguished under the name of PrrnEcops, by its “ wings somewhat elongated ; hinder wings ** entire, regularly rounded, and elliptical.’’ Its representative in India is the Pith. Hylax, the Hesperia R. Hylax of Fabricius, of which a figure is given. The same form exists in Europe in the Pith. Alsus, 106 Analytical Notices of Books. Lysimon, Pheretes, and Damon. Of Potyommatus, strictly so called, with the “* margins of the hinder wings at the anal extremity angular,. ** and produced to a short point,”? two new species are described, the Pol. Akasa and Pol. Puspa, which may be respectively regarded as the Eastern analogues of the European Pol. 4rgiolus and Pol. Arion. The latter forms a natural transition, by its markings and habit, to the follow-. ing genus. Lycena is distinguished from Polyommatus primarily by its larva, which in the latter genus is regularly rounded or cylindrico-gibbous, and in the former is more oblong and impressed at the sides. The only other mark of distinction between the genera is the form and_ habit of the wings of the perfect insect. Of Lycena seventeen species exist in the collection, five of which are described.as new. They are distributed into four sections founded, for convenience of reference, on artificial cha- racters. Of Thecla two prominent types of form have been determined, chiefly by the minute examination of the tars in both sexes, which Dr. Hors- field has pursued more closely and. extensively than any other ohseryer. The character obtained from the structure of the feet has been confirmed by that of the antenne; and THxEcta, strictly so called, is therefore characierized in the following terms: “ Antenne capitulo cylindrico-ovali, ** utrinque manifesté attenuato; farsi pedum anticorum maris articulo ** solitario, cylindrico, ungue incurvo haud exserto.’’ In the insects of this group, the hinder wings are furnished with’an anal appendage, and a single tail. The Jarva of the only Indian species in which the meta- morphosis was observed, is linear-oblong, depresso-scutate, and fur- nished with tufts of short bristles arranged in transverse rows at the seg- ments. Of the nine species of this subgenus contained in the collection, five are now described for the first time. The subgenus AMBLYPODIA is distinguished by its “ Antenne é basi usque ad apicem sensim incrassate, ** capitulo haud distincto ; tarsi pedum anticorum in mare articulo soli- ** tario inermi obtusissimo, superficie verticali abrupté terminato.”’ Its larva corresponds in form with that of Thecla, but is covered entirely with short, delicate, solitary hairs; in one species, Amb/ypodia Longi- nus, Horsf., Hesperia R. Longinus, Fab,, it is aberrant in form, being distended anteriorly, excavated at the sides, contracted behind, and Dr. Horsfield’s Lepidopterous Insects of India. 107 throughout transversely swelled at the segments. This subgenus is di- vided into the following sections, distinguished by the appendages of the hinder wings: 1. “Cauda solitaria obliqué divergente, cum appendiculo ** anali elongato connat4,”’ illustrated by mblypodia Narana, a new species; 2. ‘ Caudis duabus distantibus exteriore minore, appendiculo ‘< anali abbreviato,”’ also illustrated by a new species, Ambl. Vivarna; 3. “ Caudis tribus, intermedia elongata, lateralibus minimis dentifor- ‘¢ mibus, appendiculo anali brevi,’’ of which four described species, including the Papiliones P. R. Apidanus and Centaurus, Fab., are in the collection ; 4. “ Cauda solitarid longissima, appendiculo anali lineari “* subelongato,’’ a single new species, 4mbl. Sugriva, resembling in its markings the insects of the previous section, but approaching in its form to the true Thecle ; and 5. “‘ Caudis duabus mediocribus subeequa- * libus, dente marginali conspicuo, appendiculo anali rotundato pro- ** dueto;’’ of this section ten species are described, five of which ap- pear to have been previously unnoticed. Of. Myrina two species are described. The first of these, Myr. Ra- vindra, Horsf., belongs to a section “ Alis posticis caudis tribus, inter- *« media longissima, interiore mediocri, exteriore brevi denti marginali ‘“* adherente,’”’ and preserves, in the paiting of its lower surface, an affinity to tae individuals of Amblypodia, although in essential charace ters it rigidly agrees with Myrina, The second, Myrina Jafra, Latr: and Godt., is referred to another section of the genus, ‘ Alis posticis ** caudis duabus denteque marginali prominulo; cauda exteriore longis- ** sim4, interiore mediocri.”’ Loxura, a new genus proposed by Dr. Horsfield, agrees in. various particulars with Myrina. But its antenne are short, strict, more evi- dently incrassated towards the point, and provided at the terminal joints with more distinct bristles: its palpi are proportionally much longer, be- ing full half the length of the antenne : its head is comparatively nar- row, and the eyes prominent: its hinder wings are lengthened and-regu- larly attenuated to a narrow anal extremity; the anal appendage is angular, with a lateral projection, and an abrupt posterior termination ; and they have a single tail, which passes off in an oblique direction. According to Dr. Horsfield’s views, it stands in the series of the Papilio- nid@ near the confines of the Vermiform and Chilognathiform stirpes. Its 108 Analytical Notices of Books. immediate relation to Myrina will be readily conceived from the agree- ment of their principal characters, the distinctions between them being chiefly derived from differences in the proportional length of parts. In external habit it resembles Colias, a group referred to the Chilognathiform stirps ; the colour is spread over the surface in the same manner, and varies but little in the sexes; the margins are similar, and the metallic irrorations existingin Myrina are no longer observable ; the markings underneath likewise are simple. The form of the hinder wings and the direction of the tail indicate also an affinity to Gonepteryz ; but this re- semblance, being founded entirely on an artificial character, is not in- sisted on. The insectsin the East India Company’s collection referred to this genus are the Lorura Atymnus, (Papilio P. R. Atymnus, Fab.,) and a new species, Lorura Pita. Another new genus, PHZDRA, is proposed by Dr. Horsfield as a kind of appendix to the Vermiform stzrps, in which its true position is not at present satisfactorily ascertained. Its metamorphosis is yet unknown ; and the perfect insects referred to it possess a complication of characters, partaking of several genera, besides certain peculiarities of their own. In the structure of their antenne they agree, upon the whole, with Loz- ura; and the palpi, although shorter than in that genus, are constructed on the same plan : in the anterior feet of the male they resemble the in- dividuals of Thecla, strictly so called; but they differ from all the spe- cies of that genus and of Lyczna in the pulverulent covering of the under side of their wings, in their markings, and in the abrupt termination of the hinder pair. The first species enumerated, the Phedra Terricola, Horsf., (Hesperia R. Phedrus, 3, and Hesp. R. A’sopus, 2, Fab.,) was arranged by MM. Latreille and Godart in their fourth great subdivi- sion of the genus Polyommatus, comprising those with entire or slightly dentate wings; but although several of the insects of that section resem- ble it in the colour of the upper surface, they have nothing of the pecu- liarity which distinguishes the under side, and are all essentially different in ageneric point of view. A second species is the Phedra insularis, Horsf., which differs from the preceding, not merely in marking, but also in the form of its hinder wings, indicating a sectional division in this small group. In Ph. Terricola these organs are broad and obtuse, with an abrupt regularly transverse posterior margin, gradually rounded to- Dr. Horsfield’s Lepidopterous Insects of Indiu. 109 wards the outer apical angle: in Ph. insularis they are gradually atte- nuated towards the anal region, with a slightly rounded inner apical angle, Having now arrived at the conclusion of the descriptions of the insects referred by Dr. Horsfield to the Vermiform stirps of Papiltonide, we here again suspend for the present our analysis of his valuable work ; deeming it better to defer our notice of those of the Chilognathiform stirps until the account of them, which is only commenced in the second Part, shall be completed. We shall then attempt to give a connected view of the whole of that great subdivision of the tribe, so far as it is illustrated by the East India Company’s collection. To repeat our ad- miration of the beauty of the plates, the correctness of the figures, the nicety of the dissections, and the extent of the illustrations of the meta- morphosis would be unnecessary. Far superior in scientific value to any which have yet been devoted to exotic insects, these illustrations are un- equalled even by the most finished of those works in which the authours have applied themselves solely to subjects indigenous to the countries in which their publications were proceeded with, and where every facility for acquiring full information was consequently at all times in their power. To the extent, the accuracy, and the minuteness of the details conveyed in the text an almost equal praise is due. In the latter point even an exceeding is perhaps to be remarked, and this is particularly striking in that form of expressing the character of an insect which is usually re- garded as indicative of its specific difference ; it is here carried in many instances to the length of an extremely minute description. The labo- rious diligence of the authour is indeed every where remarkable. Each species is described with accuracy and precision from the materials in his immediate custody, and the extent and nature of these materials are in each instance specified: reference is made to other cabinets in which some of the insects are contained, especially to the very large collection of Papiliones, (Linn.), possessed by Mr. Haworth, and to the Banksian Cabinet, which now belongs to the Linnean Society, and which is most instructive on account of the names having been affixed to the specimens by Fabricius himself; the works of previous writers are referred to, and correct synonyms are thus obtained, while their errors are occasionally corrected ; insects which have been before confounded together are ac- 110 Analytical Notices of Books. curately discriminated : the essential differences between closely approxi- mating species are pointed out : and the subject is, in short, investigated in all its branches with a precision, and to an extent which can scarcely be surpassed. British Entomology, or Illustrations and Descriptions of the Genera of Insects found in Great Britain and Ireland. By Joun Curtis, F.L.S. Vol. V. [Nos. xtrx—tzx.] In the fifth volume of his illustrations of the genera of our native In- sects, Mr. Curtis has fully maintamed the high character for beauty and correctness of delineation which we have held to be deservedly due to the four which have preceded it. He has also been no less successful in furnishing to the entomological student at least an equal share of novel information as to the objects of his pursuits with that contained in his earlier volumes. Of the forty-eight insects which occupy the plates - before us, six only have been previously figured in British works; and no less than twenty-four, one half of the whole number, have been for the first time represented. Many of these are new as regards the spe- cies, and one of them presents a form which had not before been noticed by entomological writers. This new form belongs to the family of Staphylinide, and is limited, so far as our present knowledge extends, to a single species, probably the Evesthetus eneopiceus of Mr. Kirby’s manuscripts. Mr. Curtis ap- plies to it the name of Synromium. It is nearly allied in form to the genus Proteinus, Latr., but is distinguished by its shorter elytra, which leave seven segments of the abdomen uncovered, as well as by its very differently formed palpi. Of the other Coleopterous genera, Pierosti- chus, Colymbetes, Heterocerus, Berosus, Micropeplus, and Telephorus, are illustrated by figures and descriptions of new species ; and a third British species of Berosus is characterized, which had not previously been described. Of Dromius, Clytus, and Orchesia, the species selected for representation are new to this country. The only Newropterous insect figured is alsonew: it is the Hemerobius fimbriatus. The seven Hy- menopterous genera illustrated are extremely prolific in novelty ; no less y Curtis’ British Entomology. lil than five of them, Ichnewmon, Pimpla, Anomalon, Dryinus, and Os- mia, being represented by new species. Of the latter genus a second new species is indicated; and of Dryinus no fewer than five others are described. But the most interesting plate of the volume is that which illustrates the Strepsiptera by figures and dissections of a new species of Stylops, named, in honour of its discoverer, Stylops Dalii. Opportunities of examining insects of this order are so extremely rare, that entomologists are still at a loss with respect to many points, even of their external structure. Some of these have received considerable elucidation on the present occasion, and we are therefore induced to extract entire Mr. Curtis’s description of Stylops, the only genus of the order that has yet occurred in this country. ‘‘ Antenne inserted between the eyes, near the ** crown of the head, membranous, perforated or punctured, composed of six joints, the basal one somewhat cup-shaped ; second very short, “* transverse ; third produced on the internal side into a dilated hollow *« lobe, extending beyond the fifth joint ; fourth large, subclavate ; fifth “« smaller, subovate ; sixth as long, ovate, compressed. Labrum and ** Mandibles wanting ? Pharynz visible. Mazille arising between the * eyes, very remote at their base, conniving, long, slender, lanceolate, ** andhorny. Palpi arising close to the maville, large and robust, ** membranous, indistinctly pubescent, biarticulate, basal joint subconi- ** form ; second attached to the oblique apex of the first, oblong, some- “« what truncated obliquely. Mentum very obscure. Labium and ** Palpi none. Head sessile, very broad and short, producing a large ** triangular lobe in the centre. Eyes very remote, lateral, globose, ** composed of numerous hexagons. Prothorar and Mesothorax very * short rings, not so broad as the head. .Wetathorax very large and ** long, divided diagonally into four portions, and dilated yery much on ** each side, producing a large Seutellum projecting over the Abdomen, * which is small, soft, and composed of eight or nine joints, terminated * by an incurved Oviduct ? Anterior wings short and narrow, attached * to the sides of the mesothorazx, subcoriaceous, pubescent, thickened at *« the costa and inflated at the apex. Posterior wings attached to the * metathorax, folded longitudinally when at rest, and meeting over the ** body, very large and membranous, the costa thickened, the nervures 112 Analytical Notices of Books. “* very fine. Legs alike, four anterior approximating, first pair attached “ to the antepectus, second pair to the medipectus ; third pair very re- ** mote, attached to the extremity of the postpectus. Coxe, four an- “ terior very large. Tibie not spined. Tarsi composed of four joints “* surrounded by a pubescent membrane, basal joint the largest, terminal “* the smallest, and notched at the apex. Claws none. Larve inha- “© biting the abdomens of living Andrene, the heads being exserted be- «* tween the segments. Pupe inhabiting the same situations.”’ In the accompanying Plate are given various views of this singular in- sect, and also figures of the larva, both detached from the bee in which it dwells, and as it appears from between the segments of the abdomen of the Andrena. The pupa is also figured, which differs in several remarkable particulars from the darva, and had entirely escaped the notice of previous observers. The dissections of the mouth are laboured, but, owing probably to the minuteness of the subject, Mr. Curtis pro- fesses his inability to determine whether the organs internal to the palpi are mandibles or maxille: the palpi themselves he believes to be biar- ticulate. The third joint of the antenne seems to be merely excentric, being produced considerably on its inner side, so as to give to the whole organ the appearance of being forked. The curious anterior appendages of the alary trunk are shown, by its separation into the segments of which it is composed, to be attached to the mesothorax, and consequently to be truely anterior wings or elytra. No mention whatever is made, nor do the figures indicate the existence, of the Prébalanciers of M. Latreille : organs which we believe to have been founded on some misconception on the part of that great entomologist. The species figured is distinguished by the minuteness of the second joint of the antenna, the small size of the second joint of the palpi, and the differently formed wings. It appears, from Mr. Dale’s information, to have been far from uncommon in Dorsetshire during the spring of 1828, no less than five species of Andrena being infested with it, and every specimen taken of one, the And. barbilabris, having contained either its larve, pupe, or eruvie. Itis active, and even when running up and down a young shoot, has its elytra as well as its wings in conti- nual motion, and makes a buzz nearly as loud as that of a Sesia, twisting about its rather long tail, which it turns up like a Staphylinus. Two bees Curtis’ British Entomology. 113 confined under a glass, gave birth, if the expression may be allowed, to two Stylopes, and immediately before the latter were produced appeared, according to Mr. Dale, quite mad. The confinement together being continued, the bees seemed uneasy, and went up towards the Stylopes, but evidently with caution, as if to fight, and, moving their antenne in the direction of their enemies, retreated. Once the bee seemed to make an attempt to seize the Stylops, but the latter mounted on the body of its victim, and with its wings still and half erect kept its seat firmly, notwithstanding the efforts which were made to dislodge so an- noying a rider. The hole left in the tail of the bee when the Stylops escapes is large, and closes up after a time. Among the twelve Lepidopterous genera illustrated, four are proposed as new. These are, 1. CuisiocAMPA, under which are comprehended the Bombyces processionea, Crategi, Neustria, and castrensis ; the latter being figured in illustration: 2. SPERANZA, a Phaleenidous group, re- markably characterized by a protuberance at the base of the upper wings of the males, and distinguished from Alcis by the equal size of the two sexes, and the simple hinder tibie, and from Bupalus and Fidonia by the want of pectinations towards the apex of the antenne ; it is illus- trated by a new species, and the Phalena limbaria is referred to it: 3. MELIA, a new genus of Pyralide, offering so remarkable av analogy in habit to Lithosia as to have induced Fabricius to unite its typica_ species, Melia socia, with that group; it is regarded by Mr. Curtis as connecting Galeria with Chilo, a genus recently separated from Crambus, and is illustrated by a new species, a second British species, previously un- described, being also referred to it: 4. AMPHISA, a Tortricidous group, the type of which is the Amph. pectinana recently discovered in Britain, and illustrated by a new species, Amph. Walkerana. The genus Pen- thophera is added to our native list by the discovery of a new species, which is here represented ; and the species of Depressaria figured is also new. A double illustration of Hipparchia is given for the purpose of introducing the only two British species of the genus remaining unfigured in English works, the Hipp. Hero and Hipp. Arcanius, the latter of which is unique as a native production. Two plates of Diptera and one of Hemiptera are also included in the volume. Vou, V. HW 114 Analytical Notices of Books. To the preceding notice we may add that Mr. Curtis has recently com- menced the publication, in separate sheets, of “4A Guide to an Arrange- ** ment of British Insects; being a Catalogue of all the named species ‘* hitherto discovered in Great Britain and Ireland.’ Its object is to furnish a compact list for the purpose of being carried in the pocket or transmitted to correspondents, so as to ascertain at one view the insects which are possessed by the student, and those which are desiderata to him. It may also be cut up to form labels for cabinets ; and may be made use of as a systematic Index to the British Entomology. Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes, avec des Fiqures originales coloriées, dessinées d’apres des Animauz vivans. Par MM. GEOFFROY-SAINT- HILaireE ef FREDERIC Cuvier. Livraison 59 éme. In the present number, nearly the concluding one, of this splendid work, the species of Mammalia illustrated are the Patas a Bandeau blanc; the Jacchus CEdipus, Geoff.; the Pedetes Capensis, Ill.; the Sci- urus ferrugineus, n.s.; the Ecureutl de la Californie; and a Delphi- nus designated as No. 4. The text referring to the latter two animals does not accompany the figures ; the Jacchus and Pedetes have been long well known to naturalists ; and our notice is therefore limited to the Patas and the new Squirrel. The Patas a bandeau blanc appears hitherto to have been noticed by Buffon and Daubenton alone, whose account of it extends no further than to point out the single difference indicated by its name as existing between it and the Patas a bandeau noir, which is generally known as the Simia rubra of Linneus. But the former animal differs from that with the black frontlet, not only in this particular but also in several others of at least equal importance. The redness of the fur of its upper surface is less intense, and has more of an orange tinge; this colour does not extend along the outside of the anterior limbs, nor along the tibie, these parts being grey like the under surface ; and each thigh is marked by a whitish spot just beneath the base of the tail, There are no black whis- kers on the lips, and, instead of the black band crossing the forehead, a line of black hairs passes obliquely from each temple to unite with the corresponding line of the opposite side upon the middle of the head, at — = ee” Lesson and Garnot, Foyage de la Coquille. 115 about an equal distance from the forehead and the verter. Except in these respects the two animals are perfectly similar in appearance, in proportions, and in manners. The differences between them have yet been ascertained on only a single individual of the Patas a bandeau blane, which appears to be extremely rare, and M. F. Cuvier therefore expresses some uncertainty as to their value; nor does he venture to de- cide, although he looks upon these as equalling in importance the dis- tinetions between the Callitriche and other nearly allied Cercopitheci, whether they should be regarded as characteristic of a species, or merely as indicative of a strongly marked variety. The Sciurus ferrugineus is a native of the Peninsula of Hindoostan. It somewhat exceeds in size the common Squirrel of Europe, and is sub= ject to some variation in its colours. It is usually of a brilliant golden chesnut, which is rather lighter on the under surface than above; the toes are covered with black hairs, and the whiskers are also black. The ears are not tipped with tufts of hair. The long hairs are most numerous on the back and sides, and clothe the tail completely; and the woolly hairs are in very small quantity in every part of the body. In the indi- vidual figured, from a drawing by M. Duvaucel, the long tuft of hairs at the tip of the tail is white; a variety in colour which appears to be merely accidental. Voyage autour du Monde, pendant les Années 1822, 1823, 1824, et 1825, faite par la corvette La Coquille. Partie Zoologique. Par MM. Lesson etGarnot. Livraisons 1.—vii. On the gratitude of zoologists the government of France possesses no ‘slight claims for the liberality with which its influence is exerted in pro- moting the advancement of the science which hey cultivate. Not to mention the Museum and the Menagerie which it has created in Paris, and which have been rendered by its continued support during a series of years almost the centre of zoological knowledge, especial thanks are due for the attention which has been directed under its authority in all the recent voyages of discovery to the acquisition of subjects from the animal kingdom, and of information respecting them. Qualified persons H 2 116 Analytical Notices of Books. have been selected, chiefly as surgeons of the vessels employed, and encouragement has been afforded to them, not merely while engaged in the voyage, but also after their return to their native land, where their first care has been to publish, under the auspices of the government, the zoological results of the expedition. Of those obtained from the voyage of M. Freycinet we have lately had occasion to speak : and we have now before us an equally splendid work with the one edited on that occasion by MM. Quoy and Gaimard. The present is devoted to the zoological results of the voyage round the world performed between the years 1822 and 1825, by the ship La Coquille, under the command of M. Duper- rey. For the collection of these we are indebted to MM. Lesson and Garnot, the surgeons to the expedition, and itis under their superin- tendence, and especially, we believe, under that of the former, that they are now in course of publication. A somewhat full analysis may be allowed of such a work, which, owing to its extent and the ccnsequent expense of its acquisition, will be confined to a very few libraries. Passing over entirely the first chapter, which is devoted to general re- marks on the Islands of the South Seas, and on the varieties of the human race which inhabit them, (although many curious particulars and much interesting information are contained in it,) we arrive at the general re- marks on some Mammalia. These occupy the second chapter, and are far from numerous. They are arranged in the order of the places at which the expedition made its short and hurried rests. In the forests of Brasil neither Agoutis nor Armadilloes were met with, although these animals were said by the inhabitants to be abundant; but the Cebus Ca- pucinus was seen in great numbers. The Falkland Islands, affording from the absence of wood but little shelter to terrestrial animals, offer few except the domestic races imported thither by Europeans, which have become naturalized and wild. The horses and pigs are plentiful, and rabbits are abundant; but the oxen are few in number, suffering continually from the chase of the sailors of the vessels engaged in the South Sea fishery. The Canis antarcticus was seen only once. On the western coast of South America few Mammalia were seen excepting Cetacea and Seals. In Chili the red Coati, some Armadilloes, anda Cat, probably the Jaguarondi, were the only quadrupeds observed, with the exception of the Dog, which is noticed as appearing to form a distinct Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Coquille. 117 species approaching to the Wolf by its size, its long and coarse hair, its straight large ears, and its lengthened muzzle. In Peru the greater num- ber of the Dogs belong to the hairless or Egyptian variety ; a species of Arvicola was also noticed common ; and a Gerbillus was said to be fre- quently met with in the neighbourhood of Piura, of which no specimen could be procured. In the South Sea Islands the only quadrupeds are the Rat, a second large species of Mus, the Dog, and the Hog: the latter is of the Siamese breed, and is frequently allowed to run wild in the woods, in which circumstances its tusks become developed. None ot the domestic animals attempted to be introduced by the mission- aries have succeeded except the Goats, which seem capaple of being acclimated with moderate care within the tropics. In the Island of Oualan the Pteropus Keraudreni, Temm., and the Norway Rat were observed; and in New Ireland, teeth of the Babyrusa were obtained, as was also the Phalangista cavifrons, Temm. In Waigiou, one of the Philippine Islands, the Phalangista maculata, Temm., was extremely plentiful, and another Marsupial animal, apparently an undescribed spe- cies, of the size of a rat with grey hair and a very slender muzzle, called Kalubu by the natives, was obtained, although subsequently lost by shipwreck off the Cape of Good Hope. A large species of Deer has multiplied in Bourou, one of the Moluccas, to a great extent; and the Pteropus edulis, the flesh of which is delicate, is met with in abundance in the woods. Here also exists in the interior the remarkable Babyrusa, no specimen of which was procured; but several individuals were sub- sequently seen in Java. whither they had been brought by the Governor with the intention of sending them to Holland: they died on the voyage, and their skins were not preserved. Hence the museums of Europe were still without specimens of this interesting animal, even up to the period when M. Gaimard despatched, from the voyage in which he is now engaged, a living individual to the Paris Menagerie. In the description given there is little additional information to that derived from Valentyn : the skin is hard, wrinkled, and forming folds, with only a few scattered hairs, and has some resemblance to that of the Tapir. It is very common in the marshes of the interior of Bourou, in the territory of the Alfou- tous. New Guinea furnished the voyagers with a new species of Sus; and they once saw a Galeopithecus or large Pteromys. The Dog of New 118 Analytical Notices of Books. Guinea closely resembles that of New Holland, and is identical with that of New Ireland. At Java the Felis melas, Pér. and Les., was seen. It is common there, and is said to be ferocious and much dreaded. It is employed in the punishment of slaves guilty of certain crimes; and in state ceremonies, in which the lives of individuals are frequently sacri- ficed for the gratification of their rulers. In New Zealand only the Hog, the Australian Dog, and the Rat, were observed. At Sidney, the large Kanguroo was seen only in a domesticated state: the Kangurus Ualaba- tus, Less. and Garn., was brought to market in abundance, and some- times also the Hypsiprymnus White, Quoy and Gaim. The Dasyurus Maugei was seen in captivity. No opportunity occurred of seeing a living Ornithorhynchus, although these animals are said to bestill common on the banks of the Fish River at Newcastle, and in Campbell and Macquarrie Rivers. The colonists assured the travellers that the Orni- thorynchi are oviparous; and Mr. Murdoch, superintendant of the farm of Emeu-plains, affirmed positively that he had seen the eggs, two in number, and of the size of those of ahen. A living Echidna Hystric was obtained, which had been kept for two months by a convict, who fed it on vegetables. It lived for about three months on board the vessel, refusing equally pulse, insects, meat, and soup, and taking nothing but water, which it lapped greedily. On arriving at the Isle of France, ants and worms were procured for it, but without avail: it, however, took with pleasure the milk of the cocoa-nut. Shortly afterwards it died, having probably been poisoned by some arsenical soup. Its manners in its captivity were particularly noticed by M. Garnot, who describes them with some detail, having evidently taken great interest in watching his curious pet. The animals of the Isle of France are said to have been chiefly imported either from Madagascar or from Java. From the latter came the Macacus Sinicus, Geoff.; from the former, the Tenrees. Two species of Lemur were procured, which died on the passage. Such is an outline of the zoological diary of the voyage, so far as relates to the Mammalia. In the third chapter we are presented with descriptions of the new species of Mammalia which were collected by the expedition; and of these, with only one or two exceptions, figures are given in the accompanying Atlas of plates. The Vespertilio Bonariensis, ‘ auriculis ——_ —_ Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Coquille. 119 *« brevibus et ovalibus: membranis rubro-nigris ; interfemorali villosa, “ infra nuda : pilis tergi luteis, pruinosisque, abdominis brunneo-luteis, ** rostri croceis,’’ is remarkable for the variety of colours which decorate its fur. Its length is twenty lines, that of its tail fifteen, and extent of its expanded wings eight inches. As in the Vesp. nigrita, Gmel., two incisor teeth are deficient in its upper jaw. It differs from the Vesp. lastwrus, a North American species, which it seems to represent in nearly the same latitudes in the southern part of the New World, in being larger, in its members being proportionally more developed, in its tail being proportionally one half longer, and in the variety of its co- lour, that of the New York Bat being uniformly throughout of a bright reddish brown. The Otaria molossina is referred to the genus Platyrhynchus of M. Fréd. Cuvier, and is stated to be synonymous with the Loup marin of Pagés and the Lion de mer of Pernetty. It isthus characterized : “ pilis *¢ brunneo -fuscis concoloribus, omnino brevibus ; membrorum extremis * nigris : unguibus anterioribus nullis; tribus extensis, necnon robustis, ** posterioribus. Segmentis membranaceis et lobatis quinque. Pilis *« superioris labri rigidis, levigatis, transversé complanatis.”” The in- cisors of the upper jaw are divided by a deep groove into two lobes, a character which is assigned by M. F. Cuvier to his Arctocephali, but the distinction between these and the Platyrhynchi appears to MM. Lesson and Garnot not to be sufficiently precise; and the mass of characters con- nect their new species with the latter group. The male Otaria molos- sina has much affinity to the Otaria jubata, Desm., but differs not merely in the complete absence of a mane, but also in the proportions of its parts and in size. It is nearly five feet in length, and its circumference at the aville is nearly three feet. It inhabits the Falkland Islands and the Coast of Chili, as far as Valdivia and La Concepcion. In the for- mer locality it is an object of pursuit to the individuals engaged in the South Sea fishery. The Seals most sought after are stated to be the Sea Lions, Phoca proboscidea, Pér., the Maned Seals, Otaria molossina and Ot. jubata : and the Fur Seals, Otaria ursina, Desm. The latter espe- cially has been of late years productive of large profits, but the animals seem now to be becoming scarce. Other species, some of which appear to be yet unknown to science, are also the objects of a considerable commerce, 120 Analytical Notices of Books. To the Phalangista maculata, Desm., are referred specimens of a Couscous which the authours had once regarded as the type of a new spe- cies, and to which they had given the name of Cuscus chrysocephalus. These differ from the individuals previously known by their large size, their almost entirely woolly fur, and their colours. They possess the small additional false molar in each jaw, which is generally indicative of immaturity in the genus to which they belong. But notwithstanding this, which, in conjunction with their size, would appear to indicate that they were the young of a larger animal than the Cuscus maculatus, MM. Les- son and Garnot regard them as belonging to that species, of which they consider the specimen figured and described by them to be an individual in its complete developement, and ina fine state of fur. It is placed in a section of the genus Cuscus, Lacép., * Auriculis brevibus, non dis- ‘* tinctis, intis pilosis,’? and is thus characterized, ‘* Cuscus major, ** corpore lanuginoso subalbido, supra maculis aterrimis sparso. Cauda ** prehensili rubra, tuberculos4. Faciei pilis aureo-fulvis : extremitatibus ‘© supra brunneo-fuscis.”’ Its length to the root of the tail is twenty-five inches, and that of the tail twenty inches, eleven inches of the latter being naked : the former dimension, it may be remarked, exceeding in an in- dividual with immature dentary characters by no less than seven inches and a half that of M. Temminck’s largest adult specimen of his Phalangzsta maculata. From the anatomical observations appended we learn that the sternum is extremely narrow, being in fact only a slip for the attachment of the cartilages of the ribs : the stomach, which is reniform, occupies the whole of the epigastric region extending a little into the left hypochon- drium; the pyloric valve is thick and fleshy; the duodenwm forms a single curve in front of the vertebre ; the small intestines, about nine feet and a half in length, join the rectum perpendicularly; and the cecumis large, with a vermiform appendage seventeen or eighteen inches in length : the liver is divided into five unequal lobes, two of them being much larger than the others, and notched; the gall-bladder is large, elongated, and placed between the large right lobe and the third in size, by which it is hidden: the spleen is small, elongated, and somewhat triangular: the kidneys are small, and resemble those of the human subject: and the penis is placed behind the scrotum, its glans terminat- ing in a pointed prolongation. A second species of Cuscus belonging to the same section with the Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Coquille. 121 Cusc. maculatus is the Cuscus macrourus, n.s., ‘* corpore griseo, pilis ** longioribus nigris, et maculis sparsis brunneis. Capite fulvo, gula ** auriculisque albis. Cauda robusté, longiore, cinerea. Abdomine ** albido. Manibus pedibusque nigrescentibus.’’ In fur it resembles some of the protean varieties of the preceding species, and approaches nearly to the Phalangista Quoy, Quoy and Gaim., which MM. Lesson and Garnot are disposed to refer to the Cuscus maculatus. But charac- ters fully sufficient to authorise its separation are afforded by its size, two- thirds smaller than that of the species just mentioned, its teeth being at the same time those of an adult animal ; by the form of its head, which has no concavity in its profile; and by the developement of its tail com- pared with its other proportions. The length of its body is twelve inches and a half; that of its tail seventeen inches, of which scarcely seven inches are naked. To a second section of the genus Cuscus, ‘ Auriculis distinctis, intis ** nudis,” is referred a third species described and figured as the Cuseus albus, “ pilis in universum subalbis ; vitta dorsali longitudinalique fulva. ‘* Auribus intis nudis, extra pilosis.” It comprehends the Phalangiste alba and rubra, Geoff., being synonymous with the Didelphis orientalis, Linn., and the Phal. cavifrons, Temm. Under the name of Kangurus Ualabatus, MM. Lesson and Garnot give adescription of the Kang. bicolor of the Vélins du Muséum, the Kang. Brunii, Desm., remarking that the species indicated by these names is not the Didelphis Bruni of Gmelin, with the character of which it by no means accords. The latter animal, for which the name of Kangurus veterum is provisionally proposed, was a native of the burning climate of the Moluccas and of the northern part of New Guinea, while the Oualabat, mistaken for it by M. Desmarest, inhabits in great profusion the temperate neighbourhood of Sydney in New South Wales. The cha- racter of the species is thus given; ‘ pilis supra brunneis, infra fulvis. * Cauda longissim4, ore, manibus, pedibus, et caude parte superiore, “ aterrimis. Genis griseis ; auricularum pilis inferioribus croceis ;’? and the description of it, contained in the Mammalogie of M. Desmarest under the name of Kang. Brunii, is praised as correct. An animal obtained by the expedition in New Guinea is stated to have been very probably the lost Didelphis Brunii, the Pelandoc or Aroe Rabbit, It was called by 122 Analytical Notices of Books. the natives at Dorery’s Harbour, Podin. Its external characters were those of the Australian Kanguroos, from which it differed in the propor- tions of its members. Its size was that of the hare ; its ears shorter in proportion than in the other Kanguroos; its head rounded, with the muzzle not so slender as that of the Oualabat; its neck also less slender ; its anterior limbs more elongated, and stronger; its posterior members shorter and thicker ; and its tail one-third shorter. Its fur was of a uniform brown above, passing into grey on the under surface. The ani- mal thus described suddenly disappeared from the vessel at the end of a few weeks, having probably fallen ito the sea; so that no further par- ticulars respecting it could be obtained beyond those furnished by the notes taken during its stay on board. The Bathyergus Hottentotus, “ minor ; pilis supra brunneo-griseis ** concoloribus, subter cinereis: cauda brevi, plana, pilis ciliatis ac- * cincta,”’ differs from the Bath. Capensis, Desm., by its smaller size, its length being only four inches and a half from the end of the nose to the base of the tail. Its colour affords another ground of distinction, being nearly uniform, lighter on the under surface and on the feet, and exhibiting none of the white spots on the face and head which are re- marked in the Bath. Capensis. Jn this latter respect it agrees with the Bath. Ludwigii described by Dr. Smith, at page 439 of our fourth vo- lume, with which, notwithstanding its smaller size, and the somewhat different tints of the fur, the animal brought home by MM. Lesson and Garnot has evidently much in common. A description is given, unaccompanied by a figure, of the Lepus Magellanicus, “ pilis omnino atro-violaceis, albis passim sparsis: “* auriculis fuscis, capite brevioribus; macula alba naso, (interstitio ** narium,) mento, gule, frontique.”’ It is of the size and form of the Wild Rabbit; but the Baron Cuvier agrees with M. Lesson in regard- ing it asa distinct species. Its markings are clear and uniform, and its ears are shorter than the head. It takes up its residence, in small families, in the midst of numerous other Rabbits, whose appearance is perfectly that of the wild European race, with which they agree also in habits. The Sus Papuensis, ‘‘ corpore gracili; sacculo molli sub qeulos * nullo; dentibus caninis haud aliislongioribus. Setis supra brunneo- ** fuscis, infra albis, atro annulatis. Cauda brevissima,’’ differs from EO Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Coguille. 128 the common species in various particulars, and especially in the disposi- tion and number of its teeth, These in the iudividual examined were only thirty-six in number, whereas in the Sus Scrofa they are forty-four ; in the Sus Papuensis they may, however, amount to forty, as it seemed probable, from the appearances observed behind the last molar of each jaw, that the rudiments of a sixth molar were contained within the bone. The tusks, as noticed in the specific character, are not longer than the other teeth, and their sockets, although higher, are not directed out- wards. The absence of these formidable organs, some resemblance in form, and the shortness of the tail, indicate, aceording to MM. Lesson and Garnot, the passage from the genus Sus to the Peccaries. But there is no organ analogous to the dorsal gland of the latter animals, nor is there any unpleasant odour ; each foot also possesses four hoofs. Its length is three feet, and its height nineteen or twenty inches, It is very common in the forests of New Guinea, and furnishes an agreeable ali- ment. ’ Numerous Cetacea were observed during the voyage, and remarks on these form the subject of the fourth chapter. Many of them were pro- cured for examination, and among these were several species of Delphi-~ nus altogether new to science, and others hitherto imperfectly understood. Near the Falkland Islands was obtained the Delphinus bivittatus, a new species with the upper parts of a deep shining black, and the under parts white, aad marked along each side by a broad satiny white stripe, which is interrupted, and becomes broader, opposite to the dorsal fin. In se- veral parts of the South Seas occurred the species described by Lacépéde and Desmarest as the Delph. Peronii, the Delph. leucoramphus of the able naturalist whose name is commemorated in its trivial appellation. Owing to the absence of the dorsal fin, this animal is necessarily referable to the genus Delphinapterus. It is nearly six feet long, and has thirty- nine teeth on each side of either jaw. The Delph. albigena of MM. Quoy and Gaimard, suspected by these authours to be a variety of their Delph, cruciger, was also observed in the same seas, and proves, accord- ing to MM. Lesson and Garnot, to be a distinct species, to which they give the name of Delph. superciliosus, In the Bay of La Concepcion, on the coast of Chili, exists in great numbers another new species, Delph. lunatus, of a light fulvous brown above, which gradually melts into the 124 Analyticul Notices of Books. white of the under surface, and marked in front of the dorsal fin by a brown crescent. Between Java and Borneo was procured another new species, Delph. Malayanus, of a uniformly cinereous colour. Several other species which appeared to be new, including the Delph. minimus, the Delph. maculatus, and the Delph. leucocephalus, were observed sufficiently to enable the voyagers briefly to describe them, but no speci- mens could be obtained, and no figures are consequently given; but representations of the whole of the others enumerated above are con- tained in the Atlas of Plates. With the Mammalia we terminate for the present our analysis, pro- posing to resume it when the text shall have proceeded so far as to enable us to give in one article a sufficient view of the whole of the ornitho- logical department of the work. The text now before us embraces only general remarks on the ornithology of the several places at which the expedition rested, and does not descend to particulars as to the new species and forras which were observed. Many of these are extremely interesting, as is evident from the beautiful representations of them con- tained in the accompanying Atlas. A Systematic Catalogue of British Insects ; being an Attempt to arrange all the hitherto discovered Indigenous Insects in accordance with their natural affinities. By J. F.StepuEns, F.L. and Z.8., §c. 8vo. pp. xxxiv, 416 and 388. In this enumeration of the species of indigenous Insects, Mr. Stephens has furnished us with a condensed view of the results of his entomological labours during nearly twenty years devoted sedulously to their collection and examination. At the period when his enquiries commenced the most extensive lists of British insects in which all the orders were in- cluded, were those contained in Berkenhout’s Synopsis, in Stewart’s Elements of Natural History, in Mr. Donovan’s expensively illustrated Natural History of British Insects, and in the indications of Dr. Turton’s English edition of the System of Linneus. In the latter alone did the number of species pointed out as natives of this country approach to even one-fourth of that contained in the present catalogue. We had, how- Stephens’ Catalogue of British Insects. 125 ever, on two separate orders, and on one large group, works of superior merit and research. Mr. Marsham had given to us a Species of British Coleoptera, the commencement of an Entomologia Britannica, which proceeded no farther than its first volume ; Mr. Haworth had published about three-fourths of the British species of Lepidoptera ; and the Rey. W. Kirby had, in his Monographia Apum Angliz, almost exhausted, in every point of view except that of affixing names to his subdivisions, the very extensive subject of the British species of Bees. To these must be added Monographs of a few, and but a very few, genera, chiefly of Coleoptera, and a correct idea will be obtained of the total amount about twenty years since of our information as regarded this extensive depart- ment of our native Fauna. The Diptera, exceeding even the Lepidop- tera in number of species; the great mass of Hymenoptera, at least of equal extent ; the Trichoptera, even now an almost unknown subject ; the Veuroptera; the Hemiptera, &c.; may be said to have been at that time almost utterly untouched. But since that period a more active spirit of enquiry has existed, and investigation has been both better and more extensively directed to the acquisition of information on this interesting subject, although until within the last few years but little has been published respecting it. Of the entomologists whose names have been previously mentioned, the Rev. Mr. Kirby and Mr. Haworth have continued the pursuits in which they had already distinguished themselves ; the latter has completed his Lepi- doptera Britannica, and the former has given a monograph of a large genus of Coleoptera, and had also prepared an almost equally complete account of the species of the extensive family of Staphylinide, of which, in geographical distribution, these islands seem, as Mr. Kirby has himself remarked, to be the metropolis. Mr. Spence, the excellent colleague of Mr. Kirby in the Introduction to Entomology, has also given a monograph of one interesting group. Two families of Coleoptera, almost utterly unknown to entomologists at the period first alluded to, have been admirably illustrated both by the pencil and the pen of Mr. Denny, and the two species known to Marsham have been increased to upwards of forty, partly by his exertions, but principally by those of Dr. Leach. The published labours of the distinguished zoologist just men- tioned are limited, as regards our present subject, to a few monographs, 126 Analytical Notices of Books. and give but a faint idea of the extent of his investigations, which em- braced the whole series of British Insects. Of this ample evidence is afforded by the cabinet which he formed, and which is now in the British Museum, and by his manuscript catalogues and descriptions. Both the one and the others were at all times open to the enquiring student, and from them much assistance was derived by Mr. Samouelle in the pre- paration of his Entomologist’s Useful Compendium, a work which first brought the British naturalist acquainted with the views of continental writers as applicable to our native insects. In it was also embodied a list of species indigenous to this country, which far exceeded any that had been previously published. The views of the modern school of ento- mology, more especially as they relate to the illustration of those subdi- visions which are now regarded as genera, have been rendered yet more familiar to us by the British Entomology of Mr. Curtis, a work still in progress, but of which six volumes are already completed, embracing figures and descriptions of nearly three hundred. genera, and describing or indicating about two thousand species. Of this, and of Mr. Stephens’ Illustrations of British Entomology, we have already spoken in previous articles in terms of merited praise, and to both these valuable contribu- tions to our native Fauna we trust that we shall frequently hereafter have occasion to advert. The brief sketch of the progress of British Entomology {which we have thus hastily traced can scarcely be regarded as misplaced in a notice of a work, the publication of which unquestionably forms an epoch in the history of the science among us. Gratifymg as it is to witness the rapid strides which are making towards the acquisition of a complete body of information respecting the animal inhabitants of our native country, the feeling partakes somewhat of national pride when we see the most numerous class among them illustrated, as in the present instance, with an accuracy unequalled in any other land. No local list of insects at all comparable with the present in number of species is elsewhere to be found, and there are but few works even of a general nature which ex- ceed it in this respect. It consequently becomes, although professedly local in its object, a work of general interest to entomologists of all countries, to whom it will recommend itself as eminently useful, not merely as an enumeration of species, but also on account of the extent ke Stephens’ Catalogue of British Insects. 127 of itssynonymy, which bears the impression of having been throughout collated with the greatest care. Those who have not attended to the subject, and those also who are not acquainted with the extent of several of the collections at present in London, will be surprised at the announcement that very nearly ten thou- sand distinct races of insects are known to exist in the British Islands. The mass of these is contained in four orders; upwards of three thou- sand being Coleopterous ; the Hymenoptera exceeding two thousand in number; the Lepidoptera amounting nearly to two thousand ; and the Diptera being more than two thousand six hundred. To furnish a com- plete list of the whole of these is Mr. Stephens’ primary object, and this he has effectually done throughout the whole series, with the exception of a few instances among the Hymenoptera and Hemiptera, where he has contented himself with merely indicating the number of undescribed species in some of the groups, deeming it unnecessary to affix names where the plan of his work did not admit of his pointing out either the distinguish- ing marks, or even the immediate affinities of the insects. Each species is referred to the genus to which it belongs, the groups of modern au- thours having been freely and almost universally adopted. In his sub- division Mr. Stephens has gone beyond the writers of France and Ger- many, in whose works up to the time of his publication he shows himself thoroughly versed, and has named and indicated many new groups in each of the orders ; the total number of genera employed by him amount- ing to fourteen hundred and forty, giving on an average somewhat more than seven species to a genus. In indicating the synonymy of these groups, of the families, and of the orders, the proper plan is pursued of pointing out whether the correspondence between each of them and those of the authours quoted is partial merely, or complete, and whether the authour referred to has actually described the group or merely adopted thename of it. The synonymy of the species is also so arranged as to convey much information, showing at a glance whether the insect has been described by the authour quoted, or whether the information given by him respecting it is limited to an indication of some particulars re- lating to its locality, habits, &c. These useful indications and many others which give to the work a value far beyond that of a mere catalogue, are conveyed by marks usually 128 Analytical Notices of Books. employed in printing, and occupying no available space: the mass of information contained in them is therefore imparted to the reader without detracting from the appearance of the pages or adding to the bulk of the volume. Thus we are enabled to judge of the sufficiency of the mate- rials at Mr. Stephens’ disposal, by the stops affixed to each species, which are so used as to shew whether the insect has never been seen by the authour, or has been seen by him in cabinets only, or has been seen by him alive, or has been actually captured by him in his entomological excursions. Those species of which he possesses foreign specimens alone have their peculiar mark, and another mark is affixed to such as are not in his own collection: in the latter instance he points out the cabinets in which each is contained, indicating whether he has, or has not, seen them in the places referred to. A mark is employed to distin- guish such species as have occurred within the metropolitan district, so as to form within the general list an Entomologia Londinensis of much service to the collector whose excursions are limited to the neighbour- hood of the capital. Doubtful species are so marked, and are properly placed in immediate succession to those of which they may eventually prove to be merely varieties: and every insect is referred to which has on any authority whatever, been stated to be a native of the British Isles. Among these the doubtful native is distinguished from those exotic insects which can only have found their way into the British list by mistake. The value to the student of such various information need not be insisted on, and in conveying it so fully and in so accessible a form, Mr. Stephens has discharged, with the greatest credit to himself, a task which will secure for him the thanks of every British entomologist. On the arrangement of the larger groups propounded in the present work we need offer no remarks, its great object, as we conceive it, being the elucidation of species and synonymy, a point of view in which its utility is incontestable. Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 129 Arr. XXIV. Proceedings of Learned Societies on sulyects connected with Zoology. ROYAL SOCIETY. April 30, 1829.—A paper was read On the Respiration of Birds : by Messrs. W. Allen, F.R.S,, and W. Hasledine Pepys, F.R.S. The enquiries of the authours on human respiration, and on that of the Guinea-pig (Cavia Cobaya,) of which the details were communi- cated to the Royal Society in former papers, are here extended to the respiration of Birds, Pigeons were the subjects of these experiments, and the same apparatus was employed as the one used for the Guinea- pig, described in the Philosophical Transactions for 1809. The object of the first experiment was to ascertain the changes which take place in atmospheric air when breathed by a bird in the most natural manner. For this purpose a Pigeon was placed in a glass vessel contain- ing about sixty-two cubic inches of air, and communicating with two gasometers, one of which supplied from time to time fresh quantities of air, and the other received portions which became vitiated by respiration. The experiment lasted sixty-nine minutes, and was productive of no in- jury to the bird, except a slight appearance of uneasiness whenever the supply of air was not sufficiently rapid. On examining the air at the end of the experiment, no alteration had taken place either in the total volume of air or the proportion of azote which it contained ; the only perceptible change being the substitution of a certain quantity of carbo- nic acid for an equal yolume of oxygen gas, amounting to about half a eubic inch per minute, and being equivalent to the addition of ninety- six grains of carbon in twenty-four hours. Two experiments were made on the respiration of oxygen gas, ob- tained from chlorate of potash, and containing in the one case two, and in the other only one, per cent. of azote. Under these circumstances it was found that the volume of the gas was unaltered, and that a similar quantity of oxygen gas had been abstracted, but that a much smaller quantity of carbonic acid had been formed than in the last experiment, the remaining portion being made up by azotic gas which had been given Vou. V. 1 130 Zoological Proceedings of Societies. out from the lungs of the bird, and the volume of which was just equal to that of the oxygen absorbed. The bird was somewhat disturbed dur- ing the experiment, but recovered immediately and perfectly on being released from its confinement. In the fourth experiment, in which a Pigeon was made to respire a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen with a small proportion of azote (the oxygen being in the same proportion as in common air), it was found that there was no loss of oxygen; but that a quantity of hydrogen disappeared, and was replaced by an equal volume of azote. The authours observe, that birds have a quicker circulation of blood than other animals; and also, that they are more sensible to the stimulating effects of oxygen. LINNEAN SOCIETY. April 7, 1829.—Mr. Brookes exhibited a living specimen of Lacerta ocellaia from St. Michael’s. May 25.—At the anniversary meeting, Edward, Lord Stanley, was re-elected President ; Edward Forster, Esq., Treasurer; J. E. Bicheno, Esq., Secretary; and R. Taylor, Esq., Under Secretary; and Thomas, Marquis of Bath, W. J. Broderip, Esq., R. E. Grant, M. D., J. Lindley, Esq., and N. Wallich, M.D., were elected Members of the Council for the year ensuing. June 2 & 16. A paper was read On the Organs of Voice in Birds: by W. Yarrell, Esq, F. L.S., &c. The authour, pursuing his enquiries into the structure of the trachee of birds, describes in the present communication the muscles by the action of which the varied powers of the vocal organs of birds are governed. Their organs of voice consist of four parts: the glottis, or superior larynx, the tube of the trachea, the inferior larynx, and the bronchie. Great differences exist in the relative length of tube; and short trachee are found to produce shrill notes, as in singing birds, while long ones produce loud and harsher sounds, as in the wading and swimming birds. Strong, broad cartilaginous rings give loud and monotonous voices, and slender rings with large spaces between admit variety of tone. Some of these varieties result from the dilatation and contraction of the mem~ Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. 131 brana tympaniformis, and from the power of altering the length of the bronchie. The muscles of the inferior larynx vary in number from one pair to five. They are least complex in the Falconide, some of the Insessores, and nearly the whole of the Rasores, Grallatores, and Natatores. In the Psittacide they are more complex, consisting of three pairs, a num- ber which is not met with in any other family of birds. They attain the extreme number of five in the Corvi, starlings, larks, thrushes, finches, warblers, swallows, &c. Z)JOLOGICAL CLUB OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY, May 12, 1829.—A paper On the Organs of Voice in Birds: by W. Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S., was read by the authour, who subsequently illus- trated the subject by references to numerous drawings which he exhibited to the meeting. A discussion ensued in which the Chairman, Mr. Brookes, and Mr. Yarrell took part. May 26.—Mr. Yarrell exhibited, for the Rev. L. Jenyns, F.L.S., a specimen of Plecotus barbastellus, recently taken in Cambridgeshire, and stated that this was the second instance recorded of its occurrence in England. June 9.—The Rev. W. Kirby exhibited drawings of numerous Insects intended for publication in the forthcoming Fauna of North America. Among them were types of several new genera of Coleoptera, and also a new species of Procerus, a genus hitherto confined to the old Continent. A paper On Luminous Insects : by R. Chambers, Esq., F.L.S., was read by the authour. June 23.—Mr. Yarrell exhibited numerous drawings and preparations of the trachee of Birds, for the purpose of illustrating his paper “ On the Organs of Voice,” which was read at the meeting of May 12. He explained them to the members present at some length, pointing out the most simple form, and proceeding to the more complex. November 24.—Mr. Leadbeater exhibited specimens of several spe- cies of Psittacide, which he believed to be new to science. Among 12 132 Zoological Proceedings of Societies. them were two undescribed species of Platycercus, Vig. Mr. Leadbeater stated his intention of describing these birds at an early opportunity. He also exhibited a specimen of the Chlamydosaurus Kingui, Gray, recently brought from Melville Island. Mr. Yarrel!, on behalf of Mr. Gould, exhibited a specimen of a Warbler, new to the British Fauna, which had been shot at Kilburn, in the month of October. This specimen was represented to be the Black Red-tail of Latham’s Synopsis ; the Sylvia Tithys of the same author’s Index Ornithologicus ; and the Bec fin rouge-queue of M. Temminck. Its more ordinary locality was stated to be the northern part of Europe. Mr. Yarrell also exhibited a specimen of the Plectrophanes Lapponica of Meyer, the Emberiza calcarata of Temminck, which had been taken in a net by a bird-catcher near London, late im the autumn. Two spe- cimens of this bird .also taken in England formed the subject of a paper by Mr. Selby in the 15th volume of the Transactions of the Linnean Society. The present specimen was the third example recorded of the occurrence of the bird in this country. Mr. Yarrell, on his own part, exhibited the breast-bones and trachee of a male and female Wild Swan killed in England, which differed in several points from the anatomical distinctions known to exist in the Hooper, parts of which were also shewn in comparison. The new species was stated to be nearly one-third less than the Hooper in size, yet the insertion of the trachea within the sternum was. much deeper in the new one, with this remarkable difference, that the convo- luted tube of the windpipe, after passing vertically through the whole length of the keel, took then a horizontal direction, and occupied the posterior flattened portion of the sternwm, a conformation which had never been found by Mr. Yarrell in the oldest male Hoopers. The tube of the trachea in the new species was shewn by comparison to be of smaller calibre, and the bronchie less than half the length of the same parts in the Hooper. Extracts from Hearne’s Voyages, and the Philosophical Transactions, were referred to, shewing that both species were known in North America, the smaller sort being more rare than the large. Mr. Yarrell did not propose any term for this hitherto unnamed spe- a a Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. 133 cies, being at present engaged in a correspondence on the subject for the purpose of acquiring additional information.* Vov. 30.—At a special meeting, held for the purpose of determining as to the expediency of discontinuing the meetings, it was Resolved unanimously, That the Meetings of this Club be discontinued. It was subsequently Resolved unanimously, That the Thanks of the Club are due to the Council of the Linnean Society of London for the use of the Society’s Rooms, in which the members have passed many happy evenings during the last six years, in promoting in one of its most extensive departments, the object for which the Society was instituted. The Chairman, N. A. Vigors, Esq., delivered an Address on the pro- gress of Zoology in Great Britain during the past year, and on the present state and prospects of the science, which was ordered to be printed for distribution among the members of the Linnean Society. * Mr. Yarrell, having ‘since obtained four specimens in addition to those he previously possessed, has more recently entered fully into the differences exist- ing between the Hooper and the new species of Swan noticed above, for which he has proposed, ina Paper read before the Linnean Society, the name of Cygnus Bewickii, The most marked distinctions are in the anatomical structure of the sternum, and of the trachea and its appendages. The external distinctions are indicated by the following specific churacters of the allied species, which are given in the paper alluded to:— Cygnus ferus. Cygn. rostro semicylindrico atro basi lateribusque (his ultra nares) flavis; corpore albo; rectricibus 20; pedibus nigris. Cygnus Bewickii. Cygn. rostro semicylindrico atro, basi aurantiac4 ; corpore albo; rectricibus 18; pedibus nigris. 134 Scientific Notices. Art. XXV._ Scientific Notices. Notice respecting some Species of Mammalia referred to by Mr. Viaors and Dr. HorsFIExD in the XILIth No. of this Journal. Ir is with extreme reluctance that Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield ob- trude themselves upon the readers of this Journal, in vindication of a Paper inserted by them in a former number, and which has been com- mented upon, in a somewhat unusual mode of criticism, by one of the writers in the ‘* Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles.”’ As the professed object of that work, as far at least as relates to Zoo- logy, is to give a succinct account of the various publications in that science, as they issue from the press; and as the usual practice adopted by the contributors to it is to notice the labours of contemporary authours with fidelity, but without note or comment; any deviation from this practice at once challenges observation. When such a deviation from the beaten track is accompanied on the part of the writer by a total misrepresentation of the objects of the work which he undertakes to notice, it seems to originate in motives which demand a still closer in- quiry. It is this view of the case which has induced Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield to refer to the criticisms contained in the “ Bulletin,’’ and thus invest them with an importance which belongs neither to the subject itself, nor to the writer who has forced them into this contest. In the 13th number of this Journal these gentlemen made some obser- vations upon four species of Mammalia, contained in the collection of the Zoological Society. Of these one alone was considered and described by them asa previously unnoticed species. The remaining three were spoken of as either having been considered varieties, or the young of described species, or likely to be so considered. The fact of their being species was held out as problematical, and the attention of naturalists was expressly called to the point for the purpose of ascertaining this fact by the only actual proof which cases of this nature will admit of. In the face, nevertheless, of this explicit statement of their intentions, the writers are misrepresented in the “ Bulletin,”’ as having described these Pile a if oe oe Scientific Notices. 135 animals as decided species. The animals, without having been seen by the critick, are asserted by him to have long been well known and described. And the authours themselves are dismissed with the no very conciliatory imputation of having attempted to palm upon the world “ nominal spe- cies’? and ‘ pretended novelties.’ How far M. Lesson, the avowed writer of this extraordinary comment, has made good his assertions may be collected from the following details. The first animal referred to by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield, [Vol. IV, p- 107.] was represented by them as having been hitherto considered one of the varieties of the Szmia Lar of naturalists, the Homo Lar of Linneus. It was declared to accord with some of the previous descriptions of that species, and more particularly with some of the best representations given of it in plates. They suggested the propriety of separating speci- fically this reputed variety, which was strongly marked by the hands and feet being white, while the rest of the body was black, from that equally strongly marked variety in which the entire animal was of the latter colour. In this proposed separation they assumed the entirely black variety to be the type of the Linnean species Lar ; and they suggested the name of albimana for the white-handed animal, in case of its being ascertained to be a distinct species. That they had some grounds for making this provisional separation, and that in so doing they did not lay themselves open to the imputation of wantonly creating nominal species, may be inferred from the fact, that a year subsequently to the publication of their suggestions, M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire proposed the very same separation between these animals ;** reversing, however, the mode of naming them, by assuming the white- handed variety as the type of the Linnean Lar, and describing the black- handed variety, with a well-meaning and well-merited compliment, under the specifick name of Rafflesit. In cases of this nature where an original observer first points out the specifick difference between reputed varieties of a species, the privilege is usually and naturally accorded him of selecting the variety to which the old name is to be retained. He of course looks to the description of the first imposer of the name, and endeavours to discover which of the * Cours de |’Hist, Nat. des Mammiferes, 7me legon, p, 33. 136 Scientific Notices. varieties best accords with that description. Now in selecting the type of the Linnean Lar, Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield considered that the black-handed species agreed, the more accurately of the two, with the deseription of Linnzeus; who, referring to the individual which was the representative of his Homo Lar, makes no mention of the white hands, and at the same time quotes the figure of Buffon, in which the white hands are apparent, with a mark of doubt. Subsequent writers also to . Linneus have taken the same view of the subject as Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield ; although others of equal authority have assumed a different type. For M. Lesson’s satisfaction, it will be sufficient to select from among the former two names which he will not be backward in acknow- ledging as of ample authority on such points. The first is that of M. Cuvier, who having made the white-handed variety the type of the Lin- nean Lar in the first edition of his “ Régne Animal,” gives in his second and corrected edition the entirely black species as the type ;—the second is that of M. Lesson himself, who in his ‘“‘ Manuel de Mammalo- gie”’ expressly describes the Hylobates Lar as “ entiérement noir.” On the whole, the writers in the Zoological Journal cannot but consider that, as the first distinguishers of the two species, they possessed the privilege of selecting the type; and, that, in the exercise of this privilege they added to it the weight of some authority. Trivial, however, is the end obtained in all such questions of nomen- clature :—trivial, unless, as in the present instance, it affords an oppor- tunity of performing an act of courtesy, or paying a tribute to well- merited reputation. And it is with much gratification that Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield take advantage of the opportunity now placed within their reach of according to the well-established merits of M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire the privilege which is theirs only by the humble claim of priority. Their feelings are indeed as much interested in this case, as their sense of what is due to his distinguished character. In the name which that gentleman has imposed upon one of the species, he has made an appeal which cannot be resisted. And it is with no common satisfaction that they yield their own names to those of M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire; their Hylobates albimana merging into his Hyl. Lar; and their Lar into his Hyl. Rafflesii. But what they thus willingly concede to the merits of this veteran in Scientific Notices. 137 science, they utterly deny to the pretensions of M. Lesson. It is strange to observe in the very page where this writer passes his judgment so dogmatically upon the labours of his fellow naturalists, how much he exposes his want of qualifications asa judge. From him asa voyager, and a voyager in the countries where these animals abound, some elu- cidation might have been expected of their economy, and of their specifick characters, hitherto so little understood. But he has left con- fusion worse confounded. The very animal which comes next in affinity to the two which are now before us, he has represented as belonging to two totally distinct species. In the ‘* Manuel de Mammalogie”’ he as- serts that the Hylobates agilis “is the Simia Lar of Sir Rafies.’’* In the page of the “ Bulletin” before us, he pronounces, with equal confidence, that the same animal “is evidently the Ungka puti of Sir Raffles.’ In this last assertion he happens to be correct. And he owes this chance to his having been set right in the very Paper which he attacks, and by the same authours upon whom he so dogmati- cally animadverts.—Hinc ille lacryme.—But he has not the grace to acknowledge the correction. He gives his information as emanating from himself. Both his contradictory assertions stand forward with the support of the same dictatorial language and pomp of authority. And the mystified student of the Quadrumana hesitates in dismay to which he shall give credit of these rival “‘ Sir Oracles” of the “‘ Manuel’? and the ** Bulletin.” The second animal of which mention is made by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield is one which they represented as closely allied to the Simia nasica of Linneus, if not the young of that species. Here again they merely suggested the specifick difference between the animals alluded to, and called the attention of naturalists to the determination of the point. They even went so far as to assign their reasons for bringing into notice so doubtful a point ;—* considering,” as they aver, ‘that they will add * “ Gibbon agile, Hyl. agilis, F. Cuv. C’est le Simia Lar de Sir Raffles.” Man, de Mamm, p. 31. + “L’ Ungka puti de Sir Raffles est evidemment le Wou-wou de M. F. Cuvier, “ ou VHyl. agilis.” Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles, Mars 1829, p. 454. It is to be borne in mind that Sir Stamford Raffles’s Simia Lar, or Ungka etam of the Malays, is the Hyl. Rafflesii of M. Geoff, St. Hilaire, and that his Ungka puti, is the true Hyl. agilis, 138 Scientific Notices. ** as important a fact to science, even if these animals should prove to ‘* be the young and adult of the same species, by demonstrating the change ** that takes place in the animal at different stages of life, as if these “* differences, according to their own supposition, should be found to be “* specifick.’” p. 110. Notwithstanding the explicitness with which they imagined they had expressed themselves on this point, they find their problematical species enrolled by M. Lesson among their other ** nominal species,’ and ‘ pretended novelties.’? With an originality truly edifying when the foregoing passage is taken into consideration, M. Lesson suggests as a new and brilliant idea, proper to himself, the doubt, whether one species may not be the young of the other /—But it would be an act of injustice to this writer to conceal the fact that he has brought other weapons to his aid in this ‘* encounter of wits”? besides mere con- jecture. M. Lesson, it appears, has added to his other accomplishments a proficiency in the art of logick. Such also we may remember was the case with Aristotle, the first naturalist in every sense of the word, whose works we have on record, In imitation of his great prototype, our modern Stagyrite calls the powers of syllogism to his aid. He argues in form that ** en bonne logique’’ we may as well create species among the lords of the creation themselves in consequence of the variation in the longitude of their noses, as among the aforesaid monkies. Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield, although thus convicted of breaking the head of Aristotle, have yet paid some attention to his favourite art. They were aware that it would have been as inconsistent with the rules of fair reasoning to institute species among monkies from the length of their noses, as among certain animals, which for obvious reasons shall at present be nameless, from the length of their ears ;—they knew, in fact, that other characters besides these evanescent proportions were necessary to discriminate between the qua- drumanous as well as the solipede animal. And they dwelt upon such characters accordingly. ‘* The claims of our animal to a separate speci- “ fick title, rest chiefly npon the nose and facial angle’’—* from the *« difference in the shape of the nose, and more particularly from the “« difference in the facial angle.””—* With so great a disproportion be- ** tween the facial angles of both animals,’’ &c.—Other minour points of difference are also introduced, although not insisted upon ; but the character aboye mentioned is one on which the writers in the Journal, Scientific Notices. 139 foolishly perhaps, imagined that some stress might be laid, as having been often introduced in the present family as a sufficient foundation even for generick distinction. The words quoted above, although not very difficult, it is hoped, to be understood, have thus been translated by this faithful chronicler of the labours of his contemporaries. *« L’espéce que ces auteurs nomment Wasalis recurvus,—a pour “ tout caractere distinctif d’avoir le nez retroussé.’’ The writers, although they did not study their logick on the same form with M. Lesson, can yet tell him what name in the language of the schools that species of sophism bears, which puts false premises into the mouth of an oppo- nent, and from such alone deduces its conclusion. They can equally suggest the name by which, in the language of honourable men, that mode of animadversion is designated, which misquotes and mutilates the words of a fellow labourer in science, perverts his meaning, suppresses his object, and attempts to produce from such perverted statements an impression to his disadvantage. The third animal referred to by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield, and asserted by M. Lesson to be a “ pretended novelty,’ affords, in this judgment of the critick, a striking instance of that flippancy by which writers of a certain class decide upon what they have no means of ascer- taining. Those authours had an animal before them which bore a close resemblance to that group of the Lemuride which includes the flat fronted species allied to Nycticebus, Geoff., but having a lengthened tail which the animals of that genus do not possess. It differed also from the group in having four incisor teeth below, and nails more allied to those of the Monkeys than of the Lemurs. From the strong affinities it exhibited, the writers conjectured that it might belong to the genus Cheirogaleus of M. Geoffroy, which had been indicated by M. Commer- son, but not definitely distinguished either by him or succeeding writers. They announced that the animal agreed with the general description of M. Geoffroy: but not having had the opportunity of entering into the details, they promised a more accurate examination and report upon a subject which held out, as they conceived, no little interest. This task the modest critick of the “ Bulletin’ has taken out of their hands. Without having seen the animal, the only means of coming to a just or indeed any conclusion on such points, or conceding the smallest credit 140 Scientific Notices. to those who did see it, he pronounces it at once “ to be the Maki nain of M. F, Cuvier.””—As it happens, he might with about equal justice have pronounced it ‘to be an Alligator.’ The fact is, as Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield now upon closer inquiry conceive, that they were wrong in their original conjecture. At the time of publishing their observations, they had no clue to the habitat of the animal, and they had no means of examining a peculiar form of South America, which had been characterized by M. Cuvier in the “ Régne ‘* Animal,” under the name of Wocthora, and to which they now have reason to suspect their animal belongs. They are indebted to their friend Mr. Bennett for turning their attention to this point, and, from his infor- mation they are inclined to conclude that the species is one of those from Brazil, lately characterized by M. Spix. Such is the course of our knowledge on such points. Doubt leads to conjecture; and conjecture terminates sometimes in truth, frequently in errour. But even such errour is not without its use. In the present instance it has afforded a clue to that beautiful affinity which so intimately connects the two families before us. The doubt has ascertained the point of contact. The animal stands intermediate between the groups. The locality may perhaps afford an artificial le by which it may be restricted to either. But in the comprehensive view of the philosophick inquirer into nature it will equally be a Lemur among the Monkeys, or a Monkey among the Lemurs. The fourth, and to the high satisfaction of the writers, the last, animal described by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield is aspecies of Squzrrel, which they named after the discoverer. This M. Lesson asserts to be the Seiurus Prevostii of M. Desmarest. It is true, he admits, that the flanks of the latter animal are yellow, while those of the former are white. But we all know, as he continues to syllogise, how nearly allied white is to yel- low:—therefore the two animals are the same :—Q. E. D.—The writers have ever been in the habit of considering that a false or an imperfect description of an animal is, in the eye of the naturalist, no description at all. If M. Desmarest was wrong in ascribing a character to an animal to which it had no claim, his name and description fall to the ground, If he was correct in the characters he ascribed to it, then the two animals are distinct ;—distinct, at least, until proof establishes the fact that Scientific Notices. 14] the differences arise merely from accidental and varying causes. M. Lesson’s logick, which seems to be of the same school as that employed in the before mentioned affair of the noses, will not be admitted as con- clusive in such cases. Fact, and fact only, not random assertions, must decide the case. This mode of dictation, founded on such logick, has not yet become the statute law of Zoology. When it is established as such, Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield will make any admission that is asked of them.—They will admit their Sciwrus Rafflesi to be M. Desmarest’s Sciurus Prevostii; black to be white; or M. Lesson to be a Linneus. Until however that happy epoch dawns upon Natural History, they beg leave to entertain their doubts upon such points. Mutations of Colour in Sepia and Coryphena. One of the flattened kind of Sepia, brought me by an Indian at Ouhu, interested my attention by the nut-brown spots with which the gelatinous surface was sprinkled, as they continued for some hours after the death of the animal to disappear and re-appear alternately, like a pigment when first thrown upon a mucilaginous medium ; as for example, in marbling paper upon a decoction of aniseed. This made me think that the colouring matter floats ina mucous fluid, corresponding in position to the rete mucosum of other animals; and by its atomic attraction col- lected itself into circular spots. Wherever the skin was touched a number of minute specks immedi- ately followed the impression, occasioned, as I conjectured, by the mu- cous matter which before concealed the pigments being pressed away, and thus leaving it free to obey the laws just alluded to. This remark will help us to understand something of the process by which those admired mutations of colour in the dying Coryphena are brought to pass : supposing the death of the animal to alter the condition of the mucus, the contained pigment will, of course, alter its arrange- ment, and admitting the undulatory nature of the propagation of light, all the various alterations of colour may be accounted for by having re- course to the theory of Huygens, as expounded and illustrated by Dr. Young and Mr. Herschel. - ie ly 2 142 Scientific Notices. Instinct of Lepidopterous Insects. Philosophical Society, Portsmouth. My dear Sir, It has been asserted by entomologists that the males of the Lepidopte- rous Insects are guided to the females by a peculiar instinct, so that an unimpregnated female being carried in a wire cage along the hedges and other haunts of this tribe, will attract the males of that species so that they may be easily captured. I have never had an opportunity of trying this experiment; but the fol- lowing fact which has lately fallen under my observation leaves me noroom to doubt the correctness of the assertion, as it proves the existence and exhibits the operation of this instinct in a very remarkable manner. Being engaged in adding the British Insects to the Collection of the Portsmouth Philosophical Society, I had procured a variety of larve, (the insects thus obtained being generally in a better condition than those taken by the net). They in due time passed into the pupa, and the first which emerged was a female Sphinx Convolvuli. On going into my study in the evening I found it fluttering on the floor : on lifting it up, it ran up my coat, and several times round the collar, before I could place it in safety. I went from thence immediately into my garden to shut some hot-bed lights, where I was occupied about ten minutes ; from thence again to my study, where I found that two fine males of the Sph. Convolwuli had, whilst in the garden, attached themselves to the collar of my coat, where the female had previously been. After this, another female of the same species haying been produced, three males found their way into my study down the chimney, there being no other mode by which they could obtain entrance, and one of them fell into a vase standing under it where he was captured. A few days after, two females of the Phalena Salicis emerged: on the same evening I saw several of that species fluttering against the window, and on opening it six males rushed in and instantly sought the females. I state these facts just as they occurred. They are certainly curious, and go to prove that the unimpregnated female emits an odour percepti- ble to the delicate organs of the males at a great distance, who thus Scientific Notices. 143 attracted are stimulated to overcome every obstacle in the way of the fulfilment of the great law of nature. After the female has been im- pregnated, this effect appears to cease. Precisely similar circumstanccs took place with the Phalena neustria, the males presenting themselves at the window. Iam, &e. Joun Henry Davies, Curator Museum, Portsmouth Phil. Soc. G. B. Sowerby, Esq., London. Fauna of the Island of Madeira. The Rey. R. T. Lowe, B.A., late Travelling Bachelor from the Uni- versity of Cambridge, to whom we have been indebted for several Papers on the Mollusca, is preparing for publication a ‘ Prodromus Faune et Flore Maderensis, or Collections for a Natural History of the Animal and Vegetable Productions of Madeira and the adjacent Islands.’’ In collecting the materials for this work the authour has enjoyed all the opportunities afforded by a lengthened residence in the country, the natural productions of which he has undertaken to illustrate. : z ‘ fr . ' : ; | : { t ser - ‘ : “= 5 agit « e . ‘ ; : S25, to A P y wid THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. February—June, 1830. Art. XXVI. Explanation of the Comparative Anatomy of the Thorax in Winged Insects, with a Review of the present state of the Nomenclature of its parts. By W.S, Mac- Leay, Esq., 4.M., F.LS., &€. My dear Vigors, The enclosed in fact belongs to the Third Part of the “‘ Hore Entomo- logice,” entitled “An Analytical Essay on the Developement of Annu- « lose Forms ;’’ * but as the receipt of some of the late publications from England makes me sorry that errors should acquire strength by not being * It has been thought that this Essay is to be confined to the description of the structure of Larve. My intention, however, is, that it should embrace the developement of the whole Annulose Structure, whether in the Larva, Pupa, or Imago state. To those friends who have of late urged me to give a second edition of the first volume of the “‘ Hore Entomologice,’’ I take the opportunity of saying, that this will probably never be done, at least.under the same form ; —a form, which, however convenient for the purpose of making known the results of my various investigations in the shape of Essays, is not such as I would choose, were I to state those investigations a second time to the ento- mological world, For instance, the First Part of the “ Hore Entomologice,” although it led the way to the researches explained in the Second Part, ought hereafter, in fact, to follow them, The form of the work, however, is too convenient to be abandoned by a naturalist whose other occupations will only permit his making, from time to time, detached Essays; and this must be my only apology for intending to continue a work, of which the first volume is in so few hands, and of which a second edition will probably never be published, Vou. V. K 146 + Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the counteracted in time, and as you ask me for such a paper, I hope what I now send will answer your purposes. Yours ever most truly, W. S. MacLeay. Havana, 2nd October, 1829. I find it impossible to give, according to the present state of the science in England, any satisfactory description of insects, without making some previous observations on their anatomical nomenclature. My object now therefore is to explain to entomologists a few of the principles by which I shall be guided in my future descriptions. Eight years have elapsed since the second part of the “« Hore Entomo- logice’’ was published. In this work I gave incidentally an outline of the theory of comparative anatomy so far as it related to the subkingdom of Annulosa, and as it was known at the time. Since then indeed three works have appeared, all treating of this most difficult subject with more or less philosophical rigour and critical acumen, but all three apparently having very different objects in view. The first of these in point of patient labour are the very ingenious and detailed memoirs of M. Chabrier on the Anatomy of the Organs of Flight in various Insects, which were published in the ‘ Mémoires du Muséum ** d’ Histoire Naturelle.” The object of these memoirs is not to givea strictly comparative view of the anatomy, so much as to shew the internal and external structure of the various organs that have an influence on the flight of insects, This isa work therefore rather important for the infor- mation it affords as to facts, than for the generalization of them. Immediately afterwards M. Audouin published in the first volume of the “ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’’* the first part of his “ Recherches * Anatomiques sur le Thorax des Animaux Articulés, et celui des Insectes “« Hexapodes en particulier,” which researches he announced it to be his intention to continue in the same Journal. They had long before been laid on the table of the Institute, indeed previously to the appearance of M. Chabrier’s Mémoires, and had been most favorably reported on by M. Cuvier as the president of a commission appointed to examine them.t * Published in 1824, + See Rapport fait A ’Académie des Sciences de Paris dans la Séance du Thorax in winged Insects. 147 From what I have seen of this work, which for some reason or other has been interrupted, * there is enough to shew that its author possesses one of those generalizing minds which can stamp a value on the most trivial observation by the philosophical manner in which they link it with others so as to form a complete whole. Such persons indeed are said to make natural history too abstruse and difficult, but it will only be so to the indolent; and the holy friars of natural history can continue to amuse themselves with Linneus, or if they please with Goldsmith, nothing being required of them but to learn not to interfere with others who attempt to know a little more than themselves. M. Audouin’s Researches are as strictly those of a naturalist as the Mémoires of M. Chabrier are those of a physiologist. Both works are admirable in their way, and must make any person who studies the subject most anxious for their continuation. The last work in point of date is the third volume of Messrs. Kirby and Spence’s Introduction, t a work perhaps not quite so original as those mentioned above, but certainly most creditable to its author,t who treats therein of the external anatomy of insects at great length, and gives a tolerably able nomenclature of parts. The merits of my venerable friend’s work, however, are unfortunately shaded by an almost total neglect of generalization, and by an obvious ambition to change the “‘ Lundi 19 Fevrier 1821, par M. Le Baron Cuvier, sur un Ouvrage de M. “ Victor Audouin ayant pour titre “‘ Recherches Anatomiques sur le Thoraa, &c.”’ The several parts of the Thorax are described, figured, and named in this Report, which must of course establish the date of M. Audouin’s Nomencla- ture. * In expressing myself thus, allowance must be made for the uncertainty and delay with which I obtain works of science in Cuba. It is possible that M, Audouin has followed up his Researches on the Anatomy of the Insect Ske- leton without my being aware of it. + The last two volumes of this useful work were published in 1826. The chapter on Orismology, in the fourth volume, is more particularly valuable, and making allowance for the nomenclature of parts, deserves the special attention of entomological students, 1 See the Preface to the concluding volumes of the work, from which it appears that we must attribute the labour of the latter volumes in a more especial mans ner to the learned author of the “ Monographia Apum Anglia.” K 2 148 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of' the whole of our received anatomical nomenclature.* Mr. Kirby’s object indeed is apparently to distinguish organs instead of tracing their varia- tion; and thus, so far from generalizing, he has even invented new names for the same organs as they occur in different insects. How far this may be necessary in the present state of our science it is not for me to say: but it is very sure that an elementary work on comparative anatomy ought to reduce the number of terms as much as possible, as well on ac- count of promoting the philosophy of the science as of facilitating a study, the great objection to which now is the multitude of its technical terms. The most serious objection, nevertheless, to Mr. Kirby’s nomen- clature is the violent change of universally received names of parts with- out any sufficient reason,t nay, often for some fanciful § or even errone- ous cause||. If such innovations are to be sanctioned, all our classical * M. Audouin only gives names to parts that were not named before. This author is quoted once ina note of the Introduction to Entomology, but it is only in order to blame him fora fault of which I cannot understand how he should have been guilty. + As for instance, where tegmina on the authority of Iliger, elytra, and hemelytra, are assigned as different names to the ale superiores of Insects as they eccur in different orders. There was so much inconvenience before with the two words elytra and ale superiores to signify the same organs, that it certainly did not require to be doubled. But this extraordinary ambition to burden the science with new words reigns, unfortunately, throughout a work, that is in many other respects highly meritorious, { Thus we have promuscis substituted for rostrum, which, to say the least, is any thing but an improvement. § Thus we have manus for tarsus on the supposed authority of Moses, and a host of similar instances. It is worthy of observation, that if any of the six feet of Scarabeus alacer deserve the name of hands, it must be the posterior pair of feet, so far as their office is concerned. How different is this from M. Audouin, who in inventing the name trochantine for a piece never before named, regrets that he is obliged to use a word taken from buman anatomy. || Such as nasus for clypeus. Were the clypeus proved to be the organ of scent, there would even still be no necessity for changing an universally re- ceived name that gives rise to no erroneous idea; and this is more than can be said for the proposed alteration. There issome reason to imagine that the organs of smélling are in the head, but none whatever for their being in the clypeus. In Musca, indeed, it may be urged that they are above the clypeus, Thorax in winged Insects. 149 entomological works will be unintelligible to persons commencing the science; and our worthy author must really have the goodness to print new editions, adapted to his own nomenclature, of all previous entomo- logical books, before he can expect us to adopt some of his terms. For my part I cannot adopt arbitrary changes, and I think I have so far a right to follow my own opinion on this particular head, inasmuch as I have always most strictly adhered to the anatomical nomenclature of others, and in the case of a paper on the Wings of Diptera was even in- duced to defer its publication, in order that Mr. Kirby’s work, which was understood to be about to give a complete nomenclature of parts, might not be interfered with, and unnecessary trouble thereby given to the student. The only use of the nomenclature of parts is as an instrument enabling us to understand the structure of the animal with the least possible difficulty ; but this its use must cease and confusion never end, if every person is to be privileged to alter received anatomical terms for the mere gratification of his fancy. To change a received generic name without adequate cause is mischievous enough, but how much more so to alter words used in comparative description, and thus to deprive us of the power of intelli- gibly comparing. Much of Mr. Kirby’s nomenclature is, however, very good : and we can, I think, recognize considerable traces of that admirable tact for observa- tion which distinguished him in his “ Monographia Apum Anglie.”’ He has described several parts not before named, or at least imperfectly designated, When these his names are the first that have been applied which circumstance will perhaps be scarcely more satisfactory to those who are always hunting for comparisons with the human subject, than if they were placed in the insect’s abdomen, The fact is, that nothing whatever has as yet been proved on the subject, as the reader of Mr. Kirby’s Chapter on the Senses of Insects, in his fourth volume, will most readily perceive; as yet there is nothing but presumption, and it is really proceeding with too great haste to expect us to abandon the use of the word clypeus, while the seat of the sense of smelling remains at least coram judice. But this is scarcely the place for such discussion, which I shall resume ata proper opportunity. I shall only say, that in any case I see not a shadow of necessity for abandoning the old word clypeus. 150 =Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the tothe organs they denote, and are compatible moreover with what ought to be our grand object in anatomy, namely, legitimate generalization (and not fanciful comparisons with the human subject), I shall of course have pleasure in adopting them. In some few cases indeed our venerable countryman’s nomenclature may be preferred for purposes of concise de- scription to that of M. Audouin, although for the philosophical view of the subject M. Audouin’s terms can scarcely with safety be altered, and have moreover the universally acknowledged right of priority. Thus, if I may be permitted by such naturalists as most properly insist on the right of those who give the first name, I would in the description of spe- cies prefer the use of Mr. Kirby’s terms prosternum, mesosternum and metasternum ; although to give a proper understanding of the compara- tive anatomy of insects, I would for the same parts use M. Audouin’s otherwise less convenientterms sternum of the prothorax, sternum of the mesothorax, and sternum of the metathorax. The nature and object of the present paper, however, preclude me from saying more on the subject of the “‘ Introduction to Entomology” ; this work being evidently, by its laying so much stress on differences, rather suited to some artificial system than to the study of the natural one, which depends on generalization. I shall therefore commence the present review of the Theory of Compara- tive Anatomy in Insects by repeating that M. Audouin’s Researches have so far the right of priority, and above all of philosophical criticism, as to justify me in pursuing the path he has pointed out. J am not, however, disposed to be a servile follower, and where I differ from him I shall have no hesitation whatever in pointing out the reasons for my dissent. It will be recollected by the readers of the “* Hore Entomologice”’ that I was inclined in that work to adopt the theory that every annulose animal * has a tendency to be decapod, or more properly to have five pairs of tho- racic appendages answering to the five thoracic segments. I also assigned my reasons for believing that although the typical number of segments in the body of an annulose animal might be fifteen, yet that the most general number of segments in the body ought to be considered as thirteen, the number in caterpillars and other larve : and I ventured to hint that all winged insects, I might have said all Annulosa, may be resolved into this * This theory, however, is only partially correct. a Thorax in winged Insects. 151 Jast number of segments. I even stated some strong arguments for think- ing that the Ametabola and Arachnida might be reduced to the annulose type of form. Such was the state of the subject when I left it. Inow therefore proceed to M. Audouin’s general theory of the insect skeleton, which is the same precisely as mine, although, from his taking no notice of my work in the *‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,” I must suppose he never saw it. Bya cautious process of induction he says that he has arrived at the following important conclusions, viz. Ist. That the skeleton of annulose animals is formed of a determinate number of parts, which are either distinct or confluent, as may be, but which exist generally in all. 2ndly. That in some cases a part will be diminished, or even will disappear, while in others the same piece will undergo an extraordinary developement. 3rdly. That the developement of one piece exerts an inverse influence on the contiguous pieces, whence arise the principal differences so much relied upon in classification. With respect to these three results I may observe, that they are in perfect accord with the “Hore Entomologice.”’ I had already in that work stated the determinate number of primary segments to which the Verte- bral Axis of all annulose animals tended, and as to M. Audouin’s second conclusion, it is nothing more than another mode of expressing the maxim of variation as applied to organs. His two leading observations, therefore, that the skeleton of Crustacea and Arachnida only differs from that of Winged Insects by the mode in which their segments are developed, and that the nnulosa generally only differ from each other in the deve- lopement of the same parts in each, or in the confluence or separation of these parts, are neither of them new, any more than the reduction of the larva and perfect insect to the same general law of structure. Where we differ is, as to the mode in which this reduction may be made, and I confess, after haying bestowed some attention on the subject, that I am inclined now to prefer the explanation given by M. Audouin. Our leading principles are, however, nearly the same, and in fact, as the study of the natural system is founded on the maxim of variation,* so that * The maxim of variation, a8 applied to the arrangement of the animal 152 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the of Philosophical Comparative Anatomy is founded on the maxim of the various organs undergoing different degrees of developement in different animals. It is well known that certain Ametabola, instead of getting wings, acquire an additional number of segments to their body, but it is not so well understood, that the contiguous class of Crustacea have generally a tendency to adopt a typical number* of segments. These typical seg- ments, for example, are all distinct in Squilla among Crustacea, and are most confluent in the neighbouring class of Arachnida, Not only the several segments which compose the head in Squzlla, become conflu- ent in Arachnida, but sometimes the whole head with the body.t But kingdom, must be carefully distinguished from the mere comparison of organs. The latter is the Principe des Connexions of Geotfroy-St.-Hilaire, which many centuries ago Aristotle explained and described under the name of the Arrange- ment of Organs kar’avadoyrav. The comparison of animals is one thing, and the comparison of their organs is another. The last is the province of the comparative anatomist, who is not always, as we know, versed in the first, whith is the province of the naturalist. The naturalist, on tlre other hand, cannot compare animals together without some degree of comparison of their organs. If Geoffroy, therefore, arrived at the first idea of his Principe des Connewions by inspiration, ashe tells us, (Phil. Anat. p. 30.), we are certainly justified in believing that Aristotle must also have been inspired before him. * This number of segments I have stated in the “‘ Hore Entomologice,” to be fifteen, allowing three for the head, and twelve, as usual, for the body; but there is good reason to believe, as I shall hereafter shew, that even Crustacea may be reduced to the ordinary number of primary segments, which is thirteen, The segments of the head, which are sometimes three, but typically four, are therefore of course, only to be considered as secondary. + Mr. Kirby, from having through life devoted his attention to winged in- sects, has, in his “Introduction to Entomology,” remained, with respect to the Aptera of Linnzus, pretty much where the learned Swede left that most hete- rogeneous group. Like Linneus, he divides them according to their number of feet, and in one respect, as to the distinction of the head from the thorax, he is even behind Linnzus, who pointed out this distinction, although perhaps inan improper way. It is to be hoped that our indefatigable countryman will take up the study of this important branch of Entomology with his usual energy, and not leave the pages which relate to the Aptera of Linneus so much Thorax in winged Insects. 153 Ishall take another opportunity of discussing the external structure of the 4rachnida, which remains as yet quite unknown. Ishall merely now state that the 4caride are those in which the segments of the body are most condensed or confluent, as the Macrourous Crustacea are those Annulosa which appear in the imago state to offer the greatest regular developement. A Scolopendra offers a construction which goes appa- rently beyond the regular type, and thus such Ametabola are in zoology natural monsters.* The larve of winged insects have in general thir- teen segments, indeed I know at present of no one exception. A cater- pillar, for instance, has a head, three segments for the thorax, and nine for the abdomen. The first three thoracic segments carry feet; the seg- ment immediately following, or the fifth of the thirteen, (which, as I conceive, may in general be accounted to belong to the abdomen of in- sects,) rarely possesses locomotive appendages,t+ but the next segment to this, that is the sixth segment (reckoning the head as one), is supplied with them in certain larve, such as those of some Tenthredinide, which have twenty-two feet. The last seven abdominal segments very often one or other carry spurious feet; and on the other hand, the body may be quite vermiform,+ that is without any feet whatever, as we know from looking at the larve of certain Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, and Diptera. behind the rest of his work. Scarcely a word, for instance, is said respecting the class of Crustacea, and yet some account of their forms appears absolutely necessary in an Introduction to Entomology. * Understanding well that every one of the thirteen primary segments of an insect, when at the perfection of developement, is divisible, as will be shewn in the following pages, into four minor segments, we get fifty-two segments for an insect that is perfectly regularly developed, and this is the maximum number in Chilognatha. The Chilopoda have only about half this number of segments, owing to their primary segments in general being only about half as much developed as those of the Julide. + In Crustacea, however, the fifth segment of the thirteen very commonly carries feet, or locomotive appendages, t In the “ Hore Entomologice” 1 followed the three greatest naturalists that England has produced, Ray, Willughby, and Lister, in placing certain Vermes among the Annulosa, A minute and careful examination of this subject has convinced me of the accuracy of this mode of viewing nature. 154 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the From such facts we come to the conclusion that every one of the twelve segments composing the body ofa larva, I may say of an annulose animal, can carry instruments of locomotion or can be without feet, but that in caterpillars there are only six true feet, two to each of the three thoracic segments, Supposing true feet to be those of the imago, the last con- clusion may also be arrived at by dissecting any caterpillar just when it is about to change to the chrysalis state. The perfect winged insect in like manner consists of thirteen primary segments, although often, owing to peculiar necessities of individual strue- ture, two or more of these are confluent, as often occurs in the analogous vertebral axis of Vertebrata.* It may easily therefore be shewn that the differences which have been pointed out in respect to the number of seg- ments in perfect insects result more often from imperfect study or un- practised examination on the part of the person describing than from any real anomaly in the animal described.t This truth will be evident to any entomologist who takes the trouble of comparing the perfect insect with the pupa and this again with the larva. By means of the pupa we may always learn how the thirteen segments of the larva are disposed of in the perfect insect. Let any large beetle be taken, for instance one of the Dynastide or Prionide; at first sight it seems to have no more than eleven segments to the vertebral axis, but on more accurate examination, and particularly on comparing it with the pupa, we discover that in reality it has thirteen, that is, the number of the larva. This comparison must be attended to by all who wish to obtain correct ideas of the structure of an insect; and the error which has vitiated Mr. Kirby’s description of the thorax and abdomen, and which has induced him to describe so many dif- ferences which do not in reality exist, arises from his not having sufficiently studied the larva, and particularly the pupa state of insects. If my worthy friend however has erred in failing to generalize, my own * The number of vertebre, however, in the axis of the Vertebrata has a much greater tendency to vary than the number in the vertebral axis of Annu- losa. So far, as well as in being more complicated, the skeleton of the Annu- losa is superior to that of the Vertebrata. + I may here give, as an example, my own observation on the abdomen of an Oryctes, as mentioned in “‘ Hore Entomologice,” Vol. 1, p. 412. Thorax in winged Insects. 155 generalization of the anatomical structure of the Annulosa, as given in the ** Hore Entomologice,’’* was perhaps too much founded on an idea of M. Latreille, and one of my principal objects now is to correct some mis- takes which I have detected in what J formerly advanced, although with doubt, upon this very difficult question. Every annulose animal, even including the Myriapoda, whose appa- rent departure from the normal structure of Annulosa I shall elsewhere explain, may be resolved into thirteen primary vertebral segments, which are thus disposed, one for the head + three for the thorax, and nine for the abdomen. In certain cases, however, one or two of these abdominal segments may be found intimately connected with the thorax, so that the thorax may be said to consist of five segments. Itis on this view of the subject thata Squilla may be said to consist of thirteen primary segments, that is allowing four secondary ones for the head, five very small primary ones for the thorax, and seven for the abdomen.t On this view also a Scorpion consists of a true and distinct head with twelve other primary segments. Galeodes has the same normal structure, that is, a large head * See Hore Ent., Vol.I. p. 412, where I have hinted the possibility of what Mr. Kirby calls the Alitrunk being composed of four segments of the larva. The test, however, which I then proposed, has since led me to a very different conclusion. + The three or four secondary segments of the head can be reduced to one ; or, which is the same thing, the head can in all Annulosa be shewn to be com- posed of four segments or regions, when perfectly developed. For the present I shall only refer to the following words of M. Audouin. “ L’entothorax “ n’existe pas seulement dans le thorax; on le retrouve dans la téte, et il de- “ vient un moyen assez certain pour démontrer que celle-ci est composée de “ plusieurs segmens.”” See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Vol.1. p. 125. t Perhaps, indeed, Crustacea may be said to differ from all other perfect Annulosa, inasmuch as the first two segments of the abdomen in other Annu- losa often in this class become thoracic, carry true feet, and leave only seven segments for the true abdomen. As to the head, the truth is, that when fully developed, it is composed of a tergum and a pectus (here called a facies and a subfacies ), like one of the three primary segments of the thorax. In the head of a Squilla we may observe four series in the facies, which clearly answer to the prascutum, scutum, scutellum, and vostscutellum of a mesothoraa. 156 Mr, W. S. MacLeay on ihe Anatomy of the and a body consisting of twelve segments. It follows of course that the first pair of feet, as they are called in all octopod Arachnida, whether spiders, scorpions or mites, are nothing else than the labial palpi of winged insects.* This is, itis true, a novel mode of viewing Crustacea and Arachnida, but as it leads to some most curious results, I shall prove its accuracy at afuture opportunity, and shew in what the variations from this type really consist. My business at present must be with winged in- sects, in which the same rule not only holds good but is typical. Let us observe a Phasma, where the female is apterous and the male winged. In many females of this genus we may perceive the rudiments of the wings, and consequently the inspection of a female will point out to us the structure of the male, considering this last as a perfect winged insect. Well then the female Phasma shews nine abdominal segments, three thoracic anda head. The females of certain Blatte are apterous, and in the island of Cuba there is a large insect of this genus to be found under stones in woods, whose four wings are formed, but so short and truncated as to render the possessor incapable of flight. Such insects will also prove a winged Blatta to be composed of the abovementioned thirteen segments. The same results are derived from the examination of the larve and females of Drilus and Lampyris. It is true that some of the abdominal segments become more or less confluent in certain in- * A careful study of the very curious and distinct order of Arachnida, and in particular of the genera Mygale, Scorpio, Phryne, Galeodes, Gonyleptes, and Chelifer, ina live state, has convinced me that M. Latreille’s idea of these insects being supplied with antenne is correct. Another certain character of the class is to have the labial palpi converted into a pair of feet which are ge- nerally of the same form as the six true feet. Mr. Kirby’s ingenuity detected (see Int. to Ent. Vol. IV., p. 387.) what are commonly called the first pair of feet in Scorpions and Spiders, to represent the palpi of winged insects ; but he appears to consider then) as the maxillary palpi, whereas they in reality repre~ sent the labial. A still greater mistake, indeed an unaccountable one in a per- son of his science, has been his not perceiving that the same rule holds good in the Acaride, and his placing these most evident Arachnida with hexapod Ametabola, to which they have no earthly relation, unless perhaps it be that of aslight, and a very slight, affinity of transultation. Thorax in winged Insects. 157 sects, particularly of the analogous orders Hymenoptera and Diptera. But a little study of their structures will point out the nature of such aberrations, and I repeat that the above is the most correct mode of view- ing an insect. Even coleopterous Annulosa, such as a Curculio or Ce- rambyx, * may be reduced to the same law of structure, the posterior abdominal segments of their larve being converted more or less into parts of the organs of generation. One of the most beautiful facts that the study of comparative anatomy presents us with, is the delight Nature appears to take in working as it were with a given quantity of material, while she nevertheless produces an infinite variety of forms. The developement of the various segments of the body of annulose animals forms another consideration, and a most important one. If the developement of each segment be tolerably uniform, we have the great majority of worms and larve. If, on the contrary, the developement of the thirteen segments be irregular, we have the majority of perfect insects, Arachnida, and Crustacea. In general we may add, that if any one of the three principal parts of the body be greatly developed, the general size being given by the full grown larva, then one or both of the remain- ing parts must be proportionably small in the perfect insect. This in- deed clearly amounts to a truism: and therefore, taking the size of the larva as a limit, we cannot be surprised that the head and abdomen of an Evania, for instance, are so small when the developement of its thorax is so great. The object of my present investigation shall be the thorax + of a winged insect. It is here that M. Audouin has particularly distinguished himself * I have not alluded in the text to Mr. Kirby’s tables, given pp. 703 and 704 of his third volume, or to his previous description of the abdomen in insects, because in some cases they are founded on imperfect examination, and in others on that deficiency of generalization which I cannot help thinking the learned author was solicitous should characterize his work. + Fabriciusin his “Philosophia Entomologica’ has called this part the truncus, an expression which implies the whole body without the head and limbs. Being thus objectionable, the term seems never very generally to have come into use; and in fact becomes quite unnecessary if we divide the thoraw into prothoraz, mesothorax, and metathoraxz, M. Audouin, therefore, has discarded it as use- less as well as objectionable. See Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, Vol. 1. p. 119. 158 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the and been most original. He divides the thoraz into three parts, protho- rax, mesothurax and metathorax, and each of these into two external parts /pectus and tergum) and one internal, the furca, and each of the two external parts he divides again into analogous smaller parts, thus : ANALYSIS OF THE THORAX. ft Prescutum Scutum Scutellum Postscutellum PROTHORAX Sternum Episterna Peorus ¢,)e 4 « TERGUM Epimera Furca called Antefurca Prescutum Scutum * Scutellum THORAX Postscutellum or MESOTHORAX Paraptera Truncus, Fab. Popa: aa pisterna imera Furca called Medifurca Prescutum Scutum Scutellum Postscutellum METATHORAX Paraptera PEcTus uit pisterna Epimera Furca called Postfurca TERGUM TERGUM The above is a table of M. Audouin’s theory. Now it being well known that the developement of one part or segment exerts an inverse influence on those which are contiguous, it follows that if the prothorax be developed in the perfect insect, then the third segment or mesothorax * I have reason to suspect that this scutum of the mesothoraw is resolvable into three pieces, when at its maximum of developement, as in certain Hymen- optera, such as Chalcis, &c. I shall attempt to prove this afterwards. Thorax in winged Insects. 159 will be proportionably small, as in Coleoptera; and if, on the other hand, the mesothorax be much developed, we have the prothorax small, as in Hymenoptera and Diptera. From these principles it follows that the mesothorax of a beetle is to be considered as composed of the third segment of the larva evanescent, while the metathorax consists of the fourth segment of the larva developed. But these two segments have each a pair of wings as well as of feet, which shews an exceeding power of developement in the third and fourth segments of a winged insect. It must not be imagined that the pieces of the thorax mentioned in the above table are all present and distinct in every insect. Pieces of the thorax may disappear by being evanescent, owing to the great develope- ment of the contiguous segments, or by being confluent, or soldered to- gether with the next adjoining pieces.* To know the pieces which are thus lost, it might be thought that on comparing the larva with the per- fect insect the position of the stigmata ought to afford some clue, but in truth these are unsafe guides, as it is well known that the situation of the stigmata in the perfect insect varies very generally and considerably from what it was in the larva. The prothorax of a beetle is not always so complex in its structure as the mesothorax and metathorax, some of the pieces of the tergum being almost always evanescent. The tergum of the prothorax seems most ordinarily in winged insects to consist of half the number of pieces that compose the terga of the mesothorax and metathorax, taking all three at their maximum of developement. In other words, the tergum of the prothorax in general appears to consist of only two pieces. But looking at Orthopterous genera, such as Locusta or Gryllus, or at certain Annu- losa, where the tergum of the prothorax undergoes its maximum deve- lopement, we can discover all its four divisions. In Coleoptera, if one or two of the pieces be not evanescent, they are at least all confluent, so as to form one conspicuous segment, which is the thorax of Linnzus and Fabricius. In certain genera of this order, however, the typical compo- sition of the tergum of the prothorax is more or less distinct; the only * The Hymenopterous genus Cryptocerus and several other Ants will suffi- ciently shew how the pieces of the thorax may be completely soldered together almost into one mass. 160 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the tolerably general rule being that the excessive developement of the ter- gum exerts an inverse influence on that of the pectus.* OF THE PROTHORAX. The prothorax of any insect at its maximum of developement consists then of the following pieces, viz. four tergal, which, when confluent, form what ought in all future descriptions of Coleoptera, according to the principles of MM. Chabrier, Audouin, and Kirby, to be no longer called the thorax, but the prothorax :+ and six pectoral pieces, which form by their connexion one piece that may in all future descriptions be called, as by Mr. Kirby, the antepectus. The four tergal pieces may be detected in certain Orthoptera; and the six pectoral pieces are the sternum, the antefurca, two episterna, and two epimera, the four latter being lateral pieces. 1. The sternum of the prethorax is well known; it is an essential part, rarely if ever evanescent, and is called the prosternum by Kirby. 2. The antefurca of Kirby, which is by Audouin called the entothorax of the prothorax, is also essential but internal. It is described by Kirby, vol. 3. p. 586. 3. The episterna of the prothorax are two lateral pieces that are sup- ported by the prosternum, and which may be seen well developed in a Dytiscus. They, as well as the epimera, are confounded by Mr. Kirby with the prosternum.§ * Thus the pectus of the prothorax in large Locuste and Grylli is very small, owing to the developement of the tergum being at its maximum. + The student who wishes to learn the structure of the prothorax, must refer to M. Audouin, the analysis given in the “ Introduction to Entomology” being very far from correct, { The three sternums are often found to be more or less confluent with their respective epimera and episterna. Owing to the developement of the tergum, the pectus in Hymenoptera is exceedingly diminished. But were each of the sternums at its maximum of developement, it would also be found to consist of four pieces like a tergum. This is the case in Iulide, and is more or less apparent in other Annulosa. For instance, the pectus of the prothorax in Squilla has a presternum, sternum, sternellum, and poststernum. § The pleure of M. Audouin, or ore of Mr. Kirby, appear to be the inflexed Thorax in winged Insects. 161 4, The epimera of the prothorax are not in general so much developed as the episterna, but may be known by being often inferiorly situated, and always in some connexion with the coxe. M. Audouin has ob- served that they often articulate with the coxze by means of a small inter- vening piece which he calls the trochantine. This piece is similar to the trochanter, which terminates the coxa at its other end. I may here observe that when the stigmata of the prothoraz, or any other thoracic stigmata, are surrounded by asmall horny piece, M. Au- douin calls this the peritremas* Or THE MESOTHORAX. The mesothorax of an insect has, when at its maximum of develope- ment, four pieces to the tergum (which is the mesothorax of Kirby) and eight to the pectus (which is the medipectus of Kirby). The four superior or tergal pieces of the mesothorax are the prescu- tum, scutum, scutellum and postscutellum,+ so named according to their order from the head of the insect. 1. The prescutum is the anterior, as its name denotes. It is the pro- phragma of Kirby. 2. The seutum is a very important piece, often greatly developed, and, according to M. Audouin,§ always articulating with the bones of the or lateral margin of the prothoraz, where this is terminated by the episternum and epimeron, “La réunion de l’episternum, du paraptére et de l’epimére “ constitue les flancs.’”? The only names that are useful, however, are those which denote the pieces of the thorax; all others only burden the science, It is just as clear, for instance, to talk of the side of the prothorar as of its pleura or ora, * Very possibly the pnystega of Kirby is Audouin’s peritrema of the meso- thorax, + It ison this account that when a sternum is at its maximum of develope- ment I name its four pieces, presternum, sternum, sternellum, and poststernum. f See Int. to Ent., Tab. 22, fig. 8. h’. § Iam inclined to differ with M. Audouin on this head, and think that the scutum does not directly articulate with the wing, but by the intervention of two lateral pieces, which I would call the parapsides. These are in general soldered together with the scutum, but in many Hymenoptera, such as Chalcis, &c,, they are particularly distinct. Von, V. L 162. Mr. W.S. MacLeay on ihe Anatomy of the wing where these exist. It is called the dorsolum by Kirby,* having been previously called dorsum by Chabrier. 3. The scutel/wm is that part the external appearance of which is com- monly so called by entomologists. 4. The postscutellum is a piece almost always completely concealed in the interior of the thorax, sometimes confluent with the inner face of this so as to be confounded with it, and sometimes being free. It is called Srenum by Mr. Kirby,+ but this naturalist only knew it in certain orders. The above four pieces when united form the tergum of the mesothorax. The ezght inferior or pectoral pieces of the mesothorax are the meso- sternum, K., medifurca, K., two episterna, 4., two epimera, A., and two paraptera, A.; the six latter pieces being lateral and the paraptera often so situated as to appear to belong to the tergum. 1. The mesosternum is exactly to the mesothorax what the prosternum is to the prothorax. It is therefore called by Audouin the sternum of the mesothorax.§ 2. The medifurca is well explained by Kirby.|| It is to the meso- thorax what the antefurca is to the prothorax. Therefore Audouin calls it the entothorax of the mesothoraa. 3. The episterna are two pieces exactly analogous to those of the pro- thorax, and have in general similar relative positions, 4, The epimera are exactly analogous to those of the prothorax, and have likewise similar relative positions. 5. The paraptera are two lateral pieces having a relation to the wings. They are usually supported by the episternum, but in general are little developed or are even evanescent. Their situation is always near the wing, of which indeed they more properly form part.) * See Int. to Ent. Tab. 22, fig. 8. 7’. The scutum of the mesothorax in cer- tain Hymenopterous Insects requires further examination than I can give it in this paper, and I shall therefore return to the subject at some future opportu- nity. + See Int. to Ent., Tab. 22, fig. 8. x’. { See Int, to Ent., Tab. 22, fig. 8. /’. § See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Tom. 1, pl. 8. || See Int. to Ent., Vol. III. p. 587, Tab. 22, fig. 6. M. Cuvier calls it ‘la «* piéce en forme d’y grec.” Q In Hymenoptera the parapteron is generally above the wing; in Coleop- Thorax in winged Insects. 163 The above eight pieces form the pectus of the mesothorax or medi- pectus of Kirby. _ It is difficult to ascertain, from his not separating them in his plates, whether the six last mentioned pieces, viz. the episterna, epimera and paraptera, have been clearly distinguished by Kirby ; but if they have been so, then perhaps the episterna of the mesothorax will be the peristethia of Kirby and the epimera his scapularia. The pleure of the mesothorax, so called by Audouin, are the union of the episternum, parapteron and epimeron. Or THE METATHORAX. The metathorax of an insect has also, when at its maximum of deve- lopement, four pieces to the tergum and eight to the pectus. The four superior or tergal pieces of the metathorax are, as in the mesothorax, the prescutum, scutum, scutellum, and postscutellum. 1. The prescutum of the metathorax, like that of the mesothorax, is sometimes internal.* In Hymenoptera, however, it is a most conspi- cuous piece with many insects. / 2. The scutwm is sometimes divided into two parts, as in Dytiscus, and sometimes connected, as in Lucanus.t+ 3. The scutellum is the next piece of the metathorax and is composed of the postscutellum and postfrenum of Kirby ; this naturalist having mistaken the side processes of the scutellum for separate pieces { on ac- count of the channel which divides them longitudinally. tera generally below. It is a piece which “ se prolonge quelquefois inférieure- “ ment le long du bord antérieur de l’episternum, ou bien, devenant libre, passe “ au devant de Vaile et se place méme accidentellement au-dessus.’”? On this account M, Audouin changed its name from hypopteron to parapteron. In Hymenoptera it may often be said to belong to the tergum, and in Coleoptera to the pectus. * See Ann. des Sciences Nat., Tom. 1, tab, 8. Mr, Kirby calls this piece the mesophragma when it occurs in Coleoptera; but in Hymenoptera, he calls it the postdorsolum, as will be seen by comparing his figures. + See Int, to Ent. tab. 8. This piece in Coleoptera is Kirby’s postdorsolum ; in Hymenoptera he does not appear to have detected it. t The metapnystega of Kirby may possibly be the same as Audouin’s peri- trema of the Metathorax. L2 164 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 4, The postscutellum of the metathorax corresponds with the meta- phragma of Kirby. The above four pieces form the te7zqum. The eight inferior or pectoral pieces of the metathorax are, as in the mesothorax, the metasternum, the postfurca, two episterna, two epi- mera, and two paraptera, the six last being lateral and the paraptera very rarely developed, and often so placed as to appear to belong to the tergum. 1. The metasternum of Audouin is very different from that of Kirby, the latter being a most heterogeneous composition,* not only often com- prising the true metasternum, episterna, and epimera, but sometimes even confounding all these with the trochanter and cox of the posterior legs. What this gentleman calls the bifid mucro of the metathorax in Dytiscus, is in reality the termination of the two coxe. The true meta- sternum therefore must be studied in the beautiful figures of Audouin, as well as the episterna, epimera, and paraptera where they exist. 2. The postfurca has been described by me under one of its most remarkable forms, that of the letter Y, and has been figured by Mr. Kirby pl. 22, fig. 5, bt. bf. bt. 3. The episterna of the metathorax, which possibly are what Kirby calls parapleure : 4, The epimera: 5. And the paraptera: all hold situations in the metathorax analogous to those of the pieces’ so named in the pectus of the mesothorax. In some orders, however, the paraptera are so situated as to appear to belong to the tergum. Hence we observe that the thorax of an insect, when greatly developed, is composed of thirty-four pieces, ten to the prothorax, and twelve to the mesothorax and metathorax respectively. Or, if we reckon the four pieces of the tergum, with the sternum and furca of the pectus, to be each divisi- ble into two by the middle longitudinal suture, as in fact they are, the thorax is composed of fifty-two pieces! So complex is the organization of the thorax in winged insects. This, however, I say, is a great deve- * Mesostethium seems, with Mr, Kirby, to be sometimes the name given to the episterna and sometimes to part of the metasternum. Thorax in winged Insects. 165 lopement with respect to the number of pieces, for the developement of any one or more of them, in point of size, will occasion the neighbouring ones more or less to diminish, and even to disappear. The antefurca, medifurca, and postfurca compose one internal whole that Audouin calls the entothorax, and Kirby, following M. Chabrier, the endosternum. The entothorax sometimes extends into the head of 4n- nulosa and sometimes into the abdomen. In the thorax it is composed of six pieces, and serves to keep the cesophagus and intestine in situ. Now to apply the foregoing remarks to some particular cases of struc- ture. The difference betweena Trichius and a Cetonia, or between a Goliathus of America and a Goliathus of Africa, is that in the latter of the two the epimeron of the mesothorax is remarkably developed. The difference between an Athyreus and @ Geotrupes is that the scutellum of the mesothorax is remarkably developed in the latter: but the greatest developement of this piece among Coleoptera is in the genus Macraspis. The great developement of the prothorax in some Coleoptera, as Gnoma, and in certain Orthoptera, as Locusta, occasions the mesothorax to be less developed in proportion. If, as in Phasma, the prothorax be small, then the mesothorax is excessively great, and this latter part takes its greatest developement in the Hymenoptera, Trichoptera, Lepidoptera, and Dip- tera. M. Audouin observes, that if an insect (such as a Carabus, or as Coleoptera in general) be eminently a walker, the pectus of the thorax is most developed ; and if another, such as a moth, or Lepidoptera in gene- ral, be eminently a flier, then the tergum of the thorax is most developed. But this observation must be cautiously adopted; for the tergum of the thorax is excessively developed in some insects eminently walkers, as for instance, a female Phasma, which is apterous. Owing to the great developement of the mesothorax in Hymenoptera the prothorax is diminished in size, but not to the degree that Mr. Kirby supposes. I agree most decidedly with MM. Audouin and Bennett * in thinking that the collar belongs to the prothorax, and shall now attempt ® The entomological student ought particularly to refer to what my learned friend, E. T. Bennett, Esq., says on this subject in his excellent Epitome of M. Chabrier’s Observations on the Anatomy of the Thorax in Insects, Zool, Journal, Vol. I. p. 392. 166 Mr. W. 8. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the to prove it. Mr, Kirby is undoubtedly wrong in imagining it to belong to the mesothorax, but perhaps not so much in urging that this piece is without a representative in Coleoptera, It would however be contrary to every rule of generalization to suppose that the Hymenoptera could have any piece peculiar to themselves.* Nature, as I before said, works in inferior groups with a given quantity of materials. I have already shewn the tergum of the prothorax to be, at its maximum of develope- ment, composed of four pieces, If these four pieces should be nearly equally developed we have a Locusta. If the prescutum and scutum should be greatly developed the other two pieces will disappear, and we shall have the generality of Coleoptera ; while, on the other hand, if the scutellum or postscutellum should be developed considerably, then the other pieces will disappear, and we shall have an Hymenopterous insect. Now certainly more than one piece exists in the tergum of the prothorax of Hymenoptera. Vor the prescutum and scutum of the prothorax, i.e. the pieces which represent what is vulgarly called the thorax of the Cole- optera, do not entirely disappear in Hymenoptera as Mr. Kirby says,t since on passing the point of a scalpel under the fore legs of a common Wasp, and so breaking off the prothorax with the head, we shall per- ceive the ring of the prothorax complete, although it is only represented by the ligamentous membrane which connects the two epimera.§ This * See Int. to Ent, Vol. IL, p. 549. This notion is borrowed from Chabrier, who, however, does not go so far as Mr. Kirby, and fancy that it belongs to the mesothorax, His words are, ‘la piéce supérieure du prothorax ou le *¢*collier,’? + Asa corollary from this, it follows that the Coleoptera which come near- est to the Hymenoptera, are those, the prescutum of whose prothorax is most evanescent, and whose seutellum of the same is most developed. { See Int. to Ent, Vol. IIL. p. 535, § There is one insect, however, which makes me rather doubt whether the structure of the Hymenopterous thorax may not be still nearer to that of Co- leoptera than is stated above, IT allude to the Agaon paradowum of Dalman, If this author’s figures be correct, then that most singular Hymenopterous Insect has the thorax of a Coleopterous one, the prothorax being exceedingly deve- loped, and the rest of the thorax proportionably small. There is, perhaps, little doubt of Latreille being right in making the Chalcide come the nearest to the Strepsiptera, Xenos being almost an Hymenopterous genus. a> Thorax in winged Insects. 167 Mr. Kirby has most correctly observed, as well as that it is the evanes- cence at last of this small membrane and the junction of the sides of the antepectus, or more accurately speaking, the connection of the epimera of the prothorax, which forms the singular necks of Xiphydria and Fenus. These two Hymenopterous genera, so far from being nearest to Coleoptera in structure of the thorax, are the farthest from them, as they present no vestige of the prescutum and scutum of the prothorax what- ever. Mr. Kirby, with his usual acuteness observes, that there is no meso- thoracic prescutum, or as he terms it, no prophragma in front of the collare, (which, by the way, there ought to be, on the supposition of its belonging to the mesothorax,) but one behind it. This is an incontro- vertible argument to shew that the collare belongs to the prothorax.* I conceive the collare therefore to represent the third piece of the tergum of the prothorax in Locusta, which piece is perhaps evanescent in the generality of Coleoptera. This view of the matter will satisfactorily ex- plain all the difficulties which have been so ably brought together in the Introduction to Entomology, and the collare shall hereafter be always termed by me the scutellum of the prothorax.t But to understand better what precedes, and to have some notion of the construction of an Hymenopterous insect, let us take a Polistes.t * I know not exactly how Mr. Kirby would argue, and scarcely what he alludes to, when he says that the collare is not separated in any way from the mesothorax in a“ Neuter Mutilla.” He forgets that in Apterous Hymenoptera all the pieces of the thorax are sometimes soldered together into one mass, His argument drawn from Xylocopa proves nothing more than that, in this genus of Bees, the narrow collare is excessively developed laterally, as in other Hy- menoptera it is developed longitudinally. 4+ According to M. Audouin it is the scutum of the prothorax. t My insect is perhaps the most common Wasp in Cuba, where it builds a nest of 7 or 8 vertical cells, under the eaves of houses, or any place where it may be sheltered from rain. Its nest is composed of the ordinary papyraceous substance, and of the form und size of Tap. vi. fig. x1. It is consequently rather a solitary wasp, rarely more than three perfect insects being seen about a nest, But, on the other hand, in a convenient situation, these little nests may be seen studded together in great frequency. As far as the vague descriptions of Fabricius will allow me to judge I believe it to be 168 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the M. Audouin has already most admirably explained the construction of the thorax in Coleoptera in his dissections of Dytiscus. Let us therefore, I repeat, take a Polistes. It will be easily comprehended from what I have said that the tergum of the prothorax will be found exceedingly diminished, and the tergum of the mesothorax, being so much developed, must present all the four pieces of which it ought to consist. 1. Or tHe TERGUM OF THE PROTHORAX. In Polistes we observe the prescutum and scutum to be evanescent ; the latter being represented only by a ligamentous membrane.* The prescutum possibly is the evanescent portion that passes into the head and forms its upper junction with the thorax. The scutellwm, called collare + by Kirby, is considerably developed, offering a vestige behind of the postscutellum.t The scutellum may be separated with ease, as in most other Hymenopterous insects from the mesothorax ; but as these insects are essentially fliers, this piece of the prothorax is employed to add strength to the mesothorax in its support of the upper wings. In Ants therefore, and other Hymenoptera essentially walkers, it comes readily enough off with the fore feet, as it should do, the Polistes Billardieri of his ‘‘ Systema Piezatorum.”? However this may be, 1 will describe the thorax of my insect according to the nomenclature here pro- posed. PROTHORAX scutello flayo posticé emarginato, lobis mesothoracis scutum amplectentibus, lateribus deflexis subtriangularibus; pectoris flavi sterno pos- ticé obscuro, anticé marginibus lateralibus ferrugineis. MEsoTHORAX scuto subpentagono ferrugineo, scutelloque parallelogramico flavo, sterno ferrugineo margine utrinque flavo, episternis epimeris parapte- risque flavis. - METATHORAX prescuto subsemicirculari flavo, scutelli striati flavi margine anteriori canalique longitudinali ferrugineis, postscutello parapterisque flavis, episternis metasternoque ferrugineis, epimeris flavis ad juncturam metasterni ferrugineis, The whole length of the Insect is nearly ¥ of an inch, and of the thorax alone 3, The above mode of describing the Thorax appears absolutely necessary when species approach very near each other in their colouring and marks, as Wasps, &c, * Fig. 2 and fig. 3, A. B. + Fig. 2and fig, 3, C. t Fig. 2, D. Thorax in winged Insects. 169 Mr. Kirby’s “ most powerful argument’ for the collare not belonging to the prothorax is the fact that in Vespa and certain other insects, where the mesothorax is excessively developed, there is both a prothorax (meaning thereby a scutum) anda collare.* And so there would be in the pro- thorax of every winged insect, if perfectly developed, as may be learned from the prothorax of a Gryllus, or the study of M. Audouin’s observations. Therefore this ‘* powerful argument”’ cuts the wrong way. In Polistes the scutellum of the prothorax is emarginate, offering a large sinus in the middle, which embraces two sides of the sub-pentagonal scutum of the mesothorax. 2. OFTHE TERGUM OF THE MESOTHORAX. 1. The prescutum of the mesothorax is the first piece that comes under our notice.t Under the name of prophragma it is mentioned by Kirby as existing in Hymenoptera, and so separating, as it ought to do, the collare from the scutum of the mesothorax. It is an internal and vertical piece.t 2. The scutum, whether the collar be apparent or not, is therefore the second piece of the mesothorax.§ It appears externally joined to the collare, the sides of which embrace it. It is, as Mr. Kirby observes, ex- cessively developed in Hymenoptera, and forms indeed the most con- spicuous piece of the thorax.|| 3. The scutellum of the mesothorax, the third piece,{{ and also externally conspicuous in our Polistes, follows the scutum.** It is the postdorsum of M. Chabrier. * From this remark it would appear that Mr. Kirby is not aware that the prothorax is a compound piece as well as the mesothorax and metathorax. + Fig. 4 and fig. 5, E, t See Int. to Ent. Vol. II. p. 549. § Fig. 4 and fig, 5, F. || By looking at some Hymenoptera, where this piece is most developed, it would almost seem to be composed of three confluent pieces, the two lateral yet requiring aname, I suspect, however, not having yet dissected a Chalcis carefully, that these last pieces are a third pair of paraptera, possibly those be- longing to the prothorax, pushed out of their proper place. q Fig, 4 and fig. 5, G. ** On the subject of this piece, Mr. Kirby gives his only citation of M. 170 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 4, The postscutellum of the mesothorax is a very remarkabie piece in Hymenoptera, from being in general well developed in point of size. It is an internal and concealed piece, running under the tergum of the metathorax and parallel to the medipectus. It is, I believe, an essen- tial character of this order that the postscutellum shall be separated from the scutellum except by two lateral processes. In Polistes the former piece is of a triangular, concave shape, the base of the triangle facing the scutellum and being connected with it at the angles.* Mr. Kirby does not appear to have noticed this important piece, as his frena in Hymen- optera appear to be the paraptera, so that the fraena, according to him, in Coleoptera (where it is the true postscutellum,) and his frena in Hy- menoptera, are totally distinct pieces! Our author has been led into this singular mistake apparently by never having dissected the thorax, and indeed it is rather a delicate operation to separate the metathorax from the mesothorax. The best mode is to make one transverse incision behind the scutellum and another slanting upwards under the middle pair of feet to meet the former, but so as not to communicate with it about the wings. By then breaking off the two pieces we shall have the meso- thorax and metathorax properly separated, that is, the upper wings with the mesothorax and the under with the metathorax. Audouin, and charges him with confounding the scutum of the mesothorax with the scutellum, but to what work of M. Audouin he refers Iam not aware. I think there must be some mistake, as the whole theory, as well as observations, of M. Audouin, go to separate them. M. Chabrier, Mem. du Mus., Vol. VIII. p. 61, says of this piece, “Ses bras semblent tendre sans cesse a s’échapper “en glissant des piéces entre lesquelles ils sont situés; et l’extremité de « chaque bras est pourvue de languettes internes qui sont tout a fait couvertes « par les intégumens.”’ * It is of the same shape in Xylocopa, and has the same kind of insertion. See Chabrier in Mem. du Mus. d’ Hist. Nat. Vol. VIII. tab. 4, fig. 9, where this piece is admirably figured, and called the costal. M. Chabrier is aware that it belongs to the vertebral axis, for he says, “ Je crois que ces piéces supéri- “ eures du trone y compris /e costal peuvent etre considerées comme des ver- “ ¢ébres.” The manner in which this piece articulates with the arms of the scutellum of the mesothorax, and with the vectiform bone of the wing ought to be studied in the Mémoires of MM. Juriue and Chabrier. For a figure of the piece in Polistes, see fig. 4, ©. See also Bennett in Zool. Journal, Vol. I.p. 397. Thorax in winged Insects. 171 5. The paraptera of the mesothorax are two small suborbicular pieces situated immediately above the rudimentary bones of the wing, and being at this point free, are bounded by the base of the wing below and by the scutum of the mesothorax above.* 3. Or THE TERGUM OF THE METATHORAX. An Hymenopterous Insect, provided as it is with under wings and posterior feet, ought to have the tergum of the metathorax well deve- loped, and accordingly we find its four pieces all distinct. 1. The prescutum of the metathorax is in Polistes transverse, and in immediate connexion with the scutellum of the mesothorax except at the angles: having, as we have shewn, displaced the postscutellum of the mesothorax, which is only connected with the said scutellum at the an- gles. The manner in which this curious process takes place can only be completely understood on a dissection of the parts. It isthe postdorso- lum of Kirby, t only that this naturalist makes the posterior point of it correspond with that part in Coleoptera which is the centre of the scutel- lum of the metathorax.t 2. The scutum of the metathorax is in Polistes internal and con- cealed, taking a vertical direction so as to form a septum.§ It still, how- ever, preserves the essential character of the part, that of articulating with the wings. Externally indeed there is nothing apparent of it but the margin or edge, which is the line that separates the prescutum of the metathord from the scutellum of the same. Internally however it is more * Fig. 9, T. + And demi-ceinture of M. Chabrier. See Int.to Ent. pl. rm. fig. 11. 2’, where, in fact, if Mr. Kirby had been inclined to generalize, it ought to have been called by him the mesophragma. In my drawings of Polistes it is fig. 5, H. «In some species of Formicidz this piece, as well as the scutum, is evanes- cent, owing to the great developement of the scutellum of the mesothorax. { It is this mistake which has caused the whole description of the metatho- rax in Mr. Kirby’s work to be so inaccurate. § M. Chabrier does not seem to have clearly detected this piece, I have re- presented it as it occurs in Polistes, fig. 6,1, where it is seen from the interior, It is not, however, always of this form in Hymenoptera, nor always concealed ; for in some genera, as for instance, in Pepsis, Fab,, it is externally as consp i- cuous as the prascutum of the metathorax. 172 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the developed, and preserves much the same form that it has in many Coleop- tera. In Polistes the form somewhat resembles two quadrants, the radii of which are joined together at their respective curves. The external margin of this piece may possibly be what Mr. Kirby callsthe postfrenum of Hymenoptera,* and its internal developement may be perhaps his mesophragma ; although, to judge from his mesophragma as it exists in Hymenoptera, he does not seem to have viewed it internally, where he would have found the scutum to be a very essential piece. 3. The scwtellum of the metathorax comes next after the scutum, to the anterior margin of which it is joined, so as to present the external ap- pearance of immediately following the prescutum, while thescutum takes its vertical direction as aseptum. In Hymenoptera this in general is ob- liquely striated, and a very large and conspicuous piece.t As in Coleop- tera, it often consists of two large convex pannels,+ joined together by a channel, which however in this orderis more or less evanescent. This channel of connexion Mr. Kirby does not notice in his figures of Hymen- optera, although, according to his nomenclature, and taking a Coleopte- rous insect for type, it ought to be his postscutellum. His postscutellum in Hymenoptera, however, is little more than the central posterior point of the prescutum of the metathorax, that is, of his postdorsolum.§ 4. The postscutellum of the metathorax in our insect is elevated, sub- triangular with the corners rounded off, and having in the middle an ele- vation of a horse-shoe form, in which are three apertures, the central one being a longitudinal slit, called by Kirby the trochlea,|| and. throuzh * What this author calls the postfrenum in Coleoptera belongs to an entirely different piece, namely, the scutellum of the metathorax. + In Polistes the metathoracic stigmata (7) are situated at the anterior ex- ternal angles of this piece, which is represented fig. 5, K. } The two pannels of this piece in Coleoptera are called by Mr. Kirby post- frena, and its connecting channel in the same order is his postscutellum. § See Int, to Ent., Vol. IlI., p. 572. || I have adopted this nomenclature, although my readers must feel that this story of the pulley depends more on Mr. Kirby’s imagination than on any thing in nature. Mr. Kirby seems to think that he is the first who has noticed this curious structure of the metathorax of a wasp. If he refers, however, to M. Chabrier’s excellent Memoir, Mém. du Mus., Vol. Ill., p, 53, he will find the Thorax in winged Insects. 173 which passes a ligament which this author calls the funiculus, and which serves, as he correctly says, to support the abdomen. The two lateral apertures are false, being formed above by the two horny lobes of the interior of the horse-shoe, and below by the membrane which forms one side of the passage for the intestines from the thorax to the abdomen. The aperture of the thorax which forms this passage is best seen by turn- ing up the metathorax, when it will.be observed to be terminated by a lozenge-formed section laterally widest, having the trochlea in front, the two sockets for the legs at the sides, and the passage for the intestines in the middle. 5. The paraptera are small trapezoidal pieces which intervene be- tween the prscutum of the metathorax and the sockets of the under wings. In general the paraptera belong to the pectus; but as in our insect they are situated above the wings, I have thought it best to describe them in this place.* Or THE PECTUS. The order of Hymenoptera is in general so essentially flying that the tergum of the whole thorax undergoes, as we have seen, a very great de~ velopement, which of course occasions the pectus to be very little deve- loped as to size, except in Ants and other tribes which are essentially walkers. This part of our investigation therefore will be proportionably difficult, although I think the excellent principles of M. Audouin will enable us to surmount the difficulty. 1. OF THE PEcTUS OF THE PROTHORAX. The pectus is diminished in size, as I have said, owing to the great de- velopement of the mesothorax. But typically it ought to consist of six pieces, viz. 1, The sternum of the prothorax in Polistes is narrow, and I know no better way of describing its shape than as resembling a sand glass placed on an escutcheon.t According to Mr. Kirby’s definition, the whole matter perfectly explained without the intervention of either wheels or pullies. Ihave represented the postscutellum of Polistes in figures 5 and 7. * Fig. 5, O. + Fig. 8, U. 174 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the “ prosternum’’ is a “ longitudinal or other elevation of the antepectus ** between the fore-feet.”” I conceive therefore that he gives the name of prosternum only to that part of the sternum of the prothorax in a Polistes which resembles the escutcheon, and that he would call all the rest part of the antepectus. 2. The antefurca is considerably developed, the middle process be- ing connected with the sternum and the lateral process with the epimeron ; the interval forming part of the acetabula of the fore feet.* _ 3. The two episterna are each very large, and occupy great part of the antepectus. These pieces, together with the epimera, form the ante- pectus of Kirby, who has not distinguished. between them.T 4. Ths two epimera are situated above the antepectus, are smaller than the episterna, on which they rest, and are connected together above by a ligamentous membrane, which is the representative of the horny shield of the prothorax in Coleoptera. 2. OF THE PECTUS OF THE MESOTHORAX. 1, The sternum of the mesothorax is large and broad, occupying the whole front of the medipectus except for a small space at the two upper angles. It is therefore somewhat of a quadrate form.§ The peristethium of Kirby in Hymenoptera is the fore part of the sternum, this author not dissecting the pieces according to their sutures,|| and therefore confining the name of mesosternum to only that part of the sternum of the meso- thorax which is between the legs. 2. The medifurca is very beautiful, exactly resembling the Greek letter Y with its arms joined by a cross line. 3. The episterna of the mesothorax are two sub-triangular pieces, the three sides of which are bounded by the collare or scutellum of the pro- thorax, the sternum and the epimeron of the mesothorax.** The wings are inserted at one of the angles of these lateral sub-triangular pieces, * Fig. 8, Z. + Fig. 8, I. { Fig. 8, A. § Fig. 9, Q. || It may be proper, however, to observe, that although the pieces are here confluent, each pectus contains typically four pieces to its sternum. q Fig. 9, Y. ** Fig. 9, S. Thorax in winged Insects. 175 which have not been distinguished by Mr. Kirby. Between the episterna and the squamulz is a small piece called by M. Chabrier the clavicle. It is not, however, the clavicula of Mr. Kirby. As however it, like the squamula, does not properly belong to the thorax, being a rudimentary bone of the wing, I shall not say more of it until I come to treat of the Comparative Anatomy of the Wings of Insects in a future paper.* 4. The epimera of the mesothorax are two sub-quadrangular pieces. Three of thesides of an epimeron are bounded by the episternum of the mesothorax in front, by the mesosternum below, and by the pectus of the metathorax behind; the upper side being bounded by the rudimentary bones of the wing and by part of that lateral process of the postscutellum of the mesothorax which joins the scutellum of the same. In my draw- ing of the medipectus I have carefully avoided representing any part of the postscutellum, because it belongs to the tergum. The point of junc- tion, however, with the epimeron is marked.t Mr. Kirby has noticed the epimera when he very correctly states that ‘in Vespa asmall sub- * triangular piece just below the base of the upper wing is probably “ analogous to the scapularia in Coleoptera ;” scapularia being appa- rently his name for the epimera of the mesothorax. 3. OF THE PECTUS OF THE METATHORAX. This consists of the usual parts, but I cannot here pretend to make Mr. Kirby’s nomenclature harmonize with M. Audouin’s. I shall there- fore describe the parts in the usual way. 1. The metasternum is subquadrate, carinated above, and having a small slit below in the middle. The anterior angles are elevated. It is a very conspicuous piece, yet Mr. Kirby denies its existence.} 2. The postfurca is composed of two branches, which run off from a strong base to meet the junction of the metasternum with its episterna.§ 3. The episterna are two sub-triangular pieces, each situated close * The first pair of stigmata are situated between the collar and the clavicles of M. Chabrier. See fig. 1, y. + Fig. 9, R. t Fig. 5and10, P. Also see Int, to Ent,, Vol. IIL, p. 383. § Fig. 10, W. i176 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the to the stigmata of the scutellum of the metathorax.* Perhaps these are Mr. Kirby’s parapleure. 4, The epimera are large, connecting the scutellum with the meta- sternum, and passing from the episternum to the postscutellum.t Mr. Kirby seems only to have noticed these pieces under the peculiar form they adopt iu Tettigonia, where he calls them opercula.t Applying the above philosophical nomenclature to certain insects, which have hitherto been considered anomalous, we shall get some remarkable results. Let us take, for instance, Stylops Melitte.§ We find the puz~ zling appendages to the scutum of the mesothorax to be true elytra, and that consequently the only wings the insect possesses are the under wings, the paraptera of which are enormously developed as well as the epimera of the metathorax. This insect, in fact, ceases to be so very extraor- dinary.|| Having now detailed this symmetrical theory of the thorax, I may apprize the reader that my future descriptions shall be adapted to it. M. Jurine, in his valuable paper on the wings of Hymenoptera, says their thorax is composed of thirty-six pieces. Considering, however, the clavicle of M, Chabrier and the squamula to belong to the wing, there are only the follcwing pieces according to Audouin, viz. © Fig. 5and 10, N. + Fig. 5 and 10, M. t See “‘ Rapport fait a l’Acad. des Sciences, &c., 19 Février, 1821.” p. 7. § Having no specimen of the Stylops with me, I am here alluding to Mr. Bauer’s figure of it in the Linnean Transactions, and allowance ought accord- ingly to be made for my not here speaking from actual dissection. From M. Jurine’s beautiful dissections of Xenos Vesparum it appears that the Strepsiptera differ from each other considerably in structure, || In the same way Evania ceases to have its abdomen very singularly situ- ated on this explanation of its anatomy, The scutellum and postscutellum of the metathorax in this genus being confluent, and the postscutellum, never- theless, excessively developed, the abdomen appears inserted on the back of the insect. Itis, however, in its proper place. Thorax in winged Insects. 177 Tergum of Prothorax . . . . 4 Pectus of Prothorax . . . . 6 Tergum of Mesothorax*. . . 4 Parapterany igonmctana ie henl sind Pectus of Mesothorax. . . . 6 Tergum of Metathorax . . . 4 Raraptera.nosja «plishui. | spiireoines h2 Pectus of Metathorax . . . 6 Total . 34 which, if the simple pieces, as sternum, scutellum, &c. be reckoned as composed of two, joined by the medial line, will make 52 pieces com- posing the thorax.t Of these Mr. Kirby does not describe much more than 20, and yet uses about 40 different words for them in his nomencla- ture of the parts of the thorax. On the other hand, the nomenclature given in this paper, and which J have borrowed from M. Audouin with * If lam right as to the separate existence of the lateral pieces of the scus tum of the mesothorax, which I call parapsides, then, of course, the tergum of the mesothorax is composed of six pieces, four longitudinal, and two late- ral. These last two pieces may be occasionally detected separate in the other orders, but in all they are very usually confluent with the scutum of the me- sothorax, so as to form one piece with it. Vestiges of the separation, however, occur even in Polistes, Scolia, &c., and they become perfectly distinct in Chal- cis, &e., although in the neighbouring genus Leucospis, they are completely confluent. Perhaps the parapsides are the two pieces which, added to M. Audouin’s, complete the number which M. Jurine assigns to the thorax, M. Jurine had studied the subject too deeply not to have had good reasons for giv- ing this number of pieces to the thorax, although, unfortunately, his lamented death prevented him from naming them. + Considering the sternum at its maximum of developement, which I believe it never is in Hymenoptera, it will consist of four transverse segments which, when divided by the medial line, will make the whole number of pieces in the thorax mount up to about 72. But I do not believe that ever this whole num- ber of pieces can appear together in any insect, because the developement of one will cause one or more of its contiguous ones to disappear. Vou, V. M 178 Mr. W. 8S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the little variation, not only gives a complete philosophical and harmonious view of the construction of the thorax, but reduces the number of words used to express 52 pieces to 11; surely a most important consideration when itis borne in mind how great an obstacle to the study of natural his- tory isa cumbersome load of anatomical words. I shall always endea- vour to proceed on similar principles of symmetry and condensation in my future papers where I may have to investigate the anatomy of the head, wings, abdomen, and legs. In the mean time, if on no other ground than that of priority, I indulge strong hopes that Mr. Kirby will, in a new edition of his useful Introduction, see the advantage of returning to M. Audouin’s nomenclature of the parts of the thorax, while Mr. West- wood, or some other of our acute entomologists, will throw light on the structure of our British Insects by subjecting the different genera to the above kind of comparative scrutiny. No greater'service can be rendered to entomology, the field of discovery here proposed being as untrodden as it is vast. GENERAL EXPLANATION OF PLATES V. & VI. PROTHORAX. MESOTHORAX., METATHORAX. A&B ake Se E Prescutum internal H Prescutum Scutum F Scutum I Scutum If Parapsides (vestiges C Scutellum (alias) of the) Collare G Scutellum K_ Scutellum D Postscutellum internal © Postscutellum inter- nal L_ Postscutellum A Epimeron R_ Epimeron M_ Epimeron Episternum S Episternum N Episternum T Parapteron O Parapteron U Sternum Q Sternum P Sternum a Squamula, Lat. 6 Socket of under wing é Clavicula, Chab. & Funiculus, Kird, y Stigma a Stigina 8 Socketofupper wing yz Trochlea, Kirb. V’ Middle leg 6 Articulation of abdomen oa Sockets of posterior thighs V_ Posterior leg Z% Antefurca, Kirb. Y Medifurca, Kirb. W Postfurca, Kirb. X Part of abdomen | Zoological Journal Vol .V.PLY, Fig IN yi: igh ame SRS Bae. ee ’ Zoolovicnl Journal Vol:VzP1V1, e BIg. V LEE af 44 : SS Thorax in winged Insects. 179 Fig. I. Sketch of a profile view of the Mesothorax and Metathorax of an Hymenopterous Insect. N.B. The line marked thus ~~~ denotes the division between the Mesothorax and Metathorax. Fig. II. Outline of the Tergum of an Hymenopterous Insect as seen externally and in a front view. Fig. Il]. Tergum of Prothorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab. * Front view seen a little obliquely. + Side view. Fig. IV. Tergum of Mesothorax in Polistes Billardiert, Fab. * Front view, which shews vestiges of the sutures which separate the Parapsides from the Scutum. + Side view. Fig. V. Tergum of Metathorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab. * Front view. + Side view of the whole of the Metathorax. Fig. VI. Scutum of Metathorax in the same insect, Fig. VII. Termination of Metathorax to shew the four different apertures, viz. the Trochlea, the Articulation of the Abdomen, and the Sockets of the two posterior Legs. Fig. VIII. Pectus of the Prothorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab. * Front view with parts separated. + Side view with the parts separated. Fig. IX. Pectus of the Mesothorax in Polistes Billardiert, Fab. * Front view with the parts separated. + Side view with the parts separated. Fig. X. Pectus of the Metathorax in the same insect, front view. Arr. XXVII. Additional Notice on the Genus Capromys of Desmarest. By W. S. MacLeay, Esq., M.A., F.L.S., &c. In my Paper on the genus Capromys of Desmarest, there are two typographical mistakes; the Spanish name for the troublesome Pulex M 2 180 Mr. W. S. MacLeay’s Additional Notes on Capromys. penetrans being Wigua, and the British West India name for it being the Chigoe or Jigger. I beg to state also, that I have lately met with Dr. Poeppig’s Paper on Capromys, printed in the Philadelphia Transactions, by which it appears that this gentleman had forestalled several of my remarks. The perusal of his observations, moreover, makes me think that the animal described by Mr. Say as Isodon pilorides, is not the Mo- huy of Oviedo, but only some variety of the Capromys Fournieri, or the Hutia Congo. Isodon pilorides of Say will therefore be, as Dr. Poeppig thinks, only a synonym of Cap. Fournieri, Desm.; and Capro- mys prehensilis will be the true scientific name (as assigned by Dr. Poep- pig) of the Mohuy, or Hutia Carabali.. This matter would doubtless have been cleared up long ago, had the five animals I sent you alive in the Aurora Frigate, Capt. Austin, arrived safe; for you have a ready ac- cess to books, that in this out-of-the-way place I can only expect to see by the merest accident. I doubt much whether the Hutia Carabali has a tail so prehensile as Dr. Poeppig describes. I have seen a negro catch one by its long tail, and then swinging it, completely prevent it from being able to turn and bite him. The animal seemed indeed to be helpless when thus suspended by the tail. It is astonishing the force with which these Hutias will cling by their claws to the hollow of a tree. I have seen one, rather than let go his hold, allow a negro who had caught him by the tail to pull it off. Both the Capromys Fournieri and C. prehensilis are very paztial to ca- terpillars and chrysalids, but I observe they do not care much for sapro- phagous larvee, such as those of Dynastide, &c. They will also eat dried grass or hay. Their favourite food, however, in their native woods, is the bitter wild orange which has fallen to the ground, and so become de- composed. Atnight, which is their period of activity, they descend to eat these rotten oranges, and any other fruits or seeds that may have fallen. The Hutias are so plentiful in some districts of this island, that it isno uncommon thing to maintain the whole of the negroes on an In- genio, or sugar estate, with them as their principal or only animal food. Mr. Blackwall on Geometric Spiders. 181 Arr. XXVIII. On the manner in which the Geometric Spi- ders construct their Nets. By Joun Bracxwatt, Esq., FLLS., &c. Few animals of solitary habits are endowed with more extraordinary instincts than Spiders. The ardent affection for their offspring so strik- ingly manifested by some species; the exquisite skill displayed by many in fabricating silken cocoons to contain their eggs, and in the construc- tion of their habitations; the highly curious contrivances by means of which others traverse the regions of air, or descend beneath the surface of water; and the various stratagems had recourse to by all in eluding their numerous enemies and in securing their living prey, are eminently calculated to attract the attention and elicit the admiration of every per- son who has a mind alive to the wonderful physiological phenomena exhibited by the inferior orders of animated beings. But interesting as the general economy of this remarkable tribe of animals is, and well deserving of more minute investigation than has hitherto been bestowed upon it, on the present occasion I purpose to limit my observations to the manner in which seyeral British species of geometric Spiders con- struct their snares. By the elegance of their symmetrical structure and their extreme deli- cacy of texture, the nets of these uneducated geometricians never fail to excite astonishment, even in the most thoughtless observer, and the pen of the natural historian has been frequently employed in describing the singular process by which they are formed. Among the various authors whose works I have consulted, Messrs. Kirby and and Spence have given the most circumstantial account of this process in their comprehensive and excellent Introduction to Entomology ;* I shall, therefore, avail my- self of what these gentlemen have done, without reserve, introducing such particulars in addition as haye resulted from my own researches, and attempting to solve a few of those difficulties which they have left without explanation. The geometric Spiders usually suspend their nets in an oblique or nearly vertical position, fixing them to trees, shrubs, plants, buildings, &c. * Vol. L, Letter XII. 182 Mr. Blackwall on the Construction of the in places where the insects they prey upon abound. After selecting a suitable situation for her purpose, the Spider’s first operation, in most in- stances, is to enclose an area, the figure of which appears to be a matter of indifference, with lines of her ownspinning. This is effected by pro- ceeding along the objects immediately surrounding the space destined to be occupied by the net, and attaching to several points, by pressing the spinners against them, a line drawn out after her in her transit from one to another. These marginal lines she strengthens with a few additional ones, and finally gives them the requisite degree of tension by applying to them in different directions numerous smaller threads. Having thus completed the foundations of her snare, in the next place she commences to fill up the outline. Fixing a thread to one of the boundary lines, along which she walks, she guides the filament produced in her progress with one of her hind feet, that it may not touch in any part and adhere pre- maturely; and crossing over to the opposite side, she there attaches it firmly by applying her spinners. To the middle of this diagonal thread, which is to form the centre of the net, she fixes asecond, which in like manner she conveys and fastens to another part of the lines encompass- ing the area. Along this last-formed thread she returns, drawing out another after her, which, as she does not employ any means to keep it distinct, becomes connected with that on which she is advancing, and is ultimately glued by its extremity to the centre of the net. In this man- ner, but without observing any regularity in the order of her progression, she forms about twenty or thirty radii, composed of double lines, diverg- ing from the centre to the circumference, and giving the net the appear- ance of awheel. She then proceeds to the centre, turns herself round, and pulls each radius with her feet to ascertain its strength, breaking such as seem defective and replacing them by others. Her next proceeding is to produce, round the centre of the net, a spiral line extending thence to the circumference, and intersecting the radii, to which she attaches it by pressing her spinners against them. This spiral line, a few of the more central circumvolutions of which are much nearer to each other than are those removed to a greater distance from that point, serves as a temporary scaffolding for the Spider to walk over, and also to keep the radii properly stretched during her succeeding operations. It, together with the radii and marginal lines, is composed of unadhesive silk; but a spiral line has Nets of Geometric Spiders 183 now to be spun from the circumference around the centre, which may be regarded as constituting the most important part of the snare. It con- sists of a fine thread closely studded with minute dew-like globules, easily separable from each other by extending the elastic filament on which they are arranged. They are, in fact, globules of viscid gum, as is proved by their adhering to the finger and retaining dust thrown upon the net, while the unadhesive radii and exterior threads remain unsoiled. These viscid threads alone retain the insects which fly into the net, and as they lose their adhesive property by the action of the air, it is requisite that they should be frequently renewed, a process not neglected by the Spi- der, which evinces a perfect consciousness of its necessity. Placing her- self at the circumference of the net, and fastening her viscid thread to the end of one of the radii, the Spider walks up that radius towards the cen- tre, till she comes in contact with the last produced circumyolution of the unadhesive spiral line, along which she passes to the adjoining radius, drawing out the thread in her transit with the claws of the hind leg nearest to the circumference. She then transfers the thread to the claws of the other hind leg, and passing down the radius at which she has just arrived towards the circumference, she places the foot of the hind leg previously employed in drawing out the thread, on that point in the ra- dius to which her filament is to be attached, and bringing the spinners to the spot there makes it secure. The precise place in each radius at which to fix the thread, is always ascertained by the situation of the foot of the hind leg, and this is determined by touching with the feet of those legs nearest the circumference, the marginal line, or, when the structure of the net is further advanced, the last-formed circumyolution of the viscid spiral line. As this last line approaches the several circumvolutions of the unadhesive spiral line, the Spider bites them away, being sensible that they are no longer of any use to her, and this fact explains why they are never seen intermixed with the circumyolutions of the former in finished nets. The viscid spiral line, whose circumyolutions are nearly equidistant, being separated by a space of one or two lines, is thus pro- duced till it extends to the most proximate circumvolutions of the unadhe- sive spiral line, which occupying the central part of the net are suffered to remain ; it is then discontinued, and the Spider making choice of some retired spot in the vicinity, there constructs a cell in which she may con- 184 Mr. Blackwall on the Construction of the ceal herself from observation. From the centre of the net to this retreat she spins a line of communication, composed of several threads united together throughout their entire length, the vibrations of which speedily inform her of the capture of her prey; and here her labours terminate. Such is the process, with some slight modifications now to be noticed, employed by the geometric Spiders in the formation of their snares. One species generally converts a radius into the line of communication between the net and its retreat, instead of spinning a separate line for that pur- pose ; and this peculiar appropriation, whether the radius be in the plane of the snare, or whether it be withdrawn from that plane, as is frequently the case, imparts an unfinished appearance to the net, as it prevents the spider from giving her viscid line a spiral form, though this is sometimes attempted with a greater or less degree of success. No sooner does the Spider arrive at one of the radii adjacent to that in connection with her cell, than she returns, traversing the frame-work of her snare till she arrives at the adjoining radius on the opposite side, when she again re- traces her steps, and thus oscillating between the two, spins a number of curved viscid lines, or arcs of circles, diminishing in length from the circumference of the net towards the centre. Dr. Lister, who has figured and described this species in his Treatise de Araneis, fig. X. p. 47-8, was well acquainted with this peculiarity so common in the structure of its snare, but he has fallen into the error of supposing that it occurs invari- ably, as appears from the following passage cited from his work. ‘* Rete “ amplum & elegantissimum tendit : illud autem in eo perpetuum & sin- “* gulare est, nimirdm é radiis unicum maculis utringque nudari, idque é ** centro reticuli ad ejus usque circumferentiam ; qui feré ad aliquam in ‘¢ pariete rimulam aut alibi, ubi animal tuté totum diem latet, porrigitur : “© atque hic radius ei velut scala est, per quem ascendat descendatque.”’ The learned authors of the Introduction to Entomology, in treating upon the construction of the nets of geometric Spiders, (for their remarks, though limited to the proceedings of an individual for the convenience of description, seem intended to apply to all,) state that the Spider always leaves a vacant interval round the smallest first spun circles that are nearest the centre, but for what purpose they are unable to conjecture ; and that lastly, she bites away the small cotton-like tuft that united all the radii at the centre of the net, and in the circular opening resulting from Nets of Geometric Spiders. 185 this procedure she takes her station and watches for her prey. In this account I recognize the proceedings of one only among several species of geometric Spiders with which I am acquainted. As far as my own obser- vations extend, it never, like the last species, converts a radius into a line of communication with its retreat; and when it occupies the aperture in the centre of its snare, a thread from its spinners is generally connected with the innermost circumvolution of the unadhesive spiral line, by means of which it quickly lowers itself to the ground when suddenly disturbed. But there are other species which rarely, if ever, leave a vacant interval round that portion of the unadhesive spiral line allowed to remain near the centre of the net; neither do they form an opening at the centre, which almost invariably is left entire. The reason why the viscid spiral line is not continued to the centre of the net is obvious, for by this arrangement the Spider is enabled to super- intend her toils without incurring the risk of being entangled in them. The species referred to by Messrs. Kirby and Spence as always leaving a vacant interval round the smallest first spun circles that are nearest the centre of her net, produces fewer of these small circles than any other Spider that has fallen under my notice; consequently, if the viscid line were prolonged till it made a near approximation to them, the unadhesive lines about the centre would be too closely circumscribed, and the Spider would be subjected to great inconvenience. Hitherto I have supposed the Spider to form her snare in places evi- dently easy of access to her; but it is not unusual to see nets fixed to objects between which it is quite impossible that a communication can have been established by any process alluded to above; between distant plants, for example, growing in water. ‘* Here then,” as the authors of the Introduction to Entomology observe, ‘a difficulty occurs. How « does the Spider contrive to extend her main line, which is often many *« feet in length, across inaccessible openings of this description ?”? To this curious fact my attention has long been directed, and I have thoroughly satisfied myself, by observation and experiment, that in such instances Spiders invariably avail themselves of currents of air, by which their lines are sometimes conveyed to a surprising distance. If the geometric Spiders be placed on twigs set upright in glazed earthen-ware vessels with perpendicular sides, containing a sufficient 186 Mr. Blackwall on the Construction of the quantity of water completely to immerse their bases, the Spiders, thus insulated, use every means in their power to effect an escape; all their efforts, however, uniformly prove unavailing in a still atmosphere ; never- theless, when exposed to a current of air, or when gently blown upon with the breath, they immediately turn the abdomen in the direction of the breeze, and emit from the spinning apparatus some of their liquid gum, which being carried out ina line by the current, becomes connected with some object in the vicinity. This the Spider ascertains by pulling at it with her feet, and drawing it in till it is sufficiently tense, she gums it fast to the twig, and passing along it speedily regains her liberty. Now, that the same means are frequently resorted to by Spiders in their natural haunts, for the purposes of changing their situation and fixing the foundations of their snares, I have repeatedly observed. 1am aware that in the Introduction to Entomology an objection has been urged against the explanation of the difficulty here insisted upon. “ If,’’ say the learned authors, “‘ the position of the main line be thus determined by — “ce the accidental influence of the wind, we might expect to see these nets arranged with great irregularity, and crossing each other in every direc- tion; yet it is the fact, that however closely crowded they may be, they constantly appear to be placed not by accident but design, com- monly running parallel with each other at right angles with the points of support, and never interfering.’”’ In favourable weather, it is well known, that the geometric Spiders usually begin to construct their nets soon after the close of day, and as similar processes must be influenced in a like manner by the simultaneous operation of the same cause, the lines of individuals carried out by a current of air till they become at- tached to some distant object, will be all parallel or nearly so. This regularity, therefore, instead of militating against the opinion maintained above, appears to me to furnish a powerful argument in support of it. Sometimes the geometric Spiders suspend their nets in places not entirely surrounded by objects to which, in the first instance, they can proceed and attach their boundary lines. In such cases their operations are deserving of attention. After spinning a few radii, which are fixed to several distant points most accessible to her, the Spider fastens a thread to one of them, gluing it to that extremity which is farthest from the centre of her net, Along this radius she walks, drawing out the thread «“ Nets of Geometric Spiders. 187 after her, and guiding it with one of her hind feet, till she reaches its point of union with one of the adjoining radii: on to this radius she steps, and passing along it to the other extremity, there makes fast her thread; by this simple process connecting with marginal lines distant objects between which no direct communication previously existed. In the formation of their nets Spiders are regulated chiefly by the sense of touch, which they possess in high perfection. This is rendered extremely probable by the general tenor of their proceedings ; for ex- ample, they ascertain when they have the full complement of radii by approaching the centre of the net, which is their common point of union, and touching each in succession with the feet, supplying deficiencies wherever they are perceived; and I have already remarked, which greatly tends to confirm this opinion, that they generally construct their snares in the night. The fact, however, is established beyond dispute by the fol- lowing circumstance. I have repeatedly confined Spiders in glass jars placed in situations absolutely impervious to light, and yet during their captivity they have produced perfect nets of admirable workmanship. Spiders were supposed by Dr. Lister* to be able to retract their threads within the abdomen ; and whoever minutely observes the geome- tricians when fabricating their silken snares, will be almost induced to entertain the same belief. The viscid line produced in the Spider’s transit from one radius to another, is sometimes drawn out to a much greater extent than is necessary to connect the two, yet on approaching the point at which it is to be attached, it appears rapidly to re-enter the spinners, till it is reduced to the exact length required. This optical illusion, for such it is, is occasioned by the extreme elasticity of the thread, which may be extended several inches by the application of a slight force, and on its removal will contract into a minute globule of almost inappreciable dimensions. The viscid line alone possesses this property in a remarkable degree, (the radii and marginal lines being almost desti- tute of it,) by which it is adapted to the frequent and rapid changes in distance that take place among the radii when the net is agitated by winds or other disturbing forces ; and by which the insects that fly against it are more completely entangled than they otherwise could be, without * De Araneis, p. 8. 188 Mr. Blackwall on the Construction, &c. doing extensive injury to the frame-work of the snare. How this viscid line is fabricated is at present unknown. An examination of its struc- ture, and of the apparatus by which it is produced would furnish interest- ing employment for the microscope. In order to determine whether objects entangled in their toils are ani- mate or inanimate, the geometric Spiders pull with their feet the radii immediately in connection with that part of the snare in which they are suspended, and suddenly letting go their hold, produce by this means a vibratory motion in the net which seldom fails to excite to action such insects as are ensnared. Guided by the struggles of her prey, the Spider runs along the most contiguous radius to seize her victim, avoiding any contact with the viscid line as much as possible, and drawing out after her a thread attached to one of the lines near the centre of her net, which serves to facilitate her return. I regret that fam unable to particularize those species of Spiders which have been more especially the objects of the preceding observations and experiments; but so little has been accomplished in this interesting branch of zoology by British faunists since the time of Lister, that hitherto all my attempts to determine some of them have proved ineffectual. Previously to giving my remarks publicity, I would gladly have availed myself of the labours of our continental neighbours in this department of natural history, but this would have been attended with considerable in- convenience and much delay, and I am well informed that the works of M. Walckenaer, who is regarded as the highest authority on this subject, are out of print, and cannot be procured either in London or Paris.* A book descriptive of British Spiders, if ably conducted, and accompanied with accurately coloured engravings illustrative of species, would, I do not doubt, be very favourably received by the naturalists of this kingdom. That such a publication should still be a desideratum in the country which has produced a Ray, a Lister and a Willughby is a humiliating reflection. * M. Walckenaer has commenced, in the Faune Frangaise, (a work now in progress,) a history of the spiders which inhabit France, This will probably include the greater number of the British species. —Eb. Mr. Blackwall on the Cygnus Bewickii. 189 Art. XXIX. Observations on a newly-described Species of Swan. By Joun Biacxwatt, Esg., F.L.S., &c. Tue London Literary Gazette, published on the 23rd of January, contains the following notice, under the head “ Linnean Society,’ pages 56, 57. Another interesting communication, from the pen of William “ Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S., &c., was also read; it was on a new species of * Wild Swan, taken in England, and hitherto confounded with the ‘ Hooper. The scientific author in this paper observed, that European ** naturalists had as yet admitted but one Wild Swan in their systematic * catalogues; repeated dissections, however, convinced him of the ex- ‘« istence of a second species, ‘The new Swan was represented as one- ‘* third smaller than the Hooper, but very similar to that well-known ‘« bird in its external characters. In their internal structure they were *< stated to be decidedly different; and the comparative anatomy of both ‘« was detailed at some length. A preserved bird of both species, and “« several prepared parts of each, as well as numerous drawings, were on «« the table, in illustration of the subject. The various anatomical pecu- ** liarities of this new species were considered highly interesting, and the * proofs of distinction conclusive.” From an examination of the various specimens of Swans contained in the Manchester Museum, two of whichare Whistling Swans, or Hoopers, one in mature and the other in immature plumage, and a third is of the kind so recently described by Mr. Yarrell, I have, for several years past, strongly suspected that there are two distinct species of the genus Cygnus which occasionally visit this country. But, notwithstanding the compara- tively small size of the last-mentioned bird, its more clumsy figure, and the snowy whiteness of its plumage, which indicates maturity, its general appearance bears so striking a resemblance to that of the Hooper, that I hesitated to announce it as a new species previously to my having made myself acquainted in some measure with its habits and internal organiza- tion, no opportunity of investigating which had hitherto presented itself. My attention has again been directed to this interesting subject, and my former suspicion corroborated, by a remarkable circumstance that 190 Mr. Blackwall on the Cygnus Bewickit. lately occurred in the neighbourhood in which [ reside. About half-past eight on the morning of the 10th of December, 1829, a flock of twenty- nine Swans, mistaken by many persons who saw them for wild geese, was flying over the township of Crumpsall, at an elevation not exceeding fifty yards above the surface of the earth. They flew in a line, taking a northerly direction, and their loud calls, for they were very clamorous when on wing, might be heard to a considerable distance, I afterwards learned that they alighted on an extensive reservoir near Middleton, where they were shot at, and an individual had one of its wings so severely injured that it was disabled from accompanying its companions in their retreat. A short time since I had an opportunity of seeing this bird, which was then living, and resembled the rest of the flock with which it had been associated, and found, as I had anticipated, that it was precisely similar to the small Swan preserved in the Museum at Manchester, which, I should state, was purchased in the fish-market in that town, about five or six years ago. Twenty-nine of these birds congregated together, without a single Whistling Swan among them, isa fact so decisive of the distinctness of this species, especially when taken in connection with those external characters in which it differs from the Hooper, that I should no longer have deferred to describe it as a new bird to ornithologists, had I not been anticipated by Mr. Yarrell. " Of the habits and manners of this species little could be ascertained from a brief inspection of a wounded individual; I may remark, however, that when on the water, it had somewhat the air and appearance of a Goose, carrying the neck straight and erect, and being almost wholly devoid of that grace and majesty by which the Mute Swan is so advan- tageously distinguished. It appeared to be a shy and timid bird, and could only be approached near by stratagem, when it intimated its appre- hension by uttering its call. It carefully avoided the society of a Mute Swan which was on the same piece of water. As far as I can form an opinion from the concise abstract of Mr. Yar- rell’s researches relative to the bird in question, with which this article is introduced, it appears to me that the conclusion at which that gentleman has arrived is deduced principally from anatomical facts. If I am correct Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. 191 in my surmise, he will, in all probability, regard this communication, which, by the addition of novel and important evidence, tends more com- pletely to establish his views, as forming an interesting supplement to his paper. ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS ON Mr. YARRELL’S NEWLY-DESCRIBED SPECIES OF SWAN. On the 28th of February, at half-past ten A. M., seventy-three Swans, of the species recently described by W. Yarrell, Esq., as distinct from the Hooper, and named by that distinguished naturalist Cygnus Bewichii, were observed flying over Crumpsall in a south-easterly direction, at a con- siderable elevation. They flew abreast, forming an extensive line, like those seen on the 10th of December, 1829; like them too they were mistaken for wild geese by most persons who saw them with whom I had an opportunity of conversing on the subject, but their superior size, the whiteness of their plumage, their black feet, easily distinguished as they passed overhead, and their reiterated calls, which first directed my atten- tion to them, were so strikingly characteristic, that skilful ornithologists could not be deceived with regard to the genus to which they belonged. That these birds were not Hoopers may be safely inferred from their great inferiority in point of size. Now the circumstance of the small Swans associating together in large numbers, unaccompanied by Hoopers, the only known species with which they could be confounded by naturalists, and the difference, pointed out by Mr. Yarrell, in their inter- nal structure, are facts which completely establish their specific dis- tinctness. “Aer. XXX. Entomological Notices. By the late C. Heineken, M.D., &c. In the Ist vol. of the 2nd edition of the “ Introduction to Entomology,” p- 361, it is stated that the female Lycosa “ feeds her young until their first moult,’”’ and as it struck me that the difficulties of supplying with 192 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. food so numerous and minute a progeny would be very great, 1 was anxious to ascertain the mode in which it would be accomplished. On the 10th August, 1827, a female Lycosa of a large, (an inch from man- dibles to anus,) and to me new, species, which had long been kept con- fined for other purposes, hatched a sac of eggs, and was soon completely covered with young. The cage was so constructed that they could leave it and returnat all times, but that she could not. She had been, (as be- fore stated,) long accustomed to the confinement and mode of feeding, and from these circumstances, as well as not belonging to the class of web- making Spiders, imprisonment seemed to interfere but little with her natural habits. A fly was putin (the Spider having been fedas usual on the preceding day); I watched until the whole was consumed. Not a young one ever left its station on the mother, or seemed at all interested in what was going forward. 15th. The young have never yet been seen to quit the mother: she has been fed as usual, but in no instance have they participated in the prey, altered their situations, or appeared in the least excited while she was engaged with it. 2lst. In every respect the same. 25th (15 days from their birth). The young have quitted the mother and escaped from the cage. To establish the fact of their having derived no nourishment in any way from the parent during this period, I separated acolony on the 12th and put them in a glass, with nothing more substantial than air to feed upon. On the 24th, a lens could not detect any difference in size and - appearance between these and those which had been left with the mother. After this period they began to die, and on the 31st one was seen preying on another. Eventually one only remained, but I believe that many more perished from starvation than by their fellow-prisoners. If [supposed that the “ I have more than once been gratified by a « sight of this interesting spectacle,” &c. &c., (which concludes Messrs. Kirby and Spence’s account of the Lycosa, ) applied to the mode of feed- ing the young (of which there is no mention), and not exclusively to thes ** clustering about her,’ aoe is especially noticed,) I should feel bound in common courtesy to speak very diffidently about the opposite result of my experiment, and in common justice to allow every reason- able deduction from it on account of its having been a solitary one, (in consequence of the difficulty of procuring the spider during the breeding 3 Habits of Spiders as regards their Young. 193 Season), and made upon animals in an unnatural state ; but as, from the way in which it is given, it looks m e a general assertion than the result of personal observation, I suspect that like many of its class it will prove an erroneous one, and that protection is all for which they stand indebted to the parent. It appears to me that in Spiders the following gradation is in a great measure followed. viz. a Ist. Those which pay no regard to the cocoons when deposited, and desert both them andthe web altogether as soon as the number is com- pleted: e.g. Epeira Cacti,* or the Aranea fasciata, Fab. 2nd. Those which remain in the web, but take no notice of the cocoon after it is deposited: e.g. Epeira fasciata, Walck. 3rd. Those which remain near the cocoon until it hatches, but pay no attention to the young: e.g. Epetra castrensis,* &c. 4th. Those which sit upon the cocoon: e.g. Clubiona, Salticus, &c. 5th. Those which carry it under the belly when they move, and after- wards fix it on the web and partly hold it by their fore legs: e.g. The- ridion inflatum.* 6th. Those which carry it between the mandibles and never quit it “until it hatches: e. g. Pholcus phalangioides ; and _ 7th. Those which carry it always at the anus, and protect the young for a certain period: e. g. Lycosa. ; This latter, as far as my observations go, is the extent to whieh paren- tal affection, as some innocently call it, has carried Spiders ; and although a gentleman, in one of the late Numbers of the Zoological Journal, pos- sesses a Baucis and Philemon as exemplars of his “ Loves of the Spiders,” and seems to hint that the time may not be far distant when the “ etiam « in amoribus seva”? may be proved a gross libel upon the lady, yet I fear that the matron-like qualities of a dry nurse will even then remain * aconsummation to be wished for.’”? By the bye, I suspect that. al- ough in that instance the dalliance seemed to last a most unreasonable ime, yet that she must either, in the quaint phraseology of old White, * As I have never been able to procure the work of M. Walckenaer, and have no fuller guide to species than Latreille’s Histoire &c,, I have been obliged ta give pro tempore names, by way of distinction. Vou. V. N a 194 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. have had an overweening stock of *‘ curiosity to satisfy,’ or that he was somewhat of a novice in the “art of love;’’ for although I have never succeeded in detecting a pair in the rapturous embrace, yet I have con- stantly found males dead in the morning which had been introduced into the same cages with females over night. In one instance last summer I found a pair, (Epeira Cacti,) on opposite sides of the same web, but within a few inches of each other; after waiting until my patience was exhausted, I removed them into a large jar containing the branch of a plant: in the morning a.hind leg was all which the unfortunate swain had left, to “* prate of his whereabout!’’ About the same time, a male and female Epeira calophylla, in separate cells on the same orange leaf, were confined in the same manner; theirs turned out a complete Char- lotte and Werter affair; she was dead and he survived her but an hour! However, to be serious. [am aware that being in confinement not one of my experiments on this head is worth any thing. The matter is still sub judice, and can only be set at rest by that most useful of all classes of naturalists, the out of door one. Froma number of experiments which it would be tiresome and needless to detail, and which are but of very moderate vulue from ill health having obliged me to make them upon individuals in confinement, it appears, ]st. That all young Spiders can, and that many even in a state of nature probably do, live for the first fortnight without nourishment. 2ndly. That they all combine, and act in unison and harmony for a certain period, whether confined or at large, this law applying even to different species when confined together. 3rdly. That mothers during this period respect the lives, not only of their own progeny, but of that of others. 4thly. That afterwards a bellum internecinum without regard to age or relationship is waged; and 5thly. That although the settling of preliminaries may be indefinitely prolonged, yet that the act once accomplished, the truce is ipso facto at an end, and *< sauve qui peut”’ is the termination of their amours. "7 Having opened the ‘ Introduction to Entomology,’’ (a book which it is not always easy to close again) I see that at page 56 of the same volume and edition, the authors, in their enthusiasm to answer the ‘ objections “« to Entomology,”’ have rather unwittingly armed against themselves a % Capacity for Pain in Insects. 195 champion, who, although in himself a host, never dreamt, I suspect, of buckling on his armour in so weak a cause. They (Messrs. Kirby and Spence) say, “ But this inference that insects are not indued with the ** same sense of pain as the higher orders of animals, is reduced to cer- “* tainty when we attend to the facts which insects every day present to “* us, proving that the very converse of our great poet’s conclusion, “‘ the poor beetle that we tread upon” ** In corporal sufferance finds a pang as great ‘© As when a giant dies,” o ‘© must be regarded as nearer the truth.”’ Now, under correction, “ our ‘* great poet’’ never for a moment intended to conclude, or to lead others to the conclusion, that insects are indued with as high a sense of pain as men. He spoke exclusively of the physical, or, to use his own word, “ corporal” pain of dying. He said, though in other words, ‘it is « « evident to your senses that the corporal pain is little or nothing to a * crushed insect; it would be no greater to a giant as suddenly anni- ‘ hilated; therefore it is trifling in both cases, and all the extra suffering *< (the only real suffering in fact) of the man is mental.’’ His authority might therefore with propriety be used to prove that physical pain was much less severe in all animals than is generally supposed, (and which I have no doubt that it is,) but after reading the former part of the quotation, ** Dar’st thou die? « The pain of death is most in apprehension, — ** And the poor beetle,” &c. &c.* ¥ * There are few instances of a more complete perversion of the meaning by a partial quotation of a sentence, than occurs in this passage of Shakspeare. The object of the fair pleader being to encourage her brother steadfastly to en- counter death, would scarcely have been forwarded by depicting that consum- _# mation as attended with great corporal sufferance, Yet such is the effect of the omission of the context. It is curious too to observe the zeal with whick. en- tomologists especially have again and again defended themselves against an assertion which reflects not upon them, and which ignorance alone could apply tothem, Naturalists and the vulgar alone have misunderstood the bearing of the passage: the commentators have seen it in its proper light, as explained above by Dr. Heineken; and Mr. Douce expressly remarks, ‘‘ The meaning is N 2 4 \ 196 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. no one will, I think, accuse him of lending his sanction to the mawkish cant of those puling sentimentalists, who “ Compound for sins they are inclin’d to ** By damning those they have no mind to,” and while they either directly or indirectly encourage the emasculation (neither a pleasant nor a painless operation I take it) of whole races of animals, from the Mammalia downwards, the crimping of cod, skinning of eels, boiling of lobsters and roasting of geese alive! for the mere grati- fication of a sensual appetite; and the impaling of worms, embowelling of frogs, “ playing with’’* trouts, &c. &c. for the most contemptible of all amusements; are ready to faint oyer a legless fly, orto ‘< die of a rose “ in aromatic pain.” Whether Shakspeare supposed mutilation to be equally painful to the one as to the other, he gives us no opportunity of judging, but from his general truth to nature we havea right to infer that he did not. Pope, the poet of art, might for the mere gingle write «¢ Why has not man a microscopic eye >”? and with as much sense reply ‘© For this plain reason, man is nota fly;”’ (although the former has the most truly microscopic organ of vision of any animal, and the latter a very imperfect one,) because no one ever supposed him to have known better; because he was a great deal too learned in perfumes and curling papers to condescend to such trifles as those of natural science; and be- cause the best poem he ever wrote was the most artificial one that ever was written: but Shakspeare both knew better and wrote better. As I happen to be just now in a critical humor, and as I only follow their example both in its indulgence and in the subject upon which J am exercising it, I would for a moment turn to p. 392 of the same volume, where Messrs. Kirby and Spence have quoted “ shard-born beetle’’ as Shakspeare’s, and wishing to see a little deeper into the millstone than ‘* the commentators,’ have added in a note, “it might have thrown « —fear is the principal sensation in death, which has no pain; and the giant, « when he dies, feels no greater pain than the beetle.’—E. T. B. * That is, drowning a miserable animal by degrees, with a barbed hook in his vitals by way of a soother, and a line constantly tugging at it to remind him of its presence. - Signification of Shard. 197 ** some weight into the scale of those who contend for the orthography “ above (born) and that the meaning of shard in this place is dung, if “ they had been aware that the beetle (Scarabeus stercorarius) is actu~ *¢ ally born amongst dung and nowhere else, and that no beetle which ** makes a hum in flying can with propriety be said, as Dr. Johnson has ‘* interpreted the epithet in his Dictionary, ‘to be born amongst broken *« stones or pots.” They also state, on the authority of Mr. MacLeay, that * sharn is the common name of cow-dung in the north, and that there- ** fore Shakspeare probably wrote sharn-born”’ In Antony and Cleo- patra, when they are talking about the love of Lepidus for Cesar and Antony, Agrippa says, “ Both he loves,’ to which Enobarbus adds, “« They are his shards and he their beetle.’? Now as Shakspeare would hardly cali the same thing sharn invone place and shard in another, and as it is clear that sharn, that is, cow-dung, in the mouth of Enobarbus would be palpable nonsense, and shard as a beetle’s birth-place in Mac- beth, and its wing-covers in Antony and Cleopatra would be even a worse jumble than “ broken stones and pots,’”’ I am really almost bold enough to doubt whether the idea of either dung or crockery ever entered his imagination. The original meaning of the word shard, namely, “a “* broken piece of tile or earthern vessel’ (see Bailey’s Etymological Dictionary) having, in all probability, before his time, suggested its ap- plication to the wing-covers of beetles, in the same way as its Latin synonym, testa, had been applied to the covering of shell-fish, &c.; for there is not the shadow of an authority, I believe, for supposing that shard, in its most extended sense, ever did or could mean dung : and to substitute sharn for it, merely because it has that meaning in a part of the kingdom with which he was unacquainted, appears to me to be rather a greater liberty that “* we petty men’”’ ought to allow ourselves,* * On the meaning of the word shard, there is so much to be said, that we protest against opening the pages of the Zoological Journal to the discussion of its pre- cise value in every instance in which it has been used, That scales and dung were both included in its significations, admits of no doubt. Shakspeare has himself used it with at least two different meanings. In its primitive sense, that given by Bailey, “a broken piece of tile or earthern vessel,” (potsherd of the English translations of the Bible,) it is used in Hamlet: the Priest says of Ophe- lia, “ Shards, flints, and pebbles, should be thrown on her.”’ Here it can scarcely 198 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. In the Jast (16th) number of this Journal is a paper by Mr. MacLeay on the Ceratitis citriperda, and although he has not given a detailed description of it, yet from the figure and the statement of its ‘ having been seen on some oranges in the market-place of Funchal,’”’ I have be supposed to mean either the elytra of beetles, or dung. That shards signified scales, is shown by a passage in Gower, who speaks of “a dragon—whose “« shardes shynen as the sonne.” If we admit, and the sense appears to require it, that by shards in the passage quoted above from Antony and Cleopatra, Shakspeare meant scaly wings, or elyéra, we have here a second meaning. A third instance of its use by Shakspeare occurs in Cymbeline, where it is said, “« we find The sharded beetle in a safer hold Than is the full-winged eagle.” Here the epithet applied to the beetle may also mean covered by elytra, as op- posed to the full wings of the eagle; and such is the interpretation given to it by Steevens, Malone, Holt White, and Archdeacon Nares. But in this in- stance it is also possible that a third signification may attach to it, that given by Tollet; that the “ sharded beetle means the beetle lodged in dung,” its hum- ble earthly abode “ being opposed to the lofty eyry of the eagle.’’ The proofs adduced by Tollet that shard signifies dung, (cowshard, according to him, be- ing the word generally used in the north of Staffordshire for cow-dung), are from A polite Palace of Pettie his Pleasure, &e. ‘‘ The humble-bee taketh no “ scorn to lodge in a cow’s foul shard:”’ and from Bacon’s Natural History, ‘Turf “and peat and cow-shards, are cheap fuels, and last long.’’ To these Mr. Holt White adds, from Dryden’s Hind and Panther, “ Such souls as shards produce, “ such beetle things,” a quotation bearing very closely upon the subject. A corresponding quotation to that adduced from Bacon is to be met within A true report of Capteine Frobisher his last voyage, ke., where it is said inthe Orkneys that “They are destitute of wood, their fire is turffes and cowe-shardes.”’ In Ben Jonson’s Tale of a Tub, one of the characters exclaims, “ Marry a cow- “ shard!” In the opinion of Archdeacon Nares, this meaning is derived from the preceding one, “ Cow-shards,” he says, ‘appear to mean only the hard “« scales of dried cow-dung.”’ That it was unnecessary for the purpose of obtaining the signifieation dung to change the orthography from shard to sharn, is shown by the previous quo- tations. Authc-ity for the latter, and closely applying to our subject, is, how- ever, to be met with in A briefe Discourse of the Spanish State, quoted by Mr. Holt White, ‘“ Hew that nation, rising like the beetle from the cowshern, hurt- “ leth against all things.” Still more apposite, although scarcely likely to be met with, unless by a naturalist, is the ‘ Searabeus stercorarius vel fimarius, * a dung Beetle, or Sharnbug” of Merrett’s Pinax, page 201.—E. T. B. Se oA Ceratitis citriperda.—Blaps obtusa. 199 no doubt that an insect which I had hoped might prove a new species of Latreille’s Tephritis (and a pair of which I sent to him a short time back) will turn out to be the same. In the colours, nervures, and marks of the wings, and the sexual appendages of clavated horns, it precisely corre- sponds with the figure. I first observed it at rest, as though basking, and with the wings ex- panded, on the leaves of some thick shrubs, in the garden of the English church. In the surrounding gardens were orange, lemon, and other fruit-trees, but not in that where I found it, and which it was afterwards in the habit of frequenting. “It had the manners and appearance of an insect of very confined locomotive powers and activity, and I have sel- dom seen it upon the wing further than passing from one shrub to another, and never upon flowers, or with the attitude and appearance of one either eating or searching after food. Ishould infer, therefore, as well as from the general habit, if that be not too empirical, that it is short- lived and eats little or nothing in its perfect state. The insect is by no means uncommon with us, and I have subsequently taken it on the orange-tree, and many others. On the 14th of February, , I find, by referring to a note-book, that “‘ several were hatched ** from pup@ found in a decayed lemon.’ I have also a distinct recol- lection of having hatched them from peaches,* but as I cannot find the circumstance mentioned, I must leave it to future investigation. The principal object I have in mentioning the insect now, is to induce others to look for it in other fruits besides the orange, to which I suspect it will prove not to be confined. I am looking anxiously for Mr. ce by promised details. I trust that now he has turned his attention t the interesting group to which it belongs will be well elucidated. — Mr. Curtis, I see, (British Entomology, No. 148) gives as Blaps ob- tusa, Fab., Bl. similis, Lat., and Bl. lethifera, Marsh, an insect which, from his own shewing, cannot, I think, be the first of the three, and answers only indifferently in figure to the second, In his figure and de- * Six or eight which I have of a variety, (smaller and paler, but differing in no other respect,) were certainly not hatched from oranges. 200 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. scription the elytra are mucronate ; now Fabricius, in the Supplement to the Entomologia Systematica says, ‘ elytra nullo modo acuminata.”’ La- treille too, in the “‘ Histoire, &c.,’’ when he considered the Bl, similis as a variety only of the Bl. mortisaga, says, ‘ peut-étre est-ce le Blaps ob- ** tus de Fabr.?”’ but in the “ Genera, &c.’’ a more recent work, and in which he establishes it as a species, he is silent about its being syno- nymous with the Bl. obtus« of Fabricius. Mr. Curtis appears to me also to be in error about the sexual distinctions. He says that the elytra are mucronate, ‘‘ especially in the males, in which sex there is a fasci- ** cule of hair at the base of the second:abdominal joint beneath.” In some dozens of specimens (for it is abundant here) those with a tuft of hair had also mucronated elytra; and as one not having either of these peculiarities protruded the penis when dropt into boiling water, I have kept it as a better proof than many dissections could afford, that the con- trary is the case, and that the prolonged elytra and tuft of hair are female peculiarities. Messrs. Kirby and Spence say of the Blapside generally, ‘* elytra mucronate in the females,’’ but neither they nor any other writer besides Mr. Curtis mention, as far as I am aware, the tuft of hair. The Blaps gages, and its small variety, which Latreille considers Blaps mortisaga, Herbst, have it in one sex also. Cc. HEINEKEN, M.D. Funchal, Madeira, 8th August, 1829. P.S. As I conclude that a poetical licence will not always be allow- able with the Zoological Journal, I will avail myself a little further of the present, to ask what birds Shakspeare means in ‘A Midsummer Night’s Dream,” by “ russet-pated Choughs, many in sort.””—The bird now, I believe, commonly called “ Chough’? (Pyrrhocorax graculus, Temm.) is not russet-pated ; neither are the Pie, Daw, Hooded Crow, &c., and vet it is evident by the succeeding line, ‘‘ Rising and cawing,” &c. that the birds he referred to belonged to this group. ‘‘ Many in “© sort,”’* too, would either imply variety of plumage, or several spe- cies : now both Fleming and Bewick give only one species ef Chough, and the only variety of consequence consists, I believe, in the bill and legs of the young being black instead of red. C. H. ® Many in sort means nothing more than many in company. Of the conti- nual use of sort in this sense, scores of instances could be adduced,—E. ‘T. B. . .. % / ¢ J 4 € : < , ° , f A U . ‘ an 7 ’ , % te my (ees ae ‘a % A ye rn # “Bee ‘ My =| a ~ JW ~~ No ay “HAC Td AS 184, PUMA, pearPapooy, NOG d neuron | reerene S Oe ee — = - < eee a * r Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 201 Art. XXXI. Observations on the Quadrupeds found in the District of Upper Canada extending between York and Lake Simcoe, with the view of illustrating their geographi- cal distribution, as well as of describing some Species hi- therto mas Dr. Gaprer. The sign * denotes that I have seen but imperfect specimens; ** that I have only been told of the existence of the species. The numbers prefixed refer to Dr. Richardson’s ‘‘ Fauna Boreali- Americana,” (1.) Vespertilio pruinosus (Say.)* Hoary Bat. (2.) subulatus (Say.) Say’s Bat. The most common Bat in the home district. It agrees exactly with Dr. Richardson’s description ; the measurement is nearly the same. | Sorex Forsteri (Richardson.) Tas. vit. Forster’s Shrewmouse, ‘The first upper grinder is certainly larger, not smaller, than the two next; in other respects Dr. Richardson’s description of the dentition agrees exactly.t The length of the head and body is 2} inches : that of the tail rather more than 14 inch. Two specimens weighed 42 grains each. The tail is square, and rather largest in the middle. The colour of all the upper parts is nearly a middle tint of burnt umber ; the under parts are light yellowish brown ; the feet are rather darker than the belly. This little animal is very common in this district, and J have fre- quently found it frozen on the surface of the snow in the beech and maple woods. ‘The only two specimens which I could procure in a good + If Dr, Richardson’s description of the dentition of Sor. Forsteri be correct with respect to the first upper grinder being smaller than the two following ones, this must be, I should think, a distinct species, but as that tooth is the largest in all other species which I have examined, I am inclined to think that it is a mis-print. The length of the tail also differs, but as the Doctor says that his description was made from at prepared specimen, this may arise from shrinking in drying, 202 Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. state, had been drowned in a well. A very small Shrew is said to be found in the more southern settlements on Lake Erie, which is most pro- bably the same species. Sorex talpoides (nobis.) Mole-like Shrew. Shrew with a round tail, about as long as the head ; short furry ears ; eyes very small, and surrounded with a naked skin; upper parts dark greyish brown ; under parts the same tint, but = TAB. VIII. , Dental formula, intermediary incisors 2, lateral incisors $-3, cheek- teeth 4=4=32. The teeth are brown, except the parts immediately above the roots; the upper intermediary incisors have a semicircular notch be- hind ; the second lower lateral incisor is the largest, the next two are much smaller, and the fifth is the smallest of all; they all have a small lobe on their inner side ; the lower intermediary incisors are crenated on their upper edge. The muzzle is rather shorter, and the fnce more conical than those of most Shrews ; the nose is rather broad, the eye i is very small, and sur- rounded by a naked skin; the ear is short, furry, and completely hid; the fore feet are rather wide, and furnished with pretty strong nails, and a slight fringe of stiff hairs on the outer edge of the metacarpus only ; the hind feet are small and weak ; the tail is round, scaly, and hairy. The fur, for the greatest part of its length, is bluish grey, the tips only being bistre brown, so that the grey shows through; the feet are light bistre brown, and the nails white, “iow @ yi Length from the nose to the insertion of the tail 4anches ; of the tail full 1 inch. i) This Shrew is common in the district, and appears to prefer marshy places. The drawing was taken from a living specimen caught in an old overflowed cellar ; it was a female. (6.) Scalops Canadensis (Cuvier.)** Shrew Mole. (8.) Ursus Americanus (Pallas.) American Black Bear. (11.) Procyon Lotor (Cuvier.) The Racoon. (14.) Putorius vulgaris (Cuvier.)** Common Weasel. (15.) erminea (Cuvier.) The Ermine. . (16.) Vison (Richardson.) The Vison or Minx. The measurement of my specimen, when recent, from the nose to the - at ‘ . vad oa ‘ » ~ ‘ \ . “ ) ’ —s A 4 oy hs aL + 4 * - ee rere eo “ _ »' * ‘ v Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 203 insertion of the tail, 12 inches; of the tail itself 6 inches. It was a female, and its stomach contained the half-digested remains of a frog. There are two stuffed specimens of a larger species of Mink preserved in the Museum at New York: perhaps this may be M. Cuvier’s Mustela Vison, since the Baron could hardly have overlooked the character which led him to devise the genus Mustela. (17.) Mustela Martes (Linn.) The Pine Marten. The ae Marten ay common about Bristol, and I have seen many specimens, al! differing from the Canadian animal in the patch of yel- low on the throat being uniform in colour and figure; whereas in the Canadian Pine Martens the patch is irregular in shape, and spotted with brown, the head is also grey and fox-like. There is a Marten described in Silliman’s Journal as the Fox-like Marten, and those in this district appear to belong to that species or variety, for it must be granted that individuals are to be found approaching very near our species in the particulars above noticed, (18.) Mustela Canadensis (Linn.) The Fisher or Pekan. Length from the nose to the insertion of the tail 19} inches; of the tail 155 inches. The specimen was a female. (19.) (Mephitis) Americana.** The Skunk. (20.) Lutra Canadensis (Sabine.)* Canada Otter. (22. A.) Canis Lupus griseus.* The gray Wolf. (26.) Canis (Vulpes) fulvus (Desmarest.) The American Fox. (26. y.) argentatus (Desmarest.) Black or Silver Fox. (30.) Felis Canadensis (Geoffroy.)** Canada Lynx. (33.) Caston fiber (Linn.) The Beaver. Now very rare, though their old embankments are to be still seen on most streams. ee (34.) Fiber zibethicus (Cuvier.) The Musk-rat or Musquash. (35.) Arvicola riparius (Ord ?) Bank Meadow Mouse. Length of the head and body 5} inches ; of the tail 2 inches. This is the most common Mouse in the fields of Upper Canada, making shallow ‘ burrows under every fallen tree, and also under rails, hay-ricks, &c., and in the winter beneath the snow. The female makes her nest of grass, under logs. It frequents also the barns. * 204 Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. Arvicola Gapperi.t Meadow Mouse, with a tail more than half the length of the body ; short rounded ears ; the back and upper part of the head chestnut; sides and face yellowish brown; belly yellowish white ; chin and throat ash-coloured. TAB. IX. This Mouse is common on the steep banks of streams in the woods, burrowing like the former ; it is very fond of meat, and annoys the trapper by eating the baits set for the Marten, and by throwing the traps. It is about 4 inches long from the tip of the nose to the insertion of the tail; the tail itself 12 inch. The head is moderately large, and the nose on a line with the teeth: certainly it is not sharp-nosed like Dr. Richardson’s Arv. Noveboracensis, the only species which at all agrees with it ; the feet are whitish. I have caught several, all agreeing in colour, size, &e.t Mus decumanus (Linn.)* The Brown Rat. Introduced. Only found in the warehouses near Lake Ontario. Mus Musculus (Linn.)* The common Mouse. Introduced. Very common all over the country. A great many are frozen to death in the barns, where the native mice live in perfect security. Cricetus myoides (nobis.) Mouse-like Hamster. Hamster with a tail longer than the body; large eyes and ears ; upper half of the body mixed black and light reddish or yellowish brown ; lower half pure white. a TAB, X. Dental formula, incisors 2, canines 2, cheek-teeth 33. The cheek- teeth have long roots, and are crowned with several little blunt tubercles and convoluted ridges of enamel. It measures 32 inches from the tip of the nose to the insertion of the tail; the tail itself 3+ inches. The nose + Dr. Gapper having left this new species unnamed, we take the opportu- nity of designating it by the name of the discoverer.—ED. { Dr. Richardson to whom Dr. Gapper’s MS. has been communicated, remarks, “ this Arvicola differs from my Arv. Noveboracensis, in having more “ conspicuous ears, and is probably the animal Rafinesque named Novebora- “ censis ; but as his description is insufficient for correct discrimination, a new “ name had better be given to Dr. Gapper’s animal.—J. R.” PILIEX, D> Zoolovical Journal ,Vol.y. Zo olosi eal Jowrnal Vol.V.PLX. == \ i yy he wt SS Dr. Gapper on the Mummalia of Upper Canada. 205 is sharp, and projects more than two lines beyond the incisors ; the eyes are large and prominent ; the ears large and ovate ; the cheek-pouches, when distended, reach to the ear ; the tail is scaly and hairy; the legs and feet are stout. The fur consists of hairs either entirely black, or trpped with yellow- ish or reddish brown ; the black hairs are the longest, and predominate on the back and top of the head ; there is generally a blackish spot at the roots of the whiskers, and a whitish one before the ear. The whiskers are very long, some black, others white. The under parts, including the legs, are pure white. This animal bears a considerable resemblance in form and colour to Dr. Richardson’s Mus. leucopus, which it rather exceeds in size; but the very evident cheek pouches distinguish it generically from Dr. Richard- son’s new species. This pretty little Hamster is very common in all the district, climbing trees with facility, and making a nest of thistle-down in their hollows, either towards the top or at the root ; it is quite a pattern of industry and fore-thought, for, although it lays up a winter store of full half a peck of corn or other seeds, it nevertheless runs about in search'of food all the winter, following the cattle track, and picking the undigested corn out of their dung, regardless of deep snow or severe frost. It frequently makes its nest in barns amongst the hay, where it also lays up its store. (46.) Meriones Labradorius (Richardson.) Jumping Mouse. ' The female makes a nest of grass ; my specimen had made her’s under the sod in a furrow, and had five young ones; she measured 32 inches from the nose to the insertion of the tail; the tail itself 5 inches. (47.) Arctomys Empetra (Schreb.) Quebec Marmot. Ground Hog of the settlers. This animal is solitary in its habits, and makes its burrow in dry sand- barks. It is not uncommon. (57.) Sciurus Lysteri (Ray.) Chipmunk of the settlers. Very common. It is constantly seen running on the rail-fences, and hiding among brush-wood, uttering a peculiar squeak when started ; if hunted it runs up trees, but soon endeavours to descend, and by mak- ing a great spring, tries to reach the ground and escape to its burrow. (59.) Sciurus Hudsonius (Pennant.) The Chickaree Red Squirrel. It has no cheek-pouches, though placed by M, Cuvier in the division ~t 206 Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. furnished with these organs. The pencil of hair on the ears of winter specimens is more distinct than it is represented in Dr. Richardson’s plate, and the black line on the sides is always more or less distinct ; probably these differences are owing to the fur never becoming so long in these latitudes. (60.) Sctwrus niger (Linn.) The Black Squirrel. I have generally found them to measure from the tip of the nose to the insertion of the tail rather less than a foot; the tail itself 13 inches. They _ are most commonly entirely black, but I have shot several with patches of light brown on the belly, each hair ringed with black ; in other specimens, still more rare, with the whole under parts of this colour, and with many of the hairs on the back and tail ringed with yellowish white. The ears of the Black Squirrel are covered with adpressed hairs in the summer, but in the winter those on the upper side are lengthened so as to over-top the » ear about half an inch. It is found in all the settled parts, varying, according to my observation, only as stated above. I have shot many dozens of them. It makes its nest in hollow trees, filling the cavity with thistle-down, in which warm material it buries itself when it retires to rest. I have observed the recent tracks of these Squirrels made in the snow during the severest weather, but they do not seem to remain long at a time out of their nest during inclement weather. Sciurus leucotis (nobis.) White-eared Squirrel. Grey Squirrel with a tail rather longer than the head and body; white .ears ; the upper parts varied with a mixture of white, black, and ochry ; ' under parts greyish white ; tail edged with white. TAB, XI. This Squirrel measures, from the nose to the insertion of the tail 12 inches ; the tail itself 13. The fur has little lustre, and is slightly erisped- The hairs on the upper parts and tail are all annulated with ochre and black, or black and white ; on the head, and a broad stripe along the back, the tips are ochry ; on the cheeks, a stripe on the sides next the white of the belly, and on the upper part of the foot, excepting the toes, the hair is almost entirely ochry ; on the rest of the sides, limbs, and outside the tail the hairs are mostly tipped with white ; the under parts are entirely greyish white ; round the eyes and back part of the ears they are pure } | | Mr. Brooke on Conchology, regarded as a Science. 207 white ; in front and at the tips of the ears they are ochry ; in the winter the fur is about half an inch longer than the tips of the ears, forming a kind of pencil; in summer these hairs are short and adpressed both on the ears and round the eyes, giving these parts rather a light ash-colour than pure white.t+ This Squirrel is not common in the district. I have seen them in New York, and a grey Squirrel is said to be more common in the more southern settlements of Canada, and to be very like that which I have described. The size of the Sciwrus magnicaudatus, as given by authors, is very different, as well as the proportion of the body and tail, and the fur of the only specimen of the Carolina Squirrels which I have seen, is very unlike this, and the ears are of the same colour as the back. Pteromys volucella. Common Flying Squirrel. Head and body nearly six inches, tail rather more than four. (68.) Lepus Americanus (Erxleben.) American Hare. Feet large in proportion to the size of the animal. (77.) Cervus leucurus (Douglas.)* Long-tailed Deer. Nore. For the representation of the five new species of Mammalia, described in the preceding paper, the proprietors have to acknowledge their obligations to Dr. Gapper who has kindly given to them the use of the plates which he had prepared for another work. With equal libera- lity Dr. Gapper has presented to the Bristol Museum specimens of each of the new species above referred to. Art. XXXII. On Conchology, regarded as a distinct branch of Science. By Henry James Brooke, Esg., F.L.S., M.G.S., &c. Tue attention of naturalists having been recently drawn to the general subject of systematic classification, the editors of the Zoological Journal + “ This animal seems to belong to some of the varieties, as they have bcen “ termed, of the Sciurus cinereus, but I think the shape of its ears is a sufficient “ mark to distinguish it from the live ones in the Zoological Museum.—J. R.” 208 Mr. Brooke on Conchology, regarded as a Science. will perhaps afford space for a few remarks on what is properly termed Conchology—the description and classification of shells. This branch of natural science appears to have been involved by some late writers in very considerable and very unnecessary obscurity and con- fusion, by an attempt to render it dependent upon the anatomical and physiological characters of the animals by which shells are produced, and by so confusing the descriptions of the animals and the shells, as frequently to render it extremely difficult for a reader to discover to which the descriptions relate. The language too in which these descriptions are given, and which is generally derived from the characters of the shells alone, presents another source of great confusion whenever by implication the description can be supposed to have reference to animals. It is also obvious that a description of shells, founded upon the characters of the animal inha- bitants, cannot even now be given in reference to very many recent species, and can never be applied to fossil shells whose animals are entirely unknown. . ; This attempt to identify shells with animals, or animals with shells, seems to have arisen from what will, on more mature consideration, appear to be mistaken views of the real objects of Conchology when regarded as a science. That a study of the names and distinguishing characters of shells, for the sole purpose of collecting and arranging them in a cabinet, has little to do with science, and is not one of the highest exercises of intelligence, will be readily allowed; but as long as even this trivial and unimportant pursuit affords occupation and amusement to many whose attention might otherwise be devoted to less rational and less innocent objects, this restricted study of shells deserves to be encouraged; and particularly when it is recollected, that if it were not for those who are merely shell collectors, and who are accustomed to pay such prices for very perfect, or new specimens, as tempt mariners and other travellers to collect and preserve them, it is probable that comparatively few of those objects would ever be brought within the reach of the scientific naturalist. But it will not be disputed that the ultimate purpose of Con- chology, regarded as a branch of natural science, is to illustrate the natural history of shell-bearing animals in their perfect state, that is, of Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science. 209 the animal and shell conjointly. This, however, is not to be done by describing a shell, and calling it an animal, nor by imperfectly describ- ing an animal of which very little may be known, and denoting it by the name which hasbeen previously given to the shell that covers it—a name, as Monodonta, almost generally derived from some character of the shell alone. If the animal inhabitants of all known shells were known, a classifi- cation of those animals with appropriate generic and specific names, according to the method adopted by Poli, would supply what might pro- perly be termed “ An Account of Molluscous Animals ;”” but even in this case it would be important to the naturalist to have the shells also accurately studied, and perhaps separately named and described, in such manner as might best exhibit their peculiar relations to the characters and habits of their respective animals. And if there should be found some inconvenience in having two sets of names and a double classifica- tion, this would be more than compensated by the increased perspicuity of the method. But if it would be useful to possess this double classification where the animals are known, it becomes strictly necessary to keep the two systems distinct, in order that one of them should embrace the fossil shells. The proper study of shells may indeed not unaptly be considered analogous to that of the skeletons of the higher classes of animals, and may be regarded as the comparative anatomy of the molluscous inhabit- ants; and if it were so pursued, those who study shells alone, might, without the fear of being regarded as triflers, confess themselves to be conchologists, and might thus assert their title to a place in the ranks of science, on account of the additions they might, by induction, supply to the present scanty knowledge of the shell-bearing animals. A few extracts will now be given from some of our latest writers on these subjects, to shew the unsettled state of opinion upon even the first principles of the method of treating this branch of natural history. Montagu, in his *Testacea Britannica,”’ published in 1803, (Introduction, page 27,) says, “ The Ascidia is rather a numerous genus’ (of animals,) ** is found to inhabit Pholas, Solen, some of the Mya, Mactra, and * probably part of other bivalve Testacea: many species of the genus * Ascidia are Mollusca’ —the term Mollusca is here applied to’ animals Vou. V. o 210 Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science. destitute of shells. And as Pholas, Solen, Mya, Mactra, are some of his genera of shells, he evidently adopts the Linnean principle of esta- blishing a classification and nomenclature of shells distinct from, and in- dependent of, that of the animal inhabitants. In 1822 a work was published by the Rev. Dr. Fleming, entitled, “« The Philosophy of Zoology, or a General View of the Structure, Func- tions, and Classification of Animals.” And in 1828 the Ist volume appeared of ‘ a History of British Animals,’’ by the same author, exhi- biting a systematical arrangement of their genera and species. At page 406 of the first of these works, Dr. Fleming says, ‘the cha~ “* vacters furnished by the skin and its appendices are extensively em- <* ployed in the systematical arrangement of molluscous animals. Nearly ** all those characters which distinguish the species, and many of those ** on which genera are established, are derived from the form of the shell, *« the tentacula, or the colour.” If this be really so, that the form of the shell may supply both the generic and specific characters of the ani- mal, the study of shells alone becomes even more important than it has been already supposed. It will, however, appear afterwards that the very reverse of this process is recommended in a later work. The subject is again adverted to by Dr. Fleming, at page 430 of the same volume, where he says, ‘ enough is known of the animals of Spi- ‘* rula and Nautilus to furnish some hints for those who are fond of elassi- *¢ fying animals from their analogies.” A passage which seems to imply dissent on the part of the author from the method of classing these ani- mals from their analogies rather than from their shells ; a dissent, how- ever, from the only principle upon which, it would appear, a correct classification of animals can be established. It is from this conflict of first principles, and the practical conse- quences to which it has given rise, that the ambiguity and uncertainty are produced which meet the conchological student at every stage of his enquiry. If, for example, he turns to the division Cochleade of Dr. Fleming’s British Animals, (page 255,) he observes that the first genus is named Cyclostoma, and which hence would appear to beananimal. But he has perhaps seen a shell so named, and he is therefore at a loss to know whether the term Cyclostoma implies an animal or a shell. To satisfy his doubts he turns to the description of this genus, and he there finds Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science. 211 that the species Cyclostoma elegans is. the same as is described in. Monta gu’s ‘‘ Testacea Britannica,’ as Turbo elegans. He accordingly turns to Montagu’s work, and finds that Turbo is a shell, and that the animal inhabitant is stated to be a Limazx. He discovers also that the name Cy- clostoma was given to the shell in question from the circular form of its aperture, a character to which Dr. Fleming does not allude ;_ but this dis- covery brings with it a new embarrassment, for the second species of Dr. Fleming’s Cyclostoma is described as having an ovate mouth. He turns over the remaining pages of Dr. Fleming’s descriptive cha- racters without feeling his difficulties much removed: on the contrary, they are frequently increased by the numerous typographical errors with which the volume abounds, (and which will doubtless be corrected in an- other edition,) as well as by the occasional inattention of the learned author—as where he describes the shed/s belonging to the animals of the first division of the Siphonida, page 408, as having the beaks obsolete ; the first genus of that division, Mytilus, as having the beaks acute ; and the first species of Mytilus as having the beaks blunt. The enquiries of the student not having been satisfied elsewhere, he now refers himself to Mr. Sowerby’s ‘‘Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,” and here he is again doomed to disappointment ;_ for notwithstanding the practice of accurate observation which is evinced by the descriptions con- tained in Mr. Sowerby’s work, and the occasional influence of his better judgment in shaking off the trammels with which his subject has been surrounded, he allows himself too frequently to be influenced by the reigning notion, that in his descriptions of shells he must always appear to think and talk about molluscous animals. Under the genus Pullastra, Mr. Sowerby implies, that it is the habits of the animals which ought to be the foundation of the genera of shells. If the habits of the animals be not here taken to mean the shells them- selves, it is evident that no genus of fossil shells can ever be established, The title of Mr. Sowerby’s work is the ‘* Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,” yet under the genus Magilus he speaks “ of giving the genera of ** all animals whose habitations have usually been called shells,” and under this view he will doubtless include the Hermit Crab. Under Melanopsis, Mr. Sowerby quotes from M. de Férussac, The “* genus Melanopsis is one of the most interesting of molluscous animals” : 02 212 Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science. yet a few lines further on, he has the expression, ‘* The shedls which ** form this genus,’ &c. Is, it may be asked, Melanopsis an animal ora shell, or both ? and is not the name derived from the shell ? Under Catophragmus Mr. Sowerby alludes to ‘ correct first princi- ples’”’—he, however, states that these “‘ are only to be obtained by * the study of the Mollusca which form and inhabit shells,” ** yet (he * says) the shells themselves may in most cases be regarded as indicating *¢ many of the more important facts in connection with the history of “ ec n their animal inhabitants, and may consequently be generally consi- * dered as sufficient to demonstrate characters strong enough for the establishment of genera.’’ But genera of what ? animals or shells ? If of animals, they do not properly belong to Mr. Sowerby’s work on shells, and if of shells, the passage means no more than that genera of shells may be established upon the characters of shells alone. The re- mark that genera of animals form no part of Mr. Sowerby’s work is strongly enforced by himself, under the genus Dentalium, where he says, “* whatever may be the nature of their animals, we are engaged to give © an account of shells alone.” And the genus /nostoma affords an in- stance of the establishment of a new genus from the form of the shell alone, where the animal is supposed to resemble that of Helix. The consequence of thinking about animals while writing about shells, is the occasional production of observations which could not otherwise have been made; as, for example, the quotation from Lamarck, under the genus Cassis, “ that the shel/s live in the sea ata distance from the «© shores, and upon sandy bottoms, where they bury themselves in the «« sand.” And under Achatina Mr. Sowerby speaks of shells of differ- ent characters and habits. It is not obvious what is intended to be implied by the phrase habits of shells, if it be not their colours and their epidermis, (the latter of which, it may be observed, is frequently a very loose habit,) unless in- deed the practice of burying themselves be termed a habit, to which we are perhaps indebted for the preservation of the numerous fossil speci- mens that now exist, and which may be conceived to have formerly prac- tised self-interment more or less profoundly, in all the then subjacent beds of seas and lakes. A similar want of precision in the use of terms connected with this “ec Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 218 branch of science may be observed in the title of a new work recently advertised by Mr. Children and Mr. Gray, which professes to be “ An Introduction to the Study of Recent and Fossil Shells, and the Animals which inhabit them,”’ a title which clearly cannot be verified by the work itself, in relation to fossil shells. But enough has been said to shew the entirely unsettled state both of the opinions and language of recent authors on shells and their inhabitants, and to evince the necessity of establishing some more precise and definite system of conchology, upon principles which, if shells are still to be considered worth preserving and receiving names, should be immediately derived from the shells themselves. It is well known that a system of conchology, or a method of classing shells, has been proposed by M. de Blainville, but adapted in some de- gree to the classification of the animals. He has, however, introduced two distinctive characters, the operculum and the epidermis, both of which, from the unfrequency of their continuance with the shell, must generally become unavailable. There has also been a purely concholo- gical work produced by a Danish naturalist, Mr. Schumacher, which has no reference to the mol/uscous animals. An analysis of this work would not render the pages of the Zoological Journal less generally inte- resting than they are at present, and might afford some useful hints to Mr. Sowerby in preparing his promised work on the Species of Shells. a rr Art. XXXIII. On the Affinities of the Genus Clinidium of Kirsy. By J.O. Westwoon, Esg., F.L.S., Sc. WHEN we contemplate the immense number of insects already sup- posed to be contained in our cabinets, estimated by Mr, MacLeay to amount at least to 100,000, and when we are aware that it is the opinion of some eminent authors that this number is but one-fourth part of the Species actually in existence, (an opinion which appears to be well founded, from the number of new species which the arrival of every col- lection adds to our store,) the remarks which the entomologist occasionally 214. =Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidiuni. hears from those, but little interested in the subject, about the endless bounds of the Science, &c. may not perhaps be wondered at, although they are to be regretted, as it is not to be doubted that they have repeat- edly tended to deter many a Tyro from proceeding in the science. To those, however, who are more deeply versed in the subject, the increase of our knowledge of new species either of insects, or of any other group of beings, is an object of the most lively interest; and to none more so than to those whose more immediate object is the discovery of affinities, and the consequent developement of the natural system, employed in the creation and distribution, not only of the insect tribes, but also of every branch of the organized creation; and hence every new insect added to our collection, ‘ which of itself,’ as Mr. MacLeay observes, in the An- nulosa Javanica, ‘* scarcely raises a thought in our minds beyond what ‘* may originate in its splendour of colour, or its eccentricity of form, *< becomes absolutely important when described in reference to its fel- ‘* lows.”’ I have been led into these remarks by the interesting observations of Mr. Kirby, contained in his communication upon the new genus Clini- dium, published in the last number of this Journal. The insect forming that genus is represented by Mr. Kirby to present characters of several dif- ferent and distant tribes, so that after a very close inspection, and diligent comparative investigation of its characters, he states that he feels uncer- tain to what modern group, larger or smaller, to refer it. The object of the present paper is to offer some observations upon its affinities and analogies; but knowing, asI do, the extreme hazard at- tending the promulgation of opinions upon the situation of objects which so well illustrate Latreille’s remark upon Stylops Melitte, ‘ Animal ani- ‘* mum excrucians,”’ I must rely upon the indulgence of the more ad- vanced student towards the following pages. It will be seen, however, that I have endeavoured to depend as little as possible upon my own indivi- dual opinions, contenting myself rather with collecting the observations of authors who have preceded me. And should it perchance be objected that this paper describes no new object, I confidently trust that the inte- rest which must necessarily attach to the opinions of the celebrated men whose works I have quoted, (more especially as the objects of these opinions belong to tribes which materially disturb the tarsal system of Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 215 Colecptera, ) and the attempt which I have made to render the structure of already described insects more fully known, will be held a sufficient re= compence for the want of novelty. In tracing affinities, perhaps, no organs are of such essential import- ance as the trophi, and it is consequently to be regretted, that as Mr. Kirby’s specimen of CLINIDIUM GUILDINGII. was not dissected, some of the most material parts of the mouth remain uninvestigated. I beg, however, to call the student’s attention to the characters given by Mr. Kirby of the mandibles, terminal joint of the maxillary palpi, and especially the “‘ Mentum latum, utrinque tumi- “* dum,” and the delineation of this latter organ in Plate II. fig. 2.. The apterous body which is not depressed, the apparent want of reticulated eyes, and the levigated spaces regarded by Mr. Kirby as their répresenta- tives, the formation of the tips of the tibie, and the pentamerous tarsi, are also characters which the student willnot failto consider worthy of attention: After the observations of Mr. Kirby on its want of affinity with the families referred to in his paper, it was with pleasure that I received an insect from Germany, singularly enough on the very day on which the account of the Clinidiwm Guildingii was published, which, even upon a’ casual examination, appears to bear so great an affinity to that insect, that I have little doubt that the time is not long passed when they would both have been even considered referable to the same genus. It is equally - singular that the situation of the former insect has hitherto equally’ been matter of doubt with the authors who have noticed it. The insect to which I refer is the RHYSODES EXARATUS, Tas. Supp. xvi, fig. 1. The | genus was proposed (but not described) by Latreille, and adopted by Illiger, Gyllenhal, Sturm, and other authors ; but it was reserved for Dalman to give in the Analecta Entomologica, p. 93, an elaborate and detailed account of the interesting insect composing the genus. This de- escription being unaccompanied by any figure, and the insect not having: been elsewhere figured,* I feel convinced that a representation of it will. not be considered an uninteresting accompaniment to Mr. Kirby’s figure of Clinidium. There are, however, certain material characters not suffi- * See Note A, 216 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. ciently detailed by Dalman, which I was naturally anxious to investigate, and I did not hesitate to sacrifice my single specimen of the insect, in order to render its description more complete. I shall, therefore, in the first place, endeavour to supply this deficiency, and then to point out the chief characters in which this genus and Clinidiwm resemble or differ from each other. Amongst the characters omitted by Dalman, were those of the trophi, the following being the only description given by him of them, ‘ Os ** durum, et adeo occultatum ut ejus partes in exsiccatis vix enucleande. “« Caput subtus planum mento punctato, flavo-pubescente, antic? sinua- ** to, lobo medio acuto; Os mandibulis brevibus, palpisque retractis, “* occultatis ; (palpi flavescentes articulo apicali elliptico nudo’’:—and Latreille merely gives the following description of the trophi in the 4th Volume of the new edition of the Régne Animal, p. 487, “‘ Les mandi- ** bules sont, a ce qu’il m’a paru, rétrécies et presque tricuspidées a “« leur extremité. Le menton est corné, trés grand, en forme de bou- “ clier, terminé supérieurement par trois dents ou pointes. Les palpes ‘¢ sont fort courts.’ Upon a careful examination and dissection of my specimen, I find the following noticeable characters. The posterior angles of the head are rounded—the eyes are oval, lateral, not very large, placed behind the insertion of the antennz, and distinctly reticulated. On a casual view of the insect, it is not improbable that the two large raised Jateral and posterior smooth parts of the head might easily be mistaken for eyes, and [ am rather inclined to think that Mr. Guilding has consi- dered the parts similarly situated in Clinidium as the eyes, more especi- ally as Mr. Kirby’s observations leave the matter in doubt. The labrum is very minute, and semicircular, with the front slightly produced, and with a short bristle arising on each side in front (Ibid, fig. 1. B.) The mandibles are very minute, being longer than broad, and tridentate at the tips (Ibid. C.) The remaining parts of the mouth are very minute and membranaceous, and are hidden beneath the large mentum. The mazille ate broad at the base, with the apex produced into a narrow long lobe, acute at its tip; the maxillary palpi are four-jointed, the first and third joints short, the second about twice as long as the preceding, and rather thickened in the middle, the last joint twice the length of the second, and gradually acute to the tip (Ibid. D.) This last joint is occasionally seen Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 217 beyond the mentum. The lower lip is attached to the inside of the mentum, and is very minute and triangular; the palpi are rather long, and composed of three joints of nearly equal length, the first of which is slender, the second rather thicker at the tip, and the third the thickest, especially in the middle, with the tip acute (Ibid. E.) The mentum is very large and horny, and occupies the whole of the under side of the head ; its front is produced into three points, the medial being the most advanced ; it is covered on the outside with punctures (Ibid. A.), and is fleshy on the inside where the lower lip and maxille are attached to it. The anterior angles of the thorax are rounded, and the place of the insertion of the head is narrower than at its base, although, as Dalman observes, the base is narrower than the front part of the thorax. The femora of all the degs are thickened ; the tip, however, of each is slenderer, being hollowed beneath to receive the slightly incrassated base of the tibiz in the manner represented in fig. 1, K. and L. The tips of the four posterior tibie are slightly clothed with hairs on the inside, and are rather thicker than the rest of the joint. They are also furnished with two spines of unequal length on the inside, so that when the legis laterally observed, the tip of the tibia appears to be emargi- nate (Ibid. fig. I.) The tip of the cubiti or anterior tibiz is, however, different, having the inner edge produced at the tip, both above and be- low, into a bent obtuse spine, below each of which there is a much smaller spine, and the surface between these spines thus appears both above and below to be emarginate and ciliated (Ibid. F. G, and H.) The formation of these parts is not satisfactorily detailed in the account of Clinidium, Having thus endeavoured to supply the description of the characters omitted by Dalman, I now proceed to trace the various points of resem- blance and disagreement between the two genera. If we regard general appearance or habit, as well as size, we are im- mediately struck with the resemblance between the insects; indeed it is even carried so far as to exist in the singular sculpturing of the head and thorax. If we regard natural habits, we find them similar, Dalman describing the Rhysodes as collected in numbers by Paykull “ in ligno putrido abie- 218 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. *© tis;’? and Mr. Kirby describing the Clinidiwm as taken in a rotten tree. Or if we direct our attention to structure, we find the same formation of antenne and labrum, the same long and acute terminal joint of the maxillary palpi and minuteness of mandibles, maxille, labium, and la- bial palpi, the same subdepressed body, the similar neck, the same shortness of legs, apparently the same spinosity at the tip of the tibie, and the same number of joints in the tarsi. Such are the chief resemblances, constituting a very intimate affinity; but there are numerous points of disagreement, although not of such material importance, between the two genera. Their geographical distribution is distinct, Clinidium being an inhabit- ant of the tropical regions of the islands of the New World, whilst Rhy- sodes appears to be distributed throughout the southern half of Europe, the habitats given by Dalman being ** Warnaus Blekingie,”’ Tauria, the Croatic Alps; ‘* et ut Americee Borealis—an recte >—communicavit Dom. “© Sturm.” In addition to which list M. Lefebvre has captured it in pro- fusion in Sicily, and Latreille informs us that M. Léon Dufour has disco- vered it in the Pyrenees. We also find a material variation in the formation of the mentum, which in Clinidiwm (notwithstanding the inability under which Mr. Kirby laboured to state the formation of the trophi so accurately as he could have wished) is described as being “ latum, utrinque tumidum,’’* whilst in Rhysodes it is flat and “ anticé sinuatum lobo medio acuto,”’ forming, in fact, the under side of the head, as represented fig. 1, A. The presence of reticulated eyes in Rhysodes is also a distinguishing character, if these organs be really wanting in Clinidium ; upon which question I must beg to refer the student to the observations of Mr. Kirby and those suggested above. Jn their general outline also, there is a considerable difference, * It is material, for the purpose of tracing the affinities subsequently stated, to notice this formation ; and a question may arise whether this tumidity is not, in fact, the bilobed production of the anterior part of the under side of the head, and whether the lower lip and its appendages do not arise between the two lobes as in Passandra, &c, Should, however, the mentum be transverse, and merely swelled on each side, this circumstance of itself evidently shows an approximation to the swelled bilobed formation of the under side of the head in those genera. Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 219 the head, thorax, and elytra respectively being oblong-quadrate in Cii- nidium, while in Rhysodes they are oblong-ovate. The sculpturing of the thorax is also distinct in the two genera, the lateral channels in Clinidium occupying only the basal angles, whilst in my specimen of Rhysodes they run parallel with the entire lateral margin. Dalman, however, describes these “ Sulci laterales’’ of Rhysodes as being ‘ basi “© dilatati latissimi, antrorsum angustati, ultra thoracis medium in puncta ‘ impressa desinentes,”’ although in my specimen they are of the entire length of the thorax, as represented in my figure. The striation of the elytra is also distinct, there being in each elytron of Rhysodes, “ Strie ** octo impresse, regulariter et profundé punctate, suturales ad apicem ‘* usque continue, intermediz ante apicem a ruga obliqua ? cum striolé ‘* punctata interrupte; interstitia angusta convexa levissima impunctata;’” whilst in Clinidiwm the elytra are described by Mr. Kirby as being ‘pro- “* funde sulcata vel porcata, porcis sex elevatis ; intermediis abbreviatis, ** duabus longioribus apice connatis; apex ipse et basis coleoptrorum “* apud suturam in foveam magnam et profundam excavati.”” And last, but not least, Clinidium is apterous, and Rhysodes furnished with folded wings. Having thus, I trust, satisfactorily established the intimate connexion of these two genera, I now proceed to trace their joint affinities and ana- logies ; and in order to do this satisfactorily, I shall, in the first place, state the opinions of Dalman, Latreille, and Kirby upon the subject. With regard to Rhysodes, the original location appears to have been: amongst the Terediles, being placed by Dejean, in his Catalogue des Co- léoptéres, p. 40, between Oupes and Ptilinus. Dalman, however, in the Analecta Entomologica, disproves this location, observing, ‘ Certe “ peculiare genus, nec facile in ulla familia not& pentamerorum ponen- ‘dum. Insectum primo intuitu habitum fere profert Colydii vel Lycti, “* sed tarsorum numerus et antennarum forma nimis distant.” Latreille, in the Familles Naturelles, p. 354, in again placing this genus with Cu- pes amongst the Ptinide, observes, in corroboration of Dalman’s re- marks, “ Ce dernier genre (Rhysodes), quoique pentamére, semble appar- “ tenir plus naturellement a la famille des Xylophages ou a celle des ** Platysomes,”” (Cucujide); and yet the same author, in the second edi- tion of the Régne Animal, Vol. IV., p. 487, still retains it in the same 220 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. situation with the remark, “‘ Nonobstant le nombre des articles des tar~ ** ses, ce genre parait se rapprocher des Cucujes et méme de certains ‘* Brentes a trompe courte dans les deux sexes. Les habitudes sont les ‘© mémes que celles des Xylophages.”’ With regard to Clinidium, Mr. Kirby states, that *‘¢ it exhibits also ‘* some general resemblance to the Rhynchophorous genus Brentus, which ** T believe is also.a timber devourer, but it seems to me still nearer. to ** Cucujus, Fab., as for instance, Cuc. rufus, which has a pedunculated «« head, and another North American species, which, like Clinidium, is ‘** pentamerous.’’ The observations of Mr. Kirby upon its supposed relationship with the other families mentioned by him, may, I think, be passed over in silence, that acute entomologist having himself clearly shewn that they can scarcely be regarded otherwise than as analogies. Its supposed affinity to Brentus having also been noticed by Latreille, in reference to the affinities of Rhysodes, is worthy of peculiar mention, but this, I must admit, appears to me to be extremely slight, and also not to be regarded otherwise than as an analogous resemblance. Hence I think we may take it for granted that we ought to look for the immediate affinities of these insects amongst the Cucujide and the fami- lies which are allied to that group; andas the affinity of Rhysodes with Colydium or Lyctus, or the family Xylophages of Latreille, is not very immediate, as may be perceived from the observation of Dalman quoted above, we must. consequently direct our attention to the Cucujide, and the only characters which would separate the insects in question from that family, as defined by Latreille, appear to be the pentamerous tarsi, and the less depressed form of the body, since in almost every other respect, if we consider either their structure or habits, they will be found to agree, and even in regard to the tarsi, (as Mr. Kirby has shewn, and as I hope even more satisfactorily to prove,) this difference does not, in fact, exist; with regard also to the less depressed form of the body, I cannot consider this a character of sufficient importance to allow a sepa- ration of insects otherwise intimately allied ; indeed it can only be re- garded as indicative of the approach towards the more cylindric form of the allied families. Still, however, it must be admitted, that this affinity is not of that nature which might be termed immediate, but that there are evidently some links in the chain yet to be supplied. Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 221 For the purpose; however, of tracing this affinity more minutely, I shall now proceed to an investigation of the characters of several of the insects comprized in the family Cucujide, which, from the interest ex- cited by an examination of many of their organs, must be considered as peculiarly worthy the attention of the entomologist. I shall commence this investigation with the Cucujus rufus, in conse- quence of its being the species supposed by Mr. Kirby to be the most nearly allied to Clinidium. This insect and several others of a similar formation, vary so materially from the true Cucuji, in many of their essential characters, as fully to warrant their separation and establish- ment as a distinct genus, which I propose to name, in allusion to the formation of the under side of the head, CaTOGENUS.* Type of the Genus Cucujus rufus, Fab., Oliv. Tas. Supp. XLVI, fig. 2. Labrum minutissimum, transversum. A and C. Mandibule valide, subtriangulares, porrecte, extus rotundate, intus dentibus tribus obtusiusculis, apice unidentato. A. Mazille minute, plane, subtriangulares, lobo superiori majori, in- tegro, angustato, ciliato, inferiori minuto. Palpi 4-articulati, in lobum dorsalem inserti, lobo superiori longiores, articulis tribus basalibus lon- gitudine subzequalibus, sed sensim crassioribus, articulo ultimo majori, elongato, apice subacuto. D. Mentum brevissimum, transversum, anticé paullo angustius. E. Labium bifidum, laciniis linearibus, angustis, divaricatis, ciliatis ;— palpi in labium lateraliter inserti, et laciniis ejus paullo longiores, arti- culo Imo tenuissimo elongato, 2do brevi et paullo crassiori, 3tio 1mi lon- gitudine, arcuato, apice subacuto. E. and F. Antenne moniliformes, capitis thoracisque longitudine, articulis sub- equalibus (2do minori.) A. Corpus depressum lineari-quadratum. Caput subquadratum, depressum, angulis rotundatis, anticé clypeo * Kdrw (subtus) and yévug (gena.) 222 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium parvo paullulum producto, (C.) et posticé collo brevi instructum—genis subtus utrinque rotundato-productis,* maxillarum basin tegentibus. B. Oculi parvi, laterales, reticulati, A. Thorax oblongo-quadratus, planus, capitis latitudinem equans sed lon- gitudinem ejus superans, basi vix angustiori, angulis acutis. Elytra oblongo-quadrata, linearia, plana, lateribus deflexis, thoracis latitudine, Pedes breves, longitudine fere equales, femoribus crassis, tibiis ad apicem crassis, et trispinosis, éarsis fere tibiarum longitudine, articulis 5 simplicibus, 1mo. paullo minori, unguibus minutis. Of the characters detailed above, the most interesting, with reference to the affinities of the genus and its separation from Cucujus, are the flatness and very oblong shape of the body, the formation of the antennz and trophi, the anterior production of the lateral parts of the under side of the head, and the five-jointed tarsi. If the general formation of the antenne, palpi, and legs are compared, we are immediately struck with the resemblance between this genus and the two preceding. Of this genus, which appears to be the American type of form, in addition to the Cuc. rufus, Fab., the cabinet of the British Museum con- tains two, and that of the Rev. F. W. Hope, three other distinct species, Most intimately allied to the last genus is an insect received by Mr. Hope from Dr. Klug under the name of Isocerus carinatus, Klug, (MSS.?) an inhabitant of the Cape of Good Hope. This generic name (it having been employed by Tlliger to designate the genus Parandra, and conse- quently sinking into a synonym of that name, and also being still em- ployed by Megerle and Dejean for a genus of Blapside) Mr, Hope pro- poses to change to ANISOCERUS. In addition to the geographical distinction between this genus and the last, a slight examination enables me merely to state that it also appears to differ in being considerably longer in proportion, and not quite so flat in the thorax and elytra. * This formation is perceivable, but*in a much less developed state, in Scau- eus and Eurychora, Vide Kirby and Spence, Int, to Ent. Vol. III. p. 489. Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 223 In the produced formation of the underside of the head the two genera are, however, alike, as also apparently in their trophi. I was not, how- ever, able either to examine those organs or the tarsi so accurately as I could have wished. Of the other genera, hitherto placed in the family Cucujtde, the nearest approach to the two preceding groups is made by PASSANDRA, founded by Dalman in the Appendix to the 3rd volume of Schénherr’s Synonymia Insectorum, p. 146, and figured in Tab. 6, fig. 3 of that work. On its affinities Dalman merely remarked, “‘ Statura sublinearis, “« depressa, et facies fere Passali.”’ Latreille, in the Familles Naturelles, p- 398, correctly places the genus, without any remark upon its indivi- dual characters, in his family Platysomes (Cucujipes.) There is, how- ever, the following interesting observation made in that work upon that family, “ Ces Coléoptéres, ainsi que les Trogosites et les Prostomis ** (Megagnathus), se rapprochent sous quelques rapports des Lucanides.”’ The chief of these “ rapports’’ appear to me to consist in the pentame- rous tarsi and general character and habits of the insects; and in the for- mation of the labium and maxille of Rhysodes, as well as in the charac- ters of Passandra, other and much greater resemblances are discoverable. In the new edition of the Régne Animal, Vol. V. p. 101, Latreille has, however, altered the situation of the genus Passandra, and has in- cluded it in his third division of the Xylophages, placing it as the last genus after the Trogositarii, with the remark, ‘“ Ces insectes sont évi- «* demment le passage de cette famille (Trogosite) 4 la suivante (Cu- ** cuji or Platysomes). Ils ne different méme des Platysomes que par leurs « antennes.”’ It is evident that Latreille here alludes to the increased size of the last joint of the latter organs, fig. 3, C. In every other respect, not only in general formation, but also in the similarity of structure of the under side of the head, (which I have figured in Tax. Supp. xiv. fig. 3, A,) it will be perceived, that a most intimate connexion exists between this genus and the two preceding, and the description of the trophi given by Dalman tends to confirm this affinity. If Latreille, however, was anxious to shew the affinity between his Trogositarii and Cucujipes, there are other and much more satisfactory links (as I shall subsequently en- deavour to prove) to establish the connexion, than the mere incrassation 224 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. of the terminal joint of the antenne. It will also be seen, (notwithstand- ing Dalman expressly says, ‘* Tarsi omnes exacté 4-articulati, absque “« rudimento nodi basilaris in articulo unguiculari, subtis ciliati non vero ** spongiosi,’’) from the fig. 3, D, that there is a rudimental basal joint in these organs which will also further exhibit their affinity with the genus Catogenus. Dalman was evidently led into this error from an idea that if any rudimental joint actually existed it would be the fourth, as in Parandra and the Longicornes, and not the basal joint. Of this genus there are four species contained in the cabinet of the British Museum ; and Messrs. Hope and Children have respectively spe- cimens of another species, which the former gentleman received from Dr. Klug, under the name of Pass. vittata. The species all agree in being less depressed than either Cucujus or Catogenus, and also in having the elytra but partially striated, the disk of each being smooth and shining. The next genus to which I beg to call the student’s attention is that of Denpropuacts, Gyll., chiefly on account of its approaching the preceding genera not only in its elongate form but also in having the ‘tarsorum articulus primus mi- ** nutus, inferus,’”? Gyll. As Gyllenhal has not stated that the underside of the head of this genus is produced as in the preceding, we may conclude that it is formed as in the subsequent genera.* Still if we notice the similarity in the structure of the trophi themselves, (especially the maxille and maxillary palpi, and the labium and its appendages,) in Catogenus, Uleiota and Cucujus, we shall soon be convinced of the real approxi- mation between the genera, notwithstanding the variation in the structure of the underside of the head. The typeof the genus Dendrophagus is the European species, crenatus ; but the British Museum cabinet contains three species (arranged under Brontes,) one of which is a remarkable insect. Although differing in its elongated form and shorter antennz, yet in the majority of its characters, and more especially in the formation of * See Note B. Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 225 the trophi as described by Gyllenhal, Ins. Suec. 2, p. xiv., this genus most nearly approximates to UtetoTa, Latr. / Brontes, Fabr.) the type of which is the Br. flavipes of Fabricius. This genus is cha- racterized by the length of its antenne, (the second joint of which is inserted upon the side rather than the apex of the preceding joint, Tab. Supp. xxv, fig. 4, A), the acuteness of the last joint of its palpi (ibid. D. & E.), and its labium, which is merely emarginate in front, E. The male of the typical species presents a remarkable character in having the outer side of the mandibles armed with a strong bent hornlike process considerably advanced in front of those organs, (Ibid. C.). I do not find, from the description of this species, that the antenne of the female are shorter than those of the male; had they been so, Latreille would doubtless have mentioned the circumstance. To this genus evidently belongs an insect, considerably larger than the Ul. flavipes, brought by Dr. Horsfield from Java, and now contained in the Museum of the East India Company. Mr. Hope also possesses the same species from New South Wales. The British Museum Cabinet contains another species allied to Ul. flavipes. It will not be considered necessary for me further to mention the obvi- ous affinity between the last genus and Cucusus, Fab., which, as a genus, is characterized by Latreille by the comparative short- ness of its moniliform antenne (Tab. Supp. xxv1, fig. 5, A.), depressed body, truncate palpi (Ibid. D. and E.), and bifid abiwm (Ibid. E.) Such, indeed, are the characters presented by the large typical species, Cuc. de- pressus (sanguinolentus, Linn.,) and clavipes; but the genus, as at present constituted, comprises several distinct forms, to some of which I propose to advert. There is, however, another character connected with the typical species, namely, the real formation of the tarsi, which has escaped the notice of Latreille, notwithstanding he has, in the first edition of the Régne Animal, expressly characterized the tarsi as having all the joints entire, whilst, as belonging to insects placed by him in his division Tetra- mera, it is evident that he must have regarded them as only four-jointed- Vor. V. P 226 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. The accurate examinations and descriptions of Gyllenhal throw, howe- ver, some light upon the formation of these organs, and accordingly we find the following observation in the Addenda to the first volume of the Insecta Suec., Vol. II. p. 6, (misprinted 4.) ‘* Secundum observationes «© Cl. Dom. Schénherr, in Act. Holm. 1809. pag. 52, et sequ. plurime “© species Generis Cucuji tarsos gerunt omnes 5-articulatos, ideoque heic ‘* [Pentamera] inseratur Familia 9-10: ma Cucujipes.” This reference being unfortunately incorrect, I have not been able to make that use of Schénherr’s observations which I could have wished ; and in the charac- ters which Gyllenhal has given of the genus, we find ‘* Tarsuum articulus ‘* primus minutus inferus stipuliformis,’’ with the additional observation upon Cuc. depressus, “In altero sexu, forte masculo, tarsi postici tantum *¢ 4-articulati, primo minuto stipuliformi, secundo elongato cylindrico, ** tertio brevi sub-bilobo, quarto unguiculari longo clavato.”’ In my specimen of Cuc. depressus the joints of the tarsi are exactly as represented in fig. 5, F, G and H. Regarding; therefore, the last observa- tion of Gyllenhal to be correct, we are led to consider that in all other respects a similar formation of organs (including, of course, the antenne) is observed in the sexes, since, if this had not been the case, Gyllenhal would most certainly have apprized us of the differences. The compa- rative smallness of the second joint, and the very slight incrassation of the last three joints of the antenne of this species will be perceived in fig. 5, A. In the British species Cuc. dermestoides, which is well figured by Pan- zer, 3, B, there are several peculiarities of formation, which distinguish it from Cuc. depressus. In shape it is more oblong. The hinder angles of the head are not so much produced. Its antenne are shorter, with the second joint nearly as large as the third, the eighth small, and the three following incrassated, (Tab Supp. xv1, fig. 6, A.) The mentum is different, the anterior margin being pointed in the middle (Ibid. E.), and the last joint of themaxillary and labial palpi, although truncate at the tips, is not obconic (Ibid. C. and D.) According to Gyllenhal, however, the posterior tarsi vary according to the sex, as in Cuc. depressus, and as no other variation is noticed by that author, we may conclude that the antenne do not vary in the sexes. Upon the affinities of this insect Gyllenhal observes, * Antennarum et scutelli structura, ut et articulorum Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 227 ‘* tarsuum yariatio secundum sexum, affinitatem cum Genere Cryptophagi ‘* produnt, sed instrumenta cibaria, et statura corporis deplanata, bene ** distinguunt.”’ Cucujus muticus, Fab., appears to agree with the preceding in the formation of its essential organs, although the sides of the thorax are not denticulated. In another small British species, (Tab. Supp. xvi. fig. 1.), nearly allied to the Cuc. dermestoides, (which Mr. Stephens has named in his Catalogue, Cuc. testaceus, Pk., Fab., and Gyll., but which appears to me rather to be the Cuc. piceus, Oliv. and Latr. Hist. Nat. 11, 256, 4.) the antenne are formed as in Cuc. dermestoides, the labrum is, however, much larger than in that species, and semicircular (Ibid. fig. 1, A.), and the terminal joint of all the palpi is but very slightly truncate, being al- most acute (Ibid. C. and D.), the abium is entire (D.) This species (which I received from Mr. Ingpen, who procured it from the decayed part of an old elm-tree, in Wiltshire, in the month of December,) al- though agreeing with Gyllenhal’s description of the form of the head, antenne, and form and striation of the elytra of Cuc. testaceus, appears to be too darkly coloured for the description of that species, being rufo-castaneous rather than rufo-testaceous, and Gyllenhal says of the thorax of Cuc. testaceus, “ sub-quadratus—angulis posticis parum pro- ‘* minulis,” whereas in my insect, the sides of the thorax are slightly denticulated at the base, although agreeing in other respects with Gyllen- hal’s description. In the breadth of its body and in its more developed labrum, the Cucu-~ jus monilis, Fab., Pk., and Gyll., (Cue. bipustulatus, Hellw., Latr., Pz., Cuc. bimaculatus, Oliv., Latr.,) appears to recede from the typical form of the genus. In the specimens which I have seen of this insect, the antenne have the last three joints thickened ; they therefore appear to be the var. a. of this species, described by Gyllenhal ; but I very much question whe- ther they are, as he supposes, males, since, notwithstanding its greater size, I should be induced to regard his var. b, ‘ antennis filiformibus, di- ** midio corpore longioribus—articulis ultimis non crassioribus, sed elon- ** gatis cylindricis,’’ as the male of the species. In the Exotic Cabinet of the British Museum, are several specimens of a small pale testaceous species, with the thorax subquadrate, named by Dr. Leach, “ Cucujus monilis, H. testaceus, Pk.’ This is a British spe- Pp 2 228 Mr. Westwood on the dffinities of Clinidium. cies, and has been taken by Mr. Stephens, as well as received by him from Mr. Griffin. It is not, however, contained in his Systematic Cata- logue. The specimens, although agreeing in size, vary (as in the last species) in the formation of the antenne, which in some individuals (most probably males) are very long, slender, and filiform,* whilst in others they are much shorter, with the three apical joints incrassated. These last I conceive to be females. Of a similar formation with the latter specimens are two insects con- tained in the cabinet of Mr. Stephens, and in his Systematic Catalogue named ‘ Ulciota monilicornis, Marsh. MSS.”’ The Brontes pallens of Fabricius (which Mr. Stephens doubtingly regards as a synonym of this species) is, however, considered by the German and French entomologists asa variety of Ul. flavipes, and consequently a much larger insect. The remaining insect of this genus which I shall mention, isa small pale fulvo-testaceous species (Tab. Supp. xLv1. fig. 2.), which was captured under the bark of a Horn-beam tree, in Hainault Forest, by Mr. Bydder, and which is now in my cabinet ; I am not aware of any other British speci- men, nor do I find it described, unless it be the Cue. unifasciatus of La- treille, (Hist. Nat. 11, 256.) The head is as large as the thorax, and has several emarginations on its anterior margin; the /abrum is large, and rounded in front (Ibid. fig. 3, A.), the antenne are longer than the head and thorax (Ibid. E.), the first joint larger than the second, which is also a little larger than the third, the remaining joints gradually increase in length and thickness to the last joint, which is as large as the basal joint, andacute at the tip. The trophi (Ibid. B, C, and D,) considerably resemble those of the Wiltshire species, Cuc. piceus? The thorax is almost quadrate, with a very fine depressed line running parallel with each la~ teral margin, which is entire: it is very slightly narrower behind than infront. The elytra are not broader, but about twice the length of the thorax, with several rows of minute punctures, which are more distinct near the apex ; there is also a deeper stria near the lateral and sutural * The insect specifically named testaceus by Fabricius, was placed by him in his genus Brontes, and as the supposed males of the specimens above men- tioned have long antennz (as in that genus), I am induced to consider that they, and not the Wiltshire specimens, are the true festacews. Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 229 margin of each, and they are deflexed at the sides ; also in the centre of each, there is an obscurely defined brown spot. Such are the characters of several of the insects comprised in the genus Cucujus ; and while on the one hand their affinity to Uleiota, Dendro- phagus, &c. is evident, their relationship with the Trogositarii is no less intimate on the other, whether we regard the general habit, or the pre- valent structure of the trophi and other essential organs. Thus if the incrassation of the terminal joints of the antenne be considered a charac- teristic of the latter family, we find several of the smaller Cucwji exhi- biting the same structure. If we compare the dissections of Trogosita given by Sturm, in his Deutchsland’s Fauna, with those of Uleiota and Cucujus, but little general variation will be perceived, and even in respect to the formation of the tarsi, we find Gyllenhal (Ins. Suec., 1,73,) describ- ing them in Trogosita as being all five-jointed, ‘ articulo primo parvo ** retracto, preesertim in posticis.”” We also find, at the same place, the following interesting observation, ‘* Antennarum articulis extimis “* majoribus, uno latere productis, ut et statura corporis, aliquatenus ad ** Platyceros accedit hoc genus; proprie tamen pectinate dici nequeunt ** antenne; apud D. Latreille, una cum genere exotico, Parandra dicto, ** peculiarem constituit familiam, cui nomen “ Trogositarios”’ addidit. ** Species due alice Suecane,a D. Paykull huc relate, ad sectionem secun- ‘* dam, tarsis posticis 4-articulatis, pertinent.” We subsequently, however, find Gyllenhal inclined to doubt the affi- nity of Trogosita with the Lucanide ; and the situation in which he pro- poses in his second volume to place it, is the family Cucujipes, thus at once establishing the affinity; ‘ Genus Trogosita forte aptius in hac fami- “ lia collocandum, quam apud Lucanideos.”’ Mr. Stephens also, in his Systematic Catalogue, places it in the family Cucujide, but far removed from the remainder of Latreille’s Xy/lophagi. Although the opinion of the latter author upon the aftinity of the Cucu- Jipes with the Trogositarii, may be seen in the following observations upon the former family, which he says “ se rapproche de la précédente”’ (Trogositarii amongst the Xylophagi) “ quant 4 l’anatomie intérieure, *€ aux tarses, dont les articles sont tous entiers, et quant aux habitudes,’’* * Regne Aniinal, 2nd edition, Vol. V, p. 101. 230 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. yet that author has always regarded Trogosita as forming, with other ge~ nera, a portion of his artificial group Xylophagi ; indeed, of the pro- priety of, at least, considering (with Latreille) Trogostta as the type of a group of genera, (although we may perhaps doubt its affinity with many other of his Xylophagi,) the student will be at once convinced, on com- paring the figures of the trophi of Trogosita and Megagnathus given by Sturm, and Mr. Curtis’s dissections of Cicones and Bitoma ; to which lat- ter genera I may add, from actual dissection, Synchita, Cerylon, Rhyzo- phagus, Monotoma, Nemosoma, and probably Lyctus.* ’ Perhaps the singular genus MEGAGNATHUS ought to be considered as the stepping-stone between the two families, since in many important respects it appears to be allied to the insect con- sidered above as the Cucujus unifasciatus ; and we find the mawille of this genus (which is admirably figured, with its dissections, by Sturm, in his Deutchsland’s Fauna) furnished with two processes,as in Cucujus,although the interior one is not unguiform as in some of the species of that genus. The parts of the mouth are, however, considerably more elongated. There is a portion of the structure of this insect, which it is somewhat singular Sturm should have omitted to figure, namely, the extraordinary prolonga- tion of the under sides of the head, (Tab. Supp. xvi. fig. 4.) which is evidently a modification of the formation of the same parts in Catogenus and Passandra. The last three joints of the antenne of Megagnathus are rather larger than the others. TROGOSITA, as at present constituted, (like Cucujus,) comprises several distinct forma- tions. Thus, in Tr. Caraboides, the joints of the antenne gradually in- crease in size to the tips ; the mandibles are trigonate and notched at the apex, the mawille are furnished with a single process,t the labium is nearly quadrate, and with the front margin entire. I haye already no- * See Note D. + I say a single process, because the inner one appears to be only rudimen- tal, “ Basilari et interno saltem minimo, vix distinguendo, non prominulo,” Latr. Gen. Cr, &e., Vol. III. p, 22, Note. Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium, 231 ticed the formation of the tarsi of this species. Again in Trogosite vi- rescens, cerulea, and enea, which are proportionably much longer insects, and which, as their names import, are much more brilliantly coloured than the rest of the genus, the head is almost square, with three emarginations in front (Tab. Supp. XLvu. fig. 6.), the Jabrum is transverse, and slightly emarginated in front (Ibid. fig. 6.), the jaws are long, exserted, and acute at the tips (Ibid. fig. 6.), the last three joints of the antenne are much larger than the preceding (Ibid. fig. 6.), the mazille are long, and with one process only (Ibid. fig. 5, B.), the last joint of the maxillary palpi is nearly cylindric, and transversely truncate (Ibid. B.), the mentum is formed as in Trogosita Mauritanica, the labium is long, and its anterior half is divided into two divaricating lobes, which are ciliated, (Ibid. C.) The palpi are three-jointed, and affixed to long scapes united together, and their terminal joint is truncate, (Ibid. fig. 5,C.) The margins of the thorax are slightly notched in the centre, (Ibid. fig. 6.) the legs are longer than in Tr. Mauritanica, and the tarsi are only four-jointed, the three basal joints equally short, and the last joint as long as the three preceding, with a short style furnished at the tip with two diverging bristles between the two strong claws, (Ibid. E. and F.) These characters will, I have no doubt, be considered sufficiently strong to warrant my proposing the establishment of the insects exhibiting them, into a distinct genus, which I propose to name, from the divided labiwm, TEMNOSCHEILA.* In addition to the preceding, I have noticed several other forms of Trogosita in the cabinets of our entomologists, especially in that of the Rev. Mr. Hope. In order to render this paper as complete as possible, I now beg leave to add a few remarks upon the two remaining genera, which have been occasionally considered to belong to the family Cucujide, namely, Pa- randra and Hemipeplus. The observations which I shall have occasion to quote upon the genus i ParANpRA, Latr. (Isocerus, Illiger.) will perhaps be thought more generally interesting than any of the pre-~ ceding, in consequence of their shewing to us the recorded opinion of * Vepvo scindo et xeiAog labiuin, 232 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. Latreille upon the tarsal system, which we have been taught to consider as regarded by that distinguished entomologist as a perfectly natural one. The genus was established in the Histoire Naturelle, &c. Vol. XI, p. . 252, and inserted in the family Cucujipes, and the following extract will assist the student, not only in acquiring a knowledge of some of its pe- culiar characters, but also in noticing the first arguments of Latreille in favour of its situation amongst the Tetramera, “‘ Parandra. La seule espéce ** connue de ce genre resemble singulitrement, au premier coup d’ceil, aun Lucane, soit par la forme du corps, soit par l’avancement des mandibules. La méme analogie se retrouve aussi dans d’autres parties “ce 6c ** de la bouche, telles que les machoires qui sont également alongées et “ linéaires; mais la Parandre lisse n’a que quatre articles aux tarses et ses antennes sont filiformes et entiérement grenues. L’avant dernier article de ces insectes est un peu bifide, pour recevoir un petit renflement qui ** est a la base du dernier. Ce renflement semble former un petit arti- ** cle, et c’est ce qui en a imposé 4 De Geer qui lui en a donné cinq ; les Capricornes ont leur derniére piéce des tarses conformée de la méme maniére et cependant, de l’aveu de tous les entomologistes, ces insectes n’ont que quatre piéces a ces parties. La forme de ce dernier article des tarses des Parandres, leurs palpes filiformes, la saillie de leurs mandibules, leur corps assez epais quoique déprimé, sont des caractéres qui eloignent ce genre de ceux de Cucuje et d’Uléiote de la méme fa- “© mille.” In the ‘* Genera Custaceorum,” &c. Vol. TIL. p. 26, we find the follow- ing note at the foot of the Cucujipes, Genus nostrum Parandra familie “* sequenti inscribam,”’ and the genus is then described at p. 28, amongst the Prionii, with the following ‘ Observatio. Instrumentis cibariis ** genus Lucanis affine, habitu vero et antennis Trogositis, Cucujis, Prio- ** niis, proximum. Forsan per Xylophagos Cucujipes ad Prioniorum ‘* familiam transeundum, deinde a Cerambycinis ad Chrysomelinas ; sub- “* sequerentur Erotylene, Coccinellide, Diaperiales, Pimeliarie ; Rhyn- ‘* chophori in extremo positi Coleopteris fines statuerent.”” In the Considerations Generales, p. 228, the first edition of the Régne Animal, Vol. Ill. p. 339, and the Familles Naturelles, p. 398, the genus is again inserted in the Cucujipes, but in the new edition of the Réegne Animal we find it forming the first of the Prionii (the first tribe of “e “ce “sé “ce se “cc 6c“ ce Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 233 the family Longicornes) and among the characters given of this family we find, “le dessous des trois premiérs articles des tarses garni de “* brosses, les second et troisitme en cceur, le quatriéme profondement ** bilobé,* et un petit renflement ou nodule, simulant un article, 4 l’ori- “© gine du dernier ;”’ with the following note upon this last character, ‘* Les parandres ressemblent parfaitement, sous ce rapport, aux longi- “* cornes, et si l’on considérait ce petit nceud comme un veritable article, * non seulement cette famille, mais la suivante, appartiendraient a la sec- *< tion des pentaméres. II peut bien représenter le quatriéme article de *€ ceux-ci; mais, attendu qu’il n’a point demouvement propre, il est censé ** faire partie du suivant.’”” The characters of the family also include ** La languette (labium), portée par un menton court et transversal, est © ordinairement membraneuse en forme de cceur, échancrée ou bifide, * cornée et en segment de cercle trés court et transversal dans d’autres «* (Parandrie)’’. In the characters which he has given of the genus, after pointing out the resemblances between it and the Prionii, we notice the following distinguishing characters, “‘ Languette cornée, en forme de segment de ** cercle trés court, transversal, sans échancrure ni lobes,’’ and “ Tarses, «< dont le pénultiéme article légérement bilobé, et dont le dernier, nota- ** blement plus long que les précédents pris ensemble, offre, entre ses ** crochets, un petit appendice, avec deux soies au bout.’’+ This last character is an interesting one, since it is also found consi- derably developed in the Lucanide. It may also be observed in a very minute state in Cucujus depressus, and in Spondylis buprestoides (which Latreille has overlooked, Régne Animal, Vol. V. p. 106, &c.) but not in Prionus coriarius, although there is a very minute rudimentary lobe between its claws. But there are other characters than those noticed as above by Latreille, either separating this genus from the Prionide, or shewing its approach to the Lucanide. The body is smooth and polished, the first three joints of the tarsi are cylindric, and not clothed beneath with ‘* brosses,” having only a few hairs scattered over them (Tab. Supp. * Latreille has here evidently fallen into an error, the first and second joiits being “en cceur,” and the third “ profondement bilobé.” + Sec Note E, 234 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. xLvil. fig. 7, D.),the third joint being but slightly bilobed. The mentum is very short, and transversely linear, and completely concealing the labium and mazille, which are densely clothed with hair in front, (Ibid. A.) The species are peculiar to America. Still, however, the general, as well as essential, characters of the genus approach so near to those of Spondylis, (Tab. Supp. xivt. fig. 8, A BC DE andF’,) that we cannot regard the latter otherwise than as the connecting link between Parandra and Prionus, and that the situation given by Latreille, in his last work, to these genera, is the correct one. How are we, how- ever, to regard all these resemblances between this genus as well as some of the preceding and Lucanus ? are they not too striking and important to be considered merely as analogies ? and would it be unnatural to re- gard this genus as the osculant one between Lucanus among the Lamel- licornes, and Spondylis and Prionus amongst the Longicornes ? we find the two great groups similar in their herbivorous habits, and also similar in comprizing the giants of the order to which they belong.* HEmIPEp us, Latr. appears to have been first noticed, without any characters, in the Fa- milles Naturelles, where it was placed as the last genus in the family Cucujide. In the second edition of the Régne Animal, Vol. V. p. 53, however, we find the genu$ removed, and doubtingly placed in the La- griaires. The characters are there detailed, which appear to be very sin- gular. The genus is established, ‘ Sur un insecte trouve en Ecosse, dans ** une boutique,’’ forwarded to Latreille by Dr. Leach. Description of the Figures. Tas. Supp. XLVI. Fig. 1. Rhysodes exaratus, highly showing the large men- magnified, the natural tum, and the situation length indicated by the line of the eyes. at the side, B. The labrum. A. The under side of the head C, The mandible, * See Note C. Fig, 2, Fig. 3. Fig. 1. Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. D. The maxilla and pal- pus. E. The labium and palpi. F, The cubitus, or anterior tibia and anterior tar- sus, seen from above. G. Thesameseen from below. H. The same seen from the side, I. The posterior leg. K. Part of ditto, shewing the excavated tip of the fe- mur. L. The same seen from with- in, M. The apex of the hind ti- bia and tarsus. N. Under side of the trunk. Catogenus rufus. A. The head seen from above, with one mandi- ble opened to shew its formation, B, Thesame seen from below. C. The clypeus and labrum. D. The maxilla and palpus. E. The mentum, labium, and palpi seen from beneath. F, The same seen from with- in, G. The base of one of the elytra. H. One of the legs. I. The base of the thorax. Details of Passandra vittata, A. The under side of the head. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. 235 B. The tip of the maxillary palpus. C. The last two joints of the antenna. D. The tip of the tibia and tarsus. Details of Uleiota flavipes 8 « A. The head seen from be- neath, B. The clypeus and labrum. C, The mandible. D. The maxilla and palpus. E. The mentum, labium, and palpi. F. One of the tarsi. Details of Cucujus depressus. A. The head and thorax from above, B. The head from beneath. C. The clypeus and labrum, D. The maxilla and palpus. E. The mentum, labium, and palpi. F, The anterior tarsus. G, The posterior ditto. H. The claws and style. Details of Cucujus dermestoi- des. A, The head seen from below. B, The clypeus, labrum, and mandibles. C, The maxillary palpus. D. The last joint of the labial palpus. E. The mentum. F, One of the tarsi. Tas, Supp, XLvil. Cucujus piceus ? magnified. A. The labrum. B. The mandible, C, The maxilla and palpus, D, The labium and _ palpi (mentum not satisfac- torily examined.) 236 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. Fig. 2. Cucujus unifasciatus? mag- Fig.6. The headand thorax of ditto, nifiec. seen from above. Fig. 3. Details of ditto. Fig. 7. Details of Parandra. A. The labrum. A. The under side of the head. B. The mandible. B. The maxillary palpus, C. The maxilla and palpus. C. The labial palpus, D. The labium and palpus D. The tarsus, seen from within. Fig. 8. Details of Spond;lis Bupres- E. The antenna. toides. F. The leg. A. The under side of the head. Fig. 4. Under side of the head of B. The maxilla. Megagnathus mandibularis, C. The mentum, labium, and greatly magnified. one of the labial palpi Fig. 5. Temnoscheila enea. (the other removed) to A. The undersideofthe head. shew the situation of the B, The maxilla and palpus. maxilla and palpus. C. The mentum, labium and D. The tarsus seen fromabove. palpi. E. The same seen sideways. D. The under side of the F. The last three joints of trunk. ditto more highly mag- E. The tarsus, nified. F. The claws and style. Nore A. i find that Ahrens has figured an apparently distinct species of the genus Rhysodes, (under the name of Rk. Europeus,) in his Faun, Ins. Eur. fase. 6, f. 1. In consequence of this work being of considerable rarity, and the figures but indifferently executed, I have not thought it necessary to suppress my figure. Gyllenhal mentions the Rhys. exaratus in the Appendix to the 3rd Vol. of his Insecta Suecica, p, 720, “ quod forte proprii generis, Cucujis quodammodoaffine,”” and considers the Ips monilis of Olivier to be congencrous. In the 4th Volume of the same work, p. 332, he has described the insect, and states that the palpi are all filiform, ‘‘ articulo ultimo elongato lanceolato,” and that the mawille are “ brevissimz, apice setose.” Nore B. Having examined the structure of the under side of the head of a specimen of Dendrophagus crenatus, recently received from Germany, I find that it very nearly resembles that of Uleiota favipes. ‘The anterior tarsi exhibit the rudi- ment of a basal joint. Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium — 237 The genus was established by Schénherr in the Kongl. Vetensk. nya Acad. Hand]. for 1809; and in the same paper, (which is written in Swedish and con- sequently unintelligible to me,) are contained his observations upon the structure of the tarsi of the Cucuji. Note C. Since the preceding observations upon a supposed connexion between the Lucanidgz and Prionide were penned, I have casually examined a most interest- ing insect, contained in the Rafflesian cabinet, which serves most satisfactorily to connect the two families. Its general appearance is that of a Prionus, with short trigonate advanced mandibles, and moderately long antenne; but the latter, on a closer examination, are decidedly those of one of the Lucanide, the basal joint is scarcely longer than the third, and a slight elbowing of the antenne is observed at the second joint, the last three joints are not longer than the precediny joints, and very slightly produced on the inside, giving these organs the appearance of being almost setaccous. The joints of the ¢arsi are cylindric, but the insect is heteromerous! Nore D. In addition to the affinities of the Cucujide mentioned above, I have en- deavoured to prove, in a paper upon the singular family Pausside, which I have presented to the Linnean Society, that the former family may perhaps be considered as having the greatest affinity with the Pausside, particularly when we notice the depressed bodies, the formation of the antenne, and especially the pentamerous, or rather subpentamerous, farsi of several of the genera in each family. It is by means of such genera as Rhysodes, Clinidium, Catogenus, &c., that I consider the connexion may be traced, although many links remain to be discovered. Note E. There is a valuable paper, by Gyllenhal, upon the genus Parandra, Latr., inserted in the Kongl. Vetensk. nya Acad. Handl. for 1817, in which the author has noticed the structure of the tarsi in the insects included in it, and has described four species. 288 Mr. Collie on the Natural History of the Kangaroo. Art. XXXIV. On some particulars connected with: the Natural History of the Kangaroo. By A. Corrie, Esq., F.L.S., Corr. Memb. Z. 8. Ina Letter toN. A. Vicors, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., Sec. Z. 8. H. M. Sloop Sulphur, Cockburn Sound, Western Australia, 26th January, 1830. My dear Sir, As so much has recently been done to illustrate the history of the very peculiar mode of generation in the Kangaroo, the following observa- tions on this subject may not be unacceptable: I had not the pleasure of seeing Mr. Morgan’s paper before leaving England, and I therefore do not know precisely how far these observations will be found to coincide with his. Buache, or Garden Island, which forms the best side of Cockburn, is covered, in addition to its trees, with a thick underwood and low shrubs, which are penetrated with some difficulty. Among these, a small species of Kangaroo, perhaps the Didelphis Bruni of Gmelin, and what is said to be the Wallabee or Bush Kangaroo of Sydney, is found in very great numbers. The males weigh about 14lbs., and the females considerably less. It is brownish above, and greyish beneath. In the months of July and August last, I had an opportunity of seeing several females with their young (one to each) of that season, so far ad- vanced as to be nearly in a state fit for living independent of the mother. They were nearly half the height and length of the mother, and tolerably covered with hair. One teat only of the four was in any instance enlarged, and it was only at the base of this that the lacteal gland could be felt. From that time to the present, I have occasionally looked at the abdo- minal sac, and found it empty, dry, and exceedingly contracted, with, however, the enlarged papilla and very perceptible gland at its base, the former certainly much shortened, and the latter a little diminished. More recently, my attention was very closely directed to this subject, and on the 23rd instant, I was informed, to my no small delight, that a Kangaroo Mr. Collie on the Natural History of the Kangaroo. 239 had been caught with its little young in the sac at the teat. This young one, which has not obviously increased since, is of nearly the size of the last and half the middle joint of one’s little finger; its integuments of a flesh colour, and so transparent as to permit the higher coloured vessels and viscera to shine through them; whilst all its extremities seem com- pletely formed, and its muscular power is fully testified by its evident efforts in sucking, during which it puts every part of its body into action. According to the testimony of the person who preserved the mother with this little one for me, the latter by no means passes the whole of its time with the lacteal papilla in its mouth, but has been remarked, more than once, without having holdof it. It has even been wholly removed from the sac to the person’s hand, and has always attached itself anew to the teat. Yesterday, on again looking at it, I gently pressed, with the tip of my finger, the head of the little one away from the teat of which it had hold, and continued pressing a little more strongly for the space of a minute altogether, when the teat that had been stretched to more than an inch, came out of the young one’s mouth, and shewed a small circular enlargement at its tip, well adapting it for being retained by the mouth of the sucker. The opening of the mouth seemed closed in on both sides, and only sufficiently open in front to admit the slender papilla. After this I placed the extremity of the teat close to the mouth of the young, and held it there for a short time without perceiving any decided effort to get hold of it anew, when I allowed the sac to close and put the mother into her place of security. An hour afterwards the young was observed still unattached, but in about two hours ithad hold of the teat and was actively employed sucking. On examining the sac of another Kangaroo I found a still smaller young one in it than the preceding. This one is about one half larger than the body of the common Wasp, (Vespa vul- garis). Its extremities, even to its toes, are evidently developed, and its skin is still more transparent than the before mentioned. The papilla to which it is attached, and from which its body hangs suspended without any other support than the hold which it has of the papilla, (a position into which I purposely placed it,) is, like the young, delicate, smooth and purplish, exhibiting a high degree of vascularity, and is about ,7; of an inch long. The gland, however, at its base is very little enlarged, so little indeed as to be scarcely perceptible ; whilst that at the base of another papilla which 240 Mr. Collie on the Natural History of the Kangaroo. is larger than this one, of a pale unvascular appearance, and circularly corrugated, is large and firm. This appears to be the teat and gland which afforded the milk to the young of last season, not yet restored to its wonted size, An officer of H. M. S. Success at present here, observed a Kangaroo in the act of parturition. When the foetus was expelled from the vagina per anum, the mother was lying partly on one side and partly on her back, resting against the side of the cage where she was confined. She kept her hind legs apart, and the very diminutive young, when brought forth, crept among the fur of the mother towards her belly and to- wards the opening of the abdominal pouch; whilst she, with her head turned towards her tender offspring, seemed to watch its progress, which was about as expeditious as that of a snail. After it had made some advance, my informant, unconscious of the remarkable ceconomy of generation in this class of Quadrupeds, removed the newly born animal before it had reached its destination, which must have been the mouth of the sac. The parturition took place two days ago. I have just now procured two gravid uteri in which the foetuses seem to bearrived at, or very near to, the termination of the period of gestation. One of them, which is about the size of the smallest young already men- tioned as being in the abdominal sac, has protruded through an opening inadvertently made in the uterus, and is distinctly seen through its trans- parent membranes and the liquor amnii. Another Kangaroo was caught three days ago with a young one twice the size of the largest I have described, but on going to see it on the 25th the young w2s dead, lying in the sac unattached to any teat. The eyes of these three are covered, or perhaps I ought rather to say, the eyelids are united by an opaque whitish membrane. The nostrils, however, even of the smallest are very evidently perforated for the pur- pose, it would seem, of admitting air to the lungs whilst the mouth is closely embracing the teat. To see how closely the sac embraces the young, that is sometimes retired deep in its bottom, one would be apt to think that even the little air that so small an animal requires, could scarcely reach it unless by some peculiar mechanism. At a future period I hope to be able to communicate more positive information on this subject, and to transmit or bring you something Analytical Notices of Books. 241 worthy of your so useful Society. Unless the Sulphur moves to some other part of New Holland, I fear I shall add little to your Australian Ornithology. Believe me, &c. &e. A. CoLLig. Art. XXXV. Analytical Notices of Books. — Untersuchungen ueber die Bildung und Entwickelung des Flusskrebses: von HEINRICH RATHKE. Mit 5 Kupfertafeln. Leipzig, 1829. Fol. pp. 97. Researches on the Formation and Developement of the Crawfish. Tue zoologists of this Country have been of late years so accustomed to direct their attention almost exclusively to animals in their perfect state, that to the greater number of our readers, the analysis of a work devoted to their illustration in the earliest stages of their developement will in all probability present an altogether novel subject of contemplation. It is for this reason especially incumbent on us to put on record some account of one of the most valuable contributions to animal physio- logy that we have met with for a considerable time. Any analysis ofa work, chiefly remarkable for its minute details on the minutest objects, must necessarily be very imperfect; but we shall endeavour, as far as possible, to select its leading features, so as to give a general, if not a complete, idea of its contents. While the comparative anatomists of France and England have been for the most part content to follow in the beaten track of observation, those of Germany have been exploring a new path, in which they have already made discoveries of the highest importance, with the promise of a much more ample harvest for the future. In common with the philoso- Voz, V. Q 242 Analytical Notices of Books. phical botanists of the day, they have become aware that the ovum, both before and after impregnation, undergoes a variety of changes hitherto quite unsuspected, and capable of throwing a new and valuable light, not only on many of the darkest points of physiology, but also on the com- plicated chain of natural affinities. They have consequently endeavoured to trace the the structure of the egg from its first formation in the ovary, through all its phases, to the complete developement of the animal to which it is destined to give birth; and thus to lay a firm foundation for the determination of the general laws of organic developement. Among the most successful of these investigators, we may mention Herold and Von Baer, to the former of whom we owe an extensive series of observations on the the ova of Spiders, while the latter has devoted his attention more particularly to those of Vertebrated Animals. The present authour, Dr. Rathke, was stimulated by the work of Herold to follow in his footsteps, and to ascertain, by the examination of one of the higher order of Crustacea, to what extent its original structure and subsequent developement corresponded with the remarkable peculiarities observed in the nearly related tribe. For this purpose the common river Crawfish, (Astacus fluviatilis, Fab.,) appeared to offer a favourable object, on account of the large size of its eggs, the lengthened period of their developement, the transparency of their envelope, and the facility of procuring them at almost every season. The authour gives the result of his observations during the springs and summers of three successive years. These observations were not, however, made on the progeny of a single Crawfish, but on eggs taken successively from numberless individuals brought to the market of Dantzig from the same locality; their continuity therefore is not altogether complete. The magnifying instruments used were either a simple lens, or one of Frauenhofer’s compound micros- copes ; but the latter could not have been frequently necessary, as by far the greater number of the accompanying figures are magnified only fif- teen times in their diameter. The authour divides his work into eight sections. In the first, he gives a general description of the sexual organs of the full grown Crawfish, which it is unnecessary here to repeat, those parts having been already well described and figured by Reesel and Suckow. He then proceeds to give an account of the formation of the ova, and the changes which they undergo . Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 248 during their continuance in the ovarium and oviducts. The ovum first appears in the shape of a small, almost perfectly transparent, vesicle, rather lenticular than spherival, consisting of an extremely fine membrane, and apparently filled with aclear watery fluid. This vesicle afterwards becomes surrounded by a second, and seemingly a still finer one, the proper membrane of the vitellus. The first traces of the vitellus itself consist of a fluid, interposed between the two vesicles, in the first instance as trans- parent as that of the inner coat, but gradually becoming whitish, opake, thick, and viscid, and simultaneously exhibiting a number of extremely small, snow-white, scattered granules. During this process, the outer envelope gradually enlarges, and from lenticular becomes spherical, but the inner remains nearly of the same size, and instead of occupying the central point of the other, as at the commencement, becomes excentric, and places itself almost in contact with the paries on one side, while it is at a considerable distance from the other. The ovum thus formed re- mains within the parietes of the ovary for somewhat more than half-a- year, during which time the constantly increasing fluid of the outer vesicle, or in other words, the vitellus, becomes more and more viscid, changes in colour successively to Isabella-yellow, orange, and brown, and is at last almost entirely converted into a mass of very small granules of various sizes, intimately adhering to each other by means of the small quantity of viscid fluid that remains. But the last and most important change that takes place within the ovary, consists in the evanescence of the internal vesicle, and the produc- tion of the embryo. The authour has never been able to ascertain what becomes of the former; he has remarked it in mature ova in the month of November, but has failed to detect itin the ensuing March. He suspects therefore, as was previously conjectured by Von Baer with respect to the corresponding part in the ova of the higher animals, that the embryo is formed from the evolution of its contents. The latter, when it first be- comes visible, appears like a light whitish cloud of indeterminate form, spread over a small portion of the vitellus, having some thickness in the middle, but becoming gradually thinner towards its edges. Up to this period of its developement the egg remains enclosed within the walls of ee» the ovary, in which it forms for itself a cavity, and to which it is attached by means of the mucous coating that surrounds it. As it increases in size, Q 2 244 Analytical Notices of Books. it projects inwards the inner lining of the ovary, which becomes gradually thinner, until at length it bursts, and the ovum is released from its con- finement by a slow and gradual process of expulsion into the cavity of the ovary. Thence it is propelled by degrees into the oviduct, where it is surrounded by a layer of albuminous matter, inclosed within a double coat. Passing in silence over the impregnation and expulsion of the ova, and their attachment to the undeveloped legs beneath the tail of the mother, the authour, in the seccnd section, resumes his observations at the period immediately succeeding the latter process, and proceeds at once to describe the new laid egg, which consists of the six following parts. 1. The V%tellus; which occupies by far the largest portion, is of a brown colour, and consists of an aggregate of minute granules varying in diameter from torts to;735% ofa line. These granules seem to adhere together by their own power of cohesion, without the intervention of any fluid, and are of a highly viscid consistence, which may be rendered much firmer for examination by maceration in spirit of wine or diluted nitric acid, the former giving them the fixity of cheese, the latter exhibiting them in the shape of rays passing from the centre to the circumference. 2, The Embryo; which shortly after the attachment of the eggs beneath the tail of the mother, loses its original form, and spreads itself over the entire surface of the vitellus, in the shape of an exceedingly thin layer, irregu- larly reticulated, and of a marbled appearance. The authour has not been able to observe the passage from its former to its present state, but he thinks himself justified in assuming the identity of the two parts, which is confirmed by Herold’s researches on the eggs of spiders, where a similar change takes place immediately after their expulsion. 3. The Membrane of the Vitellus ; which incloses the two former parts, is highly transparent, perfectly smooth on both surfaces, and extremely thin, and is not lost, as in the chicken, during the developement of the embryo, but remains to be thrown off with the other membranes, when the latter quits its shell. 4. The coriaceous coat ; which surrounds the last, is, like it, very transpa- rent, but much thicker, highly elastic, and of an almost coriaceous texture ; it is perfectly smooth on the whole of its inner surface, but only on one small portion of the outer. 5. Between the two last named coats, in the new-laid egg, there exists a cavity of some little extent, occupied by a Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 245 transparent watery fluid, which diminishes in quantity asthe embryo ad- vances in its growth, and at last vanishes altogether, the two coats coming into contact with each other; this the authour considers as Albumen. 6. The outer coat, by means of which the egg is attached to the processes of the tail. This is scarcely half as thick as the coriaceous coat, but on account of the inequalities of its surface is much less transparent, and adheres to the coriaceous coat in every part, excepting only in that smooth portion of the latter, which has just been noticed ; in this place a minute cavity is formed between the two, which corresponds with the point of attachment between the ovum and the shell of its mother. The third section treats of the further developement of the embryo up to the period of the appearance of distinct organs, or the changes which occur in it during the month of April. The first change that takes place is the formation of a considerable number of insulated greyish white spots, of an irregularly roundish or elliptical form, over the whole surface of the vitellus. These patches, each of which is from four to six times as large as the largest globules of the vitellus, are connected together by minute filaments of the net work, of which the greater part of the embryo was previously composed. By degrees they assume a chalky whiteness, with a brown central point and a well marked circumference, gradually di- minishing in size and apparently also in number. After a time they again separate and the substance of the embryo is dispersed over the surface of the vitellus, forming where it is thickest a clouded appearance resembling a cirrus, and where it is thinner, appearing, under a strong - magnifying power, very finely reticulated, Every thing seems now prepared for the re-appearance of a proper embryonal sacculus. The scattered substance of the embryo contracts itself towards a certain point of the vitellus, leaving the far greater portion of the latter entirely free. This point is either actually beneath the attachment of the egg to the shell of its mother, or in the immediate neighbourhood, and never on the opposite side. As the embryo contracts itself, it mcreases in thickness in the middle, and becomes more definite at its edges. In this discoidal form its longest diameter is about half the radius of the egg, its colour is nearly uniformly white, and its constituent particles appear to be con- verted into granules, about equal in size to the largest globules of the vitellus, 246 Analytical Notices of Books. _ The embryonal sacculus, from the time of its formation, gradually, but slowly, increases in size by the assimilation of the plastic matter of the vitellus, and changes its form to that of a more or less irregular ellipsis. A depression appears in its centre, usually in the direction of its longest diameter, which at first assumes the shape of a small segment of a circle, or of a horseshoe, but in the course of a few days increases in length, and approximates its two extremities. which at length unite together. This depression passes more and more deeply into the substance of the embryo, and a corresponding elevation of the latter extends into the vitellus, from which it receives a continued supply of plastic matter. During its formation the enlargement of the embryo at its edges steadily proceeds, the latter remaining, however, thin and transparent, while those parts which surround the depression are thicker and opake. After a time, the new growth at the edges puts on in two different places a clouded appearance, which rapidly increases, extending itself towards the entrance of the depression, and assuming an elliptical form. The two ellipses gradually approach each other, and at length form by their union a broad heart-shaped patch, the narrow end of which is in immediate apposition with the thickened portion surrounding the depression. The developement of the separate organs now commences. The antenne, labrum, mandibles and abdomen, first make their appearance, and nearly at the same moment. The last named part takes its origin from the depression ; but all the rest are produced from the surrounding parts of the embryonal sacculus, or, to speak more accurately, from the clouded heart-shaped patch. To avoid circumlocution the authour names the opake portion, the central piece of the embryo, distinguishing the depres- sion as its posterior, and the clouded patch as its anterior, half; while he denominates the transparent circumference, the marginal piece. By de- grees the entrance of the depression is enlarged, and its cavity is exposed, and at the same time brought more nearly to the level of the other parts. There is now seen upon its surface a small umbilicated elevation, the rudi- ment of the future abdomen and tail. At the same time there appears on the anterior half of the central piece of the embryo, on each side of the middle line, a process directed backwards and outwards constituting the commencement of the mandible. Two other pairs of similar pro- cesses, the rudiments of antenne, had previously become visible still more. Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 247 anteriorly; and the labrum had also commenced its growth, in the shape of a flattish elevation with a darker margin, occupying the middle space between the foremost antenne. No trace of nervous or vascular system could be detected during the whole of this period. The embryo, it should here be observed, has by this time extended itself over about one fourth part of the surface of the vitellus, but its thickness is still incon- siderable. In the second period of developement, treated of in the fourth section, which closes with the appearance of the heart, and occupies a space of about a fortnight, from the end of April to the middle of May, the increase in the size and number of parts proceeds with much greater rapidity. The central piece enlarges itself to such an extent as fully to equal one eighth part of the surface of the vitellus, and at the same time acquires a considerable thickness; while the marginal piece, still remaining extremely thin and perfectly transparent, extends itself over the whole remaining part of that organ, and uniting its opposite edges, forms. with the central piece, a new and supplementary envelope. The pro- duction of the remaining external organs is continued in the same direc- tion, namely from before backwards; and the developement of those previously produced gradually proceeds. The rudimentary antenne increase in length, become detached from the surface nearly to their bases, and have their extremities partially bisected by a notch. The mandibles also lengthen, and enlarge, but more particularly in their basal portion, which continues to be applied and attached to the common sur- face, after the separation of the rest. The labrum gradually recedes from its position between the anterior antenne, and takes its station between the posterior ; and a cavity is formed behind it, communicatiug with the commencement of the esophagus, which now becomes partially visible on dissection. Of the new parts, the eyes are the first that make their appearance. Up to this period the anterior half of the central piece, which produces the organs hitherto named, and which must now be regarded as the head, forms by far the largest portion ; but the relation in this respect is henceforward reversed, and the posterior half enlarges itself with much greater rapidity. The umbilicated process of the latter becomes lengthened into an apparent tail, which includes, however, both tail and abdomen; and the depression in its surface is converted into the 248 Analytical Notices of Books. anus, in which the intestine, now occupying the entire cavity of the pro- cess terminates. At the same time the extremity of this caudal process is gradually bent forwards beneath the central part of the embryo, until it is brought nearly into contact with the labrum. The maxille now begin to shew themselves ; first, the three anterior pairs, nearly in contact with each other, but at some little distance behind the mandibles; and after- wards the fourth and fifth pairs, the former arising from the spot where the hinder part of the body is bent upon the fore part, the latter from the portion which is bent upwards. In a short time, however, the posterior maxille are brought, by a change in the relative position of the parts, into the same level with the anterior. As their growth proceeds, the latter increase much more slowly than the former, so that at the close of this period the fifth pair are four or five times as large as the first, and so on in proportion with regard to the intermediate ones. Their extremities, as in the antenne and mandibles, separate from the surface of the central piece, and gradually become lobed, the two anterior pairs having each two lobes, and the three posterior, three. A longitudinal sulcus and six transverse ones, the latter corresponding with the several pieces of the trophi, now become visible on the surface of the central piece. Very shortly after the appearance of the hindermost pair of maxille, the five pairs of true legs are produced in regular succession from before backwards, on that portion of the tail-like appendage, which is turned upwards. Each of these, in its early stage of developement, is exactly similar to the hindermost maxille. Soon afterwards there appears on the outer side of the base of each, a small process, the rudiment of the future branchiz. In their relative proportion, the legs increase inversely with respect to the maxille; the anterior being at the close of this period about four times as long as the posterior. The true tail also now becomes more clearly developed, and the rudiments of its foliaceous appendages are visible at its extremity. At the same time six transverse furrows, the indications of its future articulations, are seen on its under surface. The authour next proceeds to trace, with great minuteness, the forma- tion of the internal organs, regarding the lamina of the embryo from which the intestines are derived, and which lies in contact with the vitellus, as mucous membrane, while he treats the outer lamina from which the external organs take their origin, as serous membrane. First appear the Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 249 prime viz, commencing on the one hand with the cesophagus, which forms a union with the outer cavity of the mouth, and on the other with the intestine, connecting itself to its external opening beneath the tail. These two portions are soon after placed in continuity by the production of the stomach, After these parts the heart comes into existence, formed, as the authour believes, not from the internal layer, or mucous mem- brane, but from the outer or serous. It appears at first in the shape of a small compressed vesicle, seated near the junction of the anterior and posterior portions of the body. Several blood vessels are soon afterwards seen in its immediate neighbourhood, which may be regarded as prolon- gations of its substance; and its pulsation speedily becomes distinguish- able. About the same time appear the first traces of the nervous system. An elevation extends beneath the middle line of the central piece from the esophagus to the tail, with a slight longitudinal impression, and ten transverse superficial furrows dividing it into eleven processes, corres- ponding with the trophi and the legs, on either side. From these the muscles of those parts respectively take their origin. On the middle of this elevation is formed the ganglionic cord, consisting at first of eleven pairs of minute white spots ; and anterior to these a short and broad process passes forwards on either side of the cesophagus. Up to this period all the parts of the embryo, with the exception of the heart, blood-vessels, and ex- ternal parietes of the back, are formed of a uniform gelatinous transparent substance. The latter organs have more of a membranous consistence. In the fifth section the authour traces the progress of the embryo in its third period of developement, the termination of which is marked by the production of the salivary glands, occupying the remaining part of May. On this, as wellas on its fourth period, ending with the bursting of its envelopes and its escape from the egg, which is performed in the course of the succeeding. month, he enters into equally, or perhaps, owing to the greater distinctness of the parts, even more minute details than with respect to its previous developement. But our limits warn us that in spite of all our attempts to state his leading facts in as few words as possible, we have already encroached too much; it therefore becomes necessary to treat the remainder with the utmost conciseness. It may be sufficient then to say, that the whole of the organs developed during the foregoing periods continue, in the progress of these, to approach 250 Analytical Notices of Books. more nearly to the form and texture which they assume at their complete maturity, those which were before merely rudimentary now taking on their proper and distinctive character. Of the new organs that make their appearance in the third period the most important are the two livers, the brain, and the salivary glands. No new parts of any consequence are developed during the fourth period, nor is there any vestige, at its termi- nation, of internal sexual organs. The seventh section embraces the period between the bursting of the embryo from its shell, and the complete maturity of the animal. At the commencement of this period all its external organs are fully formed, but their outer coating is still extremely soft and flexible. It is not, however, necessary for it to proceed immediately in search of food, as it carries with it from the shell a portion of the vitellus, on which it can subsist until its coat becomes sufficiently hardened to admit of its moving from place to place with impunity. The following are the only outward changes that occur in it after quitting the shell. The legs increase in length more than in thickness ; and the same is the case with the antenne, the maxillz, and the spurious legs beneath the tail. These last acquire only at a very late period the long bristles which in the female serve for the attachment of the eggs. The anterior extremity of the thorax ac- quires two lateral spines in addition to the central one, which continues to increase in length. The pedicels of the eyes become thicker. The branchiz gradually increase in length, as do also, and with great rapidity, the little processes by means of which the animal absorbs the oxygen of the water. While the remains of the vitellus are being consumed, the body and tail gradually increase in length more than in breadth, and the latter also acquires a greater thickness. Lastly, the shell becomes firmer, and loses by slow degrees its parchment-like appearance by the addition of calcareous matter. In the mean time the number of its red points and streaks increases, and to these are added small blue spots which are most numerous on the upper surface and legs; the transparency of the outer coat for some time allowing the colours to be seen through it, pre- senting a beautifully variegated appearance. In the interior of the animal the changes are more important; but with the exception of the produc- tion and developement of the sexual organs, they consist, like those of the outer surface, in a gradual adaptation of parts already formed to their proper objects, Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 251 We must here interrupt our analysis for a moment to notice the obvious discrepancy between the facts detailed in the present publication, and the theory adyanced by Mr. J. V. Thompson with respect to the metamor- phosis of Decapod Crustacea, of which some account is given at p. 248 of our last volume. The observations of Dr. Rathke prove beyond all question that no such metamorphosis takes place in the young of the Craw-fish, and thus confirm the doubts which we have there expressed of the universality of the fact. We cannot, however, discredit Mr. Thomp- son’s statement that he has seen the ova of the Common Crab give birth to animals of a form very different indeed from that of their parent; we will therefore only observe in conclusion, that if there existed no optical delusion or other cause of error in the isolated observation which he has given us, the difference of crganization between a Macrourous and a Bra- chyourous Decapod is much greater than either analogy or anatomy would have led us to suspect. The eighth and last section of Dr. Rathke’s Work contains his deduc- tions from the previous details, both with reference to the structure of the Crawfish itself, and to its developement as compared with that of other animals. These observations are distributed under the following heads; 1, a comparison betweed the trophiand legs of the Crawfish: 2, a com- parison between the structure and developement of the Crawfish, and that of certain nearly related animals: 3, a comparison between the progressive structure of the Crawfish, and the permanent structure of other Crustacea: and 4, a comparison between the structure and deve- lopement of Vertebrata on the one hand, and of the Crawfish on the other. With respect to the first point he regards his observations as furnishing a striking confirmation of M. Savigny’s hypothesis (now universally ad- mitted) that the maxille and mandibles of Crustacea are analogous to the legs, or more properly that the one set of organs are merely modifications of the other. The earlier they are examined the more complete is their similarity, both in form and origin; and it is only after a certain period of their growth that this similarity is lost by the inverse developement of the parts, the basal half of the maxille increasing in proportion to the termi- nal half of the legs, and vice versa, Under the second head the authour compares the results of his own observations with the few similar investigations that have been attempted 252 Analytical Notices of Books. by other writers, and points out the coincidences and discrepancies that occur between them. Cavolini, Jurine, Prevost and Herold are the only authours who have treated of this difficult subject ; the first in a very superficial manner, in a memoir on the Generation of Fishes, &c., MM. Jurine and Prevost in several valuable papers on the structure and de- velopement of different species of Branchiopoda, and M. Herold in his laborious work on Spiders. Of the primitive developement of Insects we know at present scarcely any thing. From acomparison of his results with those of M. Herold, Dr. Rathke concludes that there exists a close resemblance between the structure and developement of the Crawfish and of Spiders, and consequently a near relation between the types of their organization. The most important particular in which they agree is in the relative position of the vitellus, which lies in both at the back of the embryo, instead of being placed, as in the Vertebrata, in front. A remarkable difference between the two is, however, found in the develope- ment of the abdomen, which in the Spider is applied from the very com- mencement to the surface of the vitellus, while in the Crawfish it makes its appearance in the shape of a perfectly free appendage. The same relative position of embryo and vitellus, and many minor points of coincidence, are met with in Daphnia Pulex according to Jurine, and in Branchipus stagnalis according to Prevost. In the latter the abdomen is highly deve- loped, and occupies the same position with respect to the embryo as in the Spiders. The authour also derives some convincing proofs of the jus- tice of M. Savigny’s hypothesis above noticed from the developement of the trophi and legs of the Cyclops 4-cornis as described by Jurine. Under his third head, the authour’s first object is to prove that the Crawfish and its congeners are among the most highly organized of the long-tailed Crustacea, each of their external organs being as fully deve- loped as the corresponding part in any other macrourous species, and the whole of them taken together appearing to occupy a middle station in size, as compared to each other, with reference to a similar comparison carried through the rest of the tribe. Proofs of this are adduced in the forcipated terminations of the legs, the bipartition of the posterior antenne, the spurious legs beneath the tail, the laminated appendages of the last named organ, and the consistence and completeness of the outer covering. In the second place he combats Lamarck’s opinion that the Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 253 Brachyourous Crustacea are more highly developed than the Macrourous, and maintains that however strongly one or two particulars in the organi- zation of the former may argue in favour of this supposition, the weight of evidence is decidedly opposed to it. Thus, for example, the trunk of the Brachyura retains the same comparative breadth after its complete developement as that of the Macroura in the early part of its foetal state; the tail of the former is not only less developed as a whole, but also less perfect in its parts; the anterior pair of legs alone are furnished with double claws ; the antenne are shorter, smaller, and less developed; the bran- chiz are less numerous and more simple; the two ventral nervous cords do not approach to a union with each other in the posterior half of the trunk, but remain at a distance, &c. &c. Lastly he points out analogical relations between the Crawfish in its various stages of developement, and the lower Crustacea in their permanent state. Thus at an early stage of its growth, when its articulations are indistinctly marked, it resembles the Squille in this particular, as well as in its legs being apparently de- rived from the tail. Its maxille have at one period a considerable likeness to those of Monoculus Apus. Its legs and their branchial appendages resemble those of certain Branchiopoda. Jt wants the spurious legs, which are developed only at a late period, and thus resembles many of the lower Crustacea, which never possess them, &c. &c. This part of the subject, however, is treated by the authour in too superficial a manner, with reference to the importance of the questions which it in- volves; and is by no means so happily illustrated as might. have been expected.* * Since the above paragraph was written, MM. Audouin and Milne Edwards have published, in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for June of the present year, a note on the Nervous System of the Crustacea, which fully justifies our last observation. Referring to Dr. Rathke’s Work, and connecting his disco- veries with their own previous researches into the structure of Crustacea, they show that the three successive stages of developement in the nervous system of the Crawfish exactly correspond with three apparently distinct types of formation observed by them in its permanent condition in other animals of the Class. Thus, the double series of ganglions, under the form of which the thoracic nerve first makes its appearance in the ovum of the Crawfish, is perfectly analogous to its permanent state inthe adult Tulitrus, which occupies a very 254 Analytical Notices of Books. Von Baer’s observations on the ova of Mammalia, Hensand Frogs, and the authour’s own researches on those of Blennius viviparus, fur- nish one side of his comparative view of the structure and developement of Vertebrata and the Crawfish. The first remarkable difference between them consists in the diffusion of the embryo over the whole surface of the vitellus in the latter, previously to its contraction towards a determinate centre; an appearance which has never been observed in the former. ‘The difference in the form of that body, when it first becomes visible, assuming the shape of a carina (so called) in Vertebrata, and that of a half ellipse in the Crawfish, appears to be of less importance. The anatomical structure of Vertebrata consists primarily of an external or serous membrane, an internal or mucous, and a vascular tissue inter- posed between them. In the Crawfish the latter appears to be wanting, and the vascular parts seem to be immediately derived from the serous membrane. Generally speaking, however, the same organs are in both cases produced by the same membrane. These observations apply equally to the ova of Spiders. On this point Dr. Rathke observes that the want of a proper vascular tissue in the embryo of Annulosa is in all probabi- lity the reason why these animals have no such parenchymatous intestines as the Vertebrata, all their secretory and excretory organs appearing only as discrete tubes without parenchymatous envelopes. Of the two membranes, the most important in the formation of the embryo is the serous, which is developed in a very different manner in the Crawfish, and in Vertebrata. We cannot here follow the authour in his minute details, but must content ourselves with stating that he adopts Von Baer’s type of the embryo in Vertebrata, as consisting of a double convolution of the embryonal sacculus proceeding upwards and down- wards from a middle line; and opposes to it the type of the embryo of the Crawfish, and probably of all Annulosa, as formed of a simple con- inferior station in the natural arrangement of Crustacea. At a more advanced period the two series of ganglions in the foetal Crawfish approach the medial line on either side, become united together, and form a single chain, which corresponds exactly with the structure of the same organ in the adult Cymothoe. And lastly the whole series of ganglions run together longitudinally, so as to form in the adult Crawfish a simple nervous cord, like that of the more highly developed animals of the Class. Such comparisons open an ample field of phi- losophical consideration, Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 255 volution of the sacculus in one direction only. The result of this dis- tinction is, that the central parts of the nervous system are in Vertebrata external, and in Annulosa internal, to the serous membrane. The positions of the ganglionic cord corresponding with the spinal marrow, and of the intestinal nerve corresponding with the great sympathetic, are completely reversed in these two great divisions of the animal kingdom. A similar opposition occurs in the general position and direction of all the external organs. Inthe Vertebrata, in Batrachia for instance, both extremities, the head and tail, as soon as they become visible, expand over the vitellus, and tend to inclose it. In the same manner, the legs and arms, and in Birds the wings, embrace the vitellus, which is placed in juxtaposition with the abdominal surface of the body; the primitive portion of the embryo remaining at the back. In the Crawfish on the contrary, the tail tends to become free, while the anterior extremity alone is applied to the vitellus, the two ends approaching each other not by surrounding the last named organ, but in the contrary direction. The limbs too, instead of embracing the vitellus, take the opposite direction and surround the outerside of the primitive portion of the embryo. Hence it follows that in the Crawfish, and the same is the case in Spiders, the inner side of the limbs corresponds with their outer side in Vertebrata ; and that, when the Crawfish quits the egg, it turns the primitive part of its embryo towards the earth, while the Vertebrata turn their’sin the opposite direction. What iscalled the abdominal surface in the former is conse- quently analogous to that which is termed dorsal in the latter; and Annulosa turn their backs, while Vertebrata turn their bellies, towards the surface of the earth. Other important points of distinction are found in the structure and developement of the head and its parts, and in the disposition of the brain and nervous system in general. But we cannot afford space to enter further into these particulars. The authour concludes with some general deductions, which ate, however, sufficiently obvious not to require repetition. Three plates, two of them accompanied by outlines, filled with magnified representations of the egg and its contents during the various stages of developement, and in various points of view, together with their explanation at length, complete the volume. They are executed with great care, and afford excellent illustrations of the growth of the embryo in all its stages. 256 Analytical Notices of Books. The Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. Volume XVE. Part the Second. In the present part of the Transactions of the Linnean Society, the contents are partly botanical and partly zoological; the former somewhat exceeding the latter in extent. The zoological papers are from the pens of the Rev. L. Jenyns, Mr. Yarrell and Mr. Jeffreys, and these we shall proceed to notice in the order of the subjects to which they are respectively devoted. ** Some Observations on the Common Bat of Pennant: with an ‘* attempt to prove its identity with the Pipistrelle of French authors: by « the Rey. L. Jenyns,”’ first claim our attention. The Common Bat of our country, as the authour remarks, has been uniformly referred by British writers to the Vesp. murinus of Linneus; but difficult as it would be to determine with any thing like certainty the precise species originally intended by this denomination, it is yet probable, from the reference made by Linnzus to Brisson, that the Bat so designated was larger than our Common English species. Such is the one known on the continent as the Vesp. murinus, which differs from our Common Bat not merely in absolute size, but also in colour and general appearance, in the shape of the auricle and its operculum, and in some of its relative dimensions. The difference in size is indeed most striking, the length of the body in the continental Vesp. murinus being three inches and a half, and the extent of wing fifteen inches; while in the Common English Bat the length is only one inch and seven lines, and the extent of wing rarely exceeds eight inches and a half. With the continental species the name of Vesp. murinus may well be suffered to rest, rather than with our own Common Bat. ‘The former has been repeatedly well described and accurately figured, but the latter, originally imperfectly described at a period when the necessity of minute investigation was less evident than at present, has since been confused and rendered almost unintelligible by the errors of copiers and compilers. But by what name should the latter be designated? Arguing from the improbability that a species so common here should be unknown on the continent, Mr. Jenyns concludes that it can scarcely have escaped the Transactions of the Linnean Society. 257 notice of continental writers; and he finds in the description given by them of the Vesp. Pipistrellus, Geoff., so little variation from our Common Bat that he is induced to regard them as identical. Under that name and with the synonyms of that species in the continental authours, Mr. Jenyns accordingly describes our Bat, furnishing the requisite details of measure- ments, dentition, form, fur, and colour, with considerable minuteness and precision. The dimensions somewhat exceed those given by Dau- benton for the Pipistrelle, which might probably have been obtained from young individuals; but accord generally with those furnished by Geoffroy. In Mr. Jenyns’ view of the subject the Vesp. murinus is con- sequently to be excluded from the British Fauna ; its place in which should be occupied by the Vesp. Pipistrellus, already introduced into it on the authority of a specimen procured from Scotland by Dr. Leach, which exhibits nothing like a specific distinction from the Common Bat of Pennant. In some remarks on the habits of Bats appended to his paper, Mr. Jenyns states his belief that each species has its peculiar place of concealment. The Noctule, for instance, retreats into hollow trees; the roofs of houses are uniformly resorted to by the Long-eared Bat, Plecotus auritus, Geoff.; and the Common Bat is found in retirement in crevices of de- cayed brickwork, the cracks of old gateways and door frames, or behind gutters or pipes. In these situations the latter collect, sometimes in pro- digious quantities, for concealment in the day-time, and for shelter during their winter slumbers. Complete torpidity does not take place until the temperature is very much reduced, (probably below the freezing point) ; but when it has supervened, a high temperature is required to awaken the animal from its sleep. In November and December this species has been seen actively flying when the thermometer has marked 380 ; and has not been again met with on the wing till March, although the temperature has risen in the mean time considerably above 50°. The Noctule seeks its winter retreat at an earlier period than the Common Bat. The leading facts embodied in the next paper which we have to men- tion, have been already given in the present volume of this Journal. It is “ On a new species of Wild Swan taken in England, and hitherto * confounded with the Hooper: by W. Yarrell, Esq.’? ‘To our pre- vious notice it is only necessary to add, that the distinctions between the Von. V. R 258 Analytical Notices of Books. Cygnus ferus, Meyer, and Cygnus Bewichii, Yarrell, are clearly made out, especially as regards the structure of the trachea and sternum in the new species, which is explained in two plates, the latter of which represents these parts in three stages of their progressivedevelopement. In the adult state of the new species, the trachea, of equal diameter throughout, enters the keel of the sternum, through which it passes to the end, where, inclining upwards and outwards, it passes into a cavity formed in the body of the bone by the separation of the bony plates, and produ- cing a convex protuberance on the inner surface of the sternum. In this cavity the trachea assumes a horizontal direction, and makes a considerable curve reaching within half an inch of the posterior edge of the sternum. It then returns to the keel, along the upper part of which it passes to the exterior edge of the bone, over which it is reflected to enter the body of the bird and become attached to the lungs. In a less perfect state of developement the trachea occupies one side only of the cavity in the body of the sternum; and at a still earlier period, it is found in the keel alone, not having yet passed into the horizontal portion of the bone, in which, however, the projection indicating the cavity is already strongly morked. In these particulars the new species differs materially from the Wild Swan, in which the trachea never assumes a horizontal direction, and does not even penetrate within the keel to the extent of one half of the length of the sternum. In the comparative length of the bronchi, and of the bone of divarication, in the form of the latter, in the uniform calibre of the tube of the trachea of the new species, and in other particulars, additional differences exist. These are clearly explained by Mr. Yarrell, who has also given comparative measurements of both species; and, in further illustration of his subject has indicated some differences in habit and in voice, the latter agreeing with the variation in the structure of the trachea. To the organs of voice in Birds Mr. Yarrell has for many years been especially attentive, and the result of his enquiries respecting them forms the subject of another communication in the present part. In this truly valuable paper Mr. Yarrell describes the organ as consisting of four parts: the glottis, or superior Jarynx; the tube of the trachea; the in- ferior larynx, with its muscles; and the bronchi. These parts are noticed Transactions of the Linnean Society. 259 in succession. The superior larynx communicates with the mouth at the root of the tongue, by a long and narrow orifice which is regulated as to its extent of opening by two pairs of muscles, one of which is adapted to close, and the other to dilate the glottis. By governing the size of the aperture, these constitute one of the accessory means by which the sound of the voice is regulated. The tube of the ¢rachea varies in length, in diameter, and in regularity, and the voice is influenced by each of these variations; thus shrill notes are produced by short trachea, low notes by larger tubes, &c. Its substance, also has some effect on the voice; broad cartilages usually coexisting with monotonous. voices, while narrow rings with enlarged membranous spaces allow freedom of motion, and conse- quent variety of tone. The glottis and the trachea, however, only modify the voice, which is truely produced by the inferior larynx. This part varies in form, in structure, and in the number of its muscles. Its lower orifice is crossed by a bone, which forms the point of divarication whence the bronchi pass off to the lungs. The bronchi are composed of incomplete rings, the circle being completed by a delicate membrane, the membrana tym- paniformis. On the contraction and dilatation of this, and on the power of altering the form and length of the bronchi, some of the varieties of intonation depend. It is principally to the elucidation of the muscles of the inferior larynz that Mr. Yarrell’s observations are directed. These he considers as the true muscles of voice. In some few birds, including the Condor, the King of the Vultures, and the Spoonbill, they are entirely wanting ; but they exist generally throughout the class, varying in number from one pair to five pairs, A single pair is the number most usually met with, being found, with very few exceptions, inall the Rasores, Gralla- tores, Natatores, and in some of the Insessores, as well as in the majority of the Raptores. They arise from the whole outer surface of the cricoid cartilage, and descending along the trachea, surround it at its upper part, and afterwards divide and pass downwards in two equal portions attached to the tube, which they do not quit till they have arrived at or near the bone of divarication, when each passes off to be inserted upon the edge of the sternum on its own side. These sterno-tracheal muscles influence the length of the trachea as well as that of the bronchi. R2 260 Analytical Notices of Books. Two pairs of muscles of voice exist in but few birds, and there is little uniformity of structure even in those few which possess them. In the Indian Crowned Pigeon, the second pair is formed by a slip from the first, passing downwards on each side along the trachea, to be inserted into the membrane between the lowest ring of the tube and the first ring of the bronchi; its action would be to shorten the portion of the tube, to which it is attached, and to produce tension of the membrana tympani- formis. Inthe Gannet the second pair is almost similarly inserted on a glandular substance affixed to the first bronchial ring. In the’ Wood Grouse the principal pair of muscles is detached from the trachea throughout its whole length, and is imserted into the os furcatorium ; from these pass off, at about the commencement of their lower third, a second pair, which becomes attached to the lower portion of the trachea, and is afterwards inserted into the sternum in the same situation as the true sterno-tracheal muscles. To the other pair the name of furculo- tracheal muscles is given. In three of the species of Ducks in which there exists an enlargement of the tube of the trachea, there are also two pairs of muscles of voice: the first, the usual sterno-tracheal muscles; the second, a pair inserted into the os furcatorium, and arising, in the Velvet Duck from the bony enlargement; in the Golden-eye, partly from the enlargement and partly below it; and in the Red-breasted Merganser, about half-way between the bulb and the inferior darynz. Three pairs of muscles of voice have hitherto been found only among the Psittacide, throughout the whole of which they are uniform in situation and shape. The first pair, passing down the sides of the trachea, are inserted upon the outside of the second pair; these arise, one on each side a little above the bone of divarication, and are inserted upon the outer and central portion of the bronchi at the fourth cartilage. The third pair arise from the sides of the last ring of the trachea, and are inserted upon the whole surface of two crescent-shaped hones attached by membrane to the bottom of the tube. The action of the latter is to enlarge the aperture; the second pair have the power of contracting it; while the first influence the length of the tube. Four pairs of muscles of voice have not yet been observed. The most complex structure, that in which five pairs exist, is found in all the Corvi, Starlings, Thrushes, Larks, Buntings, Finches, Warblers, Swal- Transactions of the Linnean Society. 261 rows, &c. In these the pair of muscles which descend along the trachea, divide at a short distance above its end, and send one portion to be inserted upon the posterior end of the first bone of the bronchi, and another portion to be inserted in front below the extreme point of the last bone of the tube. Within the angle formed by the separation of these two muscles, a third slender muscle arises, which is inserted upon the sternum. The fourth arises near the middle of the bottom of the tube and is inserted, near the first, on the extremity of the first half-circular bone. The fifth, arising from the same situation as the fourth, is directed down- wards and forwards, and is inserted upon the last bony ring of the tube, on the cartilaginous projection immediately below it, and on the extreme end of the firstbronchial bone. The tensiongiven by these muscles produces variation both in the diameter and the length of the bronchial tube; but its influence is inferior to that exercised by the apparently less complica- cated organ of the Parrots, where the lower insertion of the shortening muscle of the bronchi, and the power of altering the size of the aper- ture, more than compensate for the smaller number of muscles with which these Birds are provided. . In “A Synopsis of the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca « of Great Britain: by J. G. Jeffreys, Esq.,’’ the authour has given a complete species, so far as they are yet known, of our native land and fresh-water univalve shells and their inhabitants. To the latter he has especially attended, and he has, in almost every instance, succeeded in observing and briefly describing them. On them too he has chiefly founded his larger groups; a correct principle which augurs well for his future exertions in the department of nature to which the present paper refers. There is something curious in viewing Mr. Jeffreys’ Synopsis, in connexion with other papers on the same subject which have appeared from time to time in the Linnean Transactions: it shows most forcibly the advance of the principle of subdivision so universally adopted by modern zoologists. In the excellent Catalogue of British Testacea by Dr. Maton and Mr. Rackett, nearly the whole of those univalves which inhabit the land and the fresh-water were referred to the single genus Helix, Linn., the remaining few were placed in the genera Turbo, Voluta and Patella. The same plan was adopted more recently by the Rey. R. Sheppard in his list of the species found in the County of Suffolk; but in this an advance 262 Analytical Notices of Books. was made towards the modern views by indicating the genera of Drapar- naud and Lamarck as constituting natural sections of the Linnean genera. In Mr. Jeffreys’ paper, on the contrary, the modern groups are throughout employed as substantive genera; and to these are added two other groups which the authour has deemed it right to distinguish generically, making in the whole no less than sixteen genera of land and fresh-water Mol- lusca, exclusive of the Weritina fluviatilis, inhabiting Great Britain. These are, among the Helicide, 1. Succinea, Drap., including two species; 2. Vitrina, Drap., four species, one of which is new, anda second now first indicated as distinct ; 3. Helix, Auct., including, with all its dismemberments, no less than twenty-nine species, among which, however, is enumerated, as the Helix acuta, the Carocolla lapicida, Lam., the only British type of another genus; 4. Bulimus, Brug., three species; 5. CIONELLA, a new genus, which is thus characterized, ‘* Animal glutinosum : tentacula inferiora brevissima. Testa oblonga ** seu elongata; anfractu ultimo majore ; apex acutiusculus: columella “* subinterrupta; apertura canaliculata, ad basin subeffusa, marginibus “* inequalissimis: wmbilicus nullus;’? in it are included three species, the Helix lubrica, Mill., the Buccinum Aciculu, Mill., and the Cion. elongata, ( Helix octona, (3., Gmel.) ; 6. Clausilia, Drap., seven species; 7. Pupa, Drap., three species; 8. ALaa, ‘ Animal tentaculis inferio- ‘* ribus punctiformibus. Testa veré cylindrica: apertura intus denticu- *« lis sive lamellis incontinuis munita, marginibus subequalibus ; peristo- ** mio simplici ;” to this group are referred the Turbo Muscorum, Linn., the Turbo sex-dentatus, Mont., the Turbo Offtonensis, Shepp.?, and three other species; 9. Vertigo, Miill., including two species. Among the Carychiade are, 10. Cyclostoma, Drar , including two species; 11. Carychium, Mill., three species, one of which is the Turbo tridens, Mont.; 12. Auricula, Drap., of which four speciesare distinguished. The Limneade include, 13. Limneus, Drap., ten species, among which, however, is placed the Assiminia Grayana, Leach; 14. Physa, Drap., two species; 15. Planorbis, Mill., thirteen species; and 16. Ancylus, Miill., including two species. The total number of species described by Mr. Jeffreys is ninety-five. Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 263 Art. XXXVI. Proceedings of Learned Societies on sub- jects connected with Zovlogy. LINNEAN SOCIETY. Nov. 3, 1829.—A Description of Filaria Forficule, by Mr. Ben). Maund, F.L.S., was read. Mr. Maund states that sometimes two or three of these worms, each of them measuring not less than two or three inches in length, are found in an individual Earwig, filling the whole cavity of the abdomen, and sometimes a part of the thorax also. His specimens, one of which accompanied the communication, lived two or three hours in water, after being removed from the insect, but died immediately in atmospheric air. It is unnecessary to go into any further details on this subject, the animal in question having been already well described and figured by M. Léon Dufour in the thirteenth Volume of the Annales des Sciences Naturelles. It is probably indicated under the same name as that employed both by M. Dufour and Mr. Maund, by Rudolphi in his work on the Entozoa. Feb. 2, 1830.—A paper was read, on The Natural History of Petro~ phila, a Lepidopterous genus, in its larva state inhabiting rivers, and furnished with branchie, by the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A., F.L.S., &c. The authour states that the very singular little moth on which he establishes his genus occurs in myriads, in its larva state, on the blocks of basaltic trap that occupy the bed of the river of St. Vincent’s. Much as it differs in its habits from the majority of Lepidoptera, he considers one European species as coinciding with it in its economy, and referrible perhaps to the same subgenus of Botys ; a genus which, from the variety of forms of which it is at present composed, appears to him to call for subdivision. He indicates the following as the most remarkable types occurring in his own Cabinet: 1, CHLoEPHILa, sp. lineolata, found at St. Vincent’s; 2, KampropTERA, sp. fuscescens, rare in St. Vincents; and 3, PHAKELLURA, sp. hyalinata (Fabr. Ent. Syst. ij, 2, 213 ?) abundant in the Antilles. The Botys stratiotalis (Kirby and Spence, IV, 56, 74) is the European species in which Mr, Guilding finds so 264 Zoological Proceedings of Societies. close a resemblance to his Petrophila in many respects, that he is per- suaded of their near affinity, although there exists a trifling difference in the pupal spiracula, and in the shape of the branchie. The larva of the West Indian species, obtaining its food on rocks in the stream, forms silken tunnels, under which it moves in safety, without danger of being carried off by the current. When at maturity it builds a more compact habita- tion, which, together with the metamorphosis of the insect, is minutely described, as well as a small Trichopterous insect found in great abun- dance in its society, and resembling itin economy. The authour thinks it probable that many of the European Botyde found in fenny places, as Bot. lemnata, sambucata, &c., approach his Petrophile, while those found in hedges and gardens should remain in a separate genus. His characters of Pet. fluviatilts are as follows : Pe. argenteo-nivea, fuscescente adumbrata, alarum superiorum strigis apicalibus angulatis, punctulis duobus intermediis lineisque baseos tribus subcommunibus fuscescentibus: alarum inferiorum plaga postica argenteo-iridescente, atro-maculata : ab- domine fusco fasciato. Mr. Guilding’s genus appears to us to be nearly, if not entirely, identical with M. Latreille’s Hydrocampe. We may ob- serve also that the name of Petrophi/la would be inadmissible, having been long since applied by Mr. Brown to a New Holland genus of Proteacee, Subjoined to the paper is an addition to the Natural History of Xylo- copa Teredo, and several other insects which had been the subjects of former communications, accompanied by additional drawings, to com- plete the description and figures given in Linn. Trans. vol. xv. March 16.—A Paper was read, On the remarkable formation of the Trachea of the Fyyptian Tantalus, by Joshua Brookes, Esq., F.R.S., and L.S. The structure in question, which is unique so far as the trachee of birds have yet been investigated, consists of a remarkable flattening and consequent dilatation of the lower part of the canal above the divarication.of the bronchi. A specimen was exhibited to the meeting. April 6.—A further description of the Anatomy of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo, by J. Morgan, Esq., F.L.S., was read. This paper is a sequel to that printed in the last part but one of the Linnean Transactions, and abstracted at p. 127 of our last volume. After a few remarks on the domestication of this animal as the only means of -making those examinations of the interior of the pouch, which Linnean Society. 265 can enable us to ascertain the condition of the young when it first becomes attached to the teat, and the natural process by which it is applied to that part, the authour described the appearances which he had observed in dissecting the mammary organs of a younger animal than any of those which he had previously examined. In our notice of Mr. Morgan’s former communication upon this subject, we mentioned the anatomical pecu- liarities which he had discovered in the immature marsupial animal, consisting in an undeveloped state of the two lower teats and in a muscu- lar investment of the mammary glands.* From the details of the present paper it appears that in the very young animal not one of the four future teats are developed, as the two upper as well as the two lower nipples are proved to be formed by the eversion and protrusion of follicular canals. April 20.—A Paper was read, On Luminous Insects, by Mr. Richard Chambers, F.L.S., maintaining, on the testimony of various authorities (some selected from books, and some collected from original sources by the authour,) that Ignes fatui are luminous insects. This opinion is supported by the fact often observed, that they appear to alight on various objects, and bound over others. ~ May 4.—Read, An Examination of M. Virey’s Observations on Aéronautic Spiders, published in the Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles, by John Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S. May 24.—This day, being the Anniversary of the Society, the follow- ing Officers and Council were elected for the ensuing year. President: Edward, Lord Stanley, M.P. Vice-Presidents: A. B. Lambert, Esq., F.R.S.; W. G. Maton, M.D., F.R.S.; E. Forster, Esq., F.R.S.; and R. Brown, Esq., F.R.S.—Treasurer : Edward Forster, Esq., F.R.S.— * Weare informed by Mr. Morgan, that he has found the compressing mus- cle of the mamma, described in the paper to which we allude, not only in the Kangaroo, but also in the American Opossums, and in other marsupial animals received from Australia; and that his opinion respecting the use of this muscle in compressing the mamme against the marsupial bones, as a means of forcing nourishment into the mouth of the young, is strengthened by the observations he has made, that in proportion to the extent of the mammary organs, will be found the length of the marsupial bones which are placed behind them: the firm point of resistance against which the glands are pressed by the contraction of their muscular coverings being thus proportioned to the size of the mamma themselves, ’ 266 Linnean Society. Secretary, J. E. Bicheno, Esq., F.R.S.—Assistant Secretary, Richard Taylor, Esq.—also to fill the five vacancies in the Council, George Bentham, Esq.; John, Earl Brownlow, F.R.S.; | Rev. William Buckland, D.D., F.R.S.; Charles Stokes, Esq., F.R.S.; William Yarrell, Esq. June 1.—The commencement of a Paper on the Pausside, a family of Coleopterous Insects, by J. O. Westwood, F.L.S., &c.,was read. The insects composing this singular family, remarkable especially for the pe- culiar structure of their antenne, inhabit the tropical regions of the old world, and do not exceed half an inch in length. In the year 1798, a paper by Professor Afzelius, upon the same group, was read before the Linnean Society, in which that distinguished naturalist indicated no more than five species. Since his time several important additions have been made by other entomologists; and Mr. Westwood has, in the present paper, increased the number of species to twenty-three, exclusive of those which had been incorrectly referred to the family by previous writers. In addition to the genus Paussus, originally established by Linnzus, he admits Hylotorus, Dalm., and Cerapterus, Swed.; and adds three new genera of his own formation. The following is his Synopsis of these subdivisions : Caput (ocellis duobus) ore: icin, immersum.....+..- Antenne : quasi 2-ar 4 Caput (ocellis (Palpi labiales ticulate, J Bullis) collo Warticulo skied 2. Paussus. instructum. elongato. Palpi labiales articulis cmt Platyrhopalus. libus. Antenne quasi 10-articulate ....... . 5. Cerapterus. Antenne quasi 6-articulate ....... . 1. Pentaplatarthrus. Elytra subquadrata, palpi labiales elongati. e| lytra subovata, palpi labiales brevissimi.... . 6. Trochoideus. 1. Pentaplatarthrus, Westw., is stated to be a new and very decided genus, founded on a single undescribed species, Pent. paussoides, Westw. Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 267 2. Paussus, Linn., of which twelve species are described, four of them new. 3. Hylotorus, Dalm., consists but of asinglespecies, Hyl. Buce- phalus,Dalm. 4. Platyrhopalus, Westw., has for its type the Paussus denticornis, Don. It contains four species, two of which are new. 5, Cerapterus, Swed., is composed of three species, one of which is sup- posed to be new. 6. Trochoideus, Westw., is founded on a single species, Paussus cruciatus, Dalm., discovered by that authour in a package of Copal Gum. Mr. Westwood also mentions the Hispa bihamata, Linn., as supposed to belong to this family ; and gives the characters of a new genus, which he names Megadeuterus, related to the Telephoride, and containing two species, the type being Paussus flavicornis, Fabr. The drawings in illustration of this paper comprise fifty-five figures of species and their anatomical details, and include representations of all the genera, and of the new species described by the authour. A paper by John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S., describing some Anatomical peculiarities in the Organs of Deglutition in several animals of the Order of Rodentia, was also read. In the Capybara, (Hydrocherus Capybara), and in some other animals of the Rodent order, the authour has observed a singular developement of the velum pendulum palati, to which he has assigned functions of a different description from those which are attributed to the same organ in any other tribe of animals, After noticing the great extent of the grinding surfaces of the molar teeth of the Capybara, and the necessity for such an arrangement in the masticating organs of an animal living occasionally upon hard vegetable substances, and possessing a single stomach, he proceeds to show that the complete mastication of the food is not only provided for by the form and extent of the teeth, but that it is rendered absolutely indispensable to the passage of nutriment from the mouth to the stomach. This necessity arises from the peculiar formation of the velum, which occupying the whole area of the passage through the fauces, would form a complete septum between the mouth and pharynx, but for the existence of a small circular aperture in its centre through which the food is allowed to pass. The ve/um palati thus enlarged assumes, during the act of swal- lowing, from the pressure of the food against its anterior surface, the shape of a cone or funnel; and the smaller end or apex of this funnel, which is terminated by the central aperture, is thrust backwards into 268 Scientific Notices. the cavity of the pharynx, beyond and above the opening of the glottis, to which it thus affords additional protection. A sort of membranous strainer is thus produced, through the small aperture of which the grosser particles of unmasticated food are prevented from passing. The muscles attached to these parts were shewn to consist in a sphincter of the funnel shaped membrane, connected with and supported by an anterior and posterior muscular column on each side. The two anterior columns arising from the fore part of the Os Hyoides, and ascending behind and partly through the muscular fibres of the root of the tongue, are continued upwards one on each side of the funnel, and are inserted into the posterior part of the palatine membrane ; the posterior columns are attached above to the palate and descend on either side of the funnel to be inserted into the lateral parts of the pharynx. These four mus- cular supports of the membranous strainer or funnel shaped velum palati, are considered by the authour as analogous to the muscles forming the pillars of the fauces in other animals. A paper was also read, entitled, “ 4n attempt to introducc a more pre- cise distribution of the genus Papilio, by George Milne, Esq., F.L.S. The authour proposes a recurrence to the Linnean genus Papilio, and its subdivision into eight phalanges; and concludes his paper with some remarks upon the innovations made on the Linnean system, chiefly as regards Lepidopterous insects. Art. XXXVII. Scientific Notices. Note on the British Species of Caryophyllia. Stokes. In a “ Note” appended to some very interesting ‘* Votes on the “ habits of a Caryophyllia from Tor Bay, Devon., by H, T. De la « Beche, Esq., F.R.S., &c.” inserted in the Zoological Journal, (Vol. IIl., page 481), the Coral referred to by the authour was described by Mr. Broderip as a new species, under the name of Caryophyllia Smithit. Dr. Fleming has recently, in the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, Scientific Notices. . 269 characterized as a ‘‘ mistake’’ the statement made by Mr. Broderip, that ‘< the hard parts of this indigenous species do not appear to have been any where described;”’ remarking that he (Dr. Fleming) had himself. ‘* published (in the second volume of the Wernerian Society’s Memoirs, ) a description of the same species, fourteen years previous to 1828”? the date of Mr. Broderip’s Note. To this observation Mr. Broderip has replied, in the periodical in which it was made by Dr. Fleming, and has exone- rated himself from the charge by referring to the memoirs of the Wernerian Society, where he finds the Caryophylhia observed by Dr. Fleming de- scribed as the Car. Cyathus, Lam. ; under which name, with some variation in the orthography, it is again given in Dr. Fleming’s “ British Animals.” The Car. Smithii having been shewn by Mr. Broderip, in his original note on the subject, to be specifically different from the Car. Cyathus, Lam., (Madrepora Cyathus, Ellis and Sol.,) it follows that a ‘‘ mistake’ rests with Dr. Fleming, who, if he has (as he states) described ‘‘ the same “* species’? with Mr. Broderip, has committed an error by referring it to a species from which it is essentially distinct; and, if he has really described the Mad. Cyathus (as he twice affirms that he has,) has not atany time “ published a description of the same species’’ as that charac- terized by Mr. Broderip. With Dr. Fleming it remains to explain which of these mistakes has been committed by him: if the Car. Smithii has been described by him under the name of Car. Cyathus, we yet know of but one indigenous species of the genus; if, on the contrary, he is right in regarding his discovery as the Car. Cyathus, there are then two species, instead of one, to be included in the British Fauna. Notice on the Rev. L. Guitpina’s description of Ancylus. By the Rev. M. G. BERKELEY. At page 535 of the third Volume of the Zoological Journal, is a de- scription of the animals of two new species of Ancylus from St. Vincent’s. Mr. Guilding remarks in a note: ‘‘ Genus Patelladis analogum, at forté “* Lymneadis affine.’’ The true Ancylus is undoubtedly one of the Lym- neadea and nearly allied to Physa; but there are some points in the descrip- 270 Scientific Notices. tion of Mr. Guilding’s Ancylus, which make it doubtful whether his shells really belong to that family. In the description of the animal he writes « Animal unisexuale? Penis? exsertus ad radices tentaculi sinistri. “ Branchiarum ramus parvulus prope anum et foramen laterale.’”’ In all which points it differs from that of the Ancylus (fluviatilis and lacustris e.g.) The species which I have had the best opportunity of examining is the first of these.* The animal is hermaphrodite. It has a retractile (not exserted) penis, at the base of the left tentaculum. The pulmonary cavity, like that of Physa, is on the left side, with a valvular margin, in one corner of which is situated the rectum: between this and the foot is the orifice of the matrix: the animal breathes air, and is able to swim by means of its broad foot. Itagrees with Physa more particularly in being a sinistrorsal shell; in the pulmonary cavity being on the left side, as also the penis, orifice of matrix, and anus; and in having an auricle or pouch at the under side of the base of the tentacula, whereas in Lymnea and Aplera this does not exist; though in Planorbis (corneus,) which again is a sinistrorsal shell, the auricle is strongly marked. Now if what is figured at Tab. Supp. 26. fig 5. b. be really pectinated branchie, capable of separating air from water, the animal clearly does not belong to the family Lymneade@, which consists of animals coming to the surface to breathe air. Indeed, were it not that Mr. Guilding’s Ancylus has an exserted penis (if I rightly understand him to mean one which is not retractile, as for instance in Lymnea, ) I should (withall due deference and respect to his accuracy) be tempted to conceive it possible, that, in so small a subject, and under peculiar circumstances of light, he may have been deceived, and have taken for a plume of branchie the matrix distended with eggs. Fig 5. a. has quite this appearance : and in fact Mr. Guilding’s own description favors this view; for his expression is “Branchiarum ramus parvulus prope anum et foramen laterale.”’ For as he does not seem to have observed the orifice of the matrix, the ‘¢ foramen laterale’’ must of course mean the pulmonary cavity. Besides, I would observe that in Ancylus fluviatilis, the orifice of the matrix is * Ibad an opportunity of ascertaining beyond all doubt that the animal is hermaphrodite, in September, 1829, at Chedder in Somersetshire. Mr, Lowe has also had thesame good fortune in Madeira, Scientific Notices. 271 situated at the apex of a small conical projection. Mr. Guilding’s de- scription of the eggs agrees almost exactly with Pfeiffer’s. Should future observations confirm those which Mr. Guilding has already recorded, his shells will surely constitute a new genus, singular, amongst the fresh-water Pectinibranchia, for the patelliform shells ana- logous to Calyptrea and Pileopsis amongst the salt-water Pectinibran- chia. In such case also, there would bea singular deviation from the usual structure in that order, as the cavity of the branchiz will be not immediately behind the neck, but lateral. If so, here again will be a remarkable analogy of deviation from the usual form in the order Pecti- nibranchia, with Cyclostoma, Helicina, &c., singular amongst the Pulmonifera for having the frontal margin of the mantle disunited from the neck, and therefore exposing the pulmonary vault. Notice relating to Mustela flaviqula, Bodd. By the Hon. Carr. SuHore. Tue animal is found to my knowledge throughout Kumoun, Gurhwall, and part of Sirmoor, provinces in the hills bordering on the Himaleh, extending from the river Kalee to beyond the Jumna, a piece of country about three hundred miles long by sixty broad. As it is met with in Nepal, which is some hundred miles to the south east of the above provinces, it would probably be found in all the hill country which lies between them, as it is much the same in surface, climate, and productions, both animal and vegetable. It chiefly frequents the warm vallies, but it is also found on the higher ridges where the climate is perhaps as warm as the middle of France. It is as common as, or perhaps rather more so than, the Polecat in England. I never heard of its being seen in the plains of India. It lives in holes in rocks, or in trees, in climbing which it is ex- cessively active. Its food is chiefly birds, rats, mice, hares, and even young fawns of the Kakur, (a species of Deer about 18 or 20 inches high with eye-teeth like a dog, and whose cry is like the bark of a small dog.) 272 Scientific Notices. During my residence in the hill provinces above mentioned, J have at different times shot four of them, and have had two alive, and the bodies and skins of perhaps a dozen, brought to me by peasants, (some males, some females,) besides seeing several others killed. The animal varies very much in colour. In all the upper half of the head, legs, rump, and tail, are very dark blackish brown, in some black. The chin and lower jaw are pure white ; but the throat is in some, bright yellow; inothers, of an orange tinge; in others again light tawny. The rest of the body is tawny with the tips of the hairs black; but in some the tawny darkens into brown, and even dark brown, while more of the ends than the very tips of the hairs are black, so as to make the animal appear almost all black. It would not seem to change with the season, for at the same time I have seen different specimens fully grown with the colours differing as above men- tioned. The enclosed sketch is copied from one made by myself in June, 1827, from a specimen which I shot on that day. I have seldom, if ever, seen one with less black about it, but I have seen them of every shade between this and the one sent to the Zoological Society, which is now much darker than when first brought to me in September, 1828, when it was about four months old. It had been caught when not many days old, and was so tame, that it was always kept loose about a well, sporting about the windlasses, posts, &c., and playing tricks with the people who came to draw water. The length of the one from which the sketch is taken, from the tip of the nose to the setting on of the tail, was 203 inches. Length of tail 193 inches. The native name of the animal in Gurhwall and Kumoun, is Tootu- tale; in Sirmoor, Koseah or Koosiar. [The sketch inclosed by Capt. Shoreto Mr. Vigors resembles very nearly the figure given in the Zoological Journal, Vol. iv. pl. viii, as the Mustela Hardwickii, which is synonymous with Must. flavigula, Bodd. The living specimen in the collection of the Zoological Society is so much darker, as to induce us to give a second representation of it in a Supple- mentary Plate, for the purpose of exhibiting the extremes o colour of a very rare and interesting animal.—Ed.] . Scientific Notices. 273 Notice on some new species of Birds. By N. A. Vicors, F'sq. I beg to insert the following brief characters of some interesting species of birds lately come to my knowledge. I hope to give a more detailed description of them, accompanied by figures of the more important species, in the next number of this Journal, together with the characters of some other species lately added to the collection of the Zoological Society, which I have not as yet had leisure to examine with accuracy. The acces- sion to our list of the Psittacide is of much value. EurysTtomus coLuaris. Rubro-brunneus; genis, corporeque subtus purpurascentibus; guld, rectricibusque lateralibus c@ruleis ; remigibus, rectricibusque mediis nigris; his versus apicem, illarumque pogonus externis azureis; rostro flavo. Magnitudo Eurystomi Orientalis. Hab. in Africa. In Mus. Soc. Zool. TYRANNULUS ALBO-CRISTATUS. Supra plumbeo-griseus; subtus flavescens; guld, fasciis duabus alarum, plumisque verticis in medio albis. Magnitudo Sylvie reguli, Lath. Hab. in Brasilia. In Mus. Soc. Zool. PYRRHULA CAPISTRATA. Corpore isabellino ; capite supra, caudd, alisque nigris; his speculis dwabus albis. Longitudo corporis, 32 unc. Hab. in Brasilia. In Mus. Soc. Zool. PSITTACARA NANA. Viridis; fronte, collo anteriore, pectoreque grisescentibus. Longitudo 84 unc. Hab. in Insula Jamaica. In Vivario Soc. Zool. PLatycercus STANLEYU. Supra viridis ; capite supra, corporeque inferiore coccineis; genis sulphureis ; remigibus, rectricibusque mediis 274 Scientific Notices. fuscis; humeris, rectricibusque lateralibus azureis. Magnitudo Platycerci ewimii. Hab. in Australia. PLATYCERCUS PILEATUS. Viridis; corpore subtus, tectricibus alarum inferioribus, remigibus, rectricumque pogoniis externis azureis ; capite supra diluté castaneo-rubro ; guld, genis, collo infra, dorsoque imo viridi-flavis; femorum tectricibus crissoque coociness. Magnitudo Platycerct Pennantii. Habitat in Australia. PALHORNIS COLUMBOIDES. Bitorquatus Dorso ; abdomineque imis, alis, cauddque supra viridibus ; capite, pectore, dorso abdomineque summis plumbescenti-canis; torque collari superiore gracili, guldque nigris : torque inferiore latd, fronte, regioneque circumoculari cerules- centt viridibus. Magnitudo Paleornis Alexandri. PALHORNIS INORNATUS. Viridis, subtus pallidior ; rostro nigris- ceniz; collo sine torque. Magnitudo paullo minor quam Paleornis torquati This bird has lived three years in the Menagerie of the Zoological Society, during which time it has retained the above characters without change. i have seen many living specimens agreeing with the above characters which are said to have come from Africa. They have hitherto been supposed to be the young of Pal. torquatus, but from the length of period, during which the individual here described has remained without change, I can not but consider the species to be distinct. PALZORNIS? ROSACEUS. V?ridis, supra dilutior; jpectore medio, femorum tectricibus rectricibusque infra rosaceis. Magnitude Pal. Alexandri. In Vivario Soc. Zool. The above bird is at present in the act of moulting, and its wings and Sa he me i 2 Scientific Notices. 275 tail are so imperfect as to prevent me from deciding with certainty the group to which it belongs. Its bill is more that of the genus Platycercus than Palgornis; but a drawing now in my possession, which was said to have been taken from the bird when in a perfect state of plumage, gives it the tail of Paleornis, On this authority I provisionally place it in that group. I have seen a second specimen agreeing with the individual described; but I have not been able to ascertain the locality of either. [I should not be surprized if they should be found eventually to be females of some described species; their plumage being of that indistinct character which marks the females of some of the species of the two allied groups above mentioned, COLUMBA SPILOPTERA. Capite posteriori, dorso, alarumque tec- tricibus pallidé brunnescenti-rubris, his guttis albis gracilibus notatis ; fronte, corporeque subtus plumbescenti-canis; guld, crissoque albis ; remigum. pogoniis internis basi rufis; pedibus flavis. Longitudo corporis 5} unc. Habitat in Australia, Ortyx MonTEezumMz&. Capite posteriore, dorso, alisque brunneis, plumis in medio striis rufis ad latera fasciis nigris notatis ; fronte, guld, crisso, corporisque lateribus nigris, his albo-guttatis; regione cirewm- oculari, strid utrinque sub rictu, alterd utrinque ad frontem circuloque a supercilio ad pectus descendente, albis; abdomine medio castaneo. Magnitudo Ortygis Californiani. Habitat in Mexico. In Museo Soc. Zool. OrTyx squaMaTus. Corpore plumbescenti-cano, interscapulio pec- toreque dilutioribus, horum plumis circulo gracili brunneo ad apicem cinctis; criste occipitalis apice, guld, abdomine medio, crisso, striis- que abdominis laterum rufescenti-albis. Magnitudo Ortygis Californiani. Habitat in Mexico, In Museo Soc. Zool. 276 Scientific Notices. Note on CEstrus, by W. S. MacLeay, Esq. Having just seen my paper in the Zoological Journal on the Cstrus of Mr. B. Clark, it has struck me that when this gentleman says, that « the Qstrus bovis has no aculeus or weapon of infliction in the abdo- «« men,” he could only have stated so obvious and well known a fact upon a misunderstanding of the following words in the note p. 358 of my paper in the Linnean Transactions. ‘* Aristotle could never have seen “‘ a female of the modern (Estrus, as appears from his stating that no Dipterous insect has its sting placed behind.’’ The veriest Tyro in En- tomology must know that what is meant here, is not that Cistrus has a real sting like the females of Hymenoptera; but merely that if Aristotle had seen the exserted ovipositor of an Cistrus, he like Mouffet must from the state of his entomological knowledge have taken it for a sting. In awarding the accurate meed of praise to Fischer’s publication on Cstrus, I ought to have stated that he like Mr. Clark describes the Pupa of CEstrus bovis for the larva. What is supposed to be the full grown larva of this insect is often the Pupa. To understand the real form of the larve, the young tumours of the hide ought to be examined, and not those full grown ones from which the insect is on the point of emerging to undergo the remainder of its pupa state on the ground. Havana, April 7th, 1830. THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. July, 1830.—September, 1831. Arr. XXXVIIIL. Notice of anew Species of Herring. By Wiccram Yarrec, Esq., FL. and Z.8. EXAMINATION of considerable quantities of the various sorts of fish caught at the mouth of the Thames and Medway, at this season of the year, by fishermen engaged in taking sprats, has enabled me to select what I believe to be a second and undescribed species of Herring. The common Herring, when it visits our coast in summer, is taken heavy with roe, which it deposits towards the end of October. It is certain that the fishing for them is abandoned about that time, as no pur- chasers could be found for the “‘ shotten Herring,’’ and it is also weil known that the Herrings having cast their roe retire from the shore to deep water. In the last week of February, 1828, I obtained at Brighton a few of the young of our common Herring, then from four to five inches long. These were caught by fishermen who worked nets with small meshes for Atherines. Great numbers of the young of the common Her- ring are taken with the sprats; they are called yawlings by many fisher- men, aterm probably derived from yearling, but these young Herrings differ materially from the Herring which I believe to be new. The yearling fish have the elongated form of the adult common Herring. If 7 inches long, which is about their average length, they are only 1 inch and % deep, and are without roe. Having examined them repeatedly during the winter months, I am induced to believe they do not mature any roe during their first year; and the fact of their remaining in large Vou. V. 7 278 Mr. Yarrell on a new species of Herring. shoals at the mouth of the Thames, may be taken in corroboration, for had they matured and deposited any roe, they would, like the adult of their own species, have experienced the same necessity for retiring to deep water. The Herring, however, which it is now my object to particularise, is at this time, January 31st, heavy with roe, which, from the appearance of the fish, will not be deposited till the middle of February. I have been told that Dr. Leach has often stated that our coast produced a second species of Herring, but Iam not aware that any notice of it has ever appeared. In order, however, to identify the name of so distinguished a naturalist with a fish of which perhaps he was the first observer, I pro- pose the name of Clupea Leachii for this species, and describe it as follows. Much deeper in proportion to its length than our common Her- rings: the adult fish measuring but 8 inches long, is 1 inch Z deep, and has both dorsal and abdominal line much more convex; a common Herring of 1 inch Z deep would measure 104 inches in length. The under jaw in the new species is provided with three or four prominent teeth placed just within the angle formed by the symphysis. The superior maxillz have their edges slightly crenated ; the eye is large, and the fish, after it has been dead two or three days, exhibits the red appearance about the orbits and opercula, so well known to occur both in the common Herring and Sprat; the dorsal fin is placed behind the centre of gravity, but not so much so as in the common Herring; the scales are smaller without any distinct lateral line; the back and sides are deep blue, with green reflections, passing into silvery white beneath; and the edge of the belly is carinated, but without serration. Besides some slight but con- stant differences in the relative number of the fin rays, there is also a difference in the number of the vertebre,—thus D. P. V. A. Cc. Vertebree. Common Herring 17 14 9056 1A 920 56 Leach’s Herring 18 17 9 16 20 54 The flesh of the new species also differs from that of the common Her- ring in flavour, and is much more mild. Of the viscera in this species, the liver is small; the stomach narrow and elongated, with its inferior extremity attached tothe membrane investing VoLY, PAUL iv NK alt Nil Zovlvgiral Jom Mr. Yarrell on a new species of Herring. 279 the swim-bladder ; the pyloric appendages 20 in number, from the base of which the intestine passes in a straight line to the vent. It is even probable that our shores produce a third species of Herring much larger than either of the two now named. In Pennant’s British Zoology, it is stated under the article Herring, on the authority of an experienced fisher, that there is sometimes taken near Yarmouth a Her- ring distinguished by a black spot above the nose; and that he once saw one that was 21 inches and a half long. He insisted that it was a differ- ent species, and varied as much from the common Herring, as that does from the Pilchard. A notice, it may be added, appeared i in a Glasgow Newspaper of the last week in May, 1831, that “ a Herring had been ‘© caught in the Tay, which weighed four pounds and one quarter:’” and Anderson the historian of Greenland and Iceland, mentions ep seh of two feet in length. The Herring of the American coast is distinct from either of those which visit our shores; it is less in size and very inferior in quality. A small quantity are occasionally imported here in a dried state, and from examination of these it appears that their average length is about 7 inches; the dorsal fin contains 16 rays, the pectoral 19, ventral 10, anal 16, caudal 18, and the vertebr are 58. The Herring of the Mediterranean appears, by the description of M. Risso, to be also distinct from either of the species here enumerated: its branchiostegous rays are said to be six in number, its dorsal fin contains 17 rays, pectoral 17, ventral 8, anal 18, caudal 18, and it deposits its spawn in summer. While on the subject of the species of the genus Clupea I may men- tion that I obtained last summer two species of Shads from the Thames, the Clup. Alosa of Linneus, and the Clup. fallax of La Céptde, the one with teeth, the other without, but externally very similar. Baron Cuvier, in the second edition of his Régne Animal, Vol. II., p. 319, has advanced the Shads to the rank of a genus, separating them from the Herrings, on account of the difference in the form of their intermaxillary bones. The Allis of Pennant’s Zoology in the Clup. Alosa of M. Cuvier. The Clupea Leachii is figured on Plate XII. T2 280 Rev. R. T. Lowe on the genera Art. XXXIX. On the Genera Melampus, Pedipes und Truncatella: with Experiments tending to demonstrate the real nature of the Respiratory Organs in these Mol- lusca. By the Rev. R.T. Lows, B.A. Class. GASTEROPODA. Order. PECTINIBRANCHIA. Fam. Piicace®, (Les Plicacées, Lam., excl. Tornatella.) Gen. Mexampus, Wontf.; Les Melampes, Cuv.; Conovulus, Lam.; Auricule pars, Ejusd., Syst., et Féruss.; Volute species, Linn., Montag., Donov., Turt. Tentacula (2 contractilia) annulata, subcylindrica, obtusa, basi dis- tincta; oculis sessilibus, paullé supra basis angulum internum positis. Caput infra tentacula porrectum, sc. ante eorum basin deorsum spectans ; buccis labialibus utrinque magnis, dilatatis, anticé coalitis, depressis, horizontalibus, discum latum, bilobum, quasi pedis partem anticam, for- mantibus. Os subtus ad emarginationem in medio disci hujusce labialis ; simplex (ut in Helice,) sc. maxilla cornea, lunatd, supcriore; inferiore nulla. Pes simplex brevis ovalis anticé obtusissimus, vix truncatus ; posticé subattenuatus, obtusus. Pallium collare (Je Collier, Feruss.) tumidum, siphone nullo ; orificio respirationis vel ani postico ad dextrum corporis, ut in Helice. Operculum nullum. Testa solida, subconiformis, laevigata, plerumque non sculpta, unicolor, vel spiraliter obscuré subfasciata. Spira breviuscula. Columella plicata. Labrum simplex, superné integrum, in collumellam desinens, posticé vel inferné subsinuatum.* Epidermis nulla. Animal littorale, amphibium, sed revera marinum, et branchiis spizans. The genus Melampus was formed by Denys de Montfort for the recep- tion of the Bulimus coniformis of Bruguiére. Lamarck had also once * This slight notch corresponds to the situation of the respiratory or anal orifice in the mantle, Melampus, Pedipes, and Truncatella. 281 distinguished the same shell, along with several others generically related toit, by the name of Conovulus; but he afterwards re-united this genus to his 4uricule, placing it amongst the air-breathing Gasteropoda. an association in which he has been followed, though not without some appearance of hesitation, by the Baron de Feérussac in his valuable and masterly Tableau Systematique. Cuvier, however, had long before in his Régne Animal, first edition, adopted both De Montfort’s genus and name; though he considered the shells included in it* as fluviatile, and placed the genus between his Auricules and Actéons /Tornatelle) ,; all three being arranged along with Pyramidella at the end of his “‘ Pulmonés ** aquatiques.’’ Sowerby has also not failed to perceive both the characters of the present group, and its true affinities.t It is not necessary to enter into the question of priority respecting the names Melampus and Conovulus; for the last, being composed of the names of two established genera, is totally inadmissible by the common rules of nomenclature. But it will be necessary to enter a little at large into the reasons which have caused me to dissent in more important particulars from the united authorities of a Cuvier, a Lamarck, and a ‘erussac as to the affinities of the present genus, and the nature of the respiratory organs. The foregoing generic description is drawn up from two species, both apparently new, which I have had abundant opportunities of studying. They both occur on the North Coast of Madeira, between high and low water mark on the beach, lurking beneath the lowest stratum of large rounded stones of which it is composed, at the depth of two or three feet below the surface. The singularity of this habitat led me at once to suspect the true nature of the animal: and since all efforts at dissection, to ascertain the nature of the branchial system, were baffled by the small size of the species, I had recourse to a series of experiments, of which the following are abstracts as they stand in my notes, Experiment 1. A number of the animals of Melampus equalis with others of Pedipes * Viz. Voluta minuta, Gmel. (Bulimus coniformis, Brug.) Bulimus monilis, Brug., and Bul, ovulus, Brug. + See Pyramidella, Sowerb, Gen. J cannot, however, agree with my friend Mr. Sowerby inadopting Lamarck’s name, Conovulus. 282 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, §c. afra were kept for some months in a glass of sea-water. They constantly affixed themselves to the side of the glass above the water; at first indeed to the cover; but as the weather grew hotter, they descended lower, fixing themselves in a group to the side, a little above the surface. If any fell into the water, they speedily made their way out of it. When immersed, a bubble of air was always seen between the edge of the mantle and the body of the animal on the right side. No particular attention was paid to them, and the water often was not changed for a fortnight or more. They all remained quite healthy, though altogether inactive. Yet if the cover was left off accidentally at night, most of them were found in the morning to have crawled out of the glass to some distance on the table. No food was given to them the whole time. Experiment 2. A repetition of the preceding, for some months, with a fresh set. Habits precisely the same. Experiment 3. Two specimens of Melampus equalis were placed in fresh-water : the animals immediately shrunk within the shell, and never came out again while they remained in the water. One of them having been immersed in it an hour or two, recovered on being again placed in sea-water. The other which was left in the fresh-water never crawled again, and was dead the next day. Experiment 4. Numerous specimens of Melampus @qualis, which have lain neglected in a tin box among wet sponges since February 6th, I took out to-day, (March 10th) alive, and they crawled actively about. All the specimens mixed with them of Pedipes afra, (which were also numerous,) and of Melampus exiquus are quite dead: but others of Littorina vulgaris, (Turbo littoreus, Linn.,) are quite lively. : Iixperiment 5. Melampus exiguus placed in a glass of sea-water remains generally at the bottom: and though sometimes crawling up the sides, never remains aboye the surface. Nor when below, has it ever the air-bubble on the right side, as in Melampus equalis. Experiment 6. Another set of Melampus exiguus. They are often seen with an air- Experiments on the Respiration of Melampus. 283 bubble below the surface, like Mel. equalis; but they never come above the surface; and though occasionally remaining for some time at the edge of the water, they generally keep quite immersed or towards the bottom. Experiment 7. I have this moment before my eye, a specimen of Melampus exiquus, fixed atthe edge of the water, opening and closing a notch or kind of orifice between two slight lobes of the mantle (on the right side, between the body and outer lip of the shell, near the lower corner of the aperture,) and letting occasionally a bubble of air escape. It is in fact exactly similar to the respiratory orifice which opens occasionally in a Limnea or Helix. The hole is so distinct now, there can be no mistake. There is a slight indentation or sinus in the outer lip of the shell corresponding to its place in the mantle. It is necessary to observe, that the opening and closing of this orifice takes place above the surface of the water; the animal having so placed itself along the edge, that the outer lip of the shell, together with the edge of the mantle are just out of the water: and that the appearance of the whole process (which I have observed for a quarter of an hour, the animal in that time frequently opening and closing the orifice) is that of its bemg done to admit or exclude air. Experiment 8. Two specimens of Melampus equalis were inclosed in separate bags of fine net, and immersed in the same glass of sea-water. They had each on the right side, a considerable way behind the tentacula, (in fact between the outer lip of the shells and the body, in the mantle) a large air-bubble, apparently standing at the mouth of an orifice;* which as the animal crawled about beneath the water, dilated and contracted occasionally, but not at regular intervals: sometimes the air-bubble was quite drawn in; at others protruded. On touching the animals, and forcing them to retreat within the shell, not only this air-bubble, but three or four times as much more, issued forth from this orifice, as well as from * Adanson, in speaking of Pedipes, says, “ Le manteau, &c. laisse 4 droit “ un petit trou rond auquel répond|’anus,” Hist. du Seneg.; Coquill., p. 14, Ihave frequently observed this orifice also in Pedipes afra, when taken out of the water, and forced to retreat within its shell; occupying the whole space between the great tooth or fold, and the lower angle of the aperture. 284 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melumpus, &c. the other side of the body; indeed all round the aperture of the shell. After this, there was no longer any appearance of an air-bubble, as the animal crawled about. In considering the foregoing experiments, it is observable, that the argument which might be drawn in support of the union of Melampus with the Pulmenea, from the habits, &c. recorded in Nos. 1 and 2, isneu- tralized altogether by No. 5. No. 3 is a strong proof on the other side: for there is no reason why a truly pulmoniferous animal should be sooner drowned in fresh than in sea-water: the fact is, indeed, not so. But it is well known that a marine Pectinibranchia does not long survive a sudden transition into fresh-water; and that the manner of its death is precisely similar to what is related in Experiment 3. In regard to No. 4, the supposition that all the species in the box belonged truly to the Pectinibranchia, seems to be the one involving fewest difficulties or contradictions; indeed none perhaps but what admit of explanation. In fact, two of the species, Littorina vulguris and Pedipes afra, um- doubtedly belonging to the Pectinibranchia, the survival of one only of two species of Melampus is no more strange, on the supposition of their being also Pectinibranchia, than is the survival of one only of the two former. And at least, the survival of Littorina vulgaris in the same box, and consequently under precisely similar circumstances, does away with the singularity of Melampus equalis surviving, when deprived of its native element, on the supposition of its belonging also to the same order. No. 8 affords an explanation of the remarkable appearance described in No. 7: an appearance which was at first, it must be confessed, rather puzzling. This appearance, however, it seems is only caused by the attempt to exclude the air, which the animal has accidentally taken into the cavity of the shell, as well as amongst the branchie, after having been some time out of the water ; as was in fact particularly the case with those of No. 8. It is very possible indeed, that the animal, as long as its ranchie are moist, can breath atmospheric air, and support life; as do certain Crustacea, Carp, Eels, &c. but the above appearance proves no more. It does not prove that the animal has not pectinated branchie : while the following experiments go very far to prove that it has. Experiments on the Respiration of Melampus. 285 Experiment 9. June 1. Two specimens of Melampus equalis, from the same place, were inclosed in separate bags, and immersed in the same glass of sea-water. —— 12. - Both were dead ; the water never having been changed since June the 4th, when they were certainly alive. They were also alive on either the 6th or 7th, but I cannot speak quite positively. Experiment 10. June 22. Twospecimens of the same inclosed and immersed as above. 26. Both dead. The water has not been changed. Experiment 11. June 26. Two specimens of the same inclosed and immersed as before. — 29. One dead ; the other sickly. The water was changed.* 30. The survivor alive. July 1. Dead. Experiment 12. July 19. Two specimens of the same inclosed in bags, and immersed in separate glasses of sea-water. —— 20. Twenty-four hours after both are alive and healthy ; thirty hours after, one is sickly and retracted; the other quite healthy. —— 21. The last is quite healthy; the other quite retracted, and, I think, dead. Water changed for both. —— 22. Both quite dead. Experiment 13. Aug. 10. Two specimens of the same inclosed in separate bags, were immersed in the same glass of sea-water. N.B. These are the two specimens mentioned in Experiment 8. After the air had been expelled in the manner there described, they were left covered by the water; no more air-bubbles appeared. * The water was changed in this, and in all theexperiments, by pouring in gently the fresh, and suffering the contents of the glass to run over its sides till the water was completely renewed. Thus, no part of the bags was ever for an instant exposed to the air. Care must be taken to pour in the water gently lest bubbles of air should be driven into the bags; which should also be well soaked previously to the experiment, to expel every particle of the same. 286 Rev. R.T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. Aug. 11, Both alive and well. Water’changed. monies 12, Ditto. Ditto. wuss 13. Ditto. Ditto. —— 14. Both dead. The foregoing experiments are set down in the order in which they were made ; and it is possible that the former of them may at first lead others, as they did myself, to different conclusions from those I am now convinced are the true ones. At least, they might have been so arranged, as to establish, in the first place, the fact attempted to be proved in the mind of the reader, and to enlist first impressions on my side, were vic- tory, not truth, the object. Yet, antecedent to all experiment, the fol- lowing are'strong arguments that Melampus equalis and exiquus belong to the Pectinibranchia. For, 1, They are found on the sea-beach, between high and low water- mark. 2. Inastate of nature they have the habits, and are found in the company, of other undoubted marine Pectinibranchia, viz. Pedipes afra, and Truncatella truncatula. The positive arguments on the same side, to be deduced from the foregoing experiments are, 1. In confinement, one of the species remains voluntarily beneath the: surface ; the other has the habits of other littoral species, decided Pectinibranchia, viz. Littorina vulgaris, Pedipes afra, &c. 2. Melampus equalis lives 3—4 days in apparently a healthy state,. immersed in sea-water, without coming in contact with the air.* 3. But dies in a few hours, immersed in fresh-water.+ I have before shown the inconclusiveness of any arguments that can * Two large and vigorous specimens of Helix lactea, from Grand Canaria, placed in sea-water, immediately retreated deep within their shells, without an attempt to extricate themselves, and never protruded themselves again. At the end of eight hours they were quite dead. + Two fine and healthy specimens of the same Helix were inclosed in bags and immersed in fresh-water. At the end of six hours they were nearly dead, and at the end of twenty-four completely so. Other smaller species do not usually survive so long. Experiments on the Respiration of Melampus. 287 be drawn from the preceding experiments, on the other side. Yet it may not be amiss briefly to recapitulate them, putting against each its contradictions, to set the matter in its clearest light. The arguments tending to prove Melampus to belong to the Pulmonea or air-breathing Mollusca, are, 1. The habits of Mel. equalis (Experiments 1 and 2.) are not what we should imagine to be those of a marine Pectinibranchia, living habitually in water. Rendered inconclusive by the habits of Littorina vulgaris and other littoral Mollusca, decided Pectinibranchia, which are exactly the same. And Melampus exiquus has not these habits (Experiments 5, 6.) but re- mains at the bottom of the water. 2. Its surviving for six weeks in a box without water (Experiment 4.) But it was in wet sponge; and besides, Littorina vulgaris, im the same box, did also survive. At all events, the anomaly is not greater than in the case of Truncatella truncatula. See Experiments 16 and 17. 3. Its not living more than 3—4 days immersed in sea-water. Surely 3—4 days are enough, comparing it with the'time that a Helix survives (see the two. preceding notes ;) but if not, seven out of eight specimens of Pedipes afra (a decided Pectinibranchia) survived no longer ; the eighth lived two months immersed ! 4. Its pectinated branchie are not visible. _ But the small size of the species, not to mention’ want of instruments and skill in the dissector, sufficiently explains this. 5. The presence of the bubble of air at the mouth of the orifice in the mantle, &c. This is caused only by the air accidentally received into the cavity of the shell, and amongst the branchi@, when the animal has been some time out of the water; and besides, in Melampus exiguus, it is not constant ; compare Experiments 6 and 7 with 5. The following are the recent species which appear to unite generically under Melampus as above defined. 288 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. ‘Testa obovata* vel oblonga. 1. MELAMPus &quaLis, nob. Tab. XIII. f. 1, 2, 3, 4, (5, the shell.) Mel. testé obovatd, subventricosd, obtusiusculd, levigatd ; anfractibus subequalibus, planis ; spird apertura breviore ; columellé 3-plicatd, plicis duabus inferioribus parallelis, equalibus ; labro simplici, (in- tus levi.) Long. 7%, une.; lat. vix ,4,. Anfractus 7—8. a. testd castaned, obscuré subfasciatd. p. totd alba. Hab. infra lapides, ad littus septentrionale Insule Madere. In very numerous and fine specimens I have never seen in any stage of growth the slightest approach to the formation of strie within the outer lip; or I should have suspected it to be an immature state of some species, perhaps of Mel. Ovulum. It answers well to Voluta 3- plicata of British authors, except that the aperture is not contracted, 2. MELAMPUS GRACILIS, nob. Mel. testd gracili, angustd, elongato-ovatd, acutd, levigatd ; anfracti- bus planis, equaliter crescentibus ; spird productd, exsertd, apertura longiore ; columella 3-plicatd plicd medid majore ; labro simplict. Long. 1 unc.; lat. 1. Anfr. 74. Hab. in rupibus maritimis; ad littus meridionale Madere, prope urbem Funchal; v. m. I possess only one perfect and one mutilated specimen of this shell, and it may very possibly prove only an elongated variety of Mel. equalis. But though in young specimens of Mel. equalis the middle tooth is also somewhat larger than the others, or more particularly than the lower one, yet the ventricose shape, and the proportions of the spire and aperture preserve constantly their characters. 3. MeE.ampus Firmini, nob, Mel. “ testd ovato-turgidd, albido-flavd, transversim striatd et pallidé fasciatd ; anfractibus planiusculis ; spird brevi, apice fuscescente ; columella triplicatd ; 4 lineas longa.’’ Payr. * Here and elsewhere by me the shell is placed in its proper and natural position in respect to the animal, i. e. with the spire downwards, In the spe- cific characters taken from Lamarck, the contrary position is to be understood, viz, with the spire upwards. Zoolesical Journal ,Vol.V.PLAIM Monograph of the genus Melampus. 289 Auricula Firminii, Payraud., Catal. p. 105, t. 5, f. 9, 10. Hab. Corsica. This species is indeed very nearly allied to Mel. equalis. Yet in this last there is not the slightest trace of “ transverse’? (sc. spiral) striz, the whole shell being quite smooth and glossy. It also differs remarkably in colour, and isa less slender and proportionally shorter, and more ventri- cose shell. But ina case of this sort it is hardly possible to decide with- out a comparison of specimens ; and though at present, from the descrip- tions, the two appear perfectly distinct, it is possible that such a compa- rison may hereafter prove their identity. 4. MeExampus Ovuum, Schweig. Mel. “ testa parvuld, ovato-oblongd, levi, nitiduld, castaneo-fusces- cente ; spird exsertiusculd, acutd ; columelld triplicatd ; labro (sim- plict acuto) intus costd transversali instructo, substriato.” Lam. “© Melampa ovulum, Schweigger, Handb. p. 739.’ Feruss. “ Bulimus ovulus, Brug., Dict. No. 71.” Feruss. Auricula (Conovulus) Ovula, Feruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 104, No. 21. Auricula nitens, Lam., VI., 2, p. 141, No. 13, “ Voluta pusilla, Gmel. et Dillw.’’ auct. Féruss. ‘* Voluta triplicata, Donov. Brit. Shells, IV. t. 138, Montag. and “ Dillw.,”? auct. Féruss. Turt. Dict. No. 10. Hab. “a la Guadeloupe,” Lam. ‘Les Antilles, particuliérement * Ja Guadeloupe, od Bruguiére la dit fluviatile, ce dont nous doutons. “* Guernsey, selon Montagu,” (i. e. Voluta triplicata.) Feruss., loc. cit. Cuvier, probably after Bruguiére, says generally of his ‘‘ Melampes,’’ (including in the genus Bulimus coniformis, monilis and ovulus, Brug.) « Elles habitent les rivitres des Antilles.’’ I have very little doubt the present species is truly, like the rest, marine, though possibly found at the mouths of rivers. 5. MELAMPUS PATULUS, nob, Mel. testé oblique oblongd, obtusé, anfractu basilari maximd, elongata ; spird brevi, exsertd, aperturd multd breviore, et vix tertiam partem totius longitudinis excedente ; columella 3-plicatd ; plicd superiore inconspicud, obsoletd, duabus inferioribus magnis, diveryentibus, infimd maximd, prominente ; medid ad superiorem minutam ap- proximatd; aperturd subauriformi, patuld, superne obliqué dila- 290 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. taté ; labro stmplici (intus levi plano.) Long. 7; unc.; lat. 4. Anfr, 4. Hab. Australia. Mecum benevolé communicavit D* G. B. Sowerby. Species incerte ; huc forsan referende. 1, Volnta livida, Linn., Syst. ed. 12. p. 1187. “ V. testd coarctatd ovato-cylindricd, spird subelevatd obtusiusculd, columelld quinqueplicatd. M.L. U. 591, n. 229.* Gualt. test. t. 25, f. B. Hab. in Africa. Testa livida fasciis transversis, pallidis obsoletis.” Linn., loc. cit. 2. Auricula Myosotis, Drap. ** A. testd ovato-conicd (ovato-suboblongd, Drap.) apice acuto, tenui- ** ter striaté, corneo-fuscescente ; anfractibus convexis ; columella “© triplicatd ; labro margine albo, reflexo.”’ Lam. Auricula Myosotis, Drap., p. 56, t. 3, f. 16,17. Lam., VE, 2, p. 140. Feruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 103, No.8. Payr., Catal. p. 104. Voluta denticulata, Montag. “ pl. 20, f. 5.” Turt., Dict. No. 2. Voluta ringens, Turt., Dict. No. 3. Hab. “sur les cétes de la Méditerranée, sur le bois mort et pourri, “* dans les lieux humides. Note ; Quelques naturalistes distingués regar- *< dent cette espéce comme marine.” Drap.1.c. “ Dans le midi de la «« France, prés des cdtes de Ja Méditerranée sur les bois morts et pourris.”’ Lam. |]. c. “Les étangs saumatres de la Méditerranée et de l’Océan, “© mais sortant de l’eau.’’ Féruss. J. c. “Les bords des eaux saumatres, ** ou les heux recouverts par la mer dans les momens de tempéte ; sous “< les pierres.” Payraud. 1. c. There can be little doubt that these two last are the correct habitats of the species ; and combining this with the fact of its identity with Voluta denticulata of Montagu, the preponderance of evidence is decidedly in favour of its belonging to the marine littoral Pectinibranchia.* But T have chosen for the present to refer it to the doubtful species of Melam- pus, because there seems reason to suspect that the shell is furnished with * Pérussac rightly remarks, that it is at least very doubtful whether the tentacula are rightly described’ as retractile by Draparnaud. oe Monograph of the genus Melampus. 291 an epidermis; a point, which in the absence of specimens, it is impos- sible to ascertain from the descriptions within my reach. Risso, indeed, positively ascribes one to it, i, e. to his Zuricula Myosotis ; but he also does quite erroneously to his Truncatelle, which invalidates his testimony, unfortunately, in the present instance. Iam, however, strongly inclined to believe that this shell really has an epidermis ; and if so, it will then remain to ascertain whether the species agrees in all other points with the above generic character of Melampus ; in which case that character must be amended in respect to the supposed absence of an epidermis in all its species; or, which is perhaps more probable, Auricula Myosotis may prove generically distinct from Melampus, as here defined. 3. Voluta bidentata, Montag., of which Vol. alba of Turton’s Dict. No. 4, is the young shell, and possibly one or two other Volute of British authors, very probably belong also here ; yet without further evidence, it would be rash to decide ; and the following is mentioned only as an independent confirmation of their having been, as I believe, properly associated with Auricula Myosotis of Drap., and its allies, by the Baron de Férussac. In 1824, I met with Voluta alba of Turton’s Dictionary, alive, in great abundance, under loose masses of rock and large stones, near low water-mark, at Obun, in Argyllshire, half a mile to the south of the Custom House. Having neglected at the time to take either draw- ing or description, I must be understood to speak with reserve as to this point; but I haye the strongest idea that both the animal and its habits were very similar to what is above recorded of Melampus. Mel. exiquus in particular, with its short, very obtuse, almost clavate tentacula, brought the animal of this Voluta alba very forcibly to my recollection. ** Testa conoidea ; spira brevissima. 6. MerLaAmpus Exiauus, nob. Tab. XIII. f. 6, 7. Mel. testd ovali-turbinatd, subconiformi, nitiduld, strus exilissimis, ob- soletis, confertis, spiralibus ornatd ; columella 3-plicatd ; labro intis costa, margini paralleld, instructo, levi. Long. vix |; unc.; lat. vix ;;. Anfr. 5-6. Castaneo-rufescens ; pallidiore subnelulosus. Hab, rarior infra lapides ad littus Septentrionale Promontorii Ponta Sao Laurengo dicti Insule Madere; und cum Mel, equali, Pedipede afra, et Truncatella truncatula. 292 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 7. MELAMPUS CONIFoRMIS, Montf. Mel. * testé. turbinatd vel obverse conicd, basi attenuatd, longitudinaliter ** subrugosd, albidd, fulvo fasciaté ; spird brevissimd ; columella ** triplicatd ; labro intus dentato et sulcato.”” Lam. Mel. coniformis, Montf., Conchyl. Syst. II. p. 319. “* Melampa minuta, Schweig., Handb. p. 739.’ Feéruss. ** Bulla coffea, Linn., Syst. ed. 10, p. 729.”? Feéruss. Auricula coniformis, Lam., VI., 2, p.141, No. 12. Féruss. Tabl. Syst. p. 105, No. 23. © Conovulus coniformis, Lam., Encycl. Méth. te 459, f. 2, a, b.” Lam. and Feruss. ** Bulimus coniformis, Brug. Dict, No. 72.’ Lam. “ Voluta minuta, Gmel., Syst. p.3436. Dillw., Descr. Cat. p. 506.” Feruss. Voluta coffea, Linn., Syst. ed. 12, p. 1187 ? Hab. “en Amérique: fluviatile.’ Brug. ‘ Les cétes de Cayenne, ‘* et principalement contre le rocher du Connétable, qui est en avant ** de Ja rade: marin.”? Montf. Férussac says, only, that Bruguiére “ believed it fluviatile ;” without noticing De Montfort’s positive assertion, ‘* Ce mollusque est marin ;”’ and his equally positive and precise habitat. 8. MELAMPUS MONILE, Schweig. Mel. “ testd parvuld, ovato-turbinatd, levi, nitiduld, fulvd, albo tri_ “ fasciatd; spird brevi; columella biplicatd; labro intus striato.”” Lam. ‘© Melampa monile, Schweig., Handb. p. 739.” Feéruss. Auricula monile, Lam., VI., 2, p. 141, No. 14. Féruss., Tabl. Syst. p 105, No. 22. “© Conovulus monile, Goldfuss, Handb. p. 657.” Féruss. ** Bulimus monile, Brug., Dict. No. 70.’ Lam. “ Voluta flava, Gmel., Syst. p. 3436. Dillw., Descr. Cat. p. 506.” Féruss. «« Voluta, No. 106. Schroter, Einl. L., p. 272.’ Féruss. Hab. “ Les Antilles,’ Brug., Lam., Feruss. ‘“ Bruguiére dit qu’on ** la croit fluviatile.’* Féruss. * But probably as erroneously as in the case of the preceding species, ex- cept he means at the mouths of rivers. Monograph of the genus Melampus. 293 9. MeELAMPuS BULLA, nob. Voluta Bullaoides, “* Montag., pl. 30, f..4.”? Turt., Dict. No. 13. Tornatella Bullaoides, Féruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 108, No. 7. Species in Museo amici Di, Clarke semel tantim visa ; ideoque cha- racterem tentare vix ausim. A Fauna Britannica species omnin6 rejici- enda, utpote tantum ‘‘ in Museo Portlandico reperta ;”” nec unquam ab aliis Conchilegis in Britannia detecta. Sectioni forsan priori melius re- ferenda. Species incertz ; huc forsan spectantes. 1. Auricula (Conovulus) Fabula, Féruss. Tabl. Syst. p. 105, No, 24. “ Hab. L’Isle de France. Museum, No. 303, bis. Trés jolie petite coquille qui se rapproche des suivantes par la bordure interne et sail- lante, en cdte longitudinale, du bord extérieur de son ouverture.” Fé- russ. 1. c. 2. Auricula Felis, Lam. VI., 2, p. 138, No. 5. A. testd ovali, crassiusculd, transversim striata, rufo-fuscescente ; “ spire brevissime anfractibus planiusculis ; aperturd medio angus- “ tatd ; columelld triplicatd.”’ Lam. 1. c. Auricula (Cassidula) Felis, Féruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 105, No. 25. “ Bulimus Auris Felis, Brug., Dict. No. 77.” Lam. « Voluta Coffea, Dillw., Descr. Cat. p. 505.” Féruss. « Voluta Coffea Linnai, Chemnitz, tom. II., p. 43, t. 121, f, 1043, 1044.” Féruss. Hab. “ Cette espéce selon Chemnitz vit dans les mers des Grandes « Indes. Ildit qu’on1’a aussi trouvée dans les mers du Sud, pendant les * voyages de Cook ; Lister la dit des Barbades. Olivier en a rapporté * un exemplaire de la Perse, qui est au Museum.’” Feéruss. “ Cette coquille n’est assurément point marine, ce que constatent les «© bords bien reflechis de son ouverture ; mais elle est terrestre comme « ses congénéres.”” Lam. But this strange theoretical doctrine of Lamarck’s is scarcely enough to overturn Chemnitz’s positive information, more particularly when the general theory itself has long since shared the fate of most others of the same writer. Vor. V. U “a “ “ 294 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 3? Auricula Nucleus, Féruss., Tabl. Syst. p- 105, No. 26. “© Helix Nucleus, Gmel., Syst. Nat. p. 3651.” Martyn, Univers. Conch. tom. II., tab. 68, fig. exter. a) Knorr, Vergn. tom. VI., tab. 17, f. 9. Hab. Otaiti, Martyn. ** On ne conndit point les animaux des deux espéces de ce groupe, qui ont une forme si remarquable. Tout porte cependant 4 croire qu’elles sont du méme genre que celles des groupes précédents.” Féruss. 1. c. It is very possible that several species associated with Tornatella, from which, however, they are distinguished by the thickness and solidity of their shells, together with a certain smoothness of surface, uniformity of colour, and habit, may hereafter be found to rank under the present genus, e. g. Tornatella nitidula, Lam. Auricula Dombeiana, Lam., and Voluta fluviatilis and fluminea, Maton, with other truly fluviatile species, will probably be found, when their animals are known, either to forma genus of themselves, as sug- gested by Sowerby, or at least not to unite generically with the Melam- podes. It only remains to point out how Melampus is distinguished from the several genera with which it is most likely to be confounded. It differs from Auricula (taking Aur. Mide, Jude, &c. as typical species of that genus,) in being one of the Marine Pectinibranchia ; while in respect to those species just mentioned, the evidence at least preponderates in favour of their belonging to the Land Pu/monea. Should they also be found here- after to have four tentacula, it is possible they may be united to the He- lices, as Férussac has already done with Auricula Sileni, auris leporis, bovina, and caprella of Lamarck ; in which case the genus 4uricula will be left without a single representative, 4ur. minima having been long ago by Miller called Carychium, and Aur. Scarabeus, Lam., having also been separated by Férussac, under the name of Scarabus, and hav- ing, like Carychium, only two tentacula. If they prove to have two tentacula, and be really at the same time terrestrial Pulmonea, which is perhaps the most probable supposition, the genus Scarabus of Férussac may perhaps merge into one with them; for which the name Auricula should unquestionably be preserved. And in either case, the name Au- Remarks on the genus Melampus. 295 ricuda as clearly belongs to those shells which were its original typical species, as that of Melampus does to the shells here associated under it, and must stand or fall with them. Yet it may be said, take away these two species, and this genus Melampus is identical with 4uricula, Fé- tuss.* Be it so; but on the other hand, be it remembered, that Auri- cula Myosotis (at best only a doubtful species) will then be the only spe- cies left which was included in the genus 4uricula by its founder, La- marck ; and even this, a species perhaps scarcely contemplated by him at all in its original formation, as he clearly meant 4ur. Mide and Jude to be its typical species ; while Melampus, i. e. Conovulus, Lam., has a much more extensive claim over the remaining species. Besides, it is the claim of Auricula of Lamarck, he it recollected, not that of Juri- cula of Férussac, which is the subject of discussion. The former should clearly go along with the shells contemplated by Lamarck; the latter must, at present, yield precedence to the prior claim of Melampus of Montfort. I say at present; for if (though J think it improbable from the presence of an epidermis on the shells, and other circumstances) the animals of Aur. Mide and Jude should be found hereafter perfectly iden- tical with those of this genus, [shall then be quite willing to allow the prior claim of Auricula to the name here adopted. It may be farther objected, that there is still a want of evidence to prove the coincidence of the generic group above defined with De Mont- fort’s Melampus, since its characters are drawn up from two species never contemplated by him. Yet, if all reliance on the similarity of shells as affording grounds for generic association, be not altogether given up, there can be no doubt that his Melampus coniformis belongs to the same genus as Mel. exiguus of this paper, and therefore as Mel. equalis. It is an additional argument for their generic affinity, that De Montfort Says positively, (and in the face too of Bruguiére, who, according to Férussac, believed it fluviatile) «Ce Mollusque est marin, il vit sur les ** cétes de Cayenne, et principalement contre le rocher du Connétable ** qui est en avant de la rade.’’ Conchyl. Syst. Il., p. 320. To return from this digression; any thing indeed but a brief one. * M. le Baron de Férussac himself originally distinguished “ les Conovules “de M. de Lamarck” (our Meiampodes) from “les vraies Auricules.” See Tabl. Syst. des Limagons, p. 14. u2 296 Rey. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. The absence of an epidermis is the strongest character ; but besides this, the want of decussating striae, and of an expanded outer lip, may also serve perhaps to distinguish the shells of the Melampodes from those of the true Juricule ; and all the species of the former at present known are much smaller shells than these 4uricule. From Tornatedla, the charac- ters of the animal abundantly distinguish it ; the absence of an opercu- lum, shape of the tentacula, and foot, &c. It is more difficult to speak about the shells, till the limits of Tornatella itself be more strictly de- fined ; but it does not seem improbable that that name should be confined to those shells which, like Torn. fasciata, the typical species, are of a thin substance, having a regularly striated surface, and a variety of coloured markings, whether bands or spots, in which case, the thick solid substance of most of the species, their nearly smooth surface, and simplicity of colouring, will distinguish the Melampodes. Their short spire, oval or turbinate shape, and lengthened aperture, distinguish these shells from Pyramidella, to which, however, they appear to have considerable affinity. Yet in our ignorance of the animal of Pyramidella, nothing here, indeed, can be positively affirmed. They cannot, however, be confounded with Voluta, &c. from wanting altogether a notch at the top of the aperture ; and this last particular also excludes from the genus a singular little shell, whose animal is yet unknown, namely, Marginella auriculata of Menard de la Groye, discovered in the Mediterranean ; though this remark more properly belongs to the following genus Pedipes, to which this shell is said to be more nearly related. Class. GASTEROPODA. Order. PECTINIBRANCHIA. Fam. PLICACEA. Genus. Pepipes, Adans., Féruss.; Tornatelle species, Lam.; Helix, Gmel., D:llw.; Bulimus, Brug. Tas. XIII. f. 8,9, 10, 11; f. 12 shell (Ped. afra.) Omnia ut in Melampode ; preter pedem duplicem, obversé soleefor- mem, sc. in duas partes, sulco transversali distinctas, divisum. Pars anterior latior quam longa, transversa, antic® rotundata: posterior ma- jor, longior quam lata, anticé truncata, posticé subattenuata, obtusa, brevis, semiovalis. _Operculum nullum. Characters of the genus Pedipes. 297 Testa solida, ovalis, striis spiralibus sculpta, unicolor. Spira brevis. Apertura ringens, superne integra. Epidermis nulla. Animal littorale, revera marinum, et branchiis spirans. The remarkable shape of the foot, inducing a corresponding pecu- liarity in the mode of crawling, (well described by Adanson), is the sole external character by which the animal of the present genus is distinguish- able from Melampus. Yet this character, combined with those of the shell, is surely enough to warrant their separation. Iam indeed inclined to believe, that the different modificaticns in shape of the foot, will, in many cases, be found to afford valuable aid, to a more natural and scientific arrangement of the marine Gasteropoda into genera, than the present state of our knowledge permits. The genus Pedipes was founded long ago by Adanson; and both its animal and shell are admirably and correctly described by him. Yet Bruguiére united it with his Bulimi; and Lamarck has confounded it with Tornatella. The species from which the above description and accompanying draw- ings were made, I once considered distinct from Adanson’s species : but a careful comparison with his description (his figure is somewhat rude and incorrect) has satisfied me of its identity ; the only difference being in the number of volutions, which in my specimens are 4 or 42 instead of 6, and inthe aperture being twice as long, instead of “‘ un peu plus “« long que le sommet.”” It occurs mixed with Melampus equalis and exiguus, but in far greater profusion, under stones upon the beach, on the north side of Pta. Sad Laurenco; the eastern point of Madeira. That it truly belongs to the Pectinibranchia has never been doubted, and is indeed beyond all question. From a number of experiments, conducted simultaneously, and witha similar view to those above recorded of Melampus, upon specimens brought from the same spots and found under the same stones with Melampodes, I shall only select the following. Experiment 14. July 19. Two specimens of Pedipes afra inclosed in separate bags, and each immersed in a glass of sea-water. — 20. Both alive and healthy. —— 21. One quite lively, the other sickly and retracted. Water changed with both. 298 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. July 22. Sickly one dead and putrid; the other quite healthy. 24. The surviver quite healthy ; water changed. July 27. Ditto ditto. 30. Ditto ditto. August 3. Ditto ditto. 10. Ditto ditto. — 16. Ditto ditto. — 26. Ditto ditto. — 30. Ditto ditto. 31. I went from home, leaving it in the care of a friend. Sept. 17. Water changed; the animal being alive. A few days after this, the water was observed to be cloudy, and the animal was found dead and putrid. This is quite conclusive; and the animal’s surviving so long as 6, 7, and 10 days without even a change of water, leaves not the smallest possibility of cavil. Yet this is the last of a series of experiments so. similar in every point to Nos, 1, 2,3, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 of those above recorded of the Melampodes, that it is only necessary to substitute the word Pedipes for Melampus in them as they stand. Pedipes has the same habit of remaining fixed above the surface of the water, and of crawling out of the glass if left at liberty to do so; has a precisely similar orifice in the mantle on the right side, which it opens when taken out of the water; has always the air-bubble at the mouth of this orifice when beneath it; and except in one instance (Experiment 14) has always died on the third or fourth day of confinement below the surface. Setting then aside one instance, there is no stronger reason to prove that Pedipes belongs to the Pectinibranchia than that Melampus does. Yet this single instance fortunately removes all farther question as to Pedipes: and all this serves to corroborate the same decision respecting Melampus. Férussac enumerates four speciesof Pedipes; but his third, Ped. Ovulus, seems from his short remarks upon it scarcely to belong to the genus; for he describes it as smooth and polished, and wanting the internal rib or double tooth within the outer lip. In Mr. Sowerby’s rich cabinet, I have also seen two species of the genus, both apparently distinct from Ped. afra; and these, as well as the rest of Férussac’s species agree in the presence of the spiral série, and the rib-like tooth or fold inside the outer lip. Characters of the genus Truncatella. 299 The truncature of its columella excludes also from this genus Margi- nella Auricula of Menard de la Groye, (Marg. buccinea, Risso, Hist. Nat. IV. p. 232, and also identical according to Férussac with the fossil Auricula ringens of Lamarck,) see Féruss. Tabl. Syst. de la Fam. des Auricules, p. 109. Class, GASTEROPODA. Order. PECTINIBRANCHIA. Fam. PALUDINIDZ. Genus TRUNCATELLA, Risso ; Cyclostomatos species, Drap. et Lamarck; Paludine species, Payraud; Turbo, Mont., Turt., &c. Tentacula (2 contractilia) cylindrico-conica, brevia, obtusa, basi ! distincta, proboscide separata ; oculis sessilibus paullé supra basis angulum externum positis. Caput proboscidiforme exsertum. Os ad extremitatem proboscidis cylindrice, inter tentacula exserte, disciformem, supra emarginatam, (sc. bilobam, ob buccas labiales in proboscidem ipsam coadunatas vel commutatas. ) Pallium collare siphone nullo; orificio ad dextrum corporis, ut in Helice, Melampode, Pedipede, &c. Pes rotundatus vel ovalis, brevis, minimus, posticus. Operculum corneum simplex, i, e. non spirale, ovale, aperturam teste omnino claudens.. Testa turrita ; adulta cylindrica, decollata vel truncato-obtusa: anfrac- tibus distinctis, vel levibus vel transversé costatis. Apertura ovalis, brevis ; peritremate continuo. Labrum simplex. Epidermis nulla. Animal littorale, amphibium, sed revera marinum et branchiis spirans. Ingredienti, discus terminalis proboscidis pro pedis parte antica servit: itaque modo feré larvarum Phalenidarum Geometrarum gradibus alternis incedit, Testa junior, tereti-acuminata, é pluribus anfractibus quam adulta constat: prioribus in plerisque demim (ut in Hel. Bulino decollato ) defractis, truncata evadit. ~ , It is now nearly three years, since the acquisition of a single live (/f 24 specimen of Cyclostoma truncatulum, Drap., and a long and continued observation of its animal, convinced me that it was entitled to rank as a distinct genus from any which were then constituted. I had accordingly 300 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melumpus, &c. designated it in my MSS. by the generic name of Erpetometra; derived from its peculiar manner of crawling. This appellation I had since purposed changing into Truncatella: the very name by which I find the self-same species designated by Risso, in his Histoire Nat. &c. de Europe Meridionale, In this work, however, the genus rests, like very many others of the same writer, on most unsubstantial grounds; the animal g__ being entirely neglected. The name therefore being settled by Risso’s priority in publication, nothing remains but to supply the last mentioned deficiency ; and to indicate the species that will probably be found to agree in the above characters. The following extracts are made more with the view of confirming the marine nature of Melampus, than to settle the question in respect to the present genus; whose proper abode does not seem to have been so much a subject of doubt. Experiment 15. April 28, 1827. A single specimen of Cyclostoma truncatulum, Drap., found alive on the north coast of Ponta Saé Laurenco, under large stones on the beach, a little below high-water mark; in company with specimens of Melampus equalis, Mel. exiguus, and Pedipes afra. Within the aperture on the right of the neck, as the animal is crawling, there is an air-bubble, Experiment 16. June5, Having opened to-day the small tin box in which I had deposited on April 30 this same shell, together with a number of specimens of Melampus equalis, Mel. exiguus, and Pedipes afra fouud with it, on placing them all in a glass of sea-water, to my great astonishment the animal of this specimen began instantly to protrude itself, and crawled actively about the glass. Itdoes not seem to have suffered in the least from its long confinement without water. All the others are quite dead. <* Is it then a Pulmonia?” MSS. The following statement sufficiently negatives this last question. Experiment 17. June 9, 1827. I inclosed this same specimen in a small lace bag, previously soaked to exclude any air-bubbles, and immersed Experiments on the Respiration of Truncatella. 301 it completely with the inclosed animal in a glass of sea-water. For a whole fortnight, J attended to it with the greatest care, changing the water only twice, and then pouring the fresh in so as to renew it without pouring off the old, It is therefore quite certain, that for the whole time the animal never was for a moment in contact with the atmospheric air, It did not appear to be suffering the slightest incon- venience. Since that time to the present, Jugust 14, 1827, it has remained in the bag constantly immersed; and though I have not attended so particularly to it since the first fortnight, I can be very confident that it has never been aboye the surface, since the water has always been changed by myself, and in the manner before described. Sometimes the water has not been changed at all for a whole fortnight; once, not for three weeks ; and latterly I have never thought of changing it above once in a week or ten days. Since the 9th of June, it has had no nourishment but what the water afforded. It has been perfectly healthy the whole time ; when the water is fresh, crawling up to the upper part of the bag, and remain- ing there nearly stationary, with its head and body exserted, till the water becomes very stale, when it falls generally to the bottom, and retreats within its shell, lying apparently (as T have often thought) dead. I can never see any bubble of air within the aperture now.—Sept. 17. The water was changed by another person; and the next day I found the animal out of the bag (which had become quite rotten) and lying at the bottom of the water. It is alive; and having given it fresh sea-water, it begins to craw] as usual, and is apparently as strong as ever. It is now left at liberty in the water. About the middle of November (exact day not noted), I found it lying at the bottom of the water, dead. It had for some time previously (since left at liberty), kept itself affixed to a cover placed over the glass, out of the water for the most part; as Littorina vulgaris usually does, This last experiment proves beyond all farther question that the animal 302 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. is one of the marine Pectinibranchia: and what is equally satisfactory, greatly strengthens the same conclusion respecting Melampus. And were this conclusion less definitely proved in the present instance than it really is by this Experiment 17, it would not be affected by the fact, that the same individual was able to exist in atmospheric air, as above related (Experi- ment 16), for nearly five weeks. For although this might well happen to an aquatic animal shut up in a close box with other aquatic species, even when the others did not survive,* still, I apprehend, the converse cannot hold; yiz. that an atmospheric air-breathing Molluscous animal could exist a fortnight, or even much more than twenty-four hours, immersed in sea-water. However, this Truncatella really lived fourteen weeks so immersed. SPECIERUM CONSPECTUS. 1. TRUNCATELLA TRUNCATULA, Tas. XIII. f. 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, (18 testa. var. (3.) Trunc. testa subpellucidd, solitiusculd; anfractibus plus minus - transverse striatis. Long. (in adulta) 2-3 lin.; lat. 1}. Anfr. 4. Cyclostoma truncatulum, Drap., p, 40, no. 17. Lam., VI., 2, p. 149. Helix subcylindrica, Mont., Test. Brit., p. 393, no. 17. a levigata; testd corneo-lutescente, levigatd ; striis obsoletis, vel ad suturas tantim conspicuis. Truncatella levigata, Risso, Hist. IV., p. 125, no, 300, f. 53. Cyclostoma truncatulum v.s Drap., loc. cit. t. 1, f. 31. B costulata; testd carnea; anfractibus costulatis, costellis crebris equidistantibus flecuosis subobliquis distinctissimis. Tax. XIII. f, 13—18. Truncatella costulata, Risso, Hist. IV. p. 125, no. 301, f. 57. Cyclostoma truncatulum, a & (3, Drap., loc, cit. t. 1, f. 28, 29, 30. Testa junior [3. Paludina Desnayersii, Payraud., Catal. p. 116, no. 245, t. 5, f, 21, 22. * Yet in another similar instance, one of them, Melampus equalis, and the undoubtedly aquatic Littorina vulgaris, did, after a confinement of about the same length. See Experiment 4, above, Species of the genus Truncatella. 303 Hab. Var. (3 infra lapides in littore septentrionali Insule Madere ; v. v.—a et 6 in littore Maris Mediterranee, Draparnaud, Lamarck, et Payraudeau, loc. cit.—v. m. e Museo Dni. Sowerby. 2. TruncaTELLA CLatTuHRus, Nob. Trune. testd subpellucidd, solidd, pallidé corneo-lutescente; anfractibus costis magnis raris equidistantibus elevatis transversis sculptis, per totam teste longitudinem decurrentibus. Longit, 2 lin.; lat. 1. Anfr. 4. Hab. ————? E Museo amici et cel. G. B. Sowerby. 3? TRUNCATELLA Montacut, nob. Trune. testd tenui angustd, lineari, spird obtusissimd apice abrupta quasi truncatd ; suturd distinctissimd, valde coarctatd. Long. 12, lin.; lat.2 lin. Anfr. 43. Turbo truncatus, Mont., Test. Brit., “ pl. 10, f. 7.” Turt., Dict. no. 65. Testa junior? Turbo subtruncatus, Mont., * pl. 10, f.1.’’ Turt. Dict. no. 64. Hab. in littore Britannico, v. m. The young shells in this genus differ so remarkably in form from the adult, that they have occasionally been described as distinct species. One of the species, (adult), is placed by Lamarck among his Cyclostomata, though it is but fair to add as a doubtful species. Yet there can be no doubt, if it belong to any of his genera, it should be placed in Paludina; whither in fact Payraudeau has properly removed it. Indeed it is to Littorina that Truncatella bears the greatest affinity in the structure of its animal. Yet the very peculiar modification of this structure, joined to the singular habit, mode of crawling, &c. is surely sufficient to distinguish them. Added to this, the shells differ in their cylindric decol- lated or truncated spire, and transversely striated and sculptured (or at jeast with a tendency to be so) volutions. The same characters, with the additional one of the absence of lateral membranes on the body of the animal, and the want of an epidermis to the shell, distinguish them from the true fluviatile Paludine. And the rounded shape of the foot and proboscidiform muzzle essentially separate them from Réssoa: in which at present imperfectly defined genus, all the species which have come under 304 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. my observation have an elongated foot, truncated in front, and attenuated behind; the head and muzzle not probosciform, and the tentacula long and filiform, seated on each side the head or neck much as in Helix. The absence of an epidermis, and the plain (not spiral) operculum distinguish the shells from the Melanie, to which indeed they have in sculpture, shape and outline considerable resemblance: and it is probable, that when the animal of this last named genus shall be accurately made known, Trun- catella will bear the same relation to it that the marine Littorina does to the true fluviatile Paludina. With Cyclostoma, it has no connection whatever, except in the way of analogy. Funchal, Madeira. Nov. 14, 1829. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIIL. Fig. 1. Animalof Melampus equalis a. natural size; seen from above. 2. Ditto seen beneath, as crawling up a glass. 3. Ditto seen from above. 4. Ditto seen beneath; shewing the details of the open mouth, the upper jaw, &c. 5. The shell. 2, 3 and 4 all more or less magnified. 6. Shell of Melampus exiquus. 7. Ditto. 8. Animal of Pedipes afra; natural size. 9. Ditto seen beneath; shewing the double foot as it appears when the animal is in the act of drawing up the posterior por- tion to the anterior: the space or hollow between these never appears wider than here represented, 10. Ditto shewing the appearance of the foot when at rest. 11. Ditto seen above when crawling. 12. The shell. 9, 10 and 11 all more or less magnified. Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Helicolimax Lamarckii. 305 13. Animal with shell of Truncatella truncatula, }3.; side view. 14. Ditto seen beneath as crawling up a glass; taken when the muz- zle is exserted. 15. Ditto ditto. 16. Ditto ditto, when the foot is extended in the act of drawing up the shell. 17. Ditto seen from above; a portion of the foot is also seen. 18. The shell. 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17 all more or less magnified. Arr. XL. On the internal structure of Helicolimax (Vitrina) Lamarckii. By the Rev. M.J. BerKecry. A FULL and minute account of the habits and external characters of this interesting animal has already been given in the Zoological Journal by my friend Mr. Lowe, who has furnished the specimens upon which the following observations were made. But as he has not entered into any anatomical details, some further account of the internal structure may perhaps not be unacceptable, though, from the small size of most of the specimens, that which I have to offer is necessarily imperfect. Of course, as I have nothing to add with respect to those characters which Mr, Lowe has so accurately given, it would be superfluous to make any mere repetition here. I shall therefore proceed at once to the anatomy, considering the present notes as a supplement to Mr. Lowe’s paper. The pulmonary cavity, is so similar to that of Helix, and the different organs disposed so nearly in the same way, that it is needless to give any figure or description. On the right side as usual is the rectum; on the left behind, the pericardium with the heart within, consisting of an auricle and ventricle; and itself situated beneath the slime bag. The membrane which forms the vault of the cavity, and over which the 306 Rev. M. J. Berkeley’s Anatomy of different vessels which expose the blood to the action of the air, are spread, is so extremely transparent that a clear view is obtained of the contents of the cavity without making any incision; it has (at least in specimens preserved in spirits) a slight degree of rigidity and elasticity, like the shell which protects it; and perhaps this circumstance compensates in some measure for its extreme thinness. So much is this the case, that even when the shell is removed, it is able in general to support itself without falling down like the flaccid membrane of Pulmo- nifera in general, The mass of the mouth is oval, and has the upper lip furnished with a horny crescent-shaped plate, which has a single projecting tooth in the center as in Limax, and not numerous toothlets as in Helix. The mass itself has a flat forked muscular strap shaped like the letter Y, attached to it behind, embracing its under-side firmly with the two arms, which shortly after become confluent, and the single strap formed by this confluence is inserted into the foot behind. By means of this muscle the mass is retracted, together with a portion of the skin imme- diately surrounding the mouth itself. Above the muscle between its arms, the cartilaginous cone of the tongue makes a slight projection. The tongue itself which lines the bottom of the cavity of the mass, or rather of an organ fixed to it, which performs the function of a lower lip, is most beautifully and regularly chequered in parallel, transverse and longitudinal lines, formed by most minute subtriangular plates or spiculez, whose points are directed backwards exactly as in Helix ( aspersa, ) Immediately above the cone is the commencement of the cesophagus ; on each side of which the salivary ducts enter into the mass; and above these the upper ganglions of the nervous cord, for the mass is evidently formed of two confluent ganglions; each gives off a nerve to the large tentaculum on its own side; and above a nerve forked soon after its origin proceeding to the upper part of the mass of the mouth. The lower ganglion, connected on each side by a cord with the central ganglions is large and nearly circular, giving off nerves on all sides, as in Helix. The cesophagus, as usual, passes through the circle formed by the junction. The cesophagus is soon confounded with the stomach which is a membraneous dilatation, consisting of two parts, The salivary glands Helicolimax Lamarckii. 307 which are flat, and but little divided, clothe the upper portion completely, so as to divide the lower portion by an accurately defined line. When the mass of the mouth is drawn inwards to the fullest extent, the upper portion of the stomach is greatly contracted, and enters into the lower by a sort of introsusception, much in the same manner as the proboscis of Buccinum undatum is retracted. In this state it is represented at fig. 2& 3. But when the mass is not so strongly retracted, the upper portion becomes in proportion more extended, and only a small -part is then inclosed within the lower part of the stomach. Whether or no the whole of the upper portion is drawn out when the animal is in its full state of extension, as for instance, when it feeds, or whether the intro- susception takes place only when it contracts itself, to take refuge within its shell, either wholly, or partially under the large expanse of the corselet, I am unable to decide, not having a sufficient number of speci- mens to examine this point under different circumstances. I have not, however, seen any case in which it did not exist in a slight degree, as in fig. 4. When it takes place, it is at the expence of the upper portion of the stomach, the line defined by the termination of the salivary glands being that from which it commences. There is no marked distinction between the lower portion of the stomach and the duodenum ; but the latter is simply a continuation of the former, gradually diminishing in diameter; the intestine suddenly chang- ing its course and running back again for a short distance, almost parallel with the stomach as in Helix, though with no indication of a cecum ; and after two turns, one above, and another below, passing along the outer edge of the pulmonary cavity. It is nearly even throughout. The coats are not furnished with any remarkable ribs or wrinkles, but that of the upper portion is slightly thicker than the rest. I was not able to trace accurately the lobes of the liver, except the large one, which in conjunction with the ovary fills the spire, and is precisely as in Helix, and so as far as I can judge are the others; I conceive they pour in the bile at the commencement of the duodenum, but I could not demonstrate this point. The organs of generation have their orifice behind the right larger tentaculum, and both are united in the same animal. From the ovarium the oviduct is given off, which after curling more or less from right to 308 Rev. M. J. Berkeley’s Anatomy of left, passes towards the upper part of the great iobe of the testicle into the matrix, which is a long sac variously puckered and folded, exactly as in Helix; this at the extremity gives off a thread, which enters into a strong elliptic muscular body at one end of it, and this again enters by a narrow neck, on one side, into the bottom of the pouch in which also the male organ has its external orifice. The walls of this last pouch are marked with faint transverse furrows. At the same point also as that in which the matrix enters into the muscular body, the tube of the “ vessie”’ also is mserted. This is short, and the ‘ vessie’’ itself is situated almost at the top of the matrix. It is not very clear what is the use of so strong a body as that into which these organs enter together, except it have some power of causing an inversion of the neck by which itself is inserted into the outward pouch. I was unable to ascertain its internal structure, as I had but a single specimen in which the organs of generation were in a full state of developement. The lower portion of the testicle is shaped like an egg cut through its major axis; on the flat side at the point where the oviduct enters the matrix is a small lobe ; the testicle is continued in a fine line along the matrix, and at length at the top of the matrix gives off the vas deferens which after twice or thrice passing from right to left, and from left to right enters at one side towards the base into the bulbiform penis, which is placed at the base of the external pouch, and is continued through this, which it perforates by a tube which is adnate with the walls of the pouch on one side, in such a manner, that the bottom of the pouch hangs a little way down the top of the bulb like a little flap all round, except on the side on which the tube is adnate, for there the external surface of the pouch and bulb are perfectly continuous ; hence looking at the pouch and bulb externally a distinct line is seen about three parts round dividing the sac formed by the two, which externally is apparently one, into two portions. A correct notion of its structure may be formed from conceiving the neck of a Florence flask passing through the bottom of a common wine bottle, the neck being applied in its whole length to one side of the bottle ; and the hollow base of the bottle resting upon the top of the bulb of the flask. The bulb consists of a double coat, the inner being the thickest, and (probably by means of the structure of these coats) can reverse itself so as to pass through the above mentioned tube, and is drawn back Helicolimax Lamarckii. 309 again at pleasure, by a muscle attached to it behind. It is at the base, where the tube of the bulb perforates the external pouch, a little up on one side, that the orifice of the tube leading from the muscular organ of the matrix is inserted. The structure of the whole will be understood without difficulty from the figures. At fig. 8 the penis and the pouch through which it passes are laid open, so as to shew their structure within. It is impossible without having an opportunity of seeing living speci- mens to understand exactly the limits of inversion of the different parts; nor indeed even in Helix does this point seem to have been much studied, from the difficulty of doing it with success. I have merely described the structure, such as I was able to observe it in specimens preserved in spirits, and therefore probably in almost an unnatural state of contraction. It remains that I compare the structure with that of the neighbouring genera. Mr. Lowe remarks its near relation with Parmacella. To this conclusion J hadarrived, independently, from the consideration principally of the anatomy. Indeed, in external characters alone, the resemblance is too striking to escape notice, and this will be found confirmed by the internal structure. De Férussac has long ago remarked the extreme resemblance of Parmacella to some Helicolimaces (Vitrine). First then, compared with Helix, we find the pulmonary and nervous* systems almost identical. The mass of the mouth, tongue, and its main retractor muscle are thesame in both. The tooth alone differs slightly. With respect to the stomach, there is in Helix a tendency in this part to put on the form of a double stomach, insomuch that some authors have so described it; the structure in Helicolimazx is only a step beyond this; for there is no great difference in the thickness of the coats of the two portions, and indeed when the upper portion is fully drawn out, the difference is the least possible. Besides in Helix the salivary glands, which are very similar to those of the present animal, end just at the point where the slight strangulation of the stomach takes place. Iam of course not at liberty to assume the similarity of the liver, or position of * I did not observe the ganglions under the origin of the wsophagus which exist in Heliw (in Hel. aspersa there are two), but this arose perhaps from my attention not being directed particularly to that point. Vou. V. x. 310 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Helicolimax Lamarckii. the biliary duct, though I have no doubt that they are the same in the two. The general appearance and comparative length of the rest of the intestine are nearly the same. Again, with respect to the organs of generation we have the ovary, oviduct, matrix and “ vessie’’* the same, only the common receptacle of the two last is become stronger and more muscular. The testicle and vas deferens again are precisely the same. The principal points in which the two genera differ, are, that there is no process of the dart as in Helix, except better opportunities of investigation should prove that the muscular body above mentioned, serves this purpose, in addition to its other functions, but even then its position would be widely different; there are also no multiplied processes or any appendages; and the body of the penis is bulbiform, instead of flagelliform; and its general struc- ture is described above somewhat varied. With Parmacella it agrees in almost every point, except that it has no appendages to the penis ; that it has not the additional ganglion marked ds . in Cuvier’s figure of Parmacella, and thatin Parmacella there are two distinct muscles for the retraction of the mass of the mouth, instead of one. Cuvier has not indeed given any account of the interior of the organs of generation, but the outward appearance is so similar * In Helix aspersa there is another organ besides the “ vessie,” whose use I am unacquainted with, equally as with that of the “‘ vessie” itself. I have not been able to examine the Helix Pomatia, from which Cuvier’s dissections are taken, and cannot therefore say whether it exists in that alsc, but conclude that it does not as he takes no notice of it, nor is there any indication of it in the figures: in Heliw aspersa it is so prominent as to strike any one immediately who is tracing the course of the tube which leads to the ‘“ vessie.”’? Not only is there a tube given off from the point where the matrix enters the common cavity, to bear the ‘ vessie”’; but this tube at some distance from its origin is forked, andone of the divisions, that of the “ vessie’’ on the right hand, the smaller of the two, runs along the side of the matrix opposite to that which bears the narrow portion of the testicle, while that on the left, after curling about twice or thrice, at length is attached to that portion of the testicle, at about the middle of its course, accompanies it almost to the end of the matrix, and there ends obtusely, forming (as it were) a sort of cecum to the tube of the “¢ vessie.”’ Affinities of Helicolimax. 311 that in the total absence of any evidence to the contrary, we may assume the structure to be the same. Again in Parmacella there is a slight strangulation of the stomach, but on the whole there is a less perfect resemblance as regards the salivary glands, their form, the point to which they extend, and indeed in the general course of the intestine than in Helix. As the shell of Parmacella is not spiral, of course we must expect corresponding differences as regards the lobes of the liver, one of which is so strongly affected by any change of form in that point. Heli- colimazx is nearer then to Helix as regards the digestive organs; nearer to Parmacella as regards the generative. With respect to outward structure, Helicolimax is intermediate between Helix and Parmacella, but with respect to internal, Helix would be intermediate as regards the digestive organs; while Parmacella would be intermediate as regards the generative organs. Whence this curious result arises, that each in one important point will take a middle place. Hence in the same animal two opposite ends are carried on, in the simplification of one important function, and the com- plication of another. But this takes place not merely by the intervention of a single animal but by an interchanged relation. lt would have been interesting to have compared the three genera with respect to the nervous system, but I have not sufficient data to go upon, and it could be only done by examining the three together for the express purpose, with the greatest attention, and with every advantage of nume-~ rous specimens. I do not mean to say that these are the only genera with which Helico- limaxz may be compared, but merely that to these it is related most nearly. Helicarion would most likely prove to be almost the same in structure. Of the genera whose structure is described, it is with these it has the nearest affinity. From Testacellus it differs especially, in the far lower developement of the retractor muscle of the mouth, which should seem to prove that if it be essentially carnivorous, it is so in a different way. The stomach in Testacellus is well marked and simple, and the generative organs still less complex. It is much more nearly related to Limax, but Limaz or rather Arion (for of that alone the anatomy is given in Cuvier’s Memoires) is in every respect in which the two differ less complicated, both as to outward and inward form, x 2, 312 Rey. M. J. Berkeley’s Anatomy of Future observations must show whether amongst the different species of Helicolimaces (Vitrine) there are forms requiring separation ; at present there seems no sufficient reason to doubt their general agreement. I would remark that I have used the word Helicolimax throughout merely to keep up an uniformity with Mr. Lowe’s paper, and to avoid the possibility of confusion. Vitrina appears by far the most preferable name, as it asserts nothing more than the glass-like appearance of the shells, whereas Helicolimax would lead us to suppose the shells exactly intermediate between the two genera of which the name is compounded, which is scarcely strictly true. References to the Figures. N. B, All are more or less magnified. Tas. Supp. XLVIII. Fig. 1. Represents the mass of the mouth and intestines, the nervous cord having been removed from its situation, above the origin of the esophagus. The stomach is in its state of contraction. m. Mass of mouth. n,n. Salivary ducts. o. Gisophagus. p- Cartilagineous cone of the tongue. q- Retractor muscle of mass of the mouth. r. Salivary glands, covering upper portion of the stomach. s. Lower portion. t. Rectum. u, Anus. Fig. 2. Part of the cesophagus, stomach and duodenum, from which the salivary glands have been removed; the upper por- tion of the stomach is in its extreme state of contraction, o. (Esophagus. v. Upper portion of stomach, Lower portion. Helicolinax Lamarckii. 313 Fig. 3. The same laid open to shew the introsusception of the upper portion. The letters have the same signification. Fig. 4. The same view as Fig. 3, of a specimen in which the mass of the mouth was exserted, together with the ganglions of the nervous cord. CEsophagus. Lower portion of stomach. Right cerebral ganglion. Left ditto. Great ganglion formed by confluence of two lateral gan- glions. z.z. Nerves of great tentacula. Fig. 5. Tooth from upper part of the mouth. Fig. 6. Organs of generation. External pouch. Penis. Retractor muscle. Muscular body, into which run the matrix and ‘ vessie.’’ Vas deferens, Vessie. Tubes of ditto and matrix, of which that on the right belongs to the matrix. Large lobe of testicle. Oviduct. Large lobe of liver containing the ovary. Matrix. Fig. 7. Upper part of the same as the last seen from behind. The letters have the same signification. Fig. 8. The upper part laid open from the same side of Fig. 6, which P is the upper side with respect to the animal. Tube of penis prolonged within the external pouch. Tube of vessie. Orifice to matrix. The other letters as before. 314 Rey. Dr. Buckland on the Vitality of Art. XLI. On the Vitality of Toads enclosed in Stone and Wood. By the Rev. W. Buckranp, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S8, and Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Oxford. In the month of November, 1825, [commenced the following experi- ments with a view to explain the frequent discoveries of Toads enclosed within blocks of stone and wood, in cavities that are said to have no communication with the external air. In one large block of coarse oolitic limestone, (the Oxford oolite from the quarries of Heddington) twelve circular cells were prepared each about one foot deep and five inches in diameter, and having a groove or shoulder at its upper margin fitted to receive a circular plate of glass, and a circular slate to protect the glass; the margin of this double cover was closed round and rendered impenetrable to air and water by a luting of soft clay. Twelve smaller cells, each six inches deep and five inches in diameter, were made in another block of compact siliceous sandstone, viz. the Pennant Grit of the Coal formation near Bristol; these cells also were covered with similar plates of glass and slate cemented at the edge by clay. The object of the glass covers was to allow the animals to be inspected, without disturbing the clay so as to admit external air or insects into the cell. The Limestone is so porous that it is easily permeable by water, and probably also by air; the sandstone is very compact. On the 26th of November, 1825, one live Toad was placed in each of the above mentioned twenty-four cells, and the double cover of glass and slate placed over each of them and cemented down by the luting of clay; the weight of each Toad in grains was ascertained and noted by Dr. Daubeny and Mr. Dillwyn at the time of their being placed in the cells; that of the smallest was 115 grains, and of the largest 1185 grains. The large and small animals were distributed in equal proportion between the lime- stone and the sandstone cells. These blocks of stone were buried together in my garden beneath three feet of earth, and remained unopened until the 10th of December, 1826, on which day they were examined. Every ‘Toad in the smaller cells of Toads enclosed in Stone and Wood. 315 the compact sandstone was dead, and the bodies of most of them so much decayed, that they must have been dead some months. The greater number of those in the larger cells of porous limestone were alive, No. 1, whose weight when immured was 924 grains now weighed only 698 grains. No. 5, whose weight when immured was 1185 grains, now weighed 1265 grains. The glass cover over this cell was slightly cracked so that minute insects might have entered ; none however were discovered in this cell; but in another cell whose glass was broken, and the animal within it dead, there was a large assemblage of minute insects, and a similar assemblage also on the outside of the glass of a third cell. In the cell No. 9, a Toad which when put in weighed 988 grains, had increased to 1116 grains, and the glass cover over it was entire, but as the luting of the cell within which this Toad had increased in weight was not particularly examined, it is probable there was some aperture in it by which small insects found admission, No. 11 had decreased from 936 grains to 652 grains. When they were first examined in December, 1826, not only were all the small Toads dead, but the larger ones appeared much emaciated, with the two exceptions above mentioned ; we have already stated that these probably owed their increased weight to the insects which had found access to the cells and become their food. The death of every individual of every size in the smaller cells of compact sandstone appears to have resulted from a deficiency in the supply of air in consequence of the smailness of the cells, and the impermeable nature of the stone; the larger volume of air originally enclosed in the cells of the limestone, and the porous nature of this stone itself (permeable as it is slowly by water and probably also by air) seems to have favored the duration of life to the animals enclosed in them without food. It should be noticed that there is a defect in these experiments arising from the treatment of the twenty-four Toads before they were enclosed in the blocks of stone. They were shut up and burried on the 26th of November, but the greater number of them had been caught more than two months before that time, and had been imprisoned altogether in a cucumber frame placed on common garden earth, where the supply of food to so many individuals was probably scanty and their confinement 316 Rev. Dr. Buckland on the Vitality of unnatural, so that they were in an unhealthy and somewhat meagre state at the time of their imprisonment. We can therefore scarcely argue with certainty from the death of all these individuals within two years, as to the duration of life which might have been maintained had they retired spontaneously and fallen into the torpor of their natural hybernization in good bodily condition. The results of our experiments amount to this; all the Toads both large and small inclosed in sandstone, and the smal! Toads in the lime- stone also, were dead at the end of thirteen months. Before the expiration of the second year, all the large ones also were dead ; these were examined several times during the second year through the glass covers of the cells, but without removing them to admit air; they appeared always awake with their eyes open, and never in a state of torpor, their meagreness increasing at each interval in which they were examined until at length they were found dead; those two also which had gained an accession of weight at the end of the first year and were then carefully closed up again were emaciated and dead before the expiration of the second year. At the same time that these Toads were enclosed in stone, four other Toads of middling size were enclosed in three holes cut for this purpose on the North side of the trunk of an apple tree ; two being placed in the largest cell, and each of the others ina single cell; the cells were nearly circular, about five inches deep and three inches in diameter; they were carefully closed up with a plug of wood so as to exclude access of insects, and apparently were air-tight; when examined at the end of a year, every one of the Toads was dead and their bodies were decayed. From the fatal result of the experiments made in the small cells cut in the apple tree, and the block of compact sandstone, it seems to follow that Toads cannot live a year excluded totally from atmospheric air, and from the experiments in the larger cells within the block of oolitic lime- stone, it seems also probable that they cannot survive two years entirely excluded from food ; we may therefore conclude that there is a want of sufficiently minute and accurate observation in those so frequently recorded cases, where Toads are said to be found alive within blocks of stone and wood, in cavities that had no communication whatever with the external air. The fact of my two Toads having increased in weight at the end of a year, notwithstanding the care that was taken to enclose them perfectly Tous enclosed in Stone and Wood. 317 by a luting of clay, shews how very small an aperture will admit mi- nute insects sufficient to maintain life. In the cell No. 5, where the glass was slightly cracked, the communication though small was obvious, but, in the cell No. 9, where the glass cover remained entire, and where it appears certain from the increased weight of the enclosed animal, that insects must have found admission, we have an example of these minute animals finding their way into a cell, to which great care had been taken to prevent any possibility of access. Admitting then that Toads are occasionally found in cavities of wood and stone with which there is no communication sufficiently large to allow the ingress and egress of the animal enclosed in them, we may, I think, find a solution of such phenomena in the habits of these reptiles, and of the insects which form their food. ‘The first effort of the young Toad, as soon as it has left its tad-pole state and emerged from the water, is to seek shelter in holes and crevices of rocks and trees. An individual, which, when young, may have thus entered a cavity by some very narrow aperture would find abundance of food by catching insects, which like itself seek shelter within such cavities, and may soon have increased so much in bulk as to render it impossible to go out again through the narrow aperture at which it entered. A small hole of this kind is very likely to be overlooked by common workmen who are the only people whose operations on stone and wood disclose cavities in the interior of such substances. In the case of Toads, Snakes and Lizards, that occasionally issue from stones that are broken in a quarry, or in sinking wells, and sometimes even from strata of coal at the bottom of a coal mine, the evidence is never perfect to shew that the reptiles were entirely enclosed in a solid rock; no examination is ever made until the reptile is first discovered by the breaking of the mass in which it was contained, and then it is too late to ascertain without carefully replacing every fragment (and in no case that IT have seen reported has this ever been done) whether or not there was any hole or crevice by which the animal may have entered the cavity from which it was extracted. Without previous examination it is almost impossible to prove that there was no such communication. In the case of rocks near the surface of the earth, and in stone quarries, reptiles find ready admission to holes and fissures. We havea notorious example of this kind in the Lizard found 318 Rev. Dr. Buckland on the Vitality of in a chalk pit and brought alive to the late Dr. Clarke. In the case also of wells and coal pits, a reptile that had fallen down the well or shaft and survived its fall would seek its natural retreat in the first hole or crevice it could find, and the miner dislodging it from this cavity to which his previous attention had not been called, might in ignorance conclude that the animal was coeval with the stone from which he had extracted it. It remains only to consider the case, (of which I know not any authenticated example,) of Toads that have been said to be found in cavities within blocks of limestone to which on careful examination, no access whatever could be discovered, and where the animal was absolutely and entirely closed up withstone. Should any such case ever have existed, it is probable that the communication between this cavity and the external surface had been closed up by stalactitic incrustation after the animal had become too large to make its escape. A similar explanation may be offered of the much more probable case of a live Toad being entirely surrounded with solid wood. In each case the animal would have con- tinued to increase in bulk so long as the smallest aperture remained by which air and insects could find admission; it wou!d probably become torpid as soon as this aperture was entirely closed by the accumulation of stalactite or the growth of wood; but it still remains to be ascertained how long this state of torpor may continue under total exclusion from food, and from external air: and although the experiments above recorded shew that life did not extend two years in the case of any one of the individuals which formed the subjects of them, yet, for reasons which have been specified, they are not decisive to shew that a state of torpor, or suspended animation, may not be endured for a much longer time by Toads that are healthy and well fed up to the noment when they are finally cut off from food, and from all direct access of atmosperic air. The common experiment of burying a Toad in a flower-pot covered with a tile, is of no value unless the cover be carefully luted to the pot, and the hole at the bottom of the pot also closed, so as to exclude all possible access of air, earthworms and insects. I have heard of two or three experiments of this kind, in which these precautions have not been taken, and in which at the end of a year the Toads have been found alive and well. Besides the Toads enclosed in stone and wood, four others were placed Toads enclosed in Stone and Wood. 319 each in a small basin of plaster of Paris, four inches deep and five inches in diameter having a cover of the same material carefully luted round with clay; these were buried at the same time and in the same place with the blocks of stone, and on being examined at the same time with them in December, 1826, two of the Toads were dead, the other two alive but much emaciated. We can only collect from this experiment that a thin plate of plaster of Paris is permeable to air in a sufficient degree to maintain the life of a Toad for thirteen months. In the 19th vol. No. 1, p. 167, of Silliman’s American Journal of Science and Arts, David Thomas, Esy. has published some observations ou Frogs and Toads in stone and solid earth, enumerating several authentic and well attested cases ; these, however, amount tono more than a repe- tition of the facts so often stated and admitted to be true, viz. that torpid reptiles occur in cavities of stone, and at the depth of many feet in soil and earth, but, they state not anything to disprove the possibility of a small aperture by which these cavities may have had communication with the external surface, and insects | ave been admitted. The attention of the discoverer is always directed more to the Toad, than to the minutiz of the state of the cavity in which it was contained. In the Literary Gazette of March 12, 1831, p. 169, there is a very interesting account of the habits of a tame male Toad, that was domesti- cated and carefully observed during almost two years by Mr. F. C. Husenbeth. During two winters, from November to March, he ate no food, though he did not become torpid, but grew thin and moved much less than at other times. During the winter of 1828 he gradually lost his appetite and gradually recovered it. He was well fed during two summers, and after the end of the second winter, on the 29th of March, 1829, he was found dead. His death was apparently caused by an unusually long continuance of severe weather, which seemed to exhaust him before his natural appetite returned. He could nct have died from starvation, for the day before his death he refused a lively fly. Dr. Townson also, in his Tracts on Matural History, (London, 1799,) records a series of observations which he made on tame Frogs, and also on some Toads; these were directed chiefly to the very absorbent power of the skin of these reptiles, and show that they take in and reject liquids, through their skin alone, by a rapid process of absorption and evaporation, 320 Rev. R. T. Lowe’s Descriptions of a Frog absorbing sometimes in half an hour as much as half its own weight, and in a few hours the whole of its own weight of water, and nearly as rapidly giving it off when placed in any position that is warm and removed from moisture. Dr. T. contends that as the Frog tribe never drink water, this fluid must be supplied by means of absorption through the skin. Both Frogs and Toads have a large bladder, which is often found full of water: “ whatever this fluid may be, (he says,) it is as pure *- as distilled water and equally tasteless; this I assert as well of that of «* the Toad which I have often tasted, as that of Frogs.’’ Art. XLII, Descriptions of two species of Araneide, Natives of Madeira. In ua Letter to the Editor, hy the Rev. R. T. Lown, B.A. TO THE EDITORS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Gentlemen, The accompanying drawings, with notes of the observations from which the following characters have been drawn up, were made partly in my presence, and came into my possession altogether on the death of Dr. Heineken. My separate investigations and enquiries having since gone far to satisfy me of the correctness of his views relating to the two Araneide which are the subject of this short notice, I feel myself called upon to make them public. But farther than having fully proved the fidelity of the drawings, and repeatedly confirmed by my own observa- tions the correctness of his, I shall be entitled to little more merit than that of throwing Dr. Heineken’s notes into a proper form and language for publication; while, on the other hand, should the following facts prove neither new nor interesting, I must take upon myself the blame for Two Spiders from Madeira. - 321 net having made a better use of the time and opportunities, denied to my late friend, which his acuteness would not have failed to improve to the utmost. I am, Gentlemen, Your obedient Servant, R. T. Lowe. Funchal, Madeira, Feb. 16th, 1831. Class. ARACHNIDA. Ord. |PULMONARIA. Fam. ARANEID. Trib. INEQUITELA, Latr. Gen. Scytopes, Latr. Scytodes velutina, Hein, et nob. Scyt. velutina; tota sepiolina, immaculata: thorace magno, suborbicu- lato; posticé rotundato, elevato; anticé obsoleté sulcato: abdomine sub- globoso. Longit. 24, lin. Hab. in domibus Madere: Scytode thoracied ipsa rara mult6 rarior. Mare nondum capto, foeminam tantim vidi. Pred (Lepismatibus, Tineis, fermé) more Scyt.thoracice telam jacit. Species a Scyl. thoracicd omnino distinctissima. Trib. LATERIGRADA, Latr. Gen. LoxoscE Es, [ein. et nob. Char. gen. Oculi sex, equales, per paria dispositi, parvi, segmentum circulare vel lunatum, arcu antico, (sc. anticé convexo), delineantes: lateralibus haud tuberculo impositis. Masille labiumque ut in Seytode (thoracica). Mandibule robuste, wngue valido (ut in plerisque Araneidis). Pedes secundi, deinde primi et quarti «quales, longiores; tertii ceteris breviores. Oss.—Thorax depressus. Citissimé currit. Quietus pedes omnes obliqué in libell4 horizontali extendit, Telam pred nec jacit, nec ullam nisi fila quedam struit. In praedam furtim obrepit, haud insiliens. Affinitas cum Philodromis, Walck., summa; sed oculis tantdm sex, 322 Rev. R. T. Lowe’s Descriptions of Two Spiders, §c. sicut Scytodes ab affinibus suis, statim distinguitur. Genus a Scytode omniné distinctum. In Scytode vera (Scyt. thoracicd, Latr., et Scyt. velu- tind, nob.), thorax elevatus: oculi triangulum delineant, lateralibus tuberculo impositis: mandibularum unguis minutissimus: tardigrada, telam praedz jacit : quieta, pedibus elevatis insistit: pedes quarti, primi deinde, tum secundi longiores. Species, Loxosceles citigrada, Hein. et nob. Tas. Supp. XLVIIL fig. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7,9, 11, 12 et 14. Char. spec. idem ac generis.* Hab. in domibus Madere ; inter chartas, fossilia, aliaque Museorum, &c, degens. Rariss. v. v. et $ et 9. Explanation of the Plate. ~ Tas. Supp. XLVIII. Fig. 1. ¢ Lowosceles citigrada at rest, in natural attitude. 2. Ditto ditto, at rest, watching for prey. 3. ¢ Ditto, taken when dead, to exhibit proportionate length of legs. 4, One of the palpi of ditto, ditto; with the g organ. 5. Ditto of Scytodes thoracica, Latr., with ditto for comparison. 6. Lip (languette. Latr.,) and maxille (machoires, Latr.,) of g Loxosceles citigrada. 7. Profile of head of ditto, ditto; (perhaps not quite correct as the legs were in the way.) 8. Dittoof dittoof 9 Scytodes thoracica, Latr. 9. Eyesof ¢ Lox. citigrada; central pair geminated, and on a slight tubercle ; lateral pairs subgeminated, and not on a tubercle: all with orbits. 10. Ditto of g Scyt. thoracica, Latr.; two lateral pairs on tuber- cles; central not: all geminated. 11. One of the palpiof ¢? Loz. citigrada; will answer equally for Scyt, thoracica, Latr. * The following are the proportions of a ¢ Lowosceles citigrada by accurate measurements, Thorax 1} line; abdomen about 2 lines; second pair of legs 104 lines; first and fourth pair each 2 lines; third pair 7} lines. : ' ; Mr. W. O. Aikin on the Ash-coloured Harrier. 323 12. Mandibles, (Chelicéres, antenne-pinces, ou serres frontales, Latr.), of 2 Low. citigrada. 13. Dittoof 9 Seyt. thoracica, Latr. 14. Outline profile of abdomen and thorax of Lox. citigrada. 15. Ditto ditto of Scyt. thoracica, Latr. All except Figs. 1, 2 and 3, more or less magnified. Arr. XLII. Note on the Ash-coloured Harrier, (Falco cinerarius, Mont.). By W.O Artin, Esq., in a Letter tothe Editor. TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Sir, I have had, during the last month, an opportunity of examining several specimens of the ash-coloured Harrier, (Falco cinerarius, ) and as the females differ materially from the description published in Selby’s Illustrations of British Ornithology, perhaps my remarks may not be unacceptable to the readers of your valuable Journal. In the description above alluded to, it is stated that “the whole of the “* under parts are orange-brown without spot or sireak;’’ I have now seen five adult females, none of which have the under parts of a uniform colour, on the contrary, every feather for a considerable space on each side of the shaft is very much darker than the edges, so as to give the appearance of lengthened streaks down the breast, belly and thighs, but more particularly on the breast; the irides also of four of these birds were of a deep hazel, though certainly arrived at maturity, as one of them was brought to me with its mate and nest of young; the other had - the irides of a very light yellow, and from its general appearance I should judge was a much older bird, as the whole plumage was of a lighter colour, Montagu, in the Supplement to his Ornithological Dictionary, substitutes the description of a young male for that of the mature female, in which he states that the under parts are of a uniform colour, so that it is apparent 324 Mr. W. O. Aikin on the Ash-coloured Harrier. ornithologists should not adopt his description throughout. It however agrees exactly with two young ones which J have at present alive, excepting that the irides of mine are of a deep hazel ; they are about two months old, and are kept in a garden with young ones, of about the same age, of both the other Harriers; these differ so materially from their companions that they could never be mistaken by a person who has once seen them; first, their size is so much less, then the deep rust colour which pervades their whole plumage and the absence of the ruff of smal! feathers round the head at once distinguish them from the common Hen-Harrier. I find them much wilder than the others, and the male when disturbed is continually uttering a short shrill call while the others are silent unless actually laid holdof. They all strike with their talons, not using their bills till their feet are secured. I had an opportunity of weighing and measuring the birds in my own collection, the particulars of which are as follows : A male killed 17th June, weighed 92 ounces troy. Length 172 inches, Breadth 34 feet. In the crop were five Lizards in fragments, the tails only being perfect. A female killed 17th June, weighed 103 ounces, troy. Length 184 inches. Breadth 3 feet, 64 inches. A female killed 19th June, weighed 9} ounces, troy. Length 173 inches. Breadth 3 feet, 9 inches. Tail 9} inches. Three of the ova were as large as marbles, there were also a great many smaller ones. A female killed Ist July, weighed 84 ounces, troy. Length 17 inches. Breadth 3 feet, 9 inches. Tail 9 inches. If these remarks are considered worthy your notice, and the young birds live, I shall be happy to furnish you with any other memoranda which I consider curious during their change of plumage. I remain, Sir, Your’s, &c. W. O. AlKIN. Cambridge, 23rd July, 1830. On €arinaria. 325 Arr. XLIV. Notice sur la Carinaria et description. Par. M. Verany. Corps cylindrique allongeé, garnide points saillans, prolongé en arriere et garni a sa partie posterieure et inferieure d’une nageoire qui lui sert de gouvernail. Une nageoire rougeatre munie d’une ventouse est implantée perpendi- culairement sur le dos; c’est a l’aidede celle-ci qu’ elle vogue en tout sens, Téte qui se contracte dans le corps, munie d’une trompe retractile. Deux tentacules longs et coniques placés latéralement a l’insertion de la Téte; deux yeux en avant du corps placés a la base des tentacules. Bouche garnie d’une machoire se roulant sur elle meme, munie de quatre rangées de dents dont les deux internes fixes et petites, les intérieures de deux a deux crochues et mobiles. Organes de la respiration, coeur, et anus suspendus sous le corps et ren- fermés dans une coquille. Sexes separés comme dans les Firoles ; les males ont leur organe sexuel placé anterieurement dans le cété gauche sous Ja nageoire dorsale, les femelles ’ont prés de l’anus. Un tube rougeatre renfle 4 son commencement est tout son appareil digestif. Dans sa cavite l’on rencontre entre les yeux un ganglion d’ou partent plusieurs nerfs, dont six se dirigent et avant et quatre en arriére; ceux qui vont en avant se dirigent deux vers la bouche et paraissent faire agir la trompe, deux aux tentacules, et aux yeux; de ceux de derréire deux yont directement dans le nucleus; les deux autres vont se reunir sous le nageoire d’ou ils se ramifient en cinq, dont trois dans la nageoire dorsale et deux vers la queue. Malgré toutes les attentions possibles je n’ai pu decouvrir 4 quoi ce mollusque utilise la ventouse qu’il a a sa nageoire. La Carinaria se nourrit de corps gelatineux et de quelques trés petits poissons tels que Atherina nana. J’ai plusieurs fois trouvé dans son estomac des restes d’autres Carinaires ; ce qui me prouve que cette espéce se detruit mutuellement. On la rencontre presque toute l’année sur nos cOtes; assez abondante pendant les mois de mai, juin, juillet. Il est trés rare de la trouver avec sa coquille entiére. C’est La Holoturiorum secunda species, Rondelet, p- 126. De Insectis, &c. Lib. 1. Nice. Vou. V. Y 326 Mr. Westwood’s Remarks on the Thorax of Insects. Arr. XLV. Observations upon the Eighteenth Number of the Zoological Journal. By J. O. Wrsrwoop, Esq., F.L.S., &e. TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Sir, My attention having been in an especial manner directed by Mr. Mac Leay in the last number of this Journal, (p. 178), to the comparative structure of the thorax of the genera of Insects, I beg leave to assure you that so interesting and important a subject has not been overlooked in the course of my entomological investigations. There is, however, a remark- able opinion entertained by the French Scavans relative to the typical structure of the terminal portion of the Metathorax of the Hymenoptera, which, upon being informed that Mr. MacLeay was engaged upon that subject, I had hoped would have been subjected to his scrutinizing inves- tigation ; I cannot therefore but regret that he was not aware of the opinion referred to, otherwise he would doubtless have noticed it. I find the following observation in Latreille’s Familles Naturelles, p. 259. “ Le “« thorax des Hymenoptéres a abdomen pedicule et celui des Diptéres a ** une composition particuliére, il est fermé postérieurement par le *« prémier segment de l’abdomen, celui que jiai nomme (Mém. du Mus. ‘< d’Hist. Nat. tom. 7.) mediaire, de sorte que des segments suivants, celut “* qui parait étre le premier de cette partie du corps, est réellement le « second.’ Such also is the opinion of M, Audouin, as he himself recently informed me in Paris; and indeed M. M. Cuvier, Lacépéde, and Dumeril in their Report, dated 19th February, 182], upon that gentleman’s Researches mention this, as ‘“ une observation curieuve ‘© de l’auteur”’ p. 11. Why does not M. Audouin enlighten the students of comparative anatomy, by the publication of his very numerous delineations and descriptions relative to the structure of the thorax of the various orders? The student should also direct his attention to the anatomical inyesti- gations of M. Srauss upon the Cock Chaffer and Hornet. Intimately connected with the question of the typical formation of the thorax is that relative to the typical number of segments in the Annulosa. The examination of the Earwig is sufficient to convince any eS oS -- =. Mr. Westwood on the Loves of the Spiders. — 327 one that the decapod theory entertained in the ‘ Hore Entomologice,’’ and that of the thorax being composed of five, and the abdomen of seven segments is unfounded, and indeed Mr. MacLeay himself in the last number of this Journal is induced to explode the idea. The abdomen of that insect is in fact composed of nine distinct segments, the last of which is furnished, in addition to the caudal pincers, with an exserted anal apparatus. The figure given by M. Léon Dufour in the “ Annales des *« Sciences Naturelles’’ (April, 1828,) in his admirable researches upon these insects, with a view to their establishment as a distinct order, unfortunately represents the abdomen with only seven segments, the two basal ones being omitted, which might easily lead to a belief that. this part of the body is in reality only seven jointed, the two basal joints being concealed beneath the wings. With regard to the name of the Order comprising the Earwig, it may be observed that the term Dermaptera employed by Mr. Kirby, (who first on the suggestion of Dr. Leach established the Order), was proposed by Retzius the translator of De Geer for the Orthoptera. The former name addition to this in confusion, “‘n’exprimant nullement les traits caractéris- ** tiques de ce nouvel ordre d’insectes, nous lui préférons,’’ says Dufour, “* a juste titre celle de Labidoures,”? which Dumeril had long ago pro- posed as its Family name in allusion to the caudal pincers. In order however to maintain the names of all the orders in the Lin- nean phrase derived from the wings, there exists no difficulty in selecting that of the very peculiar manner in the folding of these of the Earwig, from which circumstance the name Euplekoptera* may not be thought inapplicable. It is to be regretted that the opinions of M.M. Audouin and MacLeay are not unanimous respecting the legitimate analogy of the Collar of the Hymenoptera, although both agree as to its being a portion of the prothoraz. Mr. Curtis indeed still continues to describe it as the whole of that organ. Our lamented fellow labourer Dr. Heineken, in his pleasant manner (Zoological Journal, Vol. V. p. 103), has attempted to cast the shadow of a doubt over the correctness of my observations relative to the “* Loves ** of the Spiders’”’ detailed in a former number of this Journal; T have * Ev, bene rhéxyw, plico rrepor, ala, y 2 328 Mr. Westwood’s further Remarks on Clinidium, &c. consequently been anxious to corroborate my remarks by a renewed examination of the same species of Spiders in their webs. I have not, however, been fortunate in again obserying the act of impregnation; but at one time during the last autumn I perceived no less than six pairs engaged on separate webs in preparatory dalliance according to the Arachnidan method of courtship. This of itself (although not altogether confirmatory of my former observation) is strongly corroborative of its correctness ; but as the pleasure resulting from the unlooked for confirma- tion of our observations when doubted, ranks next to that arising from novel discoveries, I was gratified in meeting with the interesting details given by M. Latreille of M. Walckenaer’s observations relative to the ** accouplement de Theridon benignum” (Encycl. Meth. Vol. 10, p. 624). I shall merely extract the following short passage as entirely removing all doubt upon the most material fact advanced in my paper, which, however, the Reviewer in the ‘‘ Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles’’ has entirely overlooked. ‘* Ils restent accouples pendant deux ou trois minutes et ‘© quelque fois plus long temps.”’ In page 218 I have observed that the geographical situation of Rhysodes and Clinidium appeared distinct ; such is not, however, the case. I have observed in the cabinet of the Baron Dejean six or eight species of the former genus, several of which were collected in Brazil by M. La Cordaire. Vide Annales des Sciences Naturelles. The doubtful situation of Cucujus and Spondylis is shewn by Dumeril in his ‘* Considerations Generales’? having placed them between the Bostrichide and Trogositide, as “‘ genres anomaux de Tetraméres.”’ Consult Mr. MacLeay’s Hore Entomologice, p. 1. Appendix t. on the supposed affinity of Trogosita withthe Lucanide. I find that in my remarks upon Megagnathus, | had overlooked Sturm’s figure of the underside of the head. It is however far from being in his happy style. The propriety of the generic separation of Trogosita cerulea, enea, &c. under the name of Temnoscheila is fully confirmed by the observations of M. La Cordaire, in his account of the habits of Brazilian Beetles, (Annales des Sciences Naturelles.) The economy being distinct from the true Trogosite. Mr. Westwood on some Lucanide and Prionide. 329 The Rey. F. W. Hope has recently received some splendid species of my genus Temnoscheila. Since my observations upon the relationship between Lucanide and Prionide, and the additional note C. were written, I have examined two most interesting insects which tend more forcibly to convince me of their propriety. The first, (intended to be described in the next volume of the Trans- actions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society,* is the most magnificent of Lucanidous insects, and in the lateral spines of its thorax, and the whorl of hairs ornamenting the tip of the extremely long basal jot of the antenne, an approach is made to the Capricornes. The second,t belonging to J. G. Children, Esq., and tie most splendid of Prionideous Insects, is remarkable for the length of its palpi which instead of being short and blunt, like those of the Prionide generally, are as long’ as those of a Lucanus ; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is however flattened at the tip, which is obliquely rounded and papillose. I have also had an opportunity of more minutely examining a @ specimen of the insect mentioned in note C. p. 237, also belonging to J. G. Children, Esq. Its trophi resemble those of some of the female Lucanide, such as Pholidotus, Ryssonotus, &c. as well those of Parandra, Zoological Journal, Tab. Supp. 47, fig. 7 A. The eyes are reniform as in the Prionide, instead of being divided into four distinct eyes, two above and two beneath, as in Lucanus. The Tarsi are not exactly cylindric, being slightly compressed and the under surface very finely cushioned or rather clothed with fine short bristles. Between the claws there isa very small coriaceous appendage, but without the additional minute pair of claws of the Lucanide. * Under the name of Chiasognathus Grantii, Steph., MSS. + Psalidognathus Friendii,G. R. Gray. { Trictenotoma Childreni, G, R. Gray. The Grove, Hammersmith, 25th March, 1831. 330 Mr. Broderip’s Description of Cyprea Scottit. Arr. XLVI. Description of a new Cowry and other Testacea, brought to England by the Rev. Archdeacon Scott. By W. J. Broperip, Esq., F.RS., F.L.S., &c. V.P.G.S. | Cypr@a Scorriu.* C. testa ovato-oblonga, subpyriformi, gibba, pallidé ferruginea maculis atro-ferrugineis, subtus planulata, fusco-nigricante, intus albida; aperture albentis latere sinistro ut plurimum edentulo, antic crenato. Mus. Geol. Soc. Habitat in freto Sunde juxta Angiam Jave. Obs. testa junior albida fusco longitudinaliter strigata, strigis transver- sim subinterruptis. Long. poll. 33, Lat. 14. Shell ovate-oblong, inclining to pear-shaped, gibbous, pale ferrugi- nous with blackish spots, rather flattened beneath, where it is of a rich dark brown or purple-black. The interior is white and so is the aperture, the right side of which is closely but not very deeply toothed, while the left is toothless for the greatest part of its length, shewing only a few denticules or crenations at its anterior extremity. The posterior notch is wide, deep, and reflected, and the lips of its edges are very prominent. The Rev. Archdeacon Scott, whose name this species bears, found two individuals on the shore near Angia in the Island of Java, and liberally presented them, together with the rest of his collection to the Geological Society of London. The backs of these shells are so much eroded by the action of the atmosphere and of sea-water that only traces of the colour remain ; but the under part is in a fair state of preservation and the smooth margin of the left side of the aperture is very distinct in both. They are adults, and one of them is apparently of advanced age; and, notwithstanding their blemished state, the characters still remaining are sufficient to mark specific difference. Just as this description was going to press, Mr. Turner brought me another of these shells in better condition than those belonging to the Geological Society, and confirming the characters above given; but the outer or enamelled surface is rubbed through, and the interior layer of * Cyprea Friendii, Gray, Zool. Miscell. named and published by that author after he knew that the shell was here named, described, figured, and ready for publication,—Ed. Zoolo sie al Journal Vol.V.PI.XIV, io > a iiabitctaid dans, hesigialinin, - ‘ — NY \ ' bas 5 eae, Ries adeoigs ty ns jee 7 ‘ Yeh ee nat New wa ae ‘ih eps Trochus Australis.—Turbo lamellosus. ; 331 colouring is brought into view, shewing the appearance which the shell would present in its youth, and before the secretion of the last coat which marks the adult state. It is hoped that the figures and description here given, may, as the locality is known, be the means of drawing the attention of those who may have it in their power to procure finer specimens. When a dead shell is found on a beach, an accurate search at low water under stones, rolled madrepores, &c. or in pools left by the retiring tide is often rewarded with the discovery of the living mollusc; and if success should not attend such efforts, the dredge will be rarely found to fail. Trocnus AUSTRALIS. T. testa conica, granulato-annulata, annulis suturam supereminentibus maximis, lutea vel subalbida maculis subrubris et violaceis picta ; anfrac- tibus planiusculis ; infima facie planiuscula, imperforata ; fance argentea. Habitat ad Nove Hollandiz oras occidentales, ad Insulam Buache. Long. poll. 1. Lat. 2. Mus. Geovl. Soc. This elegant Trochus which approaches in shape to T. conulus, while ina part of its colouring it reminds the observer of T. annulatus, and has somewhat the aspect of T, Zizyphinus, was found on the beach of Garden Island, (Isle Buache) by Archdeacon Scott, and was presented by him to the Geological Society. TURBO LAMELLOSUS. T. testa orbiculato-depressa, profundé umbilicata, transversim creberrimé Jamellata, grisea, subtus albida; anfractibus carinatis et suturam versus profundé canaliculatis; fauce argentea. Habitat ad Nove Hollandiz oras occidentales,-ad Insulam Buache. Mus. Geol. Soc. nost., &c. This shell varies much in its different stages of growth. It approaches nearest to Turbo torquatus, but differs from that species in the depth and sharpness of its lamella, and the flattened form of the whorls which are carinated on their outward edge and deeply and angnlarly channelled towards the suture. The young shells are much more flat than those of advanced growth, they are dashed with darkish stripes along the upper side of the whorl which terminate at the edge of the carina, and are mottled with the same colour on the under side. Archdeacon Scott found his specimens onthe beach of Garden Island, (Isle Buache;) and on the main land 332 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of opposite, at the bottom of a well eighty feet deep he found in calcareous grit two fossil Turbines figured at plate Supp. XLIX, fig. 1, 1, which appear to me to be identical with Turbo torquatus. The latter species did not occur among the shells in a recent state which the Archdeacon found at Garden Island; but we know that it occurs at Port Jackson on the oppo- site side of New Holland, and Lamarck gives New Zealand as its locality, so that I think it probable that it may be found also in the vicinity of Garden Islana. Description of Plates. PLATE XIV. Fig. 1, 2. Cyprea Scottii. 3. Thesame deprived of the last coat of enamel, and giving the appearance of the back of a young shell. The back of the specimen is fractured. PLATE SUPP. XLIX. - 1,1. Fossil Turbo torquatus, 2,2. Turbo lamellosus, (young,) the lip imperfect. 3. Trochus Australis. VoLuTa. 1 take this opportunity of stating that a comparison of a great number of individuals which have lately been brought to this country, has afforded satisfactory proof that Voluta Pacifica and Voluta elongata are identical : Voluta elongata, (Swainson,) being only a smooth variety of V. Pacifica at an advanced age. Arr. XLVII. Description of the Cirrhipeda, Conchifera and Mollusca, in a collection formed by the Officers of H.ILS. Adventure and Beagle employed between the years 1826 and 1830 in surveying the Southern Coasts of South America, including the Straits of Magalhaens and the Coast of Tierra del Fuego. By Captain Puiu P. Kine, #.N., ER.S., &c. assisted by W. J. Broverip, Esgq.. F.R.S., &c. The testacea, of which the following paper is a descriptive list, were principally collected upon the Coast of South America; and upon my arrival in England, were submitted to the examination of Mr. George Sowerby; who, very obligingly, selected the undescribed species from Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 333 the collection, which had been formed under my superintendance by the Officers of H.M.S. Adventure and Beagle, employed under my command in surveying the Southern Coast of South America. To these gentlemen I am greatly indebted for the unwearied assiduity which they at all times displayed, and for the extent of the collection in this, as well as in other departments of Natural History. _ In the description of the species I have had the benefit of the advice and assistance of my friend Mr. Broderip; and to his knowledge of the subject, and the attention which he has devoted to my collection, I owe in a great measure the paper which I have now the satisfaction of presenting to the public through the medium of the Zoological Journal. Upon examining my specimens Mr. George Sowerby found that he possessed several species not in my collection. These had been obtained during the voyage, and had been purchased from some of the crew by Mr. Sowerby, who handsomely put his acquisitions into my hands for description. I record this act of good feeling towards myself and the officers of the expedition in general with the greater satisfaction, because the same liberality has not been evinced in another quarter. I have been compelled to notice the conduct last alluded to, because, by possibility, some of the novelties collected during the voyage may be published before this communication (which has been delayed by the many laborious duties consequent on such an expedition) issues from the press. 1. Baxanus Psirvacus. Syn. Lepas Psittacus.. Molina, 1., 223. B. testd aibido-rosaced, subconicd, elongatd, rudi, longitudinaliter creberrimé striata ; radiis (ransversim striatis ; operculo transversim profundé sulcato, lineis elevatis creberrime plicatis; valvis posticis valde productis, acuminatis. Habitat ad oras Concepcionis et insulam Chiloe. Mus. Brit., nost., Broderip, §c. This cirrhiped which, at Concepcion de Chile, is frequently found of a larger size than 54 inches long and 34 in diameter, forms a very common and highly esteemed food of the Natives, by whom it is called Pico, from the acuminated processes of the two posterior opercular valyes. The anterior and posterior opercular valves when in contact, present some resemblance to a Parrot’s beak, whence Molina’s name. It is also found very abundantly at Valdivia and 334 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of at Calbuco, near the north end of the Island of Chiloe. It occurs in large bunches, and presents somewhat of a cactus-like appearance. The parent is covered by its progeny, so that large branches are found composed of from 50 to 100 distinct individuals, each of which becomes in its turn the foundation of another colony. One specimen in the possession of my friend W. J. Broderip, Esq., consists of a numerous group based on two large. individuals. They are collected by being chopped off with a hatchet. At Concepcion, where they are found of larger size than to the southward, they are principally procured at the Island of Quiriquina, which lies across the entrance of the bay; whence they are exported in large quantities to Valparaiso and Santiago de Chile, where they are considered as a great delicacy, and indeed with some justice, for the flesh equals in richness and delicacy that of the crab, which, when boiled and eaten cold, it very much resembles. 2. Exminius LEAcui1.* E, testd albidd, truncata, longitudinaliter striata, radiis creberrimé longitudinaliter substriatis ; operculo ad basin transversim striato, quadripartito ; long. =; lat. 3; poll. Habitat. . In Museo Geo. Sowerby et nost. 3. SCALPELLUM PAPILLOSUM. S. pedunculo creberrimé papilloso ; testa levi valdé compressa ; long. omnino +1; +4; peduncvli; lat. -.°;, poll. Habitat in mare alto circa oras Patagonicas. Mus. nost., G. Sowerby. Taken by a dredge in 40 fathom water, off the coast of South Ame- rica, in latitude 441 south, and found adhering to a Terebella. 4, PuoxLAs CHILOENSIS. MOoLina. P. testd elongata posticé ovato-rotundatd, costis posticis dentato-muri- catis ; anticé attenuatd striis transversis postice undato-muricatis, anticé muticis ; lat, 5; long. 2; poll. Habitat ad insulam Chiloei. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod., Stokes. Some doubt has been thrown upon the existence of this shell notwith- standing the description uf Molina. A species very nearly approaching * Elminius Kingii, Gray in Zoo}, Miscell. from a specimen collected during the voyage.—Ed. Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 335 it, if not identical, was found at Rio de Janeiro, but as only single valves were obtained, and these were in a very imperfect state, I have not ventured to characterise it. The soft parts of Pholas Chiloensis are considered very delicate by the inhabitants of the Island of Chiloe, by whom the animal is called ** Co-mes.”? They are found in great abundance at low water imbedded in the rocks near Sandy Point, at San Carlos de Chiloe. 5. SOLEN SCALPRUM. S. testd lineari subrectd extremitatibus subrotundatis ; cardine biden- tato; long. 13; lat. 3143 poll. Habitat ad Patagoniz oras Orientales (Sea Bear Bay.) Mus. nosf: ar 1994 6. ANATINA ELLIPTICA. A. testa ellipticd, subtenut, transversim striatd, anticé sub-truncatd, epidermide fusca, tenui; long. 13; lat. 22; poll. Habitat ad oras Antarcticas (New South Shetland.) Mus. Brit., nost. This shell was found at New South Shetland, by Lieutenant Kendall, of His Majesty’s Sloop, Chanticleer, by whom it was presented to me. 7. MAcTRA EDULIS. M. testé subtrigond, tumidd, sublevi, fulvo-squalidd, intus albd, den- tibus lateralibus prominentibus ; long. 2; lat. 24; poll. Habitat in freto Mage!lanico (Port Famine.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. This shell was found in great abundance on the flat of sandy mud, which fronts the west shore of Port Famine, and proved a valuable article of food to the ship’s company, particularly during the winter months, when sea-birds and game were not to be procured, and the fish had deserted us. I have named it, in allusion to its affording us a grateful, as well as seasonable, supply of fresh food. 8. Erycrna SOLENOIDES. E. testd subellipticd, transversim creberrimé substriatd, albidd, epider- mide fusco-grised ; long. 1 paulo minus ; lat. 23 poll. Habitat in freto Magellanico (sandy mud flats of Port Famine.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 336 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 9, TELLINIDES ROSACEA. T. testa subtrigond, planulatd, striis concentricis creberrimis ; long. $ ; lat. 1,5, 3 poll. Habitat ad littora Brasilie (Santos.) Mus. nost. 10. VENUS INFLATA. V. testéd rotundatd, concentricé substriatd, albente, intus albd, lunuld obsoletd ; long. 1953; lat. 12; poll. Habitat in freto Magellanico (Port Famine.) Mus. nost. 1l. VENUS ANTIQUA. V. testd sub-ovali, convexiusculd, creberrimé cancellatd, sub-fuscd, in- tus albidd ; lunuld cordatd ; long. 23; lat. 3; poll. Oss. in junioribus, striis transversis concentricis elevatis, acutis. Habitat ad littora occidentalia Patagonie (Gulf of Pefias and its vi- cinity.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 12. ARCA ANGULATA. A. testd transversd, subcordato-quadratd, intus fusco-violascente ; latere antico producto, elevato, undulatim lamellato, postico rotun- dato; umbonibus valdé remotis, ared cardinali maximd, striatd ; margine hiante ; long. 11; lat. 17; poll. . Habitat ad Juan Fernandez. Mus, nost. This shell was dredged up from 80 fathoms water in the offing of Cumberland Bay, at Juan Fernandez; it was attached to a branch of coral. The hinge is broad and smooth, with distinct markings ; the gape is rather wide, and the anterior part of the shell rises rather elegantly, like the stern of some Indian canoes, and in all the specimens but one, terminates ina point. The one above described has a rounded form ; the bows or front being rather elegantly and finely lamellated in a wavy form ; the colour of the hinge is red, and the inside is generally of a brownish purple; in some it has a more yellow tinge. 13: ARCA PECTINOIDES. A. testd auriculatd, cordatd, ventricosd, multi-costatd, transversim striatd, albd, epidermide rufo nigricante, pilosd ; umbonibus sub- Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 337 approximatis, incurvatis, margine crenulato; long. 1; lat. 12; poll. Habitat ad Rio de Janeiro. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 14, NucunA STRIATA. N. testéd striaté, subtumidd, crassd, sub-trigond, albd; latere antico productiori, sub-rostrato ; long. 3; lat. 2; poll. Habitat in mari alto circa oras Patagonicas. Mus. nost. Taken by a dredge in 40 fathoms water, 20 miles from the coast of South America, in the neighbourhood of Port St. Elena. 15. MopioLa sinvosa. M., testé ventricosd. subovatd, longitudinaliter striaté; intus irides- cente, margine sinuoso, epidermide fuscd ; long. 7; ; lat. +4 fere; poll. Habitat ad littora Brasilie (Santos.) Mus. nost. 16. PrEcTEN PATAGONICUS. P. testé sub-equivalvi, brunned, longitudinaliter creberrimé elevato- radiaté ; intus albidd, longitudinaliter sub-radiatd ; long. 24; lat. 24 ; poll. Oss. auribus ineequalibus. Habitat in freto Magellanico passim. Mus. nost. 17. PECTEN VITREUS. P. testé subequivalvi, translucente, longitudinaliter multi-sulcatd ; sulcis convexis flavidulis, valud inferiore pallidiori ; long. 1,9;; lat. 14; poll. Oss. Auribus inequalibus. Habitat in freto Magellanico (passim.) Mus. nost. This shell is found attached to the leaves of the Fucus giganteus, and, with other Mollusca, is the food of the Steamer or Race-horse Duck (Micropterus brachyptera and M. Patagonica.) 18. TEREBRATULA FLEXUOSA. T. testa rotundato-cordatd, gibbd, sub-fuscd, longitudinaliter creberrimé 338 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of sulcatd; margine valde flecuoso; long. 13; lat. 14 paulo minus; poll. Habitat in freto Magellanico (Port Famine.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. This shell, which was dredged up from deep water in the Bay of Port Famine, attached to stones, is nota common shell in the Strait. 19. TEREBRATULA SOWERBII. - T. testé subrotundd, planiusculd, subfuscd, longitudinaliter radiatim transversim substriatd, medio superné depressa, infra convexd, sub- glabra; margine utrinque crenulato, medio glabro; long. 1,7; ; lat. 1,7, paulo plus; alt.11; poll. Habitat in freto Magellanico. Mus. nost., Geo. Sowerby. 20. CHITON SETIGER. C. testa ovali, anticé subattenuatd ; valvis subdentatis, tenuiter concen- tricé striatis, anticd 10-radiatd, posticd levi, parvuld ; areis late~ ralibus striis duabus elevatis marginalibus ; ligamento marginali le- vigato, setigero; long. 22; lat. 13 ; poll. Habitat ad oras insule Tierra del Fuego et in freto Magellanico. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. Shell ovate, rather attenuated towards the anterior end, generally of a light blue-green colour, variegated with markings of dark slate. Valves slightly beaked with minute concentric striz, the lateral compartments with two marginal ridges, which in some specimens are granulose, in others smooth. The anterior valve has eight, besides two marginal, ridges of the same character; the posterior valve is very small and smooth. Border coriaceous, and set with bristles produced from three rows of tufts or pores. In some of the specimens in my possession the bristles are rubbed off. The shell is found in all parts of the shores of Tierra del Fuego, par- ticularly on its seaward coast, and the western parts of the Strait of Magalhaens. 21. Curron Bowen. C. testd oblongo-ovatd, castaneo-rufd ; dorso elevato ; valvis subdenta- tis, sublevibus concentricé tenuiter striatis ; areis lateralibus radia- tim sulcatis ; ligamento marginali granuloso, nigro ; long. 32; lat. 14; poll. Habitat ad oras insule Tierra del Fuego et in freto Magellanico. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. Cirrhipeda, Conchifera,and Mollusca. 339 Shell oblong-ovate, and generally of a chestnut red, and the granu- lose ligament black ; the colour of the younger specimens is more bril- liant, and sometimes interspersed with yellow. Middle valves slightly toothed, and very delicately lineated, the lines forming an obtuse angle in the direction of the axis of the shell; the lateral compartments are marked with deeper striz or grooves, radiating from the upper angle to the base, which, crossing the transverse markings of the valve, have a reticulated appearance : the anterior and posterior valves are radiated with fine lines. This Chiton was discovered by Mr. Bowen, Surgeon of the Beagle, by whom it was presented to me. The specimen was sent home among a collection of Natural History, transmitted in the year 1827. 22. FISSURELLA COARCTATA. F. testd ovatd, anticé attenuatd, elevatd; radiis frequentibus elevatis ; interne virescenti; foraminis margine externo juxta medium coarc- tato, subdentato ; long. 2;5;; lat. 144; alt. 14; poll. Habitat ad Portum Praya, Mus. Brit., nost. 23, HELIX TRANSLUCENS. H. testé subglobosd, translucente, levissimée transversim _ striata; anfractu basali lined longitudinali. castaned sub-medid ornato; long. 44; lat. ;; poll. Habitat ad Rio de Janeiro. Mus, Brit., nost., Brod. 24, HELIX PUSIO. H. testd rotundo-complanatd, creberrimé striata, translucente, maculis castaneo-rufis ornatd; long. 75; lat. 3°; ; poll. Habitat ad Juan Fernandez. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 25. HELICINA SORDIDA, H, testé globoso-conoided ; anfractibus rotundatis longitudinaliter stri- atis ; operculo castaneo ; long. % paulo plus; lat. »; paulo plus; poll, Habitat ad Rio de Janeiro. Mus. Brit., nost. The colour of this shell is of a dirty yellowish white, with a slight tinge of diaphanous violet within the margin of the lip. 340 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 26. PUPA SUBDIAPHANA. P. testé cylindraced, albd, subdiaphand, tranversim creberrimé sub- striata ; long. 4 paulo minus; lat. ~; paulo minus ; poll. Habitat ad Portum Praya. (Cape de Verd Islands.) Mus. Brit., nost. 27. BuLinus GRAVESII. B. testa subventricosd, longitudinaliter subrugosd, sub-albidd, fusco- maculata, spird longitudinaliter striatd ; long. 14; lat. +2 paulo minus ; poll. Habitat ad Valparaiso. Mus. nost. I have named the shell after my shipmate and friend, Lieutenant Tho- mas Graves, whose zeal assiduity in assisting and increasing my collec- tions of Natural History, was as unwearied as the alacrity and ability which he displayed in the primary and more important objects of the voyage, of which in His Majesty’s Ship, Adventure, he filled the appointment of Assistant Surveyor. To Lieutenant Graves I am prin- cipally indebted for my land-shells, and I therefore take the opportunity of recording the valuable assistance he rendered me during the whole period of his serving under my command. 28. BuLinus GRAVESII, var. B. testd subpyramidali, scabrd, albidd, aliquando lineolis raris ; epider- mide lutescente ; long. 1,2-; lat. ++ paulo plus, poll. Habitat ad Valparaiso. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. This is certainly a variety of No. 27, Bulinus Gravesii. 29. BuLINUS DENTATUS. B. testd cylindraced, punctatd, sub-diaphand, fusco maculata ; aper- turd dentatd, clausiliam mentiente ; long. +2; lat. 5; poll. Habitat ad oras Brasilie (St. Catherine’s.) Mus. Brit., nost. 30. BuLINUS LUTESCENS. B. testd obovatd, ventricosd, subscabrd, lutescente; long. 14; lat. 44; poll. Habitat ad Maldonado (Gorriti.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. a ee el Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 341 31. BULINUS CORRUGATUS. B. testé subalbidd, transversim et longitudinaliter rugoso-striatd, maculis fuscis, obsoletis; aperturd purpurascente; columella nigricante purpured ; long. 1& paulo plus; lat. 13; poll. Habitat ad Concepcion. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. The body-whorl of the older specimens of this shell is rather roughly striated or wrinkled, the last but one slightly so, and the remaining whorls are quite smooth. The colour is whitish, with purple spots more or less obsolete : the old specimens are sometimes of a dull yellowish white. A specimen is deposited in the British Museum. The young shells of this species are of a whitish brown, with darker coloured strie. They are very fragile and semi-transparent. 32. BULINUS SORDIDUS. B. testa pyramidali, transversim striatd, fuscd; anfractu basali ad suturam subalbido, lined subcentricd pallidd ; labit vix reflext mar- gine albo; long. 1423 lat. % poll. Habitat ad Brasiliam (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. nost. 33. BuLinus MULTICOLOR.* B. testé ovato-pyramidali, longitudinaliter et transversim creberrime substriatd, luteo-fuscd maculis albis et purpureo-atris fucatd ; labio roseo subrefleco ; columella subalbidd, aperturd intus subatro-pur- pured ; long. 1+; ; lat. ~,; poll. Habitat ad Brasiliam. Mus, nost., Geo. Sowerby. 33.* BUuLINUS ROSACEUS. B. testé ovato-oblongd, scabriusculd ; apice et anfractibus primis, rosa~ * Whilst this sheet was printing, the September number of the Annales des Sciences made its appearance in England, containing a description of the above _shell by M. Sander Rang accompanied by an excellent figure (Annales des Sciences Naturelles, September, 1831, p. 55, pl. 3, f. 1.) It is there named Helix multicolor. In my decription I have considered it to be a Bulinus, but its specific name has been altered to that given to itby M, Rang. VoL. V. Z 342 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of ceis, ceteris viridi-fuscis ; labro albo ; suturis crenulatis seu plica- tis ; long. 24; lat. 1; poll. Habitat ad oras Americe meridionalis, (Chile.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod., Geo. Sowerby, §c. Soon after the return of the expedition, my friend, Mr. Broderip, to whose inspection Lieutenant Graves had submitted his collection, observing symptoms of life in some of the shells of this species, took means for reviving the inhabitants from their dormant state, and succeeled. After they had protruded their bodies, they were placed upon some green leaves, which they fastened upon and ate greedily. These animals had been in this state for seventeen or eighteen months, and five months subsequently another was found alive in my collection, so that this last had been nearly two years dormant. These shells were all sent to Mr. Loddiges’s nursery, where they lived for eight months, when they unfortunately all died within a few days of each other. Soon after the shells were first deposited at Mr. Loddiges’s, one got away and escaped detection for several months, until it was at last discovered in a state of hybernation ; it was removed to the place where the others were kept, when it died also. The upper surface of the animal when in health is variegated with ruddy spots and streaks on an ash coloured ground, 34. PARTULA FLAVESCENS. ' P. testé subfusiformi, pallide flavd, interdum castaned vel flavo et castaneo varid ; long. 41; lat. =; paulo plus ; poll. Habitat ad oras Americe meridionalis, (Valparaiso.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. This shell varies in its colour almost as muchas Bulinus citrinus. 35. AcCHATINA DONELLII. Al. testd. subalbidd, transversim substriatd, anfractu basali ventricosd; long. 7; paulo plus ; lat. 2; poll. Habitat ad Lima. Must. nost. 36. ACHATINA DIAPHANA. A. testa subcylindraced, diaphand, transversem striatd ; long. -°;; lat. az; poll. Habitat ad insulam Juan Fernandez, in montibus. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 343 37. ACHATINA STRIGATA. Al. testé diaphand, subalbidd, creberrimé transversim substriatd, strigis longitudinalibus castuneis raris ; anfractu basali subanqulato ; long. 4% paulo plus ; lat. =°; paulo minus ; poll. Habitat in paludibus Brasilie, (Santo Paulo.) Mus. nost. 38. ACHATINA SORDIDA. A. testd subdiaphand, subconicd, anfractu basali ventricoso ; long. paulo plus ; lat. 3 paulo plus ; poll. Habitat ad Brasiliam, (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. nost. 39. ACHATINA SELLOVII. A. testd cylindraced transversim striatd subdiaphand; long. 5°; ; lat. 253 poll. Habitat ad Brasiliam, (St. Catherine.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. This shell, which I found at the city of Nossa Sen. de Estero, I have dedicated to my friend, Dr. Sellow, whose researches in Natural History for several years past in the interior of Brazil, are well known to the scientific world. 40. SUCCINEA FRAGILIS. S. testd ovato-acutd, diaphand, ventricosd, transversim striatd, oblique subrugosd ; spird brevi; long. ; paulo minus ; lat. ;; poll. Habitat ad insulam Juan Fernandez. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 41. SuccinEA PATULA. S. testd diaphand, ovato-rotundatd, ventricosissimd, transversim creber- rimé striatd ; spird brevissimd ; aperturd patuld ; long. 4 paulo plus; lat. 4 paulo plus; poll. Habitat ad insulam Juan Fernandez. Marinuta, Nov. Genus. Character Genericus. Testa ovato-producta, sub-solida; apertura ovata, integra; columella bidentata, et basin versus uniplicata ; dentibus magnis sub-remotis conni- ventibus, superiore maximo; operculum nullum. %2 344 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 42, MAaARINULA PEPITA. M. testé. ovato-productd, viridi-fuscd ; anfractibus sub-tumidis ; spird brevi; apertura nigricante ; dentibus plicdque albidis ; long. 7; lat. 4; ; poll. Habitat ad insulam Chiloe. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod., G. Sowerby. This animal, which I have thought it necessary to assign to a new genus, appears to have for its nearest neighbours the genera Juricula and Pedipes. It was found on the wooden piles which support the mole in the Bay of San Carlos, in Chiloe, below the wash of the high water. The mole stands out into the sea, and there is no fresh water near it, save a very little rill which discharges its tiny stream more than fifty yards off. 43. LyMNZA DIAPHANA. L. testé turritd, transversim substriatd, anfractibus ventricosis; long 44, paulo plus; lat. +; ; poll. Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum, (Cape Gregory.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. This shell was found in the fresh-water ponds in the neighbourhood of Cape Gregory, which is on the continental side of the eastern end of the Strait of Magalhaens. 44. AmPpuULLARIA CuUMINGII. A. testd globosd, transversim striatd, subalbidd, longitudinaliter castaneo- lineatd et fasciatd, epidermide virescente ; wmbilico parvo ; lat. 1775 long 1,9; ; poll. Habitat in Sinu Paname, (Island of Saboga, in a small hill-stream.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. From Mr. Cuming’s collection. I have named this shell after Mr. Cuming, from whom I received it. 45. NATICA GLOBOSA. N. testd globosd, tenui, ventricosissimd, corned vel subalbidd, subtilis- simé striatd ; spird brevi; umbilico parvo ; operculo valde tenut ; long. +2 paulo plus ; lat. 7 ; poll. Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum, (Cape Gregory.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 345 46. NatTicA CASTANEA. N. testd ovato-acutd, castaned, albo-lineatd ; aperturd mediocri ; co- lumelld valdé callosd ; wmbilico mediocri; long. 12; lat. $1; poll. Habitat ad Brasiliz oras, circa Santos. Mus. nost. 47. TURBO LUGUBRIS. T. testé nigricante, striatd ; aperturd argented ; labri margine nigra, subcrenulatd ; operculo valdé lapidoso, albo; long. 24; lat. 22 Sere; poll. Habitat ad Sinum Pefias. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 3, 48. ODONTIS SUBPLICATA. O. testd granuloso-striatd, viridi-fuscd, nigro maculata ; umbilico me- diocri ; labri margine sub-plicato ; long. 12; lat. 12 paulo plus ; poll. Habitat ad Brasiliam (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. Brit., nost. 49. LiTTORINA FLAVA. L. testd longitudinaliter striata, sub-flavd ; spird brevi ; anfractu ba- sali ventricoso ; columelle purpurascentis margine et aperturd sub- flavd ; operculo nigricante ; long. ¢ paulo plus ; lat. 7; ; poll. Habitat ad Brasiliam, (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. Brit., nost. In young shells there are a few obscure reddish brown streaks cross- ing the strie. 50. LITTORINA PERDIX. L. testd striis elevatis balteatd, albidd, fusco-maculatd, strits intersti- tialibus minus elevatis, ambabus sub-cancellatis ; aperturd albd, labri margine tenui, castaneo-maculatd ; long. +2; lat. {4 ; poll. Habitat? Mus. nost. 51. LivrToRINA STRIATA. L. testd ovato-conici, fuscd, striis elevatis scabrd ; spird brevi; an- fractu basali tumido ; aperturd nigricante, basin versus strigd luteo- albdé ornaté ; labri margine crenulato albo-fulvido ; operculo nigro ; long. 4 paulo plus ; lat. 7, fere ; poll. Habitat in Mari Atlantico boreali, (Port Praya.) Mus. Brit., nost. 346 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 52. MARGARITA FASCIATA, _D. s. M. testa albidd, creberrimé striata, purpureo fasciata, aperturd argented; long. +4;; lat. ~; fere; poll. Habitat in Mari Pacifico. Mus. nost. Portions of the striated surface are elevated into belts, which are of a purple colour. 53. MARGARITA VIOLACEA, M. testa sub-ovatd, violaced, spird brevi ; anfractibus tumidis; aperturd aridescente ; long. ,7;; lat. 8; fere; poll. Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. Of this shell the Indians make their necklaces ; it is found adhering to the leaves of the Fucus giganteus, and is the principal food of the Racehorse Duck (Micropterus Patachonicus, nob. in Proceedings of the Zoological Society, December 14, 1830, page 15.) 54. MARGARITA CCERULESCENS. M. testd sub-complanatd, ceruled, striatd, albido-lineatd, aperturd irides- cente; lat. +3 fere; long. +25; poll. Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum, (Cape Gregory.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 55. TuRRITELLA TRICARINATA. T. testd turritd, anfractibus tricarinatis ; carinis nodulosis ; long. 13 ; lat. °; paulo minus ; poll. Habitat ad oras Americe meridionalis (Valparaiso.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. The Carine are nodulous, or twisted like the strands of a rope; the twists of the upper carina are in the direction of a water-laid, or right-handed rope, and those of the two lower carine@ are in the oppo- site direction, or like what is termed a hawser-laid rope. Between these nodulous carine are elevated lines, and the base is very strongly striated. Found in deep water in the Bay of Valparaiso. Dead shells of this spe- cies are occasionally found thrown upon the beach, near the Almendral. ; Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 347 56. TURRITELLA NODULOSA, T. testd elongato-turritd ; anfractibus striatis; striis duabus maximis subnodulosis ; long. 1414; lat, 7; fere; poll. Habitat? Mus. Brit., nost. The two large strie, which are remarkable.for the nodules, are not far from the*middle of each whorl, and generally are nearer the upper su- ture: of these the lowest is the largest. 57. MUREX SALEBROSUS, M. testd elongato-ovatd, subalbidd, fasciis fuscis, epidermide cinered ; spird brevi; anfractibus angulatis, nodulosis ; aperturd oblongd ad basin angustd, castaned, intus albd ; labro interne denticulato, den- tibus obtusis albis ; columelld rectd, levi; canal brevi ; long. 3775; lat. 2; poll. Habitat? Mus. nost., Geo. Sowerby. This species approaches Murex vitulinus very nearly, the body-whorl is very much elongated, and the nodules which mark the angles of the whorl are formed of the more elevated parts of what may be termed coarse longitudinal plaits. 58. Murex RHODOCHEILUS. M, testé ventricosd, albd, fasciis elevatis striatis ; septemfariam va- ricosd, varivibus rosets denticulatis ; aperturd rotundatd, rosed, in- tus albidd ; labri margine asperrimé denticulato ; caudd mediocri, sub-recurvd ; long. 312; lat. 27;; poll. Habitat? Mus. nost. 59. TrITON RANELLIFORMIS. T. testd ovato-fusiformi, subdepressd, albidd fusco fusciatd, costatd ; costis granulosis, interstitiis striatis ; aperturd subrotundd, albidd ; columelld subrugosd ; labro interne obtuse denticulato ; margine un- dulato ; epidermide viridi-fusca, scabrd ; long. 3%; ; lat. 1%; poll. Habitat ad Sinum Pefias et oram occidentalem Americ meridionalis, Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. The denticules of the outer lip are ranged in pairs at regular and somewhat distant intervals. 348 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 60. TRITON SCABER. T. testé ovato-acutd, cancellatd; spird elongata; epidermide fused, setosd ; aperturd albd granulosd ; labro interne obtuse denticulato ; long. ; lat. ; poll. Habitat ad oras Americ meridionalis, (Valparaiso.) Jus. nost. The denticules of the inner lip are more elevated than those of the last (T. ranelliformis), and are equidistant. It was fished up with the anchor in Valparaiso Bay. 61. MoNocEROS FUSOIDES. M. testd ventricosd, spird mediocri, anfractibus bicarinatis; anfractu basali lineis elevatis admodum distantibus cincto ; aperturd patuld ; dente labiali brevi, lato, obtuso ; canali producto, recto, integro ; ‘operculo corneo ; long. 23 ; lat. 12; poll. Habitat ad oras Americe meridionalis, (Concepcion.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. Approaching Fusus in its elongated and entire canal, while its exterior lip has the labial tooth which distinguishes Monoceros. The columella is not straight, as in all the other species, but curved, so as to make an angle in some specimens at the commencement of the canal, and in all it becomes very broad at the point where it is opposite to the tooth. The shell is of a reddish colour, ventricose, and girt with elevated lines, about a quarter of an inch apart. The spire has only two of these lines on each whorl, and has a bicarinated appearance. The aperture is wide, the outer lip sinuous, its tooth short, broad, and obtuse, and the opercu- lum horny. The shell is seldom found in a perfect state, the beak being generally broken off, and the surface is, in all the specimens that I have seen, covered with a calcareous encrustation, entirely concealing the colours. 62. BucciINUM MURICIFORME., B. testd ovato-fusiformi, cinered ; anfractibus tuwmidis, costellatis, costels cancellatis ; aperturd castaneo-nigricante ; lubri margine crenulato. Muricem mentiens ; long. 1; lat. 9; poll. Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. The eggs of this species were found, and are preserved in spirits. ——— 2 ———— Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 349 63. BuccinuM s@uALIDUM. B. testa conico-fusiformi, fused ; anfractu basali ventricoso ; spird mediocri ; apertura fuscd, lutescenti, patuld ; long. 142 ; lat. 11; poll. Habitat? Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 64. BuccinuM DEFORME. B. testé ovata, subponderosd, subalbidd, fasciis duabus fuscis obscuris; spird brevi; anfractu basali subdepresso, suturam versus crasso ; columelld valde callosd ; long. 1,9; lat. 1 paulo plus ; poll. Habitat ad flumen Plata, (Gorriti) Mus. Brit., nost. The eggs of this shell contained ina transparent orbicular nidus, the size of a turtle’s egg, were found thrown up on the sea-beach of the Island. In the month of January they were observed in all stages of growth. A series were preserved in spirits, and presented to the College of Surgeons. 65. CoLUMBELLA MITRIFORMIS, C. testd fusiformi, luteo-rufescente, fasciis nigro-castaneis, maculis albis tessellatd ; long. 7;; lat. 3-; poll. Habitat? Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 66. Mitra pusILLa. M. testé ovato-acutd, ventricosd, fulvd, creberrime costatd 3 costis interstitiisque striatis, basi granulosd ; spird brevi; anfractibus su- turam supereminentibus; columella quinque-plicatd ; long. %; lat. ve paulo plus; poll. Habitat? Mus. nost. The denticules of the outer lip are arranged in pairs at regular, and somewhat distant, intervals. 67. Vowura, A fragment of a turbinated shell, bearing marks more assignable to Voluta than to any other genus, was found on the sea beach in the neigh- bourhood of Cape Fairweather on the east coast of Patagonia, in latitude 514° south, The remains appear to differ from Voluta Ancilla and Brasiliana. 350 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. Art. XLVIII. The characters of two new Dipterous Genera, with Indications of some generic subdivisions and several un- described species of Dolichopide. By A. H. Hattnay, Esq. Fam. TIPULIDA. Sub Fam. CuLicirorMEs, Meig. Sectio **. Proboscis antennis brevior, palpi incurvati. (Meig.) ORPHNEPHILA. Oculi fronte confluentes: Ocelli 0. Antenne brevissime setacee basi globose, utriusque sexus nude. Tarsi antici elongatt. Ale incumbentes parallele. Caput subglobosum, oculis reniformibus fronte confluentibus : Ocelli 0. Antenne capite breviores 11-articulate: articulus basalis papilliformis subimmersus; 2¢"° maximus globosus; 3tius 4'¥S et S'S arcte connati quasi unicum magnum ovatum efficientes; reliqui cylindrici tenues, e quibus 6'“* brevis subovatus, et 9°"S paulo brevior quam cxteri. Hypos- toma parvum. Os haustello minimo incumbente, labellis magnis: palpi curvati antennis parum breviores 5-articulati: articulo primo parvo clavato; Qdo et 34° majoribus compressis; 5 breviore. Ale areolis 2 disci internis, viz. intermedia et brachiali anteriore: nervura transversa 2dam et 3tiam postcostales connectens ultra areolarum apicem estsita: nervure radiantes ex iisdem simplices: margo costalis alz haud strictus at ineequa- liter sinuatus. Coxe inter se approximate nec elongate. Pedes graciles, tibiis ecalcaratis: Tarsi articulo basali longissimo, 4'° brevissimo emargi- nato, unguibus simplicibus ; antici elongati metatarso tibiam superante. Abdomen brevius cylindricum 8-annulatum; segmento anali magno, in mare ventricoso. (Tas. XV, fig. 2—9.) De metamorphosi nil constat. 1. devia. Tas. XV, fig. 1. Long. corp. 2 lin.—Exp. alar. 43 vel minor. Caput nigro-fuscum, antennis et oculis nigris, ore fusco-pallido : Thorax rufo-castaneus subnitidus; halteres pallidi; Abdomen antice nigro fuscum, Species of Rhaphium.—Macherium. 351 segmento anali rufo-castaneo: Coxe et pedes luteo-pallidi, tarsis apice fuscis: Ale dilute cineree nervuris fuscis. [Under the shady banks of rivulets in Holywood, also in the county Galway, October. ] Oss. This genus seems to come near Macropeza (which I suppose to have also naked antennz in both sexes); and again to have some relations with Ceratopogon. Fam. DoLicHorip#.* RHAPHIUM. Meig. IV, 32, CXXIV. 1. macrocerum. Meig. 1V, 29. 3. | Both sexes near Holywood in Downshire. ] 2. caliginosum. Meig. IV, 29. 4.? G The male ibid.] MACHERIUM. Antenne porrecte articulo 3tio subtus exciso supra apice valde elongato lineart, stylo terminal breviore biarticulato Oculi disjuncti. Ale parallele incumbentes. Frons lata, femine iatior. Antenne basi approximate, apice divaricate, capite longiores ; stylo terminali brevi, articulo 1° minuto ovato, 2e setaceo. Os crassum prominens; Haustellum carnosum labro membranaceo Janceolato utrinque setula suffulto: Mandibule sub labro extricate eoque breviores cultrate disjunct : Maxille lobo lato trigono acuminato mandibulis breviore haustelli basin utrinque amplectuntur: Lingua cornea rigida subuliformis: Labella pinguia discreta. (Tas. XV, fig. 11, 12.) Truncus subcylindricus. Alz parallelz incumbentes nervura 4t4 longitu- dinali simplici. Pedes mediocrescoxis haud insignitere longatis. Abdomen sub-cylindricum mediocre apice conicum, maris gracilius subtus oblique * I have noticed every species in my cabinet, for the purposes of a local list and to introduce some generic subdivisions. 352 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descréptions of Dipterous Insects. truncatum, Hypopygio minuto abscondito, stylis 2 minimis subulatis vix emergentibus. 1. Maritime. M. aureo-virens, antennis nigris, hypostomate niveo, pedibus ferrugineis: /JWas/ tarsis anterioribus elongatis onychiis productis. Exp. alarum ¢. lin, 5-+: 9. 53-4. Long. corp. 3. 23. OC ee. Antenne nigre: Os nigro-fuscum : Hypostoma et palpi niveo-sericantes : Facies sub antennis glaucescens: Gene splendide-virides barba candida: Frons aurato-viridis: Oculi rufo-castanei: Thorax lete virens lineis 2 dorsi cupreis, aliis obsoletioribus subeyaneis : Metathorax, pleure et coxe glauco sericantes: Abdomen presertim in femina magis auratum nigro setosum lateribus glauco pubescens : Halteres lutei ; Ale: subhyaline radice et alulis dilute ferrugineis nervuris fusco-ferrugineis : Pedes pallide ferruginei nigro-pilosi et setosi, tarsis anticis apice posticis totis et tibiarum vix summo apice nigris: Tarsi anteriores maris onychiis insignibus ut in Diaphoro. ; {|g ¢ Taken on the coast near Holywood, in July, 1828.] DIAPHORUS. Meig. IV, 32, CXXIV. 1. flavocinctus. Meig. IV, 32, 1. Near Bexley, June.] PSILOPUS. Meig. IV, 35, CXXV. 1. platypterus. Meig. IV, 36, 2. Fabr. Syst. Antl. 270, 20. [The wings of the male in repose are divaricate; it is fond of resting in small troops on the shady side of a gate or paling. ] CHRYSOTUS. Meig. IV, 40, CXXVI. lesus. Meig. IV, 43, 7. — 6. 5. nigripes. . femoralis. — wnre Species of Porphyrops. 353 4, neglectus. —— 41,1, 5. copiosus, — 2. {| All these occur about Holywood.] PORPHYROPS. Meig. IV, 45, CXXVII. A. Antennis apice setigeris, (Mas) articulo tertio valde elongato setd brevissimd, Metatarso postico basi subtus uncinato. Plectropus, mihi. 1. pallipes. Meig. IV, 55, 23. Fabr. Syst. Antl. 266, 2. Varietatem feminz segmento tertio immaculato qualem et ipse vidi Meigen pro genuina habuit. 4| A common and diffused species.] var. (. obscure viridi-zneus pedibus ferrugineis, femoribus tibiisque posticis apice nigris, abdomine basi maculis Iateralibus flavis, alis obscuris. Ihave several males of this variety from the west of Ireland, and none of var. a. from the same locality. They may probably be distinct species. 2. pumilus. Meig. [V, 53, 17. q A single female near Holywood.] 3. decoratus. P. obscure viridi-zneus, pedibus ferrugineis, femoribus tiblisque posticis apice tarsisque nigris, alis cinereis. Long. corp. I. Frons chalybea nitida : Facies sub antennis cyanea: Hypostoma candi- dum: Coxe antice pedesque ferruginei, femora anteriora nonnunquam fusco-lineata. Femina major colore obscuriore, pedibus lutescentibus obsoletius infuscatis, a Rhaphio macrocero ? vix nisi antennarum forma distinguenda. 4] Not rare near Holywood in moist meadows among plantations. ] B. Antennis apice setigeris, (Mas) Hypostomate angustissimo lineari. Perithinus, mihi. 4. riparius. Meig. IV, 54, 18. Feminam Meigen descripsit loco Iaudato. Mas. Tarsorum anticorum articulo 2* arcuato, 3ti° et 4'° brevissimis. Antennarum articulo 3° Jongiore quam femine, Frons obscure 354 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. viridis: Hypostoma et barba candide: Femora nigra anteriora genubus fuscis, postica basi angustius pallida: Tibiz fusco-ferruginee, postice apice fuscze: Tarsi anteriores basi ferruginei : Femora antica dense nigro villosa. Lamelle sinuate exserte, que forma Meigenio audit “ fils analibus 3 furcatis.” *| Not uncommon on the sea-coast al Holywood: I have femaies also from Richmond Park.] *Add. Labrum lanceolatum, mandibulis sub eodem brevioribus extricatis: Lingua subuliformis longior: Maxille lobo minimo trigono intra basin palporum vix detegendo. tIn omni specie ex hac familia adesse videntur mandibule discrete plerumque cultrate, sed in pluribus (ex. gr. Generibus Dolichopo, Mede- tero, &c.) invicem adpresse ideoque auctoribus erroreaccepte. Maxille stipes linearis rigidus haustelli lateribus est adnatus et lobus vix nisi in Genere Macherio conspicuus. 5. insulsus. P. obscure viridi-eneus, hypostomate aterrimo, antennis pedibusque nigris, tibiis ferrugineis, posticis compressis basi pallide flavis apice clavatis atris. (Mas. ) Long. corp. 23. Color obscurior quam in precedente: Abdomen brevius et pedes postici longiores: Frons fere nigra: Hypostoma et barba atre: Femora omnia atra, postica latiora, cox antice nigro-yillose: Tarsi antici maris simplices apice nigri: Tibie postice longiores sinuato-compresse : Lamelle haud exserte. 4 A single male taken on the coast near Holywood.] 6. rufipes. Meig. IV, 52, 14. @ Several females ibid.] 7. obscuratus. Meig. IV, 55, 21. q A single female ibid.} C. Antennarum setd dorsali ante apicem articult tertii insertd. Porphyrops. 8. diaphanus. Meig. IV, 46, 1. Fabr, Syst. Antl. 270, 18. | Taken near Holywood, but rare.] 9. fulgens. P. argenteo micans, thorace viridi-aureo, abdominis Species of Porphyrops. 359 basi fasciis interruptis flavo-diaphanis, hypostomate nigro. (Mas. ) Long. corp. 2 vel 3 lin. Antennarumarticulus 3"* brevior quam in precedente: Frons argenteo- micans ; Hypostoma et barba nigre: Thorax viridi-aureus argenteo- micans: Abdomen argenteum nec ut in precedente nigro-pilosum, seg- mentum 1™¥™ basi viride, 2%%™ 34™ et plerumque 4'"™ flavo-diaphana linea dorsali et incisuris nigris argenteo micantibus: Coxe et femora nigro- fuse anteriora apice pallida: Tibie pallide ferruginee, postice apice nigre : Tarsi postici toti, antici apice, concolores. Differt a P. diaphano etiam alarum nervo 4*° vix leniter sinuato, pedibus gracilioribus et filis analibus vix emergentibus. Confer P. argyreum, Meig. IV, 46,2, hypostomate (atque ut credo etiam barba) argenteo; etiam Muscam semiargenteam, Donovan et Turton, pedibus ferrugineis. q Ibid.] 10. versicolor. Meig. IV, 50, 9. q The female, ibid. very rare.] 11. Jeucocephalus. Meig. IV, 42, 8. Segmentum 24"™ macula laterali flavo-pellucida obsoletiore. | The female ibid.] 12. vestitus. Meig. IV, 48, 5. §| Two males ibid.] D. Antennarum seté dorsali nudd prope basin articuli tertii insertd. (Bina Genera?) 13. annulipes. Meig. IV, 56, 25. 4{ Common on the coast at Holywood. ] 14, flavicoxa. Meig. IV, 57, 27. 4] Near Holywood in moist meadows. ] 15, flaviventris. Meig. IV, 58, 28. q Ibid.] MEDETERUS. Meig. IV, 59, CXXVIIL. A. Femoribus anticis obclavatis subtus spinulosis, coxvis elongatis Antennarum set mediocri vel brevi. 356 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 1. regius. Meig. 1V, 60, 1. Fabr. Syst. Antl. 267, 5. { I have seen one female taken on the coast near Belfast, and now in the cabinet of Mr. G. C. Hyndman. ] 2. viridis. Meig. IV, 60, 2. | One male taken in Holywood.] 3. mnotatus. Meig. IV, 62, 6. Fabr. Syst. Antl. 269, 10. I have met with this species from June to September, in Cheshire, Cumberland, and about Holywood. ]} 4. formosus. M. fusco-zneus, hypostomate aureo, pedibus viridibus geniculis testaceis; antennis tarsisque nigris. ( Femina.) Long. corp. vix 3. Exp. alar. 64. Hypostoma fuscum aureo versicolor : Palpi nigri: Barba candido-sericea : Thorax fusco-zneus dorso magis virescens, lineis setigeris splendide cupreis: Abdomen viridi-subaureum ad Jatera tesselato-pubescens forma tereti fere ut in M. regio: Halteres pallide ferruginei : Ale hyaline radice dilute ferruginez nervura transversa sinuata et 4ta longitudinali determi- nate flexuosa: Pedes nitidi virides tarsis nigris femoribus auratis summo apice et tibiarum basi pallide testaceis. One female taken in Cheshire, September, 1828.] 5. bipunctatus. Meig. IV, 63, 7. One female on the coast near Holywood, March, 1829.] 6. conspersus. M. fusco-eneus, hypostomate aureo, femoribus rubineis, alis antice punctis postice lituris fuscis. (Mas. ) Long. corp. 12. Frons et vertex atri cupreo variantes: Thorax fusco-eneus lineis 2 nigricantibus, postice ad Jatera rubineo splendens: Abdomen longiuscu- lum fusco-cupreum splendore rubineo obductum : Pectus, latera abdominis, postscutellum et coxe schistaceo-sericate : Femora rubinea: Tibiz eneo- virides : Tarsi nigri: Ale obscure hyaline punctis fusco-ferrugineis serie duplici prope costam plerumque gemellatim dispositis et preeterea nebulis dilutius fuscis versus marginem posticum: Nervura 4'* subsinuata puncto solitario distinctiore: _Hypopygium absconditum. q A single male on the coast, Holywood, July 1828.) Oss. Sub M. nebuloso, Meig. TV, 9, character specificus augendus ee > Species of Medeterus. 357 verbis “ hypostomate albido.”’ 7. Balticus. Meig. IV, 66, 12. { On the sea coast, Holywood, March —August.] Var. (3. alis byalinis immaculatis. [Much rarer than the other variety but does not seem to be specifically distinct. ] 8. precor. Meig. IV, 64, 8. [I find this species on the sea-coast so early as March: on fine days about Midsummer a little before high-tide they may be seen in swarms resting lightly on the surface of the waves, and carried on by their advance : numbers of them will be found paired in this situation. Ihave met with the species also on the banks of the Thames, but always within the range of the tide.] B. Femoribus muticis, metatarso postico brevi, Hypopygio maris occulto, Antennarum setd dorsali longiore. Camptosceles mthi. 9. Scambus. Meig. IV, 68, 18. Fall. Dol. 19, 26. Alz ut in sequente subfusce vel nigricantes nec hyaline. Maris femora intermedia crassiora subtus ante apicem nigro fasciculata: Tibiz nigre pilose, sinuato-compresse et valde dilatate : Metatarsus brevissimus articulo 24° elongato sinuato: Femora postica subnuda. {{ Sea coast and shady groves, Holywood, and in the county Galway.] 10. curvipes. Meig. IV, 65, 10. Fall. Dol. 20, 27. Maris femora intermedia incrassata subtus angulata densius setosa: Tibi ferruginee et medium usque crassiores apice sinuato nigro: Metatarsus brevissimus articulo 2° longissimo lineari: Femora postica pilosa. | With the preceding, but more abundant. ] 11. Joripes: M. olivaceus, alis fuscanis, pedibus ferrugineis. (Mas ) tibiis intermediis flexuosis nigris, metatarso breviore. Long. corp. vix 1. Maris femora intermedia obclavata subtus serie ciliorum medio inter- rupta: Tibi nigre vel tote vel basi ferruginee vix subtilissime pubes- centes, setulis rarioribus erectis, medio constricte ; Metatarsus brevis Vou. V. AA 358 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. vix crassior; articulo 2° yix 34" squante: Femora postica subnuda. Sequenti simillimus. q Sea coast, Holywood, March, 1831.] 12. Prodromus. Meig. IV, 64, 9. ( Mas.) tibiis intermediis arcuatis intus pectinato-setosis. Long. corp. vix 1 lin. Alarum color quam in M. Scambo et curvipede fere dilutior: Maris femora intermedia obclavata subtus setoso-ciliata: Tibie ferruginee arcuate setulis longioribus rigidis: Metatarsus basi subtus angulatus, haud abbreviatus ut in antecedentibus: Femora postica subnuda. 4 Most abundant on the sea-coast at Holywood, appearing a little earlier than M. curvipes. C. Femoribus muticis, metatarso postico breviore prominulo, Hypo- pygto infleco, Thorace ante scutellum deplanato. Tzechobates, mihi. 13. Jaculus. Meig. IV, 66, 14.? Fall. Dol. 5, 7. ; 4 I captured one specimen (of this species as I think) in a sand pit at Erith, but have not preserved it.] 14. nigricans. Meig. IV, 67, 16. [Ihave specimens from Greenwich Park, apparently of this species, but so ill preserved that I am not confident. ] 15. Truncorum. Meig. IV, 67, 15. {| Common in sunny gravel pits, Holywood, and in the county Galway. D. Femoribus muticis, pedibus gracilibus elongatis, metatarso postico longiore. Leptopus, mihi. 16. tenellus. Meig. IV, 69, 21. q In moist meadows, Holywood. ] 17. ornatus. M. ochraceus, thorace supra et abdominis vitté dorsali viridi micantibus. Long. corp. 12. | Taken in Darent Wood. ] — ~~ me Species of Dolichopus. 359 DOLICHOPUS. Meig. IV, 74, CXXX. * Lamellis adpressis, filis elongatis arcuatis clavatis apice cirrhosis. Hypophyllus, mihi. 1. obscurellus. Fall. Dol. 13, 11. { Both sexes taken under the shady banks of rivulets at Holywood, but rare. ] ** Lamellis concavis hiantibus. Genuini. A. Ciliis genarum nigris, Alarum nervo 4to flexuoso, 2. ungulatus. D. viridi-neus, pedibus rufis, coxis tarsisque nigris, hypostomate candido, antennisatris. Meig. 1V, 80, 13. Linn. Fauna. 1858. ( Mas.) femoribus pesticis nigro-villosis. Long. corp. 3. Generally diffused and abundant. ] ‘ 3. brevipennis. D. obscure eneo-viridis, antennis basi subtus coxis anticis pedibusque rufis, tarsis apice posticis totis nigris. (Mas.) tarsis anticis elongatis articulis 2 ultimis atris compressis, 4'° brevi, 5“ latissimo, femoribus posticis pallido-villosis. Meig. IV, 89, 27. Long. corp. 3. Ale fere ut in D. ungulato. Hypostoma flavo aureum. 4] Both sexes on the sea-coast near Holywood. | 4. equestris. D. viridi-zneus, antennis nigris, hypostomate flavo-aureo, pedibus ferrugineis, tarsis apice posticis totis nigris, alis intus exangulatis. ( Mas.) femoribus posticis nigro villosis; tarsis anticis gracillimis, articulo ultimo compresso atro. Long. corp. 24. D. ungulato similis at duplo minor ; Coxe antice nigra subtus apice ferruginee: Tarsi antici quam in D, brevipennis longiores et graciliores, articulo ultimo compresso atro et breviore quam 4°; tarsi anteriores basi ferruginei postici toti ut et apex tibiarum nigri: Ale intus exangu- late ut in D. acuticorni, 4] A single male on the sea-coast, Holywood. ] AA2 360 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 5. planitarsis. D. obscure eneo-viridis, hypostomate candido, anten- nis femoribus anterioribus pedibusque posticis nigris. ( Mas.) femoribus imberbibus, articulo ultimo tarsorum intermediorum clavato atro. Meig. IV, 81, 25. Fall. Dol. 12, 8. Long. corp. 22. 4] Asingle male near Holywood, 1827.] 6. campestris. D. fusco-eneus, incisuris abdominis nigtis, pedibus nigris, tibiis ferrugineis, alis cinerascentibus, hypostomate griseo, Meig. IV, 78, 8. Long. corp. 23. 4] Two females on the sea~coast, Holywood. ] Var. 3, obscurior, hypostomate nigro vix sericante. Long. corp. vix 2. Confer D. fuscipedem infra No. 22 ciliis albis alarum nervo 4° magis flexo. q Ibid. one female.] 7. atratus. D. obscure eneus, pedibus nigris, alis latis apice nigri- cantibus. (Mas. ) femoribus imberbibus, metatarso postico hispido. Meig. IV, 76, 3. Long. corp. 23. 4] Taken near Canterbury in May.] 8. fastuosus. D. viridi-cyaneus, antennis pedibus et incisuris nigris, hypostomate candido, alis ad costam infuscatis. ( Mas.) femoribus imberbibus, alis postice latius excisis. Long. corp. 3. . Pedes longissimi, metatarsus posticus in ¢ haud hispidus : Ale solito ongiores postice fere per totam longitudinem